Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 2© Commonwealth of Australia and the States and
Territories of Australia 2022, published by the Australian Building Codes
Board
The material in this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International licence, with the
exception of:
•any third party material
•any trade marks, and
•any images or photographs.
More information on this CC BY 4.0 licence is set out at the Creative Commons Website.
Enquiries about this publication can be sent to:
Australian Building Codes Board
GPO Box 2013, Canberra ACT 2601
Phone: 1300 134 631
Email: ncc@abcb.gov.au
Web: abcb.gov.au
Attribution
Use of all or part of this publication must include the following attribution: The National Construction Code 2022 was
provided by the Australian Building Codes Board under the CC BY 4.0 licence .
Disclaimer
By accessing or using this publication, you agree to the following:
While care has been taken in the preparation of this publication, it may not be complete or up-to-date. You can ensure
that you are using a complete and up-to-date version by checking the Australian Building Codes Board website
(abcb.gov.au).
The Australian Building Codes Board, the Commonwealth of Australia and States and Territories of Australia do not
accept any liability, including liability for negligence, for any loss (howsoever caused), damage, injury, expense or cost
incurred by any person as a result of accessing, using or relying upon this publication, to the maximum extent permitted
by law. No representation or warranty is made or given as to the currency, acc uracy, reliabilit y, merchantabilit y, fitness for
any purpose or completeness of this publication or any information which may appear on any linked websites, or in
other linked information sources, and all such representations and warranties are excluded to the extent permitted by
law.
This publication is not legal or professional advice. Persons rely upon this publication entirely at their own risk and
must take responsibility for assessing the relevance and accuracy of the information in relation to their particular
circumstances.Copyright and Licence Notice
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 3F
ront matter
Copyright and Licence Notice ...................................................................................... 2
How to use the Housing Provisions ............................................................................. 7
List of amendments - ABCB Housing Provisions ....................................................... 10
2 Structure
Part 2.1 Scope and application of
Section 2
............................................................................ 21Part 2.2 Structural provisions ................................................................................................ 22
3 Site preparation
Part 3.1 Scope and application of
Section 3
........................................................................... 28Part 3.2 Earthworks .................................................................................................................. 29
Part 3.3 Drainage ...................................................................................................................... 32
Part 3.4 Termite risk management .......................................................................................... 38
4 Footings and slabs
Part 4.1 Scope and application of
Section 4
........................................................................... 43Part 4.2 Footings, slabs and associated elements ................................................................. 46
5 Masonry
Part 5.1 Scope and application of
Section 5
........................................................................... 75Part 5.2 Masonry veneer .......................................................................................................... 76
Part 5.3 Cavity masonry ........................................................................................................... 78
Part 5.4 Unreinforced single leaf masonry .............................................................................. 81
Part 5.5 Isolated piers .............................................................................................................. 87
Part 5.6 Masonry components and accessories .................................................................... 90
Part 5.7 Weatherproofing of masonry ................................................................................... 103
6 Framing
Part 6.1 Scope and application of
Section 6
......................................................................... 108Part 6.2 Subfloor ventilation .................................................................................................. 109
Part 6.3 Structural steel members ......................................................................................... 113
7 Roof and wall cladding
Part 7.1 Scope and application of
Section 7
......................................................................... 146Part 7.2 Sheet roofing ............................................................................................................. 147
Pa
rt 7.3 Roof tiles and shingles .............................................................................................. 157
Part 7.4 Gutters and downpipes ............................................................................................ 166
Part 7.5 Timber and composite wall cladding ....................................................................... 176
8 Glazing General table of contents
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 4Part 8.1 Scope and application of
Section 8
......................................................................... 188Part 8.2 Windows and external glazed doors ........................................................................ 189
Part 8.3 Glass .......................................................................................................................... 191
Part 8.4 Glazing human impact .............................................................................................. 194
9 Fire safety
Part 9.1 Scope and application of
Section 9
......................................................................... 201Part 9.2 Fire separation of external walls.............................................................................. 202
Part 9.3 Fire protection of separating walls and floors ........................................................ 229
Part 9.4 Fire protection of garage top dwellings .................................................................. 234
Part 9.5 Smoke alarms and evacuation lighting ................................................................... 236
10 Health and amenity
Part 10.1 Scope and application of
Section 10
....................................................................... 242Part 10.2 Wet area waterproofing ........................................................................................... 243
Part 10.3 Room heights ............................................................................................................ 263
Part 10.4 Facilities .................................................................................................................... 265
Part 10.5 Light .......................................................................................................................... 267
Part 10.6 Ventilation ................................................................................................................. 271
Part 10.7 Sound insulation ....................................................................................................... 274
Part 10.8 Condensation management .................................................................................... 285
11 Safe movement and access
Part 11.1 Scope and application of
Section 11
........................................................................ 289Part 11.2 Stairway and ramp construction ............................................................................. 290
Part 11.3 Barriers and handrails .............................................................................................. 299
12 Ancillary provisions
Part 12.1 Scope and application of
Section 12
........................................................................ 313Part 12.2 Construction in alpine areas .................................................................................... 314
Part 12.3 Attachment of framed decks and balconies to external walls of buildings using a
waling plate ............................................................................................................... 317
Part 12.4 Heating appliances, fireplaces, chimneys and flues .............................................. 322
13 Energy efficiency
Part 13.1 Scope and application of
Section 13
....................................................................... 330Part 13.2 Building fabric ........................................................................................................... 331
Part 13.3 External glazing ........................................................................................................ 369
Part 13.4 Building sealing ........................................................................................................ 399
Part 13.5 Ceiling fans ............................................................................................................... 402
Part 13.6 Whole -of-home ener gy usage ................................................................................ 403
P
art 13.7 Services .................................................................................................................... 406
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 5Schedule 1 Definitions
Abbreviations ............................................................................................................ 414
Symbols ..................................................................................................................... 416
Glossary .................................................................................................................... 418
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
Referenced documents ............................................................................................ 454
Schedule 3 Commonwealth of Australia
Schedule 4 Australian Capital Territory
Schedule 5 New South Wales
3 Site preparation ........................................................................................................ 474
4 Footings and slabs ................................................................................................... 475
9 Fire safety ................................................................................................................. 477
NSW Part 9.4 Fire protection of garage top dwellings .................................................................. 478
13 Energy efficiency ...................................................................................................... 479
NSW Part 13.1 Scope and application of
Section 13
....................................................................... 483Schedule 1 Definitions ................................................................................................................ 484
Schedule 2 Referenced documents ............................................................................................ 486
Schedule 6 Northern Territory
3 Site preparation ........................................................................................................ 490
10 Health and amenity ................................................................................................... 491
NT Part 10.7 Sound insulation ....................................................................................................... 492
13 Energy efficiency ..................................................................................................... 504
NT Part 13.1 Scope and application of
Section 13
....................................................................... 505NT Part 13.2 Building fabric .......................................................................................................... 506
NT Part 13.3 External glazing ........................................................................................................ 514
NT Part 13.4 Building sealing ......................................................................................................... 517
NT Part 13.5 Air movement ............................................................................................................ 519
NT Part 13.7 Services ..................................................................................................................... 521
Schedule 2 Referenced documents ............................................................................................ 524
Schedule 7 Queensland
3 Site preparation ........................................................................................................ 526
Schedule 1 Definitions ................................................................................................................. 528
Schedule 2 Referenced documents ............................................................................................ 529
Schedule 8 South Australia
4 Footings and slabs .................................................................................................... 531
9 Fire safety ................................................................................................................. 533
10 Health and amenity .................................................................................................. 538
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 613 Energy efficiency ...................................................................................................... 541
Schedule 1 Definitions ................................................................................................................ 542
Schedule 2 Referenced documents ............................................................................................ 544
Schedule 9 Tasmania
10 Health and amenity .................................................................................................. 546
13 Energy efficiency ...................................................................................................... 547
Schedule 1 Definitions ................................................................................................................ 548
Schedule 2 Referenced documents ............................................................................................ 549
Schedule 10 Victoria
Schedule 1 Definitions ................................................................................................................ 554
Schedule 2 Referenced documents ............................................................................................ 556
Schedule 11 Western Australia
WA Introduction .............................................................................................................. 563
2 Structure ................................................................................................................... 564
WA Part 2.3 Changes to AS/NZS 1170.2:2021 and AS 4055:2021 ............................................. 568
Schedule 1 Definitions ................................................................................................................. 574
Schedule 2 Referenced documents ............................................................................................ 575
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 7
This Section is for information only.
1.1 Introduction
The ABCB Housing Provisions contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions that are considered to be acceptable forms of
construction that meet the requirements for complying with Parts H1 to H8 of NCC Volume Two (i.e. they comply with the
Performance Requirements listed in Parts H1 to H8 of NCC Volume Two).
There is no obligation to adopt any particular option contained in the ABCB Housing Provisions if it is preferred to meet
the Performance Requirements some other way.
However, if one of the options described in the ABCB Housing Provisions or elsewhere in the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
of NCC Volume Two is not complied with, then the appropriate authority must be satisfied that the Performance
Requirements have been met.
1.2 Application
This Housing Provisions must be applied in accordance with each of the following:
Section A (Governing Requirements) of NCC Volume Two. •
Any conditions on the use of the ABCB Housing Provisions set out within the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of NCC •
Volume Two where it is referenced.
The Scope clause at the beginning of each Section of the ABCB Housing Provisions. •
1.3 The scope of the ABCB Housing Provisions
In Section H of NCC Volume Two, some Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions contain more than one compliance pathway. Usually,
the first of these pathways will be by reference to a relevant Australian Standard (or similar) and the second will be by
reference to a particular Section or Part of the ABCB Housing Provisions. In these cases, use of the ABCB Housing
Provisions is one option for complying with the relevant Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision .
Other Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions contain only one compliance pathway: either a reference to an Australian Standard
(or similar), or a reference to a particular Section or Part of the ABCB Housing Provisions. In these cases, the ABCB
Housing Provisions may only be used if it is referenced, and must be used if it is the only compliance option for the particula r
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision .
If a Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision does not reference the ABCB Housing Provisions, then the ABCB Housing Provisions
cannot be used as a compliance pathway for that particular Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision .
The ABCB Housing Provisions only contains content relevant to the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions in NCC Volume Two
which call it up. Therefore, the ABCB Housing Provisions should not be interpreted as a comprehensive or complete
manual for house building.
Section 2
of the ABCB Housing Provisions contains a number of structural design manuals which can be used to designbuilding elements using engineering principles. There is no obligation for the provisions of
Section 2
to be used apart fromsituations where a particular building, building element or component is required to comply with NCC Volume Two and is
not within the scope of any other Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions .
Section 12
contains additional construction requirements that are ancillary to the construction of a building or structure,such as the construction of swimming pools , heating appliances, fireplaces, methods of attaching decks and balconies to
external walls or the like.
Section 12
also contains special provisions for construction in alpine areas . Earthquake areasare addressed in
Section 2
and flood hazard areas are addressed in the ABCB Standard for Construction of Buildings inFlood Hazard Areas, which is referenced directly by H1D10.
Situations where it is necessary for a mixed application of the ABCB Housing Provisions and other documents referenced
in the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of NCC Volume Two may be identified by reference to the differing components of
the Performance Requirements (see A2G3). How to use the Housing Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 81.4 Suitability of Performance Solutions
The options described in the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions are typical examples of national construction methods. They
are not the only means available for complying with NCC Volume Two. The performance format of the NCC provides
flexibility and allows the use of alternative construction methods to those described in the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions .
1.5 The use of maps
Maps have been used throughout NCC Volume Two, including in the ABCB Housing Provisions, to indicate areas where
particular requirements apply. These maps are indicative and some variation in conditions will apply, especially on the
border of marked areas.
It is recommended that the appropriate authority be consulted and in most cases they should be able to identify what
conditions apply in such areas at the early stage of building design.
1.6 Consultation with appropriate authorities
When building in certain locations there may be local conditions or other site constraints that may limit the type of
construction that can be used. This is particularly important with buildings that are constructed in areas subject to increased
structural loading conditions that may occur due to geographical, topographical or climatic conditions and soil types.
Appropriate authorities have a wide range of experience and information on the geographical and topographical conditions
found in their area of responsibility, and should be consulted during the initial design stage.
1.7 Layout of the ABCB Housing Provisions
Although they do not cover every aspect of housing construction, the ABCB Housing Provisions have nonetheless been
organised in a manner that follows the logical construction sequence of a building. Table 1.7 outlines some of the more
frequently used details and where they are located in the ABCB Housing Provisions or NCC Volume Two.
Table 1.7: Information guide
Stage Relevant part Reference(s)
Initial design considerations Earthworks 3.2
Fire Safety 9
Facilities 10.4
Room heights 10.3
Light and ventilation 10.5, 10.6
Stairway and ramp construction 11.2
Energy efficiency 13
Site preparation and drainage 3.1,3.3
Footings and slabs 4
Masonry 5
Framing 6
Roof cladding, gutters and downpipes
and wall cladding7
Gutters and downpipes 7.4
Glazing 8
Barriers and handrails 11.3
Livable housing design H8 (NCC Volume Two)
Construction issues Wet areas and external waterproofing 10.2
Sound insulation 10.7
Condensation management 10.8
Swimming pools H7D2 (NCC Volume Two)
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 9
1.8 Interpretation
Throughout the ABCB Housing Provisions, diagrams, explanatory information and cross-volume considerations are
included. A1G4 (interpretation) contains information on these elements in the NCC, which is also applicable when they
appear in the ABCB Housing Provisions.
1.9 How to use the requirements of each Section/Part
Each Section of the ABCB Housing Provisions is comprised of a scope statement and one or more Parts which contain
the technical provisions which must be followed as appropriate to achieve compliance with the relevant Deemed-to-Satisfy
Provisions . Generally, a Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision will refer to a specific Part of the ABCB Housing Provisions in order
to link the user directly to the relevant technical provisions.
Each Section contains a scope and application Part which sets out the conditions and limitation applicable to the
subsequent Parts contained within that Section. Each Part must only be applied in a way that is consistent with its scope.
Sections are numbered with a single numeral (e.g.
Section 2
- Structure).Parts are numbered with two numbers separated by a decimal (e.g. Part 2.2 – Structural provisions).
Clauses within each Part are numbered with three numbers separated by a decimal point (e.g. Clause 2.2.4 –
Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of construction).
Sub-clauses and below are numbered using the system used throughout the NCC.Stage Relevant part Reference(s)
Termite risk management 3.4
Earth retaining structures H1D3 (NCC Volume Two)
Subfloor ventilation 6.2
Smoke alarms and evacuation lighting 9.5
Boilers, pressure vessels, heating
appliances, fireplaces, chimneys and
flues12.4
Special requirements Earthquake areas 2
Flood hazard areas H1D10 (NCC Volume Two)
Construction in bushfire areas H7D4 (NCC Volume Two)
Construction in alpine areas 12.2
Attachment of decks and balconies to
external walls of buildings12.3
High wind areas 2
Class 10 buildings and structures Various
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 10
This list has been prepared by the Australian Building Codes Board to assist National Construction Code (NCC) users in
identifying changes incorporated in the 2022 edition of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
The notes provide a description of major changes made from the previous edition of the Housing Provisions (NCC Volume
Two).
While the Australian Building Codes Board has attempted to include all major changes made from the previous edition of
the Housing Provisions, the Board does not give any warranty nor accept any liability in relation to the contents of this list
of amendments.
Table 1: List of amendments - ABCB Housing Provisions
Reference Changes and Commentary
General
Throughout A “Scope” and “Application” has been added to each Section of the ABCB Housing
Provisions. This sets out the conditions and limitations applicable to the subsequent
Parts within that Section.
Throughout A number of provisions have been amended, restructured, deleted and relocated as part
of the initiative to provide a consistent NCC structure and improve NCC usability.
Section 3
—Site preparation3.3.3 Amended as a consequence of including new Livable housing design requirements in
Part H8 of Volume Two.
Section 4
—Footings and slabsSection 4
Amendments, including insertion of new provisions, tables, diagrams and groupingprovisions, have been made to reflect current practice, improve readability and structure.
The construction of footings and slabs has been reduced to a certain geometric size and
the applicability to soil classifications is restricted to Class A, S and M sites.
4.2.11 The requirement for reinforcing re-entrant corners moved from 2019: 3.2.5.3 to this
clause as part of steel reinforcement requirements. Explanatory information has also
been provided.
4.2.20 A new provision has been added for localised thickening for footings or slabs supporting
concentrated loads.
4.2.22 A new provision has been added for recesses in slabs.
Section 5
—Masonry5.1 A new provision has been inserted as a consequence to new clauses 5.7.3 and 5.7.4.
5.2.4 A new provision has been inserted as a consequence to new clauses 5.7.3 and 5.7.4.
5.2.5 A new provision has been added as a consequence to new clause 5.6.8.
5.3 A new Part has been added and contains provisions related to cavity masonry.
5.4 A new Part has been added and contains provisions related to unreinforced single leaf
masonry.
5.5 The Part has been re-named to ‘Isolated piers’ and contains content in Part 3.3.6 of
Volume Two 2019 Amendment 1.
5.6 A new Part, ‘Masonry components and accessories’ has been added and incorporates
some content from Part 3.3.5 of Volume Two 2019 Amendment 1. It includes
amendments and new provisions to reflect current practice, improve readability and
structure.
5.6.6 New explanatory information has been added to Figure 5.6.6c referenced in clause 5.6.6
to guide designs for roof tie-down over openings greater than 1200 mm wide in masonry
construction.List of amendments - ABCB Housing Provisions
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 11Reference Changes and Commentary
5.7 A new Part ‘Weatherproofing for masonry’ has been added and incorporates some
content from Part 3.3.5 of Volume Two 2019 Amendment 1. It includes amendments and
new provisions to reflect current practice, improve readability and structure.
5.7.6 A new provision has been added for waterproofing for single leaf masonry walls to
compliment new Part 5.4.
Section 6
—Framing6.3 Amendments for structural steel members, including insertion of new tables, diagrams
and explanatory information, have been made to improve readability and structure.
6.3.3 A new provision has been added for steel bearers as part of the restructure of Section
6—Framing.
6.3.4 A new provision has been added for steel strutting beams as part of the restructure of
Section 6
—Framing.6.3.5 A new provision has been added for steel lintels as part of the restructure of
Section 6
—Framing.
6.3.6 A new provision has been added for steel columns as part of the restructure of
Section 6
—Framing.
6.3.7 A new provision has been added providing details for fixings and bearing for structural
steel members. This includes additional figures for various fixing details.
6.3.8 A new provision has been added providing details for cuts and penetrations through
structural steel members.
6.3.9 Tables relating to protective coatings for steelwork have been changed to provide
greater detail and additional options for corrosion protection.
Section 7
—Roof and wall cladding7.2.8 Amended to require sheets overhang not less than 50 mm where an eaves gutter is
provided.
7.4 Amendments, including insertion of new tables, diagrams and explanatory information,
have been made to reflect current practice, improve readability and structure. The
amendments also align annual exceedance probability figures with AS 3500.3-2021
replacing average recurrence interval figures.
Tables 7.5.2, 7.5.3a and
7.5.3bTable note has been amended to refer base metal thickness of steel framing members
to that required for a roof batten in NASH Standard.
Section 8
—Glazing8.2 Part 8.2 has been re-named, groups provisions relevant to windows and external glazed
doors and contains amendments, including insertion of new tables, diagrams and
explanatory information, to improve readability and structure.
8.2.2 A new provision has been added for the installation of windows.
8.3.3 Amended to reflect new terminology ‘monolithic’ in lieu of ‘ordinary’ to reflect current
practice.
8.4 A new Part has been added, re-named and groups provisions relevant to glazing human
impact and contains amendments, including insertion of new tables, diagrams and
explanatory information to improve readability and structure.
8.4.6 Amended to include provisions for mirrors and splashbacks.
8.4.8 A new provision has been added for the identification of safety glass.
Section 9
—Fire safety9.2.9 Amendments have been made to clarify application of allowable encroachments.
Section 10
—Health and amenity10.2 Amendments, including insertion of new Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions, tables, diagrams
and explanatory information, have been made to reflect current practice, improve
readability and structure.
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 12Reference Changes and Commentary
10.2.2 Amended to require walls in shower areas to be waterproof to not less than 1800 mm
above the floor substrate.
10.2.5 A new sub-clause has been added for WCs with handheld bidet spray installations.
10.2.6 A new provision has been added for waterproofing systems distinguishing how systems
are deemed either waterproof or water resistant.
10.2.7 A new provision has been added stating materials used in wet areas must be either
waterproof or water resistant.
10.2.8 A new provision has been added setting out what materials used in waterproofing
systems are deemed to be waterproof.
10.2.9 A new provision has been added setting out materials deemed to be water resistant for
wall and floor substrates.
10.2.10 A new provision has been added setting out materials deemed to be water resistant for
wall and floor surface materials.
10.2.11 A new provision has been added setting out the relevant Part to be complied with for
wall and floor substrates in wet areas.
10.2.12 A new provision has been added for falls to wet area floors.
10.2.13 A new provision has been added setting out the relevant Part to be complied with for
wall and floor surface materials in wet areas.
10.2.14 A new provision has been added for shower area requirements.
10.2.15 A new provision has been added for step-down showers.
10.2.16 A new provision has been added for the hob construction of showers.
10.2.17 A new provision has been added for enclosed showers with level threshold.
10.2.18 A new provision has been added for unenclosed showers.
10.2.19 A new provision has been added for preformed shower bases.
10.2.20 A new provision has been added for baths and spas.
10.2.21 A new provision has been added relating to the membrane installation for screeds and
location of tiles.
10.2.22 A new provision has been added for the substrate surface preparation where
membranes are to be applied.
10.2.23 A new provision has been added for the treatment of penetrations within shower areas.
10.2.24 A new provision has been added relating to the installation of flashings and treatment of
junctions including vertical and horizontal legs at perimeters.
10.2.25 A new provision has been added for the application of shower area floor membranes.
10.2.26 A new provision has been added relating to shower area membrane requirements for
wall sheeting substrates.
10.2.27 A new provision has been added relating to the installation of bond breakers for bonded
membranes.
10.2.28 A new provision has been added for the installation of internal membranes.
10.2.29 A new provision has been added detailing membrane to drainage connections.
10.2.30 A new provision has been added detailing drainage riser connections.
10.2.31 A new provision has been added relative to door jambs on tiled floors.
10.2.32 A new provision has been added for the installation and location of shower screens.
10.8.1 Amended to include vapour permeance requirements for several materials in climate
zones 4 to 8.
10.8.2 Amended to include additional exhaust requirements, including ducting of exhausts to
outdoor air, exhaust run-on timers in some rooms and provision of make-up air to some
rooms.
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 13Reference Changes and Commentary
10.8.3 Amended to require a ventilated roof space in climate zones 6, 7 and 8, with exceptions
for concrete roofs, roofs made from structural insulated panels and roofs subject to
Bushfire Attack Level FZ.
Section 11
—Safe movement and access11.2.3 A note has been inserted as a consequence of new Part H8 Livable housing design in
Volume Two.
11.3.4 Amended and includes new sub-clause (5) and (6) to provide a maximum opening
between barrier and vertical face of a landing, balcony, deck, stairway or the like.
Section 12
—Ancillary provisions12.1.1 Scope has been amended to reflect the deletion of boilers and pressure vessels from
Part 12.4 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
12.3 Heading amended to improve clarity and application of part.
12.3.2 Timber waling plate sizes and fixings have been amended to reflect contemporary
available materials and practices.
12.4 Amendments, including deletion of boilers and pressure vessels, have been made to
reflect current practice, improve readability and structure.
12.4.3 An additional sub-clause 12.4.3(b) has been included relative to the composition of
mortar.
12.4.4 Sub-clause 12.4.4(a) has two additional and further sub-clauses clarifying the testing
and fitting of insert fireplaces and flues.
12.4.5 An explanatory note has been added to clause 12.4.5 to clarify the application of testing
standards and Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions.
12.4.5 Sub-clause 12.4.5(b) has been amended to clarify the masonry construction for heat
shields. Sub-clause 12.4.5(b) has also been amended to add flashing requirements for
flues.
Section 13
—Energy efficiency13.2.3 Amended to improve the performance of roofs and ceilings in order to achieve the
equivalent of a 7 stars NatHERS energy rating for thermal performance under Deemed-
to-Satisfy elemental provisions. A requirement to address thermal bridging in
metal-framed roofs has also been added.
13.2.4 Amended to align with roof light requirements in Volume One.
13.2.5 Amended to improve the performance of walls in order to achieve the equivalent of a 7
stars NatHERS energy rating for thermal performance under Deemed-to-Satisfy
elemental provisions. A requirement to address thermal bridging in metal-framed walls
has also been added.
13.2.6 Amended to improve the performance of floors and subfloor walls in order to achieve the
equivalent of a 7 stars NatHERS energy rating for thermal performance under Deemed-to-Satisfy elemental provisions. A requirement to address thermal bridging in
metal-framed floors has also been added.
13.3 Amended to improve the performance of external glazing in order to achieve the
equivalent of a 7 stars NatHERS energy rating for thermal performance under Deemed-to-Satisfy elemental provisions.
13.5 Amended to include new ceiling fan requirements for climate zones 1,2,3 and 5
(Queensland and New South Wales only).
13.6 A new part has been added containing provisions related to whole-of-home energy
usage.
13.7.8 Amended to include a minimum R-Value for swimming pool covers.
Schedule 1—Definitions
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 14Reference Changes and Commentary
Schedule 1 Schedule 1 has been amended as part of the initiative to improve readability of the NCC.
Schedule 1 – Definitions includes Abbreviations, Symbols and Glossary. States &
Territory Appendices (formerly located in Schedule 1) have been incorporated into
Schedule 3 to Schedule 11.
Abbreviations Acrylic conformal coating (ACC) has been added.
Abbreviations Acrylic latex (ACL) has been added.
Abbreviations Australian Institute of Refrigeration, Air conditioning and Heating (AIRAH) has been
added.
Abbreviations American National Standards Institute (ANSI) has been added.
Abbreviations American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)
has been added.
Abbreviations National Standard of Canada (CAN) has been added.
Abbreviations Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineer (CIBSE) has been added.
Abbreviations Flame zone (FZ) has been added.
Abbreviations Greenhouse and Energy Minimum Standards (GEMS) has been added.
Abbreviations Hot dip galvanising (HDG) has been added.
Abbreviations Inorganic zinc silicate (IZS) has been added.
Abbreviations NATA has been amended to include reference to Australia.
Abbreviations National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) has been added.
Abbreviations Polyurethane (PUR) has been added.
Symbols µg/N.s has been added.
Symbols f’c has been added.
Symbols f’y has been added.
Symbols G has been added.
Symbols N/m has been added.
Symbols Q has been added.
Symbols ULS has been added.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Above ground rainwater tank’, has been added.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Annual exceedance probability’, has been added as a consequence of
amendments to Part 7.4 Gutters and downpipes of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Assumed cooling thermostat set point’ has been added as a
consequence of quantification in J1P2 and H6P1.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Average recurrence interval’, has been deleted as a consequence of
amendments to Part 7.4 Gutters and downpipes of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Bond breaker’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to
Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Building complexity criteria’, has been added.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Buried rainwater tank’, has been added as a consequence of
amendments to Specification 41 of Volume Three.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Cooling degree hours’ has been added as a consequence of
quantification in J1P2 and H6P1.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Daily outdoor temperature range’ has been added as a consequence of
quantification in J1P2 and H6P1.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Dehumidification gram hours’, has been added as a consequence of
quantification in J1P2 and H6P1.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Design bushfire’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to
Part G5.
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 15Reference Changes and Commentary
Glossary The defined term, ‘Domestic services’, has been amended to include on-site renewable
energy equipment as a result of quantification in J1P3 and H6P2.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Drainage flange’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to
Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Drainage riser’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to
Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Efficacy’, has been added as a consequence of including quantified
Performance Requirement H3P2 for automatic warning for occupants.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Energy value’, has been added as a consequence of quantification in
J1P3 and H6P2.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Engaged pier’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to
Section 5
of the ABCB Housing Provisions.Glossary A defined term, ‘Fire actions’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part
G5.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Flashing’, has been amended to clarify perimeter and vertical
flashings as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing
Provisions.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Floor area’, for Volume One, has been amended on account of new
defined term ‘Volume’.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Floor waste’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part
10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Glazing’, has been amended as a consequence of the updates to the
energy efficiency Deemed-to-Satisfy provisions for Class 2 buildings.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Heating degree hours’, has been added as a consequence of
quantification in J1P2 and H6P1.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Hob’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of
the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term ‘Irrigation system’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to
S41C2 in Volume Three.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Lateral support’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to
Part 5.3 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Main water heater’ has been added as a consequence of including new
whole-of-home energy efficiency requirements.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Main space conditioning’ has been added as a consequence of
including new whole-of-home energy efficiency requirements.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Maximum retained water level’, has been added as a consequence of
amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Membrane’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part
10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary The defined term, ‘NABERS Energy for Offices’ has been amended to be ‘NABERS
Energy’ to reflect its use for multiple building classifications.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Performance-based design brief’ has been amended for clarity.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Point of connection’, has been amended for clarity.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Preformed shower base’, has been added as a consequence of
amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Primary insulation layer’, has been added as a consequence of
amendments to condensation management provisions.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Rainwater harvesting system’, has been amended to ‘Rainwater
service’ and ‘Rainwater storage’ as a consequence of amendments to Part B6 of Volume
Three.
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 16Reference Changes and Commentary
Glossary The defined term ‘Reliability’ has been added as a consequence of including quantified
Performance Requirements for automatic warning for occupants.
Glossary The defined term ‘Reference building’ has been amended to remove reference to
Thermal comfort levels and as a consequence of the introduction of J1V5.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Screed’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part
10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary The defined term, ‘Shower area’, has been amended to clarify enclosed and unenclosed
shower areas as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing
Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Shower screen’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to
Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Thermal energy load’, has been added as a consequence of
quantification in J1P2 and H6P1.
Glossary The defined term ‘Total R-Value’ in the ABCB Housing Provisions has been amended to
align with Volume One.
Glossary The defined term ‘Total System U-Value’ in the ABCB Housing Provisions has been
amended to align with Volume One.
Glossary A defined term ‘Unprotected water service’, has been added as a consequence of
introducing new provision for unprotected water service – B5D5 of Volume Three.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Vapour permeance’, has been added as a consequence of amendments
to the condensation management provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Volume’, has been added to clarify the volume space with respect to a
building, fire compartment and atrium.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Waterproofing system’, has been added as a consequence of
amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Water stop’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part
10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Weighted average’, has been added as a consequence of amendments
to A5G4.
Glossary A defined term, ‘Wetted surface area’, has been added to provide clarification to the
defined term ‘Weighted average’.
Schedule 2—Referenced documents
AS/NZS 1170.2 The 2021 edition of AS/NZS 1170 Part 2 ‘Structural design actions — Wind actions’ has
been referenced.
AS 1288 The 2021 edition of AS 1288 ‘Glass in buildings — Selection and installation’ has been
referenced.
AS 1397 The 2021 edition of AS 1397 ‘Continuous hot-dip metallic coated steel sheet and strip —
Coatings of zinc and zinc alloyed with aluminium and magnesium’ has been referenced.
A note has been included to outline transitional arrangements.
AS 1530 Parts 1 to 4 The notes to AS 1530 Parts 1 to 4 have been deleted.
AS 1530.8.1 The 2018 edition of AS 1530 Part 8.1 ‘Methods for fire tests on building materials,
components and structures — Tests on elements of construction for buildings exposed
to simulated bushfire attack — Radiant heat and small flaming sources’ has been
referenced.
AS/NZS 1546.1 The 2008 edition of AS/NZS 1546 Part 1 ‘On-site domestic wastewater treatment units
— Septic tanks’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 1546.2 The 2008 edition of AS/NZS 1546 Part 2 ‘On-site domestic wastewater treatment units
— Waterless composting toilets’ has been referenced.
AS 1546.3 Amdt 1 of the 2017 edition of AS 1546 Part 3 ‘On-site domestic wastewater treatment
units — Secondary treatment systems (incorporating amendment 1)’ has been
referenced.
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 17Reference Changes and Commentary
AS 1546.4 The 2016 edition of AS 1546 Part 4 ‘On-site domestic wastewater treatment units —
Domestic greywater treatment systems’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 1547 The 2012 edition of AS/NZS 1547 ‘On-site domestic wastewater management’ has been
referenced.
AS/NZS 1562.2 The 1999 edition of AS/NZS 1562 Part 2 ‘Design and installation of sheet roof and wall
cladding — Corrugated fibre-reinforced cement’ has been deleted.
AS 1562.3 The 2006 edition of AS 1562 Part 3 ‘Design and installation of sheet roof and wall
cladding — Plastic’ has been referenced.
AS 1670.1 Amdt 1 of the 2018 edition AS 1670 Part 1 ‘Fire detection, warning, control and intercom
systems — System design, installation and commissioning — Fire (incorporating
amendment 1)’ has been referenced. Notes to AS 1670 have been amended to outline
transitional arrangements.
AS 1670.3 Amdt 1 of the 2018 edition AS 1670 Part 3 ‘Fire detection, warning, control and intercom
systems — System design, installation and commissioning — Fire alarm monitoring
(incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced. Notes to AS 1670 have been
amended to outline transitional arrangements.
AS 1670.4 Amdt 1 of the 2018 edition AS 1670 Part 4 ‘Fire detection, warning, control and intercom
systems — System design, installation and commissioning — Emergency warning and
intercom systems (incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced. Notes to AS 1670
have been amended to outline transitional arrangements.
AS 1684.2 The 2021 edition of AS 1684 Part 2 ‘Residential timber-framed construction — Non-
cyclonic areas’ has been referenced.
AS 1684.3 The 2021 edition of AS 1684 Part 3 ‘Residential timber-framed construction —Cyclonic
areas’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 1720.4 The 2019 edition of AS/NZS 1720 Part 4 ‘Timber structures — Fire resistance of timber
elements’ has been referenced.
AS 1720.5 Amdt 1 of the 2015 edition of AS 1720 Part 5 ‘Timber structures —Nailplated timber roof
trusses (incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 1859.4 The note to AS/NZS 1859 Part 4 has been deleted.
AS 2118.1 Amdt 2 of the 2017 edition of AS 2118 Part 1 ‘Automatic fire sprinkler systems —
General systems (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)’ has been referenced.
AS 2118.4 The 2012 edition of AS 2118 Part 4 ‘Automatic fire sprinkler systems — Sprinkler
protection for accommodation buildings not exceeding four storeys in height’.
AS 2118.5 The 2008 edition of AS 2118 Part 5 ‘Automatic fire sprinkler systems — Home fire
sprinkler systems’ has been referenced.
AS 2118.6 The 2012 edition of AS 2118 Part 6 ‘Automatic fire sprinkler systems — Combined
sprinkler and hydrant systems in multistorey buildings.’
AS/NZS 2293.1 Amdt 1 of the 2018 edition of AS/NZS 2293 Part 1 ‘Emergency lighting and exit signs for
buildings — System design, installation and operation (incorporating amendment 1)’ has
been referenced.
AS 2312.1 The 2014 edition of AS 2312 Part 1 ‘Guide to the protection of structural steel against
atmospheric corrosion by the use of protective coatings — Paint coatings’ has been
referenced.
AS/NZS 2312.2 The 2014 edition of AS 2312/NZS Part 2 ‘Guide to the protection of structural steel
against atmospheric corrosion by the use of protective coatings — Hot dip galvanizing’
has been referenced.
AS/NZS 2327 Amdt 1 of the 2017 edition of AS/NZS 2327 ‘Composite structures — composite steel-concrete construction in buildings (incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced.
AS 2419.1 The 2021 edition of AS 2419 Part 1 ‘Fire hydrant installations — System design,
installation and commissioning’ has been referenced.
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 18Reference Changes and Commentary
AS 2699.1 The 2020 edition of AS 2699 Part 1 ‘Built-in components for masonry construction —
Wall ties’ has been referenced. A note has been included to outline transitional
arrangements.
AS 2699.3 The 2020 edition of AS 2699 Part 3 ‘Built-in components for masonry construction —
Lintels and shelf angles (durability requirements)’ has been referenced. A note has been
included to outline transitional arrangements.
AS/NZS 3500.0 The 2021 edition of AS 3500 Part 0 ‘Plumbing and drainage — Glossary of terms’ has
been referenced.
AS/NZS 3500.1 The 2021 edition of AS 3500 Part 1 ‘Plumbing and drainage — Water services’ has been
referenced.
AS/NZS 3500.2 Amdt 1 of the 2021 edition of AS 3500 Part 2 ‘Plumbing and drainage — Sanitary
plumbing and drainage (incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 3500.3 The 2021 edition of AS 3500 Part 3 ‘Plumbing and drainage — Stormwater drainage’
has been referenced. A note has been included to outline transitional arrangements.
AS/NZS 3500.4 The 2021 edition of AS 3500 Part 4 ‘Plumbing and drainage — Heated water services’
has been referenced.
AS 3600 Amdt 2 of the 2018 edition of AS 3600 ‘Concrete structures (incorporating amendments
1 and 2)’ has been referenced.
AS 3740 The 2021 edition of AS 3740 ‘Waterproofing of domestic wet areas’ has been
referenced.
AS 3959 Amdts 1 and 2 of the 2018 edition of AS 3959 ‘Construction of buildings in bushfire-
prone areas (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)’ has been referenced.
AS 4055 The 2021 edition of AS 4055 ‘Wind loads for housing’ has been referenced.
AS 4072.1 The note to AS 4072 Part 1 has been deleted.
AS 4100 The 2020 edition of AS 4100 ‘Steel structures’ has been referenced.
AS 4200.1 Amdt 1 of the 2017 edition of AS 4200 Part 1 ‘Pliable building membranes and underlays
— Materials (incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced.
AS 4200.2 Amdts 1 and 2 of the 2017 edition of AS 4200 Part 2 ‘Pliable building membranes and
underlays — Installation (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 4234 The 2021 edition of AS/NZS 4234 ‘Heated water systems — Calculation of energy
consumption’ has been referenced.
AS 4254.1 The 2021 edition of AS 4254 Part 1 ‘Ductwork for air-handling systems in buildings —
Flexible duct’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 4256.1 The 1994 edition of AS/NZS 4256 Part 1 ‘Plastic roof and wall cladding materials —
General requirements’ has been deleted.
AS/NZS 4256.2 The 1994 edition of AS/NZS 4256 Part 2 ‘Plastic roof and wall cladding materials —
Unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (uPVC) building sheets’ has been deleted.
AS/NZS 4256.3 The 1994 edition of AS/NZS 4256 Part 3 ‘Plastic roof and wall cladding materials —
Glass fibre reinforced polyester (GRP)’ has been deleted.
AS/NZS 4256.5 The 1996 edition of AS/NZS 4256 Part 5 ‘Plastic roof and wall cladding materials —
Polycarbonate’ has been deleted.
AS 4773.2 Amdt 1 of the 2015 edition of AS 4773 Part 2 ‘Masonry in small buildings —
Construction’ has been referenced.
AS/NZS 4858 The 2004 edition of AS/NZS 4858 ‘Wet area membranes’ has been referenced.
AS 5146.3 The 2018 edition of AS 5146 Part 3 ‘Reinforced Autoclaved Aerated Concrete —
Construction’ has been referenced.
AS 5216 The 2021 edition of AS 5216 ‘Design of post-installed and cast-in fastenings in concrete’
has been referenced.
AS/NZS 5601.1 The 2013 edition of AS/NZS 5601 Part 1 ‘Gas installations — General installations’ has
been referenced.
(1 May 2023)
Front matter
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 19Reference Changes and Commentary
AIRAH-DA07 The 2021 edition of AIRAH-DA07 ‘Criteria for moisture control design analysis in
buildings’ has been referenced.
ASTM E903 The 2012 edition of ASTM E903 ‘Standard Test Method for Solar Absorptance,
Reflectance, and Transmittance of Materials Using Integrating Spheres’ has been
deleted.
ASTM E96 The 2016 edition of ASTM E96 ‘Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of
Materials’ has been referenced.
ABCB The 2022 version of the ABCB ‘Fire Safety Verification Method’ Standard has been
referenced. As a consequence, the FSVM is deleted as a standalone schedule.
ABCB The 2022 version of the ABCB ‘Housing Provisions’ Standard has been referenced.
ABCB The 2022 version of the ABCB ‘Livable Housing Design’ Standard has been referenced.
ABCB The 2022 version of the ABCB ‘Standard for NatHERS Heating and Cooling Load Limits’
has been referenced.
ABCB The 2022 version of the ABCB ‘Standard for Whole-of-home Efficiency Factors’ has
been referenced.
FPAA101D The 2021 edition of FPAA101D ‘Automatic Fire Sprinkler System Design and Installation
— Drinking Water Supply’ has been referenced.
FPAA101H Amdt 1 of the 2018 edition of FPAA101H ‘Automatic Fire Sprinkler System Design and
Installation — Hydrant Water Supply (incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced.
NASH Standard The 2021 edition of NASH Standard ‘Steel Framed Construction in Bushfire Areas’ has
been referenced.
NSF/ANSI/CAN 372 The 2020 edition of NSF/ANS/CAN 372 ‘Drinking Water System Components — Lead
Content’ has been referenced.
(1 May 2023)
Structure
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 20
2 Structure
Part 2.1 Scope and application of
Section 2
2.1.1 Scope
2.1.2 Application
Part 2.2 Structural provisions
2.2.1 Application of Part 2.2
2.2.2 Resistance to actions
2.2.3 Determination of individual actions
2.2.4 Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of
construction
2.2.5 Structural software
(1 May 2023)
Structure
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 21
2.1.1 Scope
[New for 2022]
(1) This Section sets out the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for structural stability and resistance (see Part 2.2 ).
(2) For other structural provisions not included in this Section, refer to the following Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions in NCC
Volume Two:
Site preparation — see H1D3. (a)
Footings and slabs — see H1D4. (b)
Masonry — see H1D5. (c)
Framing — see H1D6. (d)
Roof and wall cladding — see H1D7. (e)
Glazing — see H1D8. (f)
Earthquake areas — see H1D9. (g)
Flood hazard areas — see H1D10. (h)
Attachment of decks and balconies to external walls of buildings — see H1D11. (i)
2.1.2 Application
[New for 2022]
The application of
Section 2
is subject to the following:The Governing Requirements of NCC Volume Two. (a)
The State and Territory variations, additions and deletions contained in the Schedules to the ABCB Housing (b)
Provisions and NCC Volume Two.
Explanatory Information
In NCC 2019, the content of
Section 2
of the ABCB Housing Provisions (other than content added in NCC 2022 or later)was contained in Part 3.0 of NCC Volume Two. Part 2.1 Scope and application of
Section 2
(1 May 2023)
Structure
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 22
2.2.1 Application of Part 2.2
[New for 2022]
Part 2.2 need not be complied with if, for the purposes of H1D2(b) only, the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of H1D3 to
H1D11 relating to structural elements are complied with.
2.2.2 Resistance to actions
[2019: 3.0.2]
The resistance of a building or structure must be greater than the most critical action effect resulting from different
combinations of actions, where—
the most critical action effect on a building or structure must be determined in accordance with 2.2.3 and the (a)
general design procedures contained in AS/NZS 1170.0; and
the resistance of a building or structure is determined in accordance with 2.2.4 . (b)
Explanatory Information
A building or structure must be designed to resist the most critical effect resulting from different combinations of actions,
taking into consideration—
the probability of simultaneous occurrence of two or more actions; and •
the levels of reliability of the structure when subject to combined actions; and •
the characteristics of the action. •
Determining the levels of reliability of the structure when subject to combined actions should be consistent with the
levels of reliability implicit in the design events for natural phenomenon. When designing for the maximum combined
actions, a principle frequently adopted is that the maximum is likely to occur when at least one of the actions is at its
maximum value.
WA 2.2.3
2.2.3 Determination of individual actions
[2019: 3.0.3]
The magnitude of individual actions must be determined in accordance with the following:
Permanent actions: (a)
the design or known dimensions of the building or structure; and (i)
the unit weight of the construction; and (ii)
AS/NZS 1170.1. (iii)
Imposed actions: (b)
the known loads that will be imposed during the occupation or use of the building or structure; and (i)
construction activity actions ; and (ii)
AS/NZS 1170.1. (iii)
Wind, snow and earthquake actions: (c)
the applicable annual probability of design event for safety, determined by— (i)
assigning the building or structure an Importance Level in accordance with Table 2.2.3a ; and (A)
determining the corresponding annual probability of exceedance for safety in accordance with Table (B)Part 2.2 Structural provisions
(1 May 2023)
Structure
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 232.2.3b ; and
for wind actions, AS/NZS 1170.2 or AS 4055; and (ii)
for snow and ice actions, AS/NZS 1170.3; and (iii)
for earthquake actions, AS 1170.4. (iv)
Actions not covered in (a), (b) and (c) above: (d)
the nature of the action; and (i)
the nature of the building or structure; and (ii)
the Importance Level of the building or structure determined in accordance with Table 2.2.3a ; and (iii)
AS/NZS 1170.1. (iv)
For the purposes of (d) the actions include but are not limited to— (e)
liquid pressure action; and (i)
ground water action; and (ii)
rainwater action (including ponding action); and (iii)
earth pressure action; and (iv)
differential movement; and (v)
time dependent effects (including creep and shrinkage); and (vi)
thermal effects; and (vii)
ground movement caused by— (viii)
swelling, shrinkage or freezing of the subsoil; and (A)
landslip or subsidence; and (B)
siteworks associated with the building or structure; and (C)
construction activity actions . (ix)
Table 2.2.3a: Importance Levels of buildings and structures
Table 2.2.3b : Design events for safety—annual probability of exceedance
Importance Level Building types
1 Buildings or structures presenting a low degree of hazard
to life and other property in the case of failure.
2 Buildings or structures not included in Importance Level 1.
Importance Level Non-cyclonic wind Cyclonic wind Snow Earthquake
1 1:100 1:200 1:100 1:250
2 1:500 1:500 1:150 1:5002.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Structure
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 24 Figure 2.2.3: Wind regions
Explanatory Information : Permanent and imposed actions
Permanent actions include the dead loads of the building or structure. These include the load imposed by the building’s
components inclusive of the forces imposed by the floors, walls, roofs, suspended ceilings, etc.
Imposed actions include live loads on the building or structure. These include the load arising from construction activity
and the intended use or function of the building or structure.
Explanatory Information : Application of AS 1170.4
There are certain limitations on the application to domestic structures such as Class 1a and Class 1b buildings in
Appendix A of AS 1170.4. These limitations include building height, roof slope, etc. For additional information refer to
Appendix A of AS 1170.4.
Explanatory Information : Importance Levels (Table 2.2.3a)
Table 2.2.3a provides a generic description of building types to which Importance Levels have been assigned. The
“Importance Level” concept is applicable to building structural safety only. More specific examples are provided in the
following list. The examples are indicative and not exhaustive.
Importance Level 1: Isolated minor Class 10a buildings and Class 10b structures. •
Importance Level 2: Class 1 buildings; Class 10a buildings and Class 10b structures associated with Class 1 •
buildings.
Importance Levels must be assigned on a case by case basis and relate to the hazards to human life and other property
in the event of the structure’s failure. For example—
Importance Level 1 is for minor isolated structures that rarely contain people, are not required as part of normal (a)
infrastructure and present a low risk to life and other property .
Importance Level 2 includes domestic housing and structures intended to contain reasonable numbers of people (b)
under normal operations.
AdelaidePerthGunyidiMorawaMullewa
Green
Head30°25°20°
CallytharraGascoyne JunctionMillstreamMarble BarOnslowCroydon
CarnarvonBroomePort Hedland
SydneyCorindiBrisbaneBundabergRockhamptonTownsvilleCairnsMareebaMoretonMcDonnel Creek
West MorelandDunbar
Atherton
Collinsville
Biloela
Toowoomba
East SaleCanberraAdelaide
RiverDarwin
IvanhoeWyndham (C)
Alice Springs
HobartKalgoorlie
Esperance27°
Region B
Region A1Region A4Region CRegion D
Region A535°
AlbanyKarratha150 km100 km50 kmChristmas Island
Region B
Cocos Islands
Region CRegion CRegion BRegion CRegion B
Region C
Region B
Region A2
Region A3KununurraBorroloola
Burketown
30°25°20°
35°
40°
45°142°
(Australian Territory only)
11°
Kyogle
BourkeNorfolk Islands
Region B
Lord Howe Island
Region AWoomera
A3
State border50 km200 km
70 km Mount Gambier
Geelong(within 70 km
of Melbourne G.P.O.)Regions are marked with the letters
A (A1 to A5), B, C and D.’
Coastal Region boundaries are smooth lines set in from a smoothed coastline by 50, 100, 150 and 200 km. Islands within 50 km of the coast are the same Region as the adjacent coast.2.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Structure
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 25Explanatory Information : Construction in cyclonic areas
The intent of building construction in cyclonic areas (see Figure 2.2.3 ) is to ensure the structure has sufficient strength
to transfer wind forces to the ground with an adequate safety margin to prevent collapse of the building and the building
being lifted, or slid off its foundations.
To resist these forces it is necessary to have—
an anchorage system, where the roof is connected by the walls to the footings by a chain of connections; and •
a bracing system to prevent horizontal collapse due to wind forces; and •
continuity of the system where each structural element is interlocked to its adjoining structural element throughout •
the building.
Explanatory Information : Anchorage
Anchorage of the system is achieved by using a variety of connectors. Each connector must be capable of carrying the
uplift force, because the ability of the building to resist the wind forces is directly related to its weakest link.
WA 2.2.4
2.2.4 Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of
construction
[2019: 3.0.4]
The following requirements, or any combination of them, must be used to determine the structural resistance of materials
and forms of construction as appropriate:
Earthworks: H1D3(1). (a)
Earth retaining structures: H1D3(2). (b)
Termite risk management: H1D3(3). (c)
Concrete construction (including slabs and footings, and reinforced and prestressed concrete structures): H1D4. (d)
Piled footings: H1D12. (e)
Post-installed and cast-in fastenings in concrete: AS 5216. (f)
Masonry (including masonry veneer, unreinforced masonry and reinforced masonry ): H1D5. (g)
Steel construction (including steel framing and structural steel members): H1D6. (h)
Timber construction (including design of timber structures, timber framing and design of nail-plated timber roof (i)
trusses): H1D6.
Composite steel and concrete: AS/NZS 2327. (j)
Aluminium construction: (k)
AS/NZS 1664.1. (i)
AS/NZS 1664.2. (ii)Roof construction (including plastic sheeting, roofing tiles, metal roofing and terracotta, fibre-cement and timber (l)
slates and shingles): H1D7.
Wall cladding: H1D7. (m)
Glazed assemblies: H1D8. (n)
Barriers and handrails (including stairway and ramp construction): (o)
H5D3; and (i)
AS/NZS 1170.1 for the determination of loading forces on a barrier. (ii)Attachment of decks and balconies to
external walls of buildings: H1D11. (p)
Garage doors and other large access doors in openings not more than 3 m in height in external walls of buildings (q)
determined as being located in wind region C or D in accordance with Figure 2.2.3 : AS/NZS 4505.
For high wind areas : requirements listed in (a) to (q) as appropriate or the Northern Territory Deemed to Comply (r)2.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Structure
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 26Standards Manual.
Explanatory Information
The weight of roof or ceiling insulation, particularly if additional ceiling insulation is used for compliance with the energy
efficiency provisions, needs to be considered in the selection of plasterboard, plasterboard fixings and building framing.
2.2.5 Structural software
[2019: 3.0.5]
(1) Structural software used in computer aided design of a building or structure that uses design criteria based on the
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of NCC Volume Two and the ABCB Housing Provisions, including its referenced
documents, for the design of steel or timber trussed roof and floor systems and framed building systems, must comply
with the ABCB Protocol for Structural Software.
(2) The requirements of (1) only apply to structural software used to design steel or timber trussed roof and floor systems
and framed building systems for buildings within the following geometrical limits:
The distance from ground level to the underside of eaves must not exceed 6 m. (a)
The distance from ground level to the highest point of the roof, neglecting chimneys, must not exceed 8.5 m. (b)
The building width including roofed verandahs, excluding eaves, must not exceed 16 m. (c)
The building length must not exceed five times the building width. (d)
The roof pitch must not exceed 35 degrees. (e)
(3) The requirements of (1) do not apply to design software for individual frame members such as electronic tables similar
to those provided in—
AS 1684 Parts 2, 3 and 4; or (a)
NASH Standard Residential and Low-Rise Steel Framing, Part 2. (b)
Explanatory Information
2.2.5 does not apply where a software package simply eliminates manual calculations and the process of the package
requires identical methodology as that undertaken manually, e.g. AS 1684 span tables and bracing calculations. 2.2.4
(1 May 2023)
Site preparation
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 27
3 Site preparation
Part 3.1 Scope and application of
Section 3
3.1.1 Scope
3.1.2 Application
Part 3.2 Earthworks
3.2.1 Un-retained bulk earthworks – site cut and fill
Part 3.3 Drainage
3.3.1 Application
3.3.2 Drainage requirements
3.3.3 Surface water drainage
3.3.4 Subsoil drainage
3.3.5 Stormwater drainage
Part 3.4 Termite risk management
3.4.1 Requirements for termite management systems
3.4.2 Termite management systems
3.4.3 Durable notice
(1 May 2023)
Site preparation
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 28
3.1.1 Scope
[New for 2022]
(1) This Section sets out the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for—
earthworks — Part 3.2 ; and (a)
drainage — Part 3.3 ; and (b)
termite risk management — Part 3.4 . (c)
(2) For other site preparation provisions not included in this Section, refer to NCC Volume Two: H1D3(2) Earth retaining
structures.
Explanatory Information
These provisions relate to general site preparation for footings, services, drainage and installation of termite
management systems. It should be noted that other construction methods may be used to achieve the same results as
specified in this Part provided they comply with the appropriate Performance Requirement .
The provisions in Part 3.2 will enable earthworks associated with the construction of a building to be carried out safely
and to avoid potential damage to the subject building, adjoining structures and property through the soil collapsing or
subsiding. Exceptional site conditions (including the effects of torrential rain) may need special consideration and
additional advice from appropriately qualified people should be considered.
State and Territory legislation may also have requirements that apply to earthworks, especially in relation to adjoining
property and notification of owners of that property. Advice should be obtained from the appropriate authority before
commencement of works.
The requirements of this Part are to be read in conjunction with H1D3(2) of NCC Volume Two where an earth retaining
structure is installed.
NSW 3.1.2
3.1.2 Application
[New for 2022]
The application of this Section is subject to the following:
The Governing Requirements of NCC 2022 Volume Two. (a)
Any conditions set out within the following Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of NCC Volume Two: (b)
H1D3(1), for earthworks. (i)
H2D2, for drainage. (ii)
The State and Territory variations, additions and deletions contained in the Schedules to the ABCB Housing (c)
Provisions and NCC Volume Two.
Explanatory Information
In NCC 2019, the content of
Section 3
of the ABCB Housing Provisions (other than content added in NCC 2022 or later)was contained in the acceptable construction practices for Parts 3.1.1, 3.1.3 and 3.1.4 of NCC 2019 Volume Two.
NCC 2019 Volume Two did not include an acceptable construction practice for Part 3.1.2. Part 3.1 Scope and application of
Section 3
(1 May 2023)
Site preparation
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 29
3.2.1 Un-retained bulk earthworks – site cut and fill
[2019: 3.1.1.1, 3.1.1.2]
(1) A site cut using an un-retained embankment must be—
within the allotment; and (a)
not within the zone of influence of any existing structure on the property, or the allotment boundary as defined (b)
in Table 3.2.1 and Figure 3.2.1a ; and
not deeper than 2 m from the natural ground level at any point. (c)
(2) Fill, using an un-retained embankment must—
be placed within the allotment; and (a)
be placed at a gradient which complies with Table 3.2.1 and Figure 3.2.1b ; and (b)
be placed and mechanically compacted in layers not more than 150 mm; and (c)
be not more than 2 m in height from the natural ground level at any point; and (d)
where used to support footings or slabs, be placed and compacted in accordance with Part 4.2 ; and (e)
have surface water diverted away from any existing structure on the property or adjoining allotment in accordance (f)
with 3.3.3 .
Table 3.2.1: Un-retained embankment slope ratios
Table Not
es
See Figures 3.2.1a and 3.2.1b for some examples of un-retained embankment slopes. (1)
Retaining walls must be installed in accordance with H1D3(2) where— (2)
the embankment slope is steeper than described in this Table; or (a)
the soil type is not described in this Table. (b)Part 3.2 Earthworks
Soil class (see 4.2.2 for material
description)Site cut (excavation) (maximum
embankment slope ratio, angle of site
cut H:L Note 1)Compacted fill (maximum
embankment slope ratio, angle of
batter H:L Note 1)
Stable rock (Class A) 8:1 3:3
Sand (Class A) 1:2 1:2
Firm clay (Class M-E) 1:1 1:2
Soft clay (Class M-E) 2:3 Not suitable
(1 May 2023)
Site preparation
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 30 Figure 3.2.1a: Site cut and fill using un-retained embankments — Site cut commencing at the allotment
boundary or affecting an adjoining property
Figure Notes
The angle for line A-A is defined as the maximum embankment slope ratio H:L in Table 3.2.1 and is taken from the (1)
bottom of the footing and identifies the area suitable for excavation.
Consideration must be given for drainage of surface water , particularly where fill affects an adjoining property. (2)Allotment
boundary
Natural ground level
Site cutZone of influence
Natural ground level
Site cutZone of influence
H
LLH
AA
A
AExcavation
Excavation3.2.1
(1 May 2023)
Site preparation
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 31 Figure 3.2.1b : Site cut and fill using un-retained embankments — Fill commencing at the allotment
boundary or affecting an adjoining property
Figure Notes
The angle for line A-A is defined as the maximum embankment slope ratio H:L in Table 3.2.1 and is taken from the (1)
bottom of the footing and identifies the area suitable for fill.
Consideration must be given for drainage of surface water , particularly where fill affects an adjoining property. (2)Allotment
boundary
Natural ground level
Swale drainHLA
A
AAngle of batter
Fill
Natural ground levelFill HLAAngle of batter3.2.1
(1 May 2023)
Site preparation
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 32
3.3.1 Application
[New for 2022]
(1) Part 3.3 is subject to the limitations set out in H2D2(b).
(2) Part 3.3 need not be complied with if H2D2(a) is complied with.
3.3.2 Drainage requirements
[2019: 3.1.3.2]
Drainage systems must be installed as follows:
Areas adjoining and under buildings — surface water drainage in accordance with 3.3.3 ; and (a)
Where site conditions exist that create a need for subsoil water to be diverted away from footings, basements, (b)
retaining walls etc — sub-soil drainage in accordance with 3.3.4 ; and
Where underground drainage from roof areas is required or permitted — underground stormwater drainage in (c)
accordance with 3.3.5 ; and
Excavation for drains adjacent to existing footings must be within the area described in Figure 3.3.2 as being (d)
safe for excavation.
Figure 3.3.2: Excavation for drains adjacent to footings
Figure Notes
Any excavation below the area defined as being safe for excavation will need additional protection measures to be (1)
determined by appropriately qualified persons.
Slope ratio H:L is determined using Table 3.2.1 . (2)Part 3.3 Drainage
SectionTrench
Sewer / Stormwater Footing
Suitable area for excavation in
accordance with embankment slope ratio H : L
(less than 2 m)H
L
(1 May 2023)
Site preparation
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 33 3.3.3 Surface water drainage
[2019: 3.1.3.3]
Surface water must be diverted away from a Class 1 building as follows:
Slab-on-ground — finished ground level adjacent to a building: the external finished surface surrounding the (a)
slab must be drained to move surface water away from the building and graded to give a slope of not less than
(see Figure 3.3.3a ) —
25 mm over the first 1 m from the building— (i)
in low rainfall intensity areas for surfaces that are reasonably impermeable (such as concrete or clay (A)
paving); or
for any reasonably impermeable surface that forms part of an access path or ramp provided for the (B)
purposes of Clauses 1.1(2) or (4)(c) of the ABCB Standard for Livable Housing Design; or
50 mm over the first 1 m from the building in any other case. (ii)
Slab-on-ground — finished slab heights: the height of the slab-on-ground above external finished surfaces must (b)
be not less than (see Figure 3.3.3a ) —
100 mm above the finished ground level in low rainfall intensity areas or sandy, well-drained areas; or (i)
50 mm above impermeable (paved or concrete) areas that slope away from the building in accordance with (ii)
(a); or
150 mm in any other case. (iii)The ground beneath suspended floors must be graded so that the area beneath the building is above the adjacent (c)
external finished ground level and
surface water is prevented from ponding under the building (see Figure 3.3.3b ).
Limitations
3.3.3 does not apply to a landing area provided for the purposes of Clause 2.3 of the ABCB Standard for Livable Housing
Design, except for a channel drain or drainage surface provided under Clause 2.4 of that standard.
Figure 3.3.3a : Site surface drainage
Figure Notes
For fall in finished external surface, see 3.3.3(a) . (1)
For finished floor level above finished external surface, see 3.3.3(b) . (2)1 m
Finished floor level
above finished
external surface
Fall in finished
external surface
Elevation3.3.3
(1 May 2023)
Site preparation
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 34 Figure 3.3.3b: Grading of ground under suspended floors
Explanatory Information
The appropriate slab height above finished ground level and the slope of the external finished surface surrounding the
slab may vary depending on the following:
The local plumbing requirements; in particular the height of the overflow relief gully relative to drainage fittings and •
ground level (to work effectively they must be a minimum of 150 mm below the lowest sanitary fixture).
The run-off from storms, particularly in areas of high rainfall intensity, and the local topography. •
The effect of excavation on a cut and fill site. •
The possibility of flooding. •
Termite risk management provisions. •
Clearances between wall cladding and the finished ground level are provided in 7.5.7 .
3.3.4 Subsoil drainage
[2019: 3.1.3.4]
Where a subsoil drainage system is installed to divert subsurface water away from the area beneath a building, the subsoil
drain must—
be graded with a uniform fall of not less than 1:300; and (a)
discharge into an external silt pit or sump with— (b)
the level of discharge from the silt pit or sump into an impervious drainage line not less than 50 mm below (i)
the invert level of the inlet (see Figure 3.3.4 ); and
provision for cleaning and maintenance. (ii)SectionFill to ensure water
run-off under building3.3.3
(1 May 2023)
Site preparation
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 35 Figure 3.3.4: Construction of silt pits
Explanatory Information
Subsoil drainage systems may need to be installed where subsurface water movement could damage buildings or
cause loss of amenity through the build up of excessive moisture or lateral water pressure. Typical locations of subsoil
drainage systems are on the uphill side of cut and fill sites, adjacent to deep footings, behind retaining walls and adjacent
to basement walls.
The design and installation of subsoil drainage systems should take into account the nature of the soil and the anticipated
water level, quantity and movement. In some cases, detailed investigations involving excavations, field observations
and soil tests may be necessary to determine the appropriate solution. Typical subsoil drain configurations are shown
in Figure 3.3.4 (explanatory) .
In clay soil, subsoil drains can alter the long-term moisture content in the soil, adversely affecting the building foundation
by removing or, in some cases, introducing water. In such conditions, subsoil drains should only be used where there
are no other options for dealing with subsoil water.
Additional guidance on subsoil drainage systems can be found in AS/NZS 3500.3 and AS 2870. Finished surface
50 mm min.Inlet
Outlet3.3.4
(1 May 2023)
Site preparation
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 36 Figure 3.3.4 ( explanatory) :Typical subsoil drain configurations
3.3.5 Stormwater drainage
[2019: 3.1.3.5]
Where a stormwater drainage system is installed, it must comply with the following:
The position and manner of discharge of the stormwater drainage system must be to the satisfaction of the (a)
appropriate authority .
The stormwater drainage system must be designed so that any overflow during heavy rain periods is prevented (b)
from flowing back into the building.
Cover to stormwater drains: the cover to 90 mm Class 6 UPVC stormwater drains installed underground must (c)
be not less than—
under soil — 100 mm; or (i)
under paved or concrete areas — 50 mm; or (ii)
under areas subject to light vehicle traffic— (iii)
reinforced concrete — 75 mm; or (A)
paved — 100 mm. (B)
Explanatory Information : Discharge points
The manner of discharge of stormwater drainage systems includes consideration of discharge points. Some examples
of discharge points which may be acceptable to the appropriate authority are—
a legal discharge point at the allotment boundary; or •
on-site catchment systems, such as stormwater tanks; or •
on-site soil drainage systems, such as soaker wells. •
(a) Basic system (b) Geotextile filter (c) Pipe drain (d) Pipe drain with
bedding excluding
surface
(e) Geotextile
around pipe(f) Geocomposite
drain in
narrow trench(g) Geocomposite
drain in
shallow trench(h) Soil filter layer to
avoid clogging of
geotextilePervious backfill Impervious cap
Fill or
filter
material
Trench
Horizontal
geocomposite
drain Pervious filter layer
on trench sidesPipe wrapped
in geotextile3.3.4
(1 May 2023)
Site preparation
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 37Explanatory Information : Depth of cover
Different depths of soil cover (or no cover at all) can be achieved using other types of pipes. The cover specified is
measured from the top of the pipe to either the finished ground level or, in the case of paved or concreted areas, to the
underside of the paving or concrete. 3.3.5
(1 May 2023)
Site preparation
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 38
3.4.1 Requirements for termite management systems
[2019: 3.1.4.2]
(1) The requirements of this Part apply where:
a Class 1 or 10 building is constructed in an area where subterranean termites are known to present a potential (a)
risk of attack; and
a primary building element of a Class 1 or 10 building is considered susceptible to termite attack. (b)
NT 3.4.1(2)
(2) For the purposes of (1), a primary building element consisting entirely of, or a combination of, any of the following
materials is considered not subject to termite attack:
Steel, aluminium or other metals. (a)
Concrete. (b)
Masonry. (c)
Fibre-reinforced cement. (d)
Timber — naturally termite resistant in accordance with Appendix C of AS 3660.1. (e)
Timber — preservative treated in accordance with Appendix D of AS 3660.1. (f)
QLD 3.4.1(3)
QLD 3.4.1(4)
QLD 3.4.1(5) QLD 3.4.1(6)
Explanatory Information
3.4.1(1): Termites are not considered to be a risk in Tasmania and a lesser risk in parts of Victoria. The appropriate •
authority may have records of termite activity for each area and may be able to advise on whether termite risk
management is needed.
3.4.1(2): Where individual primary building elements are susceptible to termite attack and the remainder of the •
primary building elements are constructed of termite resistant materials, only the susceptible elements need to be
provided with a termite management system.
3.4.1(2)(c): states that masonry is not subject to termite attack, however termites may gain entry through mortar •
and other joints.
Explanatory Figure 3.4.1 provides a flowchart for identifying if a termite management system is required . •Part 3.4 Termite risk management
(1 May 2023)
Site preparation
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 39 Figure 3.4.1 ( explanatory) :Flow chart for identifying if a termite management system is required
Figure Notes
To check primary building elements , see 3.4.1(2) .
NT 3.4.2
QLD 3.4.2
3.4.2 Termite management systems
[2019: 3.1.4.3]
Where a termite management system is required it must—
be selected appropriate to Table 3.4.2 ; and (a)
comply with— (b)
AS 3660.1; or (i)
have been tested and passed the tests required by
Section 5
of AS 3660.3; and (ii)have a durable notice installed in accordance with 3.4.3 ; and (c)
where a chemical termite management system is used, the chemical must be included on the appropriate (d)
authority’s pesticides register.
Table 3.4.2: Acceptable termite management systems and components
Building element Termite management system or component options
Concrete slab-on-ground: slab perimeter or external wall
perimeterSlab edge exposure
Sheet material
Granular material
ChemicalYES
NO
YESNO
(check primary building elements )IS THE BUILDING IN A
TERMITE RISK AREA?
(ask your appropriate authority )
NO TERMITE MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM REQUIRED
INSTALL APPROPRIATE TERMITE
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ARE THE PRIMARY BUILDING ELEMENTS
SUBJECT TO TERMITE ATTACK? 3.4.1
(1 May 2023)
Site preparation
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 40
Table Notes
The entire area beneath the slab must be treated when the slab-on-ground is not designed and constructed in
accordance with AS 2870 or AS 3600.
Explanatory Information : Validity of test results
3.4.2(b)(ii) provides the option of having a chemical termite management system tested to AS 3660.3. In order for the
test results to remain valid, the system would then have to be installed as tested.
Explanatory Information : Component
A component of a system as referred to in Table 3.4.2 is one that, when used in combination with other components,
will form a ‘full system’.
For example, if a concrete slab is used as a component of a system, it in itself will not provide a complete termite
management system. Depending on the construction methods and the site conditions, additional requirements will be
necessary for service penetrations through the concrete slab. Each of these are ‘components’, when integrated, will
form a ‘full system’.
Explanatory Information : Integrity of the termite management system
There are more than 350 species of termites in Australia, about 30 of which achieve economic importance by causing
costly damage to building structures. Due to the nature of termites, it is extremely difficult to prevent them gaining
access to a building.
In addition to correct installation of a termite management system, its effectiveness will rely on regular maintenance
and competent inspection.
Explanatory Information : Attachments to buildings
Attachments referred to in Table 3.4.2 include downpipes, service pipes, steps, verandahs, porches, access ramps,
carports, trellises, decks, heated water systems, air-conditioners and the like.
3.4.3 Durable notice
[2019: 3.1.4.4]
A durable notice must be permanently fixed to the building in a prominent location, such as in a meter box or the like,
indicating—
the termite management system used; and (a)
the date of installation of the system; and (b)
where a chemical is used, its life expectancy as listed on the appropriate authority’s register label; and (c)
the installer’s or manufacturer’s recommendations for the scope and frequency of future inspections for termite (d)
activity.
Building element Termite management system or component options
Concrete slab-on-ground: penetrations/control joints/area
beneath the slab (see Note)Sheet material
Granular material
Chemical
Suspended floors Sheet material
Granular material
Chemical
Attachments to buildings Termite management system to the attachment
Inspection zone between attachment and building3.4.2
(1 May 2023)
Site preparation
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 41Explanatory Information : Appropriate authority
For the purpose of the pesticides register, the appropriate authority is the government body responsible for the
registration of pesticides. Currently, the Australian Pesticides and Veterinary Medicines Authority (APMVA) coordinates
the registration scheme.
Explanatory Information : Durable notice
Where a durable notice is required by 3.4.3, it must be fixed to the building in a prominent location advising the building
occupants that the system should be inspected and maintained.
The notice should be clearly written, on a material that will not deteriorate or fade over time and be located in or near
the electrical meter box or similar location so that it can be easily seen and read by future owners of the building.
Additional information may be included if desired by the person placing the notice. 3.4.3
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 42
4 Footings and slabs
Part 4.1 Scope and application of
Section 4
4.1.1 Scope
4.1.2 Application
4.1.3 Explanation of terms
Part 4.2 Footings, slabs and associated elements
4.2.1 Application
4.2.2 Site classification
4.2.3 Excavation for footings
4.2.4 Filling under concrete slabs
4.2.5 Foundations for footings and slabs
4.2.6 Slab edge support on sloping sites
4.2.7 Stepped footings
4.2.8 Vapour barriers
4.2.9 Edge rebates
4.2.10 Concrete
4.2.11 Steel reinforcement
4.2.12 Footing and slab construction
4.2.13 Stump footing details
4.2.14 Stiffened rafts Class A, S and M sites
4.2.15 Strip footings Class A, S and M sites
4.2.16 Footing slabs for Class A sites
4.2.17 Footings for single leaf masonry, mixed construction and earth
wall construction
4.2.18 Footings for fireplaces on Class A and S sites
4.2.19 Shrinkage control
4.2.20 Concentrated loads
4.2.21 Minimum edge beam dimensions
4.2.22 Recessed areas of slabs
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 43
4.1.1 Scope
[New for 2022]
This Section sets out the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for footings and slabs.
Explanatory Information
This Section specifies the requirements for the excavation and filling for the footing or slab together with the construction
of various alternative concrete slab and footing configurations. The slab and footing configurations detailed in this
Section are only suitable for the specified soil classifications. The requirements contained in the remainder of this
Section are more general and may be applied to all slab and footing construction.
The requirements of this Section are to be read in conjunction with Part 6.2 . The Part 6.2 subfloor ventilation
requirements apply to the subfloor space of all suspended floors of a building or deck, including but not limited to, timber
and steel-framed subfloors and suspended concrete slabs.
4.1.2 Application
[New for 2022]
The application of this Section is subject to the following:
The Governing Requirements of NCC 2022 Volume Two. (a)
Any conditions set out within the following Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of NCC Volume Two: H1D4(2), for (b)
footings and slabs.
The State and Territory variations, additions and deletions contained in the Schedules to the ABCB Housing (c)
Provisions and NCC Volume Two.
Explanatory Information
In NCC 2019, the content of
Section 4
of the ABCB Housing Provisions (other than content added in NCC 2022 or later)was contained in the acceptable construction practices for Part 3.2 of NCC 2019 Volume Two.
4.1.3 Explanation of terms
[New for 2022]
Figures 4.1.3a , 4.1.3b and 4.1.3c depict footing and slab members and associated terminology used to describe them in
Part 4.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions. Part 4.1 Scope and application of
Section 4
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 44 Figure 4.1.3a: Footing and slab members and associated terminology : diagram 1
Figure Notes
Slab (monolithic). (1)
Deepened edge beam. (2)
Reinforcement. (3)
Foundation . (4)
Vapour barrier/damp-proofing membrane . (5)
Edge rebate. (6)
Internal beam (thickening). (7)
Figure 4.1.3b: Footing and slab members and associated terminology : diagram 2
Figur
e Notes
Slab. (1)
Deepened edge beam and slab. (2)
Reinforcement. (3)
Foundation . (4)
Vapour barrier/damp-proofing membrane . (5)
Edge rebate. (6)
Internal beam (thickening). (7)1.
2. 3.
4.5.6.
7.
2.
7.
4.5.6.1.
3.4.1.3
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 45 Figure 4.1.3c: Footing and slab members and associated terminology : diagram 3
Figure Notes
Controlled fill . (1)
Deepened edge beam and slab. (2)
Natural ground line above cut. (3)
Cut. (4)
Foundation (natural ground below fill). (5)5.1.
2.3.
4.4.1.3
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 46
4.2.1 Application
[New for 2022]
Part 4.2 is subject to the limitations set out in H1D4(2).
4.2.2 Site classification
[2019: 3.2.4.1]
The foundations where footings and slabs are to be located must be classified in accordance with AS 2870.
Explanatory Information
Explanatory Table 4.2.2 provides a general description of foundation soil types that will assist in the classification of a
site. More detailed information, including differentiation between classifications, can be found in AS 2870 or alternatively
contact the appropriate authority .
Due to the limitations of this Part, if a site is classified H, E or P then reference must be made to AS 2870 for design
and construction information.
Table 4.2.2 (explanat or y): General definition of site classes
Table Notes
For Class M, further division based on the depth of expected movement is required . (1)
For deep-seated movement, characteristic of dry climates and corresponding to a design depth of suction change (2)
HS, equal to or greater than 3 m, the classification must be M-D.
If classification M-D is established due to further division, design of footings and slabs is beyond the scope of the (3)
ABCB Housing Provisions and reference must be made to AS 2870 for design and construction information.
Part 4.2 Footings, slabs and associated elements
Class Foundation
A Most sand and rock sites with little or no ground
movement from moisture changes
S Slightly reactive clay sites with only slight ground
movement from moisture changes
M Moderately reactive clay or silt sites which can
experience moderate ground movement from moisture
changes
H Highly reactive clay sites which can experience high
ground movement from moisture changes
E Extremely reactive clay sites which can experience
extreme ground movement from moisture changes
A to P Filled sites — see AS 2870
P Sites which include soft soils, such as soft clay or silt or
loose sands; landslip; mine subsidence; collapsing
soils; soils subject to erosion; reactive sites subject to
abnormal moisture conditions or sites which cannot be
classified otherwise.
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 47NSW 4.2.3
4.2.3 Excavation for footings
[2019: 3.2.2.1]
(1) Excavation for footings, including thickenings for slabs and pads must be clean cut with vertical sides, wherever
possible.
(2) The base of the excavation must be—
for flat sites, generally level but may slope not more than 1:40 to allow excavations to drain; and (a)
for sloping sites at an angle of not more than 1:10; and (b)
for stepped footings in accordance with 4.2.7 . (c)
(3) Footing excavations must be free of loose earth, tree roots, mud or debris.
(4) Topsoil containing grass roots must be removed from the site of the foundation .
(5) Excavation depths and soil cuts must comply with Part 3.2 .
(6) On loose sand sites or sites subject to wind or water erosion, the depth below finished ground level to the bottom of
footings must be not less than 300 mm.
(7) The height of a finished slab-on-ground must be in accordance with 3.3.3(b) .
4.2.4 Filling under concrete slabs
[2019: 3.2.2.2]
Filling placed under a slab (except where the slab is suspended) must comply with the following:
Filling must be either controlled fill or rolled fill as follows: (a)
Sand used in controlled fill or rolled fill must not contain any gravel size material and achieve a blow count (i)
of 7 or more per 300 mm using the test method described in AS 1289.6.3.3.
Clay used in controlled fill or rolled fill must be moist during compaction. (ii)
Controlled fill : (iii)
Sand fill up to 800 mm deep — well compacted in layers not more than 300 mm deep by vibrating (A)
plate or vibrating roller.
Clay fill up to 400 mm deep — well compacted in layers of not more than 150 mm by a mechanical (B)
roller.
Rolled fill : (iv)
Sand fill up to 600 mm deep — compacted in layers of not more than 300 mm by repeated rolling by (A)
an excavator or other suitable mechanical equipment.
Clay fill up to 300 mm deep — compacted in layers of not more than 150 mm by repeated rolling by (B)
an excavator or similar machine.
A level layer of clean quarry sand must be placed on top of the fill, with a depth of not less than 20 mm. (b)
A graded stone termite management system complying with Part 3.4 may be substituted for the sand required (c)
in (b).
4.2.5 Foundations for footings and slabs
[2019: 3.2.2.3]
Footings and slabs, including internal and edge beams, must be founded on soil with an allowable bearing pressure as
follows:
Slab panels, load support panels and internal beams — natural soil with an allowable bearing pressure of not (a)
less than 50 kPa or controlled fill or rolled fill compacted in accordance with 4.2.4 .
Edge beams connected to the slab — natural soil with an allowable bearing pressure of not less than 50 kPa or (b)
controlled fill compacted in accordance with 4.2.4(a)(iii) and extending past the perimeter of the building 1 m 4.2.2
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 48with a slope ratio not steeper than 2 horizontal to 1 vertical (see Figure 4.2.5 ).
Pad footings, strip footings and edge beams not connected to the slab, must be— (c)
founded in natural soil with an allowable bearing pressure of not less than 100 kPa; or (i)
for Class A and S sites they may be founded on controlled sand fill in accordance with 4.2.4(a) . (ii)
Figure 4.2.5: Foundations for footings and slabs
Figure Notes
Compacted fill must be in accordance with 4.2.4 .
Explanatory Information
The foundations of a building are critical to its successful performance. As such, the soil must have the strength or
bearing capacity to carry the building load with minimum movement.
The bearing capacity of a soil varies considerably and needs to be determined on a site by site basis. For this to occur,
the appropriate people need to be consulted. These people may include a qualified engineer or experienced engineering
geologist, or it may be determined by a person with appropriate local knowledge. The minimum bearing capacity (soil
strength rating) may depend on the site conditions. The soil may be naturally undisturbed or be disturbed by building
work or the like. Where soil is disturbed by building work and the like, the bearing capacity can be dramatically altered.
This is typically the case for sloping sites where cut and fill procedures are used. In these situations the soil needs to
be consolidated, generally via compaction, to achieve the required bearing capacity.
There are a number of alternatives for working on cut and filled sites. These are described in Figure 4.2.5 .
Option 1 of Figure 4.2.5 refers to the controlled fill process which involves the compaction of fill in layers to achieve the
bearing capacity described in 4.2.5. The depth of fill for each layer is specified to ensure effective compaction. Fill
beyond these depths will need to be installed in accordance with H1D4(1).
Option 2 and 3 of Figure 4.2.5 refer to edge beams that extend through the fill into undisturbed soil which provides the
4.2.5 required bearing capacity. In this situation the fill is essentially only taking the internal slab loads.
(c) Option 3(b) Option 2(a) Option 1
min.1 mmin.1 mStrip topsoil
before filling
Rolled or
controlled fillReuse strippedtopsoil(suggested)
Deepened edge beam
or retaining wall Deepened edge beam or bulk piersControlled fill
Slope ratio notgreater than 1 : 2 Compacted fill
Additional rolled or controlled
fill if bulk piers used
Rolled or
controlled fillSlope ratio notgreater than 1 : 2
Compacted fill
Rolled or
controlled fill4.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 49 4.2.6 Slab edge support on sloping sites
[2019: 3.2.2.4]
Footings and slabs installed on the low side of sloping sites must be as follows:
Slab panels — in accordance with 4.2.5(a) . (a)
Edge beams— (b)
supported by controlled fill in accordance with 4.2.5(b) (see Figure 4.2.5 , Option 1); or (i)
supported by deepened edge beams or bulk piers designed in accordance with AS 3600 (see Figure 4.2.5 , (ii)
Option 2); or
deepened (as per AS 2870) to extend into the natural soil level with a bearing capacity in accordance with (iii)
4.2.5(b) (see Figure 4.2.5 , Option 3); or
stepped in accordance with AS 2870. (iv)
Edge beams not connected to the slab, pad footings and strip footings — founded in accordance with 4.2.5(c) . (c)
Where an excavation (cut) of the natural ground is used it must be in accordance with Part 3.2 . (d)
4.2.7 Stepped footings
[2019: 3.2.2.5]
Stepped strip footings must—
have a base that is horizontal or be sloped at not more than 1:10; or (a)
be stepped in accordance with one of the methods shown in Figure 4.2.7 . (b)
Figure 4.2.7: Stepped strip footings
Figure Notes
All dimensions in millimetres.
NSW 4.2.8
SA 4.2.8
Step ≤ 200
Slope ≤ 1 : 10Step ≤ 200
Step ≤ 2001.5 D
1.5 D
Step > 200
but ≤ 2 D
1.5 DD D
DDExtensions 300
or 25 bardiameters
Sections(a) Method A (b) Method B
(c) Method C (d) Method D4.2.6
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 50 4.2.8 Vapour barriers
[2019: 3.2.2.6]
(1) A vapour barrier must be installed under slab-on-ground construction for a Class 1 building and for a Class 10 building
where the slab is continuous with the slab of a Class 1 building in accordance with (2), (3), (4) and (5).
(2) Materials: A vapour barrier must be—
0.2 mm nominal thickness polyethylene film; and (a)
medium impact resistant, (b)
determined in accordance with criteria specified in clause 5.3.3.3 of AS 2870.
(3) A vapour barrier must be branded continuously “AS 2870 Concrete underlay, 0.2 mm Medium impact resistance”.
(4) Installation: A vapour barrier must be installed as follows:
Lap not less than 200 mm at all joints. (a)
Tape or seal with a close-fitting sleeve around all service penetrations. (b)
Fully seal where punctured (unless for service penetrations) with additional polyethylene film and tape. (c)
(5) The vapour barrier must be placed beneath the slab so that the bottom surface of the slab is entirely underlaid and
must extend under internal and edge beams to finish at ground level in accordance with Figure 4.2.8 .
Figure 4.2.8: Acceptable vapour barrier and damp -proofing membr ane location
Figur
e Notes
All dimensions in millimetres.
4.2.9 Edge rebates
[2019: 3.2.2.7]
Edge rebates for slab-on-ground and stiffened raft with masonry cavity or veneer construction must comply with the
following:
The rebate must not be less than 20 mm. (a)
The edge rebate must be flashed and drained in accordance with H2D4 and where it cannot be flashed, it must (b)
be filled with mortar.
≥150Finished
groundincludingpaving
(c) Masonry alternative (b) Deep edge rebate alternative(a) Minimum rebate for cavity masonry or veneer wallFinished groundincluding paving
Vapour barrier and
damp-proofingmembrane terminationVapour barrier ordamp-proofing membrane
Vapour
Barrier Finished groundincluding paving4.2.8
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 51
Explanatory Information
See 4.2.21 for minimum edge beam details. For single skin or framed walls with external cladding, rebates are not
required.
SA 4.2.10
4.2.10 Concrete
[2019: 3.2.3.1]
Concrete must comply with the following:
Concrete must comply with AS 3600; and— (a)
have a strength at 28 days of not less than 20 MPa (denoted as N20 grade); and (i)
have a 20 mm maximum nominal aggregate size; and (ii)
have a nominal 100 mm slump. (iii)
Water must not be added to the mix to increase the slump to a value in excess of that specified. (b)
Concrete must be placed, compacted and cured in accordance with good building practice. (c)
Explanatory Information
Complete discharge of the concrete from the truck should be made within one and a half hours of initial mixing with •
water unless a suitable retarder has been specified.
Compacting concrete by vibration removes air pockets and works the concrete thoroughly around reinforcement, •
service penetrations etc. and into corners of formwork to increase durability and resistance to termite infestation
and salt damp attack. Care should be taken not to over-vibrate. The finishing and curing of slab edges provides an
improved edge finish which is resistant to edge dampness.
Care should be taken when using chemical curing methods, because some products may not be compatible with •
adhesives used to fix surface finishes to the slab.
4.2.11 Steel reinforcement
[2019: 3.2.3.2]
(1) Materials used for reinforcing steel must comply with AS 2870 and be—
welded wire reinforcing fabric; or (a)
trench mesh; or (b)
steel reinforcing bars. (c)
(2) Steel reinforcing bars may be substituted for trench mesh in accordance with Table 4.2.11a .
(3) Minimum laps for reinforcement as shown in Table 4.2.11b and Figure 4.2.11a must be provided where reinforcing is
used.
(4) Any slab in H1D4 with a re-entrant corner must have—
two strips of 3-L8TM; or (a)
one strip of 3-L11TM; or (b)
3-N12 bars, (c)
not less than 2 m in length and placed at an angle of 45° across the corner such that the centre of the 2 m length is
at the location of the internal angle of the slab in accordance with Figure 4.2.11b .
(5) Footings and slabs-on-ground must have concrete cover between the outermost edge of the reinforcement (including
ligatures, tie wire etc.) and the surface of the concrete of not less than—
40 mm to unprotected ground; and (a)4.2.9
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 5230 mm to a membrane in contact with the ground; and (b)
20 mm to an internal surface; and (c)
40 mm to external exposure. (d)
(6) Reinforcement must be free of loose rust, mud, paints and oils.
(7) Reinforcement must be placed as follows:
All reinforcement must be firmly fixed in place to prevent it moving during concreting operations. (a)
Reinforcement must be supported off the ground or the forms by bar chairs made from wire, concrete or plastic. (b)
When using wire chairs, the minimum concrete cover (see (5)) to the uncoated portion of the chair must be (c)
obtained.
Wire chairs on soft ground or plastic membrane must be placed on flat bases. (d)
Bar chairs must be spaced at not more than 800 mm centres for steel fabric. (e)
Table 4.2.11a: Alternative mesh/reinforcing bar sizes
Table Notes
Where necessary, 2 layers of mesh may be used. (1)
L11TM and L12TM may be replaced by RL1118 and RL1218 mesh respectively. (2)
L11TM may be replaced by two layers of L8TM. (3)
Table 4.2.11b : Minimum lap for reinforcement
Trench mesh (TM) Area — mm2Reinforcing bar alternative Trench mesh alternative
2-L8TM 91 2-N10 or 1-N12 Not applicable
3-L8TM 136 2-N10 or 2-N12 Not applicable
4-L8TM 182 2-N12 2-L11TM
5-L8TM 227 2-N12 3-L11TM
2-L11TM 180 1-N16 or 2-N12 2x2-L8TM
3-L11TM 270 3-N12 2x3-L8TM
4-L11TM 360 2-N16 2x4-L8TM
2-L12TM 222 2-N12 3-L11TM
3-L12TM 333 3-N12 4-L11TM
4-L12TM 444 4-N12 5-L11TM
Reinforcement Minimum splice Minimum lap at “T”
intersectionsMinimum lap at “L”
intersections
Steel reinforcing bars ≤12
mm diameter500 mm Full width across the
junctionOne outer bar must be bent
and continue 500 mm (min)
around corner
Steel reinforcing bars >12
mm to ≤16 mm diameter700 mm Full width across the
junctionOne outer bar must be bent and continue 500 mm (min)
around corner
Trench mesh 500 mm Full width across the
junctionFull width across the
junction
Square and rectangular
meshThe two outermost transverse wires of one
sheet must overlap the two
outermost transverse wires
of the otherNot applicable Not applicable4.2.11
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 53 Figure 4.2.11a: Splice, L and T intersections
Figure 4.2.11b : Reinforcing for re -entrant corners
Explanatory Information : Reinforcement types
Reinforcement types referenced in this clause are described as follows:
Square mesh is designated in terms of the diameter of each bar and the spacing of consecutive bars. For example, •
SL62 consists of 6 mm bar at 200 mm spacings.
Trench mesh is designated in terms of the number of longitudinal bars and the diameter of each bar. For example, •
3-L11TM consists of 3 longitudinal bars each of which are 11 mm in diameter.
Reinforcing bars are designated in terms of the number of bars and the diameter of each bar. For example, 6-N12 •
consists of 6 bars each of which are 12 mm in diameter.
(c) "L" intersection cornerOuter bar to
continue500mm min.around corner
Mesh to lap full width at intersectionSquare mesh – two
outermost wires lapping
(a) Splice
(b) "T" intersection
Re-entrant or internal
corner reinforcing
2m 45°4.2.11
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 54Explanatory Information : Cleaning and placement of reinforcing
In order to obtain a good bond between concrete and reinforcement, the reinforcement should be free of contamination
by mud, paint, oils, etc. It is not necessary for the reinforcement to be completely free of rust. Some rusting is beneficial
in promoting a good bond as it roughens the surface of the steel. Loose rust, however, must be removed from the
reinforcement.
Reinforcement is designed to be in a particular place so as to add strength or to control cracking of the concrete. A
displacement from its intended location could make a significant difference to the life or serviceability of the structure.
Supports for fabric reinforcement are provided to prevent the fabric distorting when workers walk on top of it to place
the concrete and maintain the correct concrete cover to the fabric.
4.2.12 Footing and slab construction
[2019: 3.2.5.1]
Footing and slab construction, including size and placement of reinforcement, must be in accordance with the relevant
provisions of—
4.2.13 for footings for stumps; and (a)
4.2.14 for stiffened rafts on Class A, S and M sites; and (b)
4.2.15 for strip footing systems on Class A, S and M sites; and (c)
4.2.16 for footing slabs on Class A sites; and (d)
4.2.17 for footings for single leaf masonry , mixed construction and earth retaining walls; and (e)
4.2.18 for footings for fireplaces on Class A and S sites; and (f)
4.2.19 for shrinkage control; and (g)
4.2.20 for concentrated loads; and (h)
4.2.21 for minimum edge beam dimensions; and (i)
4.2.22 for recessed areas of slabs. (j)
4.2.13 Stump footing details
[2019: 3.2.5.6]
(1) Footings for stumps must comply with—
the provisions of Tables 4.2.13a , 4.2.13b or 4.2.13c for Class A and Class S sites; or (a)
the appropriate referenced document listed in— (b)
H1D6(3); or (i)
H1D4. (ii)
(2) Concrete stumps must—
be designed in accordance with— (a)
AS 3600; or (i)
Tables 4.2.13d , 4.2.13e or 4.2.13f ; and (ii)
use a minimum 20 MPa concrete as defined in AS 3600. (b)
(3) Steel stumps must be—
designed in accordance with— (a)
AS 4100; or (i)
Tables 4.2.13d , 4.2.13e or 4.2.13f ; and (ii)
fully enclosed and sealed with a welded top plate; and (b)
encased in concrete sloping away from the stump and finishing not less than 100 mm above finished ground (c)
level; and 4.2.11
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 55corrosion protected in accordance with Part 6.3 . (d)
(4) Timber stumps must be designed in accordance with—
AS 1684.2, AS 1684.3, AS 1684.4 or AS 1720.1; or (a)
Tables 4.2.13d , 4.2.13e or 4.2.13f . (b)
(5) Stumps must be braced—
by a full perimeter masonry base; or (a)
for concrete stumps — in accordance with AS 3600; or (b)
for steel stumps — in accordance with AS 4100; or (c)
for timber stumps — in accordance with AS 1684.2, AS 1684.3, AS 1684.4 or AS 1720.1. (d)
(6) Stumps must be embedded into the foundation material not less than 30% of their height above ground level or 450
mm, whichever is the greater.
(7) Pad footings for clad frame, Class A and Class S sites, must be in accordance with Table 4.2.13g and Figure 4.2.13 .
Table 4.2.13a: Stumps supporting single storey timber floor and metal roof
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.53 kPa permanent floor, 0.92 kN/m permanent wall, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations for ULS included are 1.35G and 1.2G + 1.5Q for stumps and G + 0.5Q for pad footings. (2)
Minimum bearing pressure is 100 kPa for pad footings. (3)
For pad footings founded on rock, the width or diameter may be reduced by half but not less than 250 mm x 250 (4)
mm or 300 mm diameter.
Stumps are assumed to be braced and simply-supported at both ends with an effective length factor of 1. (5)
A maximum load eccentricity of length/100 has been accounted for in the stumps. (6)
A roof load area of “0” must be used for stumps not supporting roof loads. (7)
The length of wall load allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (8)Floor load area (m2)Dimension (mm) Roof load area (m2)
0 6 12
3 Square pad footing
size250 x 250 300 x 300 350 x 350
8 Square pad footing
size400 x 400 400 x 400 450 x 450
12 Square pad footing
size450 x 450 500 x 500 500 x 500
3 Circular pad footing
diameter300 400 400
8 Circular pad footing
diameter450 450 600
12 Circular pad footing
diameter600 600 600
3 Pad footing depth 250 250 250
8 Pad footing depth 250 250 250
12 Pad footing depth 250 250 2504.2.13
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 56 Table 4.2.13b : Stumps supporting single storey tiled floor and tiled roof
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.98 kPa permanent floor, 0.92 kN/m permanent wall, 0.85 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations for ULS included are 1.35G and 1.2G + 1.5Q for stumps and G + 0.5Q for pad footings. (2)
Minimum bearing pressure is 100 kPa for pad footings. (3)
For pad footings founded on rock, the width or diameter may be reduced by half but not less than 250 mm x 250 (4)
mm or 300 mm diameter.
Stumps are assumed to be braced and simply-supported at both ends with an effective length factor of 1. (5)
A maximum load eccentricity of length/100 has been accounted for in the stumps. (6)
A roof load area of “0” must be used for stumps not supporting roof loads. (7)
The length of wall load allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (8)
Table 4.2.13c : Stumps supporting double storey timber floor and metal roof Floor load area (m2)Dimension (mm) Roof load area (m2)
0 6 12
3 Square pad footing
size300 x 300 400 x 400 450 x 450
8 Square pad footing
size450 x 450 500 x 500 550 x 500
12 Square pad footing
size500 x 500 550 x 550 600 x 600
3 Circular pad footing
diameter400 450 600
8 Circular pad footing
diameter600 600 650
12 Circular pad footing
diameter650 650 700
3 Pad footing depth 250 250 250
8 Pad footing depth 250 250 250
12 Pad footing depth 250 300 300
Floor load area (m2)Dimension (mm) Roof load area (m2)
0 6 12
3 Square pad footing
size350 x 350 400 x 400 450 x 450
8 Square pad footing
size550 x 550 550 x 550 600 x 600
12 Square pad footing
size650 x 650 650 x 650 700 x 700
3 Circular pad footing
diameter400 450 600
8 Circular pad footing
diameter650 650 700
12 Circular pad footing
diameter750 750 800
3 Pad footing depth 250 250 250
8 Pad footing depth 300 300 3504.2.13
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 57
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.53 kPa permanent floor, 0.92 kN/m permanent wall, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations for ULS included are 1.35G and 1.2G + 1.5Q for stumps and G + 0.5Q for pad footings. (2)
Minimum bearing pressure is 100 kPa for pad footings. (3)
For pad footings founded on rock, the width or diameter may be reduced by half but not less than 250 mm x 250 (4)
mm or 300 mm diameter.
Stumps are assumed to be braced and simply-supported at both ends with an effective length factor of 1. (5)
A maximum load eccentricity of length/100 has been accounted for in the stumps. (6)
A roof load area of “0” must be used for stumps not supporting roof loads. (7)
The length of wall load allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (8)
Table 4.2.13d : Maximum stump height (mm): stump suppor ting single st or ey timber floor and metal roof Floor load area (m2)Dimension (mm) Roof load area (m2)
0 6 12
12 Pad footing depth 350 350 350
Stump material Section size (mm) Floor load area
(m2)Roof load area (m2)
0 6 12
Concrete f’c= 20
MPa100 x 100 3 2500 2000 1750
Concrete f’c = 20
MPa100 x 100 8 1500 1500 1500
Concrete f’c = 20
MPa100 x 100 12 1250 1250 1250
Steel fy = 350
MPa100 x 100 x 2.0 3 3000 3000 3000
Steel fy = 350
MPa100 x 100 x 2.0 8 3000 3000 3000
Steel fy = 350
MPa100 x 100 x 2.0 12 3000 3000 3000
Timber F17 100 x 100 3 3000 3000 3000
Timber F17 100 x 100 8 2500 2500 2250
Timber F17 100 x 100 12 2250 2000 2000
Timber F14 100 x 100 3 3000 3000 2500
Timber F14 100 x 100 8 2250 2000 1750
Timber F14 100 x 100 12 1750 1500 1500
Timber F11 100 x 100 3 3000 2500 2250
Timber F11 100 x 100 8 2000 1750 1750
Timber F11 100 x 100 12 1500 1500 1250
Timber F8 100 x 100 3 3000 2500 2000
Timber F8 100 x 100 8 1750 1500 1250
Timber F8 100 x 100 12 1250 1000 750
Timber F7 100 x 100 3 2500 2250 1750
Timber F7 100 x 100 8 1500 1250 750
Timber F7 100 x 100 12 750 – –
Timber F5 100 x 100 3 2500 2000 15004.2.13
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 58
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.53 kPa permanent floor, 0.92 kN/m permanent wall, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations for ULS included are 1.35G and 1.2G + 1.5Q for stumps and G + 0.5Q for pad footings. (2)
Minimum bearing pressure is 100 kPa for pad footings. (3)
Stumps are assumed to be braced and simply-supported at both ends with an effective length factor of 1. (4)
A maximum load eccentricity of length/100 has been accounted for in the stumps. (5)
A roof load area of “0” must be used for stumps not supporting roof loads. (6)
The length of wall load allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (7)
Table 4.2.13e: Maximum stump height : stump suppor ting single st or ey tiled floor and tiled roof Stump material Section size (mm) Floor load area
(m2)Roof load area (m2)
0 6 12
Timber F5 100 x 100 8 1250 750 –
Timber F5 100 x 100 12 – – –
Stump material Section size (mm) Floor load area
(m2)Roof load area (m2)
0 6 12
Concrete f’c = 20
MPa100 x 100 3 2250 1750 1500
Concrete f’c = 20
MPa100 x 100 8 1500 1250 1250
Concrete f’c = 20
MPa100 x 100 12 1250 1250 750
Steel fy = 350
MPa100 x 100 x 2.0 3 3000 3000 3000
Steel fy = 350
MPa100 x 100 x 2.0 8 3000 3000 3000
Steel fy = 350
MPa100 x 100 x 2.0 12 3000 3000 3000
Timber F17 100 x 100 3 3000 3000 2500
Timber F17 100 x 100 8 2500 2250 2000
Timber F17 100 x 100 12 2000 2000 1750
Timber F14 100 x 100 3 3000 2500 2000
Timber F14 100 x 100 8 2000 1750 1500
Timber F14 100 x 100 12 1500 1250 1000
Timber F11 100 x 100 3 3000 2250 2000
Timber F11 100 x 100 8 1750 1500 1250
Timber F11 100 x 100 12 1250 1000 750
Timber F8 100 x 100 3 2500 2000 1750
Timber F8 100 x 100 8 1500 1250 1000
Timber F8 100 x 100 12 1000 500 –
Timber F7 100 x 100 3 2500 1750 1250
Timber F7 100 x 100 8 1250 750 –
Timber F7 100 x 100 12 – – –
Timber F5 100 x 100 3 2250 1500 1000
Timber F5 100 x 100 8 750 – –4.2.13
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 59
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.98 kPa permanent floor, 0.92 kN/m permanent wall, 0.85 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations for ULS included are 1.35G and 1.2G + 1.5Q for stumps and G + 0.5Q for pad footings. (2)
Minimum bearing pressure is 100 kPa for pad footings. (3)
Stumps are assumed to be braced and simply-supported at both ends with an effective length factor of 1. (4)
A maximum load eccentricity of length/100 has been accounted for in the stumps. (5)
A roof load area of “0” must be used for stumps not supporting roof loads. (6)
The length of wall load allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (7)
Table 4.2.13f: Maximum stump height : stump suppor ting double st or ey timber floor and metal roof
Stump material Section size (mm) Floor load area
(m2)Roof load area (m2)
0 6 12
Timber F5 100 x 100 12 – – –
Stump material Section size (mm) Floor load area
(m2)Roof load area (m2)
0 6 12
Concrete f’c = 20
MPa100 x 100 3 1750 1500 1500
Concrete f’c = 20
MPa100 x 100 8 1250 1000 750
Concrete f’c = 20
MPa100 x 100 12 – – –
Steel fy = 350
MPa100 x 100 x 2.0 3 3000 3000 3000
Steel fy = 350
MPa100 x 100 x 2.0 8 3000 3000 3000
Steel fy = 350
MPa100 x 100 x 2.0 12 3000 2750 2500
Timber F17 100 x 100 3 3000 2500 2500
Timber F17 100 x 100 8 1750 1750 1500
Timber F17 100 x 100 12 1250 1250 1250
Timber F14 100 x 100 3 2500 2250 2000
Timber F14 100 x 100 8 1250 1250 1000
Timber F14 100 x 100 12 750 500 500
Timber F11 100 x 100 3 2250 2000 1750
Timber F11 100 x 100 8 1000 1000 750
Timber F11 100 x 100 12 – – –
Timber F8 100 x 100 3 2000 1750 1500
Timber F8 100 x 100 8 500 500 –
Timber F8 100 x 100 12 – – –
Timber F7 100 x 100 3 1750 1500 1250
Timber F7 100 x 100 8 – – –
Timber F7 100 x 100 12 – – –
Timber F5 100 x 100 3 1500 1000 750
Timber F5 100 x 100 8 – – –
Timber F5 100 x 100 12 – – –4.2.13
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 60Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.53 kPa permanent floor, 0.92 kN/m permanent wall, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations for ULS included are 1.35G and 1.2G + 1.5Q for stumps and G + 0.5Q for pad footings. (2)
Minimum bearing pressure is 100 kPa for pad footings. (3)
Stumps are assumed to be braced and simply-supported at both ends with an effective length factor of 1. (4)
A maximum load eccentricity of length/100 has been accounted for in the stumps. (5)
A roof load area of “0” must be used for stumps not supporting roof loads. (6)
The length of wall load allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (7)
Table 4.2.13g : Minimum dimensions of circular and square pad footings for clad frame, Class A and S
sites
Table Notes
The effective area supported by a pad footing is the sum of— (1)
the supported floor area; and (a)
the supported roof area (if applicable); and (b)
half the supported wall area in elevation (if applicable). (c)
The width or diameter can be reduced to one half the above footings on rock. (2)
The pad footings must be constructed in concrete. (3)
Pad footing sizes must also apply to footings supporting roof and floor loads only. (4)
The foundation must provide an allowable bearing pressure of not less than 100 kPa. (5)
The excavation must be backfilled with manually rodded tamped soil, or the footing thickness shall be increased (6)
by 50 mm.
Where stump pad footings provide resistance to horizontal or uplift forces, the minimum size of the footing must (7)
comply with AS 2870.
Braced stumps must comply with 4.2.13(5) . (8)
For masonry piers, strip footings complying with 4.2.15 for masonry can be used in lieu of pad footings. (9)Effective supported
areas (m2)Width of square pad
(mm)Width of circular pad
(mm)Thickness (t) (mm) Depth (mm)
10 400 500 200 400
20 500 600 200 400
30 600 750 250 4004.2.13
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 61 Figure 4.2.13: Pad footings for clad frame, Class A and S sites
Figure Notes
For minimum pad footing dimensions t and D, see Table 4.2.13g . (1)
For tamped fill or thickened concrete pads, see Note 6 to Table 4.2.13g . (2)
4.2.14 Stiffened rafts Class A, S and M sites
[New for 2022]
Footing and stiffened raft slabs must comply with—
For Class A and S sites — Tables 4.2.14a , 4.2.14b and Figure 4.2.14a ; and (a)
For Class M sites — Table 4.2.14c and Figure 4.2.14b . (b)
Table 4.2.14a: Reinforcement for stiffened raft footings for Class A sites
Table Notes
Internal and external edge beams must be arranged to form an integral structural grid (see clauses 5.3.8 and 5.3.9 (1)
of AS 2870).
A 10% increase in spacings is permitted where the spacing in the other direction is 20% less than that specified. (2)
Where external beams are wider than 300 mm, an extra bottom bar or equivalent of the same bar size is required (3)
for each 100 mm additional width.
Where a reinforced single leaf masonry wall is constructed directly above and structurally connected to a concrete (4)
edge beam, the beam may be reduced to 300 mm wide by 300 mm deep and reinforced with 3–L8TM reinforcement.
Alternative reinforcement sizes must comply with AS 2870. (5)
Internal beam details and spacings must comply with Figure 4.2.14a or Figure 4.2.14b . (6)
t
t
t
DtStumps Pier PierTamped fill or
thickened concrete pad
(a) Stumps (b) Piers
Type of construction Depth (D) (mm) Bottom reinf. Max. spacing c/l to c/l Slab fabric
Clad frame 300 3-L8TM N/A SL72
Articulated masonry
veneer300 3-L8TM N/A SL72
Masonry veneer 300 3-L8TM N/A SL72
Articulated full
masonry400 3-L8TM N/A SL72
Full masonry 400 3-L8TM N/A SL724.2.13
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 62 Table 4.2.14b : Reinforcement for stiffened raft footings for Class S sites
Table Notes
Internal and external edge beams must be arranged to form an integral structural grid (see clauses 5.3.8 and 5.3.9 (1)
of AS 2870).
A 10% increase in spacings is permitted where the spacing in the other direction is 20% less than that specified. (2)
Where external beams are wider than 300 mm, an extra bottom bar or equivalent of the same bar size is required (3)
for each 100 mm additional width.
Where a reinforced single leaf masonry wall is constructed directly above and structurally connected to a concrete (4)
edge beam, the beam may be reduced to 300 mm wide by 300 mm deep and reinforced with 3–L8TM reinforcement.
Alternative reinforcement sizes must comply with AS 2870. (5)
Internal beam details and spacings must comply with Figure 4.2.14a or Figure 4.2.14b . (6)
Table 4.2.14c : Reinforcement for stiffened raft footings for Class M sites
Table Notes
Internal and external edge beams must be arranged to form an integral structural grid (see clauses 5.3.8 and 5.3.9 (1)
of AS 2870).
A 10% increase in spacings is permitted where the spacing in the other direction is 20% less than that specified. (2)
Where external beams are wider than 300 mm, an extra bottom bar or equivalent of the same bar size is required (3)
for each 100 mm additional width.
Where a reinforced single leaf masonry wall is constructed directly above and structurally connected to a concrete (4)
edge beam, the beam may be reduced to 300 mm wide by 300 mm deep and reinforced with 3–L8TM reinforcement.
Alternative reinforcement sizes must comply with AS 2870. (5)
Internal beam details and spacings must comply with Figure 4.2.14b . (6)Type of construction Depth (D) (mm) Bottom reinf. Max. spacing c/l to c/l Slab fabric
Clad frame 300 3-L8TM N/A SL72
Articulated masonry
veneer300 3-L8TM N/A SL72
Masonry veneer 300 3-L11TM N/A SL72
Articulated full
masonry450 3-L11TM N/A SL72
Full masonry 450 3-N16 5.0 (m) Note 2SL82
Type of construction Depth (D) (mm) Bottom reinf. Max. spacing c/l to c/l Slab mesh
Clad frame 300 3-L11TM 6.0Note 2SL72
Articulated masonry
veneer400 3-L11TM 6.0Note 2SL72
Masonry veneer 400 3-L11TM 5.0Note 2SL72
Articulated full
masonry500 3-L12TM 4.0 SL82
Full masonry 850 3-N16 4.0 SL924.2.14
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 63 Figure 4.2.14a: Footing slab and stiffened raft slab details for Class A and S sites
Figure 4.2.14b : Footing slab and stiffened raft slab details for Class M sites
4.2.15 Strip footings Class A, S and M sites
[New for 2022]
Strip footings for Class A, S and M sites must comply with—
for Class A and S sites — Tables 4.2.15a , 4.2.15b and Figure 4.2.15a ; and (a)
for Class M sites — Table 4.2.15c and Figure 4.2.15b . (b)
Table 4.2.15a : Dimensions and reinforcement for strip footing systems for Class A sites
Edge beam Internal beamLoad-bearing
wall Non-load-bearingwallLoad-bearingwall
300 ≥ 50
Spacing
CL CL300 ≥ 50500
300100150100< 1000
≥ 50≥ 150
≥ 200D
D
Edge beam Internal beamLoad-bearing
wall Non-load-bearingwallLoad-bearingwall
300 ≥ 50
Spacing
CL CL300 ≥ 50500
300100150100< 1000
≥ 50≥ 150
≥ 200D
D
Type of construction D (mm) B (mm) Reinforcement (top and
bottom)
Clad frame 300 300 3–L8TM
Articulated masonry veneer 300 300 3–L8TM
Masonry veneer 300 300 3–L8TM
Articulated full masonry 300 400 4–L8TM
Full masonry 300 400 4–L8TM4.2.14
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 64Table Notes
All masonry walls must be supported on strip footings. (1)
Internal strip footings must be of the same proportions as the external footings and run from external footing to (2)
external footing. ‘Side slip joints’ consisting of a double layer of polyethylene must be provided at the sides of the
footing only.
Infill floors may be concrete slabs, brick paving, stone flags or compacted and stabilised earth. For concrete slab (3)
infill panels, mesh may be required to control shrinkage in slab panels and around openings or restrained regions.
Concrete infill slabs must use a minimum of SL62 mesh to control shrinkage (see also 4.2.19 ).
Where footings are wider than the specified width, an extra bottom bar or equivalent of the same bar size is required (4)
for each 100 mm additional width. If strip footings deeper than those required are used, the reinforcement must be
increased to match that specified for the deepened proportions.
The measurement of Df is greater or equal to D plus 75 mm. (5)
Alternative reinforcing sizes must comply with AS 2870. (6)
Table 4.2.15b : Dimensions and reinforcement for strip footing systems for Class S sites
Table Notes
All masonry walls must be supported on strip footings. (1)
Internal strip footings must be of the same proportions as the external footings and run from external footing to (2)
external footing. ‘Side slip joints’ consisting of a double layer of polyethylene must be provided at the sides of the
footing only.
Infill floors may be concrete slabs, brick paving, stone flags or compacted and stabilised earth. For concrete slab (3)
infill panels, mesh may be required to control shrinkage in slab panels and around openings or restrained regions.
Concrete infill slabs must use a minimum of SL62 mesh to control shrinkage (see also 4.2.19 ).
Where footings are wider than the specified width, an extra bottom bar or equivalent of the same bar size is required (4)
for each 100 mm additional width. If strip footings deeper than those required are used, the reinforcement must be
increased to match that specified for the deepened proportions.
The measurement of Df is greater or equal to D plus 75 mm. (5)
Alternative reinforcing sizes must comply with AS 2870. (6)
Table 4.2.15c : Dimensions and reinforcement for strip footing systems for Class M sites
Table Notes
All masonry walls must be supported on strip footings. (1)
For beams 700 mm or deeper, as specified in the table above, internal footings must be provided at no more than (2)Type of construction D (mm) B (mm) Reinforcement (top and
bottom)
Clad frame 400 300 3–L8TM
Articulated masonry veneer 400 300 3–L8TM
Masonry veneer 400 300 3–L8TM
Articulated full masonry 400 400 4–L11TM
Full masonry 500 400 4–L11TM
Type of construction D (mm) B (mm) Reinforcement (top and
bottom)
Clad frame 400 300 3-L11TM
Articulated masonry veneer 450 300 3-L11TM
Masonry veneer 500 300 3-L12TM
Articulated full masonry 600 400 4-L12TM
Full masonry 900 Note 2400 4-L12TM4.2.15
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 656 m centres and at re-entrant corners to continue footings to the opposite external footing. Internal strip footings
must be of the same proportions as the external footings and run from external footing to external footing. ‘Side slip
joints’ consisting of a double layer of polyethylene must be provided at the sides of the footing only.
Infill floors must only be used for Class A and S sites. (3)
Where footings are wider than the specified width, an extra bottom bar or equivalent of the same bar size is required (4)
for each 100 mm additional width. If strip footings deeper than those required are used, the reinforcement must be
increased to match that specified for the deepened proportions.
The measurement of Df is greater or equal to D plus 75 mm. (5)
Alternative reinforcing sizes must comply with AS 2870. (6)
For Class M articulated full masonry and full masonry, internal strip footings must be of the same proportions as (7)
the external footing and run from external footing to external footing.
Figure 4.2.15a : Strip footing systems for Class A and S sites
Figure Notes
See Notes to Tables 4.2.15a and 4.2.15b . (See note 2)BB
BDf
D
Df
D100
Height ≤ 15004.2.15
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 66 Figure 4.2.15b : Strip footing system for Class M sites
Figure Notes
See Notes Tables 4.2.15a , 4.2.15b and 4.2.15c .
4.2.16 Footing slabs for Class A sites
[New for 2022]
Footing slabs for Class A sites supporting the following external wall types must comply with Figure 4.2.16 :
Clad frame . (a)
Articulated masonry . (b)
Masonry veneer. (c)
Articulated full masonry. (d)
Full masonry. (e)BDf
D Height ≤ 1500
BDf
D Height ≤ 1500
6 m max. when D ≥ 700 mm4.2.15
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 67 Figure 4.2.16: Footing slabs for Class A sites suitable for clad frame, articulated masonry veneer, ma -
sonry veneer, articulated full masonry and full masonry
Figure Notes
Use SL63 when slab length is less than 12 m. (1)
Use SL62 when slab length is less than 18 m. (2)
In parts of Western Australia (around Perth) and other locations where the site consists of extremely stable sands, (3)
and where specified by a professional engineer , the slab thickness may be reduced to 85 mm and reinforced as
follows:
Use SL53 when slab length is less than or equal to 12 m. (a)
Dune sands may require compaction. (4)
4.2.17 Footings for single leaf masonry, mixed construction and earth wall
construction
[2019: 3.2.5.2]
Footings supporting the following external wall types must comply with the equivalent wall construction set out in Tables
4.2.17a , 4.2.17b and 4.2.17c :
Single leaf masonry . (a)
Mixed construction . (b)
Earth wall structures. (c)
Table 4.2.17a: Equivalent wall construction : single leaf masonry
Table 4
.2.17b : Equivalent wall construction : mix ed construction 50 50 300
200100
50 150
300280
min.170Slab meshNon- load-bearing wall Load-bearing wall
Actual construction: external walls Actual construction: internal walls Equivalent wall construction
Reinforced single leaf masonry Articulated masonry on Class A and
Class S sites, or framedArticulated masonry veneer
Reinforced single leaf masonry Articulated masonry or reinforced
single leaf masonryMasonry veneer
Articulated single leaf masonry Articulated masonry Articulated full masonry
Actual construction: external walls Actual construction: internal walls Equivalent wall construction
Full masonry Framed Articulated full masonry4.2.16
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 68
Table 4.2.17c : Equivalent wall construction : earth wall construction
Explanatory Information
Tables 4.2.17a , 4.2.17b and 4.2.17c provide solutions for footings that are equivalent to those supporting a wall type
that may be different to the actual type included in design documentation. The equivalent wall construction in the right-
hand column of each of these tables recognises the types of footing systems suitable to support the actual external
wall and internal wall types that may not have a specific solution for supporting footings.
4.2.18 Footings for fireplaces on Class A and S sites
[2019: 3.2.5.5]
(1) Fireplaces on Class A and S sites must be supported on a pad footing—
150 mm thick for single storey (one trafficable floor and a wall height not more than 4.2 m) construction; and (a)
200 mm thick for 2 storey (two trafficable floors and a wall height not more than 8 m) construction; and (b)
reinforced top and bottom with SL72 mesh; and (c)
extending 300 mm past the edges of the masonry except for any edge flush with the outer wall. (d)
(2) The pad footing must form an integral part of the slab.
4.2.19 Shrinkage control
[2019: 3.2.5.3]
Where brittle floor coverings, such as ceramic tiles, are to be used over an area greater than 16 m2, one of the following
additional measures must be taken to control the effect of shrinkage cracking—
the amount of shrinkage reinforcement (steel reinforcement mesh in the slab panel) must be— (a)
increased to SL92 or equivalent throughout the affected slab area; or (i)
reinforced top and bottom with sheets of slab mesh throughout the affected slab area; or (ii)
the bedding system for brittle coverings must be selected on the basis of the expected slab movement and the (b)
characteristics of the floor covering (including the use of expansion joints etc.); or
the placement of floor covering must be delayed for not less than 3 months after the concrete has been poured. (c)
4.2.20 Concentrated loads
[New for 2022]
Where a footing or slab supports a concentrated load from a structural steel column, localised thickening must—
be provided in accordance with— (a)
for tiled floor and tiled roof, Tables 4.2.20a , 4.2.20b or 4.2.20c ; or (i)
for timber floor and metal roof, Tables 4.2.20d , 4.2.20e or 4.2.20f ; and (ii)
be centred under the structural steel column; and (b)
have SL72 reinforcement with a minimum 50 mm of concrete cover (see Figure 4.2.20 ). (c)Actual construction: external walls Actual construction: internal walls Equivalent wall construction
Articulated full masonry Framed Masonry veneer
Actual construction: external walls Actual construction: internal walls Equivalent wall construction
Infill panels of earth wall construction Framed earth wall construction Articulated masonry veneer
Loadbearing earth wall construction Loadbearing earth wall construction Articulated full masonry4.2.17
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 69 Table 4.2.20a: Localised thickening under concentrated load — tiled floor and tiled roof — roof load
area = 0 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.98 kPa permanent tiled floor, 0.85 kPa permanent tiled roof, 1.16 kN/m permanent (1)
wall, permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations included are G + 0.5Q for ULS. (2)
Minimum bearing pressure is 100 kPa for pad footings. (3)
A roof load area of “0” must be used for footings not supporting roof loads. (4)
The length of wall allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (5)
Table 4.2.20b : Localised thickening under concentrated load — tiled floor and tiled roof — roof load
area = maximum 9 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.98 kPa permanent tiled floor, 0.85 kPa permanent tiled roof, 1.16 kN/m permanent (1)
wall, permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations included are G + 0.5Q for ULS. (2)
Minimum bearing pressure is 1000 kPa for pad footings. (3)
The length of wall allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (4)
Table 4.2.20c : Localised thickening under concentrated load — tiled floor and tiled roof — roof load
area = maximum 18 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.98 kPa permanent tiled floor, 0.85 kPa permanent tiled roof, 1.16 kN/m permanent (1)
wall, permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations included are G + 0.5Q for ULS. (2)
Minimum bearing pressure is 1000 kPa for pad footings. (3)
The length of wall allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (4)Localised thickening Maximum floor load area (m2)
4 10 16
Square thickening size
(mm)450 x 450 650 x 650 850 x 850
Thickening depth (mm) 250 350 400
Localised thickening Maximum floor load area (m2)
4 10 16
Square thickening size
(mm)650 x 650 800 x 800 950 x 950
Thickening depth (mm) 350 400 450
Localised thickening Maximum floor load area (m2)
4 10 16
Square thickening size
(mm)750 x 750 900 x 900 1000 x 1000
Thickening depth (mm) 400 450 5004.2.20
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 70 Table 4.2.20d : Localised thickening under concentrated load — timber floor and metal roof — roof load
area = 0 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.53 kPa permanent timber floor, 0.4 kPa permanent metal roof, 1.16 kN/m permanent (1)
wall, permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations included are G + 0.5Q for ULS. (2)
Minimum bearing pressure is 1000 kPa for pad footings. (3)
A roof load area of “0” must be used for footings not supporting roof loads. (4)
The length of wall allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (5)
Table 4.2.20e: Localised thickening under concentrated load — timber floor and metal roof — roof load
area = maximum 9 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.53 kPa permanent timber floor, 0.4 kPa permanent metal roof, 1.16 kN/m permanent (1)
wall, permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations included are G + 0.5Q for ULS. (2)
Minimum bearing pressure is 1000 kPa for pad footings. (3)
The length of wall allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (4)
Table 4.2.20f : Localised thickening under concentrated load — timber floor and metal roof — roof load
area = maximum 18 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.53 kPa permanent timber floor, 0.4 kPa permanent metal roof, 1.16 kN/m permanent (1)
wall, permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations included are G + 0.5Q for ULS. (2)
Minimum bearing pressure is 1000 kPa for pad footings. (3)
The length of wall allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (4)Localised thickening Maximum floor load area (m2)
4 10 16
Square thickening size
(mm)400 x 400 600 x 600 750 x 750
Thickening depth (mm) 250 300 350
Localised thickening Maximum floor load area (m2)
4 10 16
Square thickening size
(mm)500 x 500 700 x 700 800 x 800
Thickening depth (mm) 300 350 400
Localised thickening Maximum floor load area (m2)
4 10 16
Square thickening size
(mm)600 x 600 750 x 750 850 x 850
Thickening depth (mm) 300 400 4504.2.20
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 71 Figure 4.2.20: Localised thickening for concentrated loads
4.2.21 Minimum edge beam dimensions
[2019: 3.2.5.4]
For footing slabs, the width of the edge beam at the base of the rebate must not be less than 200 mm, except that if R10
or N10 ties at 900 mm spacing (or equivalent) are provided to resist vertical forces, the width of the edge beam at the
base of the rebate can be reduced to 150 mm.
4.2.22 Recessed areas of slabs
[New for 2022]
(1) Where a recess in a slab is provided, it must comply with one of the following:
For recess depths less than or equal to half the nominal slab thickness, the reinforcing mesh must have a (a)
minimum lap length of 400 mm measured from the inside face of the recess (see Figure 4.2.22a ).
For recess depths greater than half the nominal slab thickness (see Figure 4.2.22b )— (b)
top reinforcing mesh must overlap the bottom reinforcing mesh by not less than 400 mm; and (i)
bottom reinforcing mesh must be two layers of SL72. (ii)
(2) Concrete cover to reinforcing in (1)(a) and (b) must comply with 4.2.11(5) . Loadbearing steel column
SL72Thickening depth
Square
thickening
size4.2.20
(1 May 2023)
Footings and slabs
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 72 Figure 4.2.22a : Recess depths (d) less than or equal to nominal slab t hickness
Figure 4.2.22b : Recess depths (d) gr eater t han nominal slab thickness D D
DLL
d
D D
DLL
d4.2.22
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 73
5 Masonry
Part 5.1 Scope and application of
Section 5
5.1.1 Scope
5.1.2 Application
Part 5.2 Masonry veneer
5.2.1 Application
5.2.2 Height of wall limitation
5.2.3 Openings in masonry veneer
5.2.4 Damp-proof courses and flashing materials
5.2.5 Vertical articulation joints
5.2.6 Engaged piers
Part 5.3 Cavity masonry
5.3.1 Application
5.3.2 Height of wall limitation
5.3.3 External walls
5.3.4 Internal walls
5.3.5 Openings in cavity masonry
5.3.6 Damp-proof courses and flashing materials
5.3.7 Vertical articulation joints
Part 5.4 Unreinforced single leaf masonry
5.4.1 Application of Part 5.4
5.4.2 External walls
5.4.3 Internal walls
5.4.4 Vertical articulation joints
5.4.5 Damp-proof courses and flashing materials
Part 5.5 Isolated piers
5.5.1 Application
5.5.2 Isolated piers supporting carports, verandahs, porches and simi -
lar roof structures
5.5.3 Isolated piers supporting tiled roofs
5.5.4 Isolated piers supporting sheet roofs
5.5.5 Isolated piers for freestanding carports
5.5.6 Subfloor isolated piers
Part 5.6 Masonry components and accessories
5.6.1 Application
5.6.2 Masonry units
5.6.3 Mortar mixes
5.6.4 Mortar joints
5.6.5 Wall ties
5.6.6 Fixing straps and tie-down systems
5.6.7 Lintels
5.6.8 Vertical articulation joints
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 74Part 5.7 Weatherproofing of masonry
5.7.1 Application
5.7.2 Cavities
5.7.3 Damp-proof courses and flashings – material
5.7.4 Damp-proof courses and flashings – installation
5.7.5 Weepholes
5.7.6 Weatherproofing for single leaf masonry walls
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 75
5.1.1 Scope
[New for 2022]
(1) This Section sets out the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for—
masonry veneer — see Part 5.2 ; and (a)
cavity masonry — see Part 5.3 ; and (b)
single leaf unreinforced masonry — see Part 5.4 ; and (c)
isolated masonry piers — see Part 5.5 ; and (d)
masonry components and accessories — see Part 5.6 ; and (e)
weatherproofing of masonry — see Part 5.7 . (f)
(2) For other masonry provisions not included in this Section, refer to NCC Volume Two: H1D5(4) Reinforced masonry .
5.1.2 Application
[New for 2022]
The application of this Section is subject to the following:
The Governing Requirements of NCC 2022 Volume Two. (a)
Any conditions set out within the following Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of NCC Volume Two: (b)
H1D5(1), for masonry veneer. (i)
H1D5(2), for cavity masonry. (ii)
H1D5(3), for unreinforced masonry . (iii)
H1D5(5), for isolated masonry piers. (iv)
H1D5(6), for masonry accessories. (v)
H2D4(2)(c), for weatherproofing of masonry. (vi)
The State and Territory variations, additions and deletions contained in the Schedules to the ABCB Housing (c)
Provisions and NCC Volume Two.
Explanatory Information
In NCC 2019, the content of
Section 5
of the ABCB Housing Provisions (other than content added in NCC 2022 or later)was contained in the acceptable construction practices for Parts 3.3.5 and 3.3.6 of NCC 2019 Volume Two.
NCC 2019 Volume Two did not include an acceptable construction practice for Parts 3.3.1, 3.3.2, 3.3.3 or 3.3.4. Part 5.1 Scope and application of
Section 5
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 76
5.2.1 Application
[New for 2022]
(1) Part 5.2 is subject to the limitations set out in H1D5(1)(c).
(2) Part 5.2 need not be complied with if H1D5(1)(a) or (b) are complied with.
5.2.2 Height of wall limitation
[2019: 3.3.5.2]
Masonry veneer walls must not be greater than 8.5 m in height when measured above the adjacent finished ground level.
5.2.3 Openings in masonry veneer
[2019: 3.3.5.11]
(1) Except where excluded by (2), openings in masonry veneer must be spanned by steel lintels.
(2) Openings in masonry veneer not more than 500 mm wide need not be provided with a steel lintel provided the opening
is adequately supported.
5.2.4 Damp-proof courses and flashing materials
[New for 2022]
Damp-proof courses and flashing materials must be in accordance with 5.7.3 and 5.7.4 .
5.2.5 Vertical articulation joints
[New for 2022]
Vertical articulation joints are to be installed in accordance with 5.6.8 .
5.2.6 Engaged piers
[2019: 3.3.5.14]
Where engaged piers are installed to support subfloor framing, they must comply with the provisions of this Part and be
constructed as follows:
Footings for piers must comply with
Section 4
. (a)Engaged piers must not support more than a single storey with a roof framing span of not more than 12 m. (b)
Piers must be spaced at not more than 3 m centres with floor framing complying with— (c)
H1D6(3) for steel framing; and (i)
H1D6(4) for timber framing; and (ii)
H1D6(5) for structural steel framing. (iii)
Piers must be— (d)
not more than 1.2 m high; and (i)
a minimum thickness of 100 mm inclusive of mortar; and (ii)
a width greater than the depth of the timber or steel section which it is supporting (see Figure 5.2.6 ). (iii)Part 5.2 Masonry veneer
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 77Notwithstanding (c), engaged piers must be located beneath— (e)
each side of window and door openings; and (i)
concentrated roof loads, inclusive of any roof beams and girder trusses. (ii)
Piers must be tied or bonded to the external masonry wall, and where ties are used they must comply with 5.6.5 . (f)
Piers formed from hollow-core masonry units must be filled with grout. (g)
Figure 5.2.6: Engaged pier
Timber beare r
Engaged pier either
bonded together ortied using wall tiesAnt cap5.2.6
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 78
5.3.1 Application
[New for 2022]
(1) Part 5.3 applies subject to the limitations set out in H1D5(2)(c).
(2) Part 5.3 need not be complied with if H1D5(2)(a) or (b) are complied with.
5.3.2 Height of wall limitation
[New for 2022]
Cavity masonry walls must not be greater than 8.5 m in height when measured above the adjacent finished ground level .
5.3.3 External walls
[New for 2022]
(1) Cavity masonry walls must comply with the relevant provisions of this Part and Parts 5.6 and 5.7, and be constructed
as follows:
The height of the wall between lateral supports (floor or ceiling or roof diaphragm) must be not more than 3 m. (a)
Cavity masonry walls subject to wind loads must be supported by masonry cross walls or by steel mullions (b)
complying with (3).
Masonry cross walls must be— (c)
not less than 2 m in length; and (i)
at not more than 5.1 m centres where the length of the cavity wall being supported does not contain any (ii)
opening or control joint; and
not more than 2.5 m from the edge of a control joint in the length of the cavity wall being supported; and (iii)
not more than a distance from the edge of an opening in the length of the cavity wall being supported as (iv)
stated in Table 5.3.3 ; and
located at both edges of openings of width greater than 2.7 m; and (v)
directly connected to the internal leaf of the cavity wall being supported using— (vi)
properly bonded units with at least 90 mm engagement on each side of the interface with the selected (A)
bond pattern but not less than every fourth course of masonry; or
medium duty Type A cavity wall ties in aligning mortar bed joints at a vertical spacing of not more than (B)
300 mm; and
connected by a floor or ceiling diaphragm to the wall being supported where floor or ceiling connections (vii)
are designed in accordance with AS/NZS 4600, AS 1720.1 or AS 3600, as appropriate.
(2) Cavity masonry walls must be constructed of two leaves, with each leaf not less than 90 mm wide.
(3) In cavity masonry construction, a cavity must be provided between the inner and outer masonry leaves as follows:
The cavity must be not less than 35 mm and not more than 75 mm in width, in accordance with 5.7.2 . (a)
Except for steel mullions, the minimum cavity width specified in (a) is to be maintained between the outer masonry (b)
leaf and any insulation or services located in the cavity .
Where steel mullions are located in a cavity as permitted by (b), a vertical damp-proof course must be placed (c)
between the outer masonry leaf and the mullion to prevent moisture penetration. Part 5.3 Cavity masonry
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 79 Table 5.3.3: Spacing of return walls for cavity walls with openings — distance from the edge of an
opening (mm)
Table Notes
The spacing in wind class N1 is smaller than for N2 because 5.6.5 states that for cavity walls in wind class N1, light
duty cavity ties are to be used. This results in only relying on one leaf to resist the load instead of sharing it equally as
per clause 7.7.3 of AS 3700.
Explanatory Information
Steel mullions complying with AS 4773.1 and 4773.2 used to support wind loads may be placed within a cavity . Flat
ceiling capable of performing diaphragm action may act as lateral support to walls provided the structure has been
specifically designed.
5.3.4 Internal walls
[New for 2022]
(1) Where internal masonry walls intersect with other internal or external walls they must comply with the relevant
provisions of this Part and be—
not less than 75 mm thick; and (a)
either— (b)
bonded at the junctions of the intersecting walls; or (i)
provided with an articulation joint in accordance with 5.6.8 . (ii)
(2) Where a vertical articulation joint is provided in an internal masonry wall it must be formed in accordance with 5.6.8 .
5.3.5 Openings in cavity masonry
[New for 2022]
(1) Except where excluded by (2), openings in cavity masonry must be spanned by steel lintels in accordance with 5.6.7 .
(2) Openings in cavity masonry not more than 500 mm wide need not be provided with a steel lintel provided the opening
is adequately supported.
Explanatory Information
An opening of not more than 500 mm is considered to be adequately supported if the masonry bears directly on a
timber window head or steel frame.
5.3.6 Damp-proof courses and flashing materials
[New for 2022]
Damp-proof courses and flashing must be provided in accordance with 5.7.3 and 5.7.4 . Wind class Opening width (mm)
900 1500 2100 2700
N3 2100 1800 800 400
N2 3200 2900 2600 2300
N1 2500(Note)2200(Note)1900(Note)800(Note)5.3.3
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 80 5.3.7 Vertical articulation joints
[New for 2022]
Vertical articulation joints are to be installed in accordance with 5.6.8 .5.3.7
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 81
5.4.1 Application of Part 5.4
[New for 2022]
(1) Part 5.4 applies subject to the limitations set out in H1D5(3)(c).
(2) Part 5.4 need not be complied with if H1D5(3)(a) or (b) are complied with.
5.4.2 External walls
[New for 2022]
(1) Single leaf unreinforced masonry walls with engaged piers and return walls must comply with the relevant provisions
of this Part and be constructed in accordance with the following:
The roof frame must be connected continuously to the top of the wall (see Figure 5.4.2a ). (a)
Stack bonded piers must have wall ties at every fourth course. (b)
Pier and return supports size limitations for— (c)
single leaf unreinforced masonry walls with engaged piers , must comply with Table 5.4.2a and Figure 5.4.2b ; (i)
and
single leaf unreinforced masonry walls with return supports, must comply with Table 5.4.2b and Figure (ii)
5.4.2c .
An engaged pier or return wall must be provided at both sides of an opening. (d)
The width of an opening must be not more than the spacing between the engaged piers unless the engaged (e)
piers either side of the opening are designed in accordance with AS 3700.
Articulation joints must be located within 300 mm of vertical supports in accordance with 5.6.8 . (f)
(2) A Class 10a building containing not more than 1 storey may be enclosed with single leaf masonry external walls not
less than 90 mm in thickness, provided that—
the building measured in the direction of the span of the roof is not more than 9 m and the height is not more (a)
than 2.7m; and
engaged piers are provided that are in accordance with Tables 5.4.2c and 5.4.2d ; and (b)
the roof does not place any spreading thrust onto the external walls ; and (c)
the Class 10a building is located in an area with a wind class of not more than N2. (d)
Table 5.4.2a : Engaged piers in external single leaf masonry walls to AS 3700
Table Notes
Dimensions are in mm. (1)
Return supports are not required for 140 mm and 190 mm thick walls. (2)Part 5.4 Unreinforced single leaf masonry
Element Symbol used in Figure 5.4.2b Thickness of wall (T)
90 110
Pier size (minimum) (not more than
N2)A x B 290 x 190 (800
spacing)350 x 230 (1150
spacing)
Pier size (minimum) (not more than
N3)A x B 290 x 290 (700
spacing)350 x 350 (1050
spacing)
Spacing of returns (maximum) S 700 1050
Height (maximum) H 2400 2700
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 82 Table 5.4.2b : Return support limitations for external single leaf masonry walls to AS 3700
Table Notes
Dimensions are in mm. (1)
Return supports are not required for 140 mm and 190 mm thick walls. (2)
Table 5.4.2c : Engaged piers in external walls of Class 10a buildings — wall height : 2.4 m
Table 5.4.2d : Engaged piers in external walls of Class 10a building — wall height : 2.7 m
Element Symbol used in Figure
5.4.2cThickness of wall (T)
90 110 140 190
Return length (minimum) R 450 450 – –
Spacing of returns
(maximum) (N2)S 1050 1300 – –
Spacing of returns
(maximum) (N3)S 600 750 – –
Height (maximum) H 2400 2400 1700 (N2) 2300 (N2)
Wall thickness (mm) Pier thickness (mm) Pier width (mm) Spacing (mm) for wind class
N1 N2
90 190 290 1000 600
90 290 190 1700 1200
90 290 290 2600 1800
110 230 230 1320 840
110 230 350 2040 1320
110 350 230 3240 2160
110 350 350 4920 3360
Wall thickness (mm) Pier thickness (mm) Pier width (mm) Spacing (mm) for wind class
N1 N2
90 190 290 700 500
90 290 190 1300 900
90 290 290 2000 1400
110 230 230 960 600
110 230 350 1440 960
110 350 230 2520 1680
110 350 350 3840 25205.4.2
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 83 Figure 5.4.2a: Top lateral restraint detail for unreinforced single leaf masonry walls
Figure Notes
Tie down of wall must comply with 5.6.6 .
Figure 5.4.2b : Engaged piers in external single leaf masonry walls to AS 3700
Single leaf
masonry wallLateral support toeither side of wallfixed to wall plate
Tie down
Engaged pierRoof framing
Wall plate fixing to roof
framing and tie down
A B
TS
H
Piers each side of door openingCLCL5.4.2
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 84 Figure 5.4.2c : Return support limitations for external single leaf masonry walls to AS 3700
5.4.3 Internal walls
[New for 2022]
Internal masonry walls must be engaged with other walls, must comply with the relevant provisions of this Part and must
be—
not less than 75 mm thick; and (a)
supported by either— (b)
the ceiling structure in accordance with Figure 5.4.3a ; or (i)
return walls in accordance with Figure 5.4.3b . (ii)Maximum size
openingR
TS
H300300
900600CL
CL5.4.2
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 85 Figure 5.4.3a: Support for internal walls—supported by ceiling structure
Figure Notes
Timber joist must be fixed to top plate in accordance with H1D6(4). (1)
Fixing of top plate to masonry wall must be in accordance with 5.6.6 . (2)
Figure 5.4.3b: Support for internal walls—supported by return walls
Figure Notes
An opening of not more than 600 mm x 900 mm is allowed to internal walls without additional support. (1)
Openings larger than as described in Note 1 and door openings must be supported. (2)
The maximum allowable height for the wall is described in Figure 5.4.3a . (3)Ceiling level
Cornice
Floor level
2400 max. for 76 masonry
2700 max. for 90 masonry4000 max. for 110 masonry5200 max. for 190 masonryTop plateFramed roof
ceiling joistTop plate fixed to ceilingjoist and internal wall
Plasterboard ceiling
10 mm movementallowanceCornice fixedto joist
Gap betweencornice andwall face
Bottom chord of truss
Trussed roof15 gap to accomodatetruss deflection
20 mm movementallowance
90060035002000
Height as for
Diagram (a)Returns allowable in either direction
Fixing points and articulation joints,where required, to be located within300 mm of return walls.
Maximum size opening5.4.3
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 86Articulation joints must be in accordance with 5.6.8 . (4)
Explanatory Information
A full height door frame or stud fastened at the roof framing and tied to the wall at 300 mm centres can be considered
equivalent to a return wall.
5.4.4 Vertical articulation joints
[New for 2022]
Vertical articulation joints must be provided in accordance with 5.6.8 .
5.4.5 Damp-proof courses and flashing materials
[New for 2022]
Where required, damp-proof courses and flashing must be provided in accordance with 5.7.3 and 5.7.4 .5.4.3
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 87
5.5.1 Application
[New for 2022]
(1) Part 5.5 is subject to the limitations set out in H1D5(5)(c).
(2) Part 5.5 need not be complied with if H1D5(5)(a) or (b) are complied with.
5.5.2 Isolated piers supporting carports, verandahs, porches and similar roof
structures
[2019: 3.3.6.2]
Isolated piers supporting carports, verandahs, porches and similar roof structures, or vehicle access door openings, which
form part of the main roof, or are attached to a wall of a Class 1 building must—
be not less than 290 x 290 mm in section; and (a)
be not more than 2.7 m high (see Figure 5.5.2 ); and (b)
be spaced at not more than 3 m centres (see Figure 5.5.2 ); and (c)
provide a bearing length of not less than 150 mm for any supported members; and (d)
comply with the relevant provisions of this Part. (e)
Figure 5.5.2: Piers under main roof
5.5.3 Isolated piers supporting tiled roofs
[2019: 3.3.6.3]
Isolated piers supporting tiled roofs must have—
a built-in 30 x 0.8 mm galvanised steel strap fixed to the roof structure that extends the full height of the pier; (a)
and
a 4.6 grade M12 galvanised steel rod which is cast into the footing when poured and looped and fixed around (b)
the galvanised steel strap required by (a). Part 5.5 Isolated piers
2.7 m max.
Minimum 290 x 290 mm piers3 m max. centres
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 88 5.5.4 Isolated piers supporting sheet roofs
[2019: 3.3.6.4]
Isolated piers supporting sheet roofs must have—
a built-in 30 x 0.8 mm galvanised steel strap fixed to the roof structure extending the full height of the pier which (a)
is looped and fixed around a 4.6 grade 16 mm diameter galvanised steel rod cast into the footing when poured;
or
a 4.6 grade M16 galvanised steel rod cast into the footing, threaded at the top and extending the full height of (b)
the pier to connect to the roof structure.
5.5.5 Isolated piers for freestanding carports
[2019: 3.3.6.5]
Piers for freestanding carports must—
be not less than 290 x 290 mm in section with the central core filled with 20 MPa concrete, or an exposure class (a)
mortar (see Table 5.6.3 ) complying with 5.6.3 ; and
have the core reinforced with one Y16 steel reinforcing rod cast into the footing and extending the full height of (b)
the pier to connect to the roof structure.
5.5.6 Subfloor isolated piers
[2019: 3.3.6.6]
Subfloor isolated piers must be not less than 190 x 190 mm in section and comply with Figure 5.5.6 for height requirements. 5.5.4
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 89 Figure 5.5.6: Sub-floor isolated piers — maximum height and sectional details 1.2 m max.190 mm
square pier230 mm
square pier
1.5 m max.
230 mm
square pier
2.4 m max.350 mm
square pier
1.5 m max.230 mm
square pier
3 m max.350 mm
square pier
1.2 m max.
470 mm
square pier
1.2 m
max.5.5.6
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 90
5.6.1 Application
[New for 2022]
(1) Part 5.6 is subject to the limitations set out in H1D5(6)(c)(i), (ii) and (iii).
(2) Part 5.6 need not be complied with if H1D5(6)(a) or (b) are complied with.
5.6.2 Masonry units
[2019: 3.3.5.3]
(1) Masonry veneer masonry units must have a minimum compressive strength of—
3 MPa for solid or cored units; or (a)
10 MPa for hollow units. (b)
(2) Cavity masonry and single skin masonry units must have a minimum compressive strength of—
5 MPa for solid or cored units; or (a)
10 MPa for hollow units. (b)
(3) Masonry cavity walls must have a minimum leaf thickness of 90 mm.
(4) Subject to (5), masonry units must be—
either clay or calcium silicate brick or concrete brick or block; and (a)
classified and used in the exposure conditions appropriate to their classification as described in (6). (b)
(5) Mixing of panels consisting of clay masonry units with panels consisting of concrete or calcium silicate masonry units
is not permitted unless—
at vertical junctions, a control joint is installed; and (a)
at horizontal junctions between panels of different materials, a slip joint using a membrane similar to that used (b)
for damp-proof courses is installed.
(6) Masonry unit exposure classifications and corresponding masonry unit applications are as follows:
Protected (P) masonry units are suitable for use in locations such as— (a)
internal walls; and (i)
external walls that are coated or rendered; and (ii)
walls above damp-proof courses provided the wall is protected at the top by a roof, eaves, coping, topping (iii)
or the like.
General Purpose (GP) masonry units are suitable for use in all locations except those where ‘Exposure class’ (b)
(Exp) is required .
Exposure class (Exp) masonry units are suitable for use in all locations including severe local conditions such (c)
as—
below the damp-proof course in areas where walls are expected to be attacked by salts in the ground water (i)
or masonry itself (salt attack or salt damp); and
on sea fronts where walls are exposed to attack from salt spray; and (ii)
in heavily polluted areas subject to deposition of atmospheric pollution; and (iii)
under regular cyclic freeze and thaw conditions. (iv)
Explanatory Information
The exposure classification or durability of a masonry unit is a measure of its resistance to attack by soluble salts, either Part 5.6 Masonry components and accessories
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 91in the ground or in the atmosphere. All masonry products manufactured are classified by their durability. The majority
of uses will require either an Exposure class (Exp) product or a General Purpose (GP) product.
5.6.3 Mortar mixes
[2019: 3.3.5.4]
Mortar used for masonry construction must comply with AS 3700 or AS 4773 except that the mortar may be mixed by
volume in the proportions stated in Table 5.6.3 .
Table 5.6.3: Acceptable mortar mixes
Table Notes
Additives may be used provided they comply with the appropriate specified rate. (1)
Mortar mixes for masonry require the use of methyl cellulose water thickener. (2)
5.6.4 Mortar joints
[2019: 3.3.5.5]
(1) Unless otherwise specified, masonry bed and perpend joints must have a nominal thickness of 10 mm.
(2) Raked joints are not to be used in saline environments or areas subject to heavy industrial airborne pollution.
(3) Where raked joints are used the depth of raking must not be—
closer than 5 mm to any perforation in cored unit masonry or 20 mm in hollow unit masonry; or (a)
more than 5 mm for masonry units at least 90 mm wide; or (b)
more than 10 mm for masonry units at least 110 mm wide. (c)
5.6.5 Wall ties
[2019: 3.3.5.10]
Masonry wall ties must—
comply with AS 2699.1 and— (a)
for masonry veneer walls be— (i)
a minimum of light duty veneer ties in areas where the design wind speed is not more than N2; and (A)
a minimum of medium duty veneer ties in areas where the design wind speed is more than N2; and (B)
for cavity masonry walls be— (ii)
a minimum of light duty cavity ties in areas where the design wind speed is N1; and (A)
a minimum of medium duty cavity ties in areas where the design wind speed is more than N1; and (B)
where non- engaged piers are provided, piers must be tied to walls using medium duty ties; and (iii)
for monolithic or solid masonry construction be a minimum of medium duty ties; and (iv)
be spaced and fixed in accordance with Tables 5.6.5a , 5.6.5b and 5.6.5c (see also Figures 5.6.5a and 5.6.5b ); (b)
and
be protected against corrosion in accordance with Table 5.6.5d . (c)Masonry unit exposure classification Mortar mix by volume Note 1 Cement: lime: sand
General use Suitable for concrete
masonry Note 2
Protected 1:2:9 1:0:5
General purpose 1:1:6 1:0:5
Exposure class 1:0.5:4.5 1:0:4.25.6.2
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 92 Table 5.6.5a : Wall tie spacings in masonry veneer
Table Notes
Wall ties that are suitable for higher duties are also suitable for use in lower duty conditions.
Table 5.6.5b : Wall tie spacing in cavity and solid masonry
Table Notes
Wall ties that are suitable for higher duties are also suitable for use in lower duty conditions.
Table 5.6.5c : Placement of wall ties
Table Notes
Ties to be embedded a minimum of 50 mm into each masonry leaf. (1)
Masonry wall ties must be installed in such a manner as to prevent moisture travelling along the tie to the inner (2)
leaf of masonry or the frame.
Table 5.6.5d : Corrosion protection for wall ties
Direction Wall tie spacing
450 mm wall stud spacing 600 mm wall stud spacing
Horizontal Maximum 450 mm Maximum 600 mm
Vertical Maximum 600 mm Maximum 400 mm
Direction Wall tie spacing (maximum)
Cavity masonry Solid or monolithic masonry
Horizontal 600 mm 400 mm
Vertical 600 mm 400 mm
Location Placement of wall ties
Unsupported panel sides and edges of openings Within 300 mm of panel side or edge
Top of veneer panels and top of panels under openings Within 300 mm or two courses (whichever is the lesser) of
the top of veneer
Bottom of veneer panel in masonry rebate sealed with
liquid applied damp-proof courseWithin 300 mm or two courses (whichever is the lesser)
from the bottom of the veneer
Bottom of veneer panel supported on steel lintel
Bottom of veneer panel in masonry rebate with membrane
damp-proof courseIn each of the first two courses
Intersection of internal walls and external walls 350 mm vertically or 3-4 courses
Where articulation joints occur At both sides of the articulation joint within 300 mm from
the joint
Engaged piers Within 200 mm of the top of the pier
Exposure condition Tie specification (minimum corrosion protection)
Areas less than 1km from breaking surf ; or less than 100
m from salt water not subject to breaking surf ; or within
heavy industrial areas.Grade 316L stainless steel; or engineered polymer
complying with the requirements of AS 2699.1.
Areas 1km or more but less than 10km from breaking
surf; or 100m or more but less than 1km from salt water
not subject to breaking surf .Sheet steel and bar ties galvanised after manufacture -
470 g/m2 on each side; or galvanised wire ties - 470 g/m2
coating mass; or Grade 304L stainless steel.
All other areas Galvanised sheet steel - 300 g/m2 coating on each side;
or sheet steel ties galvanised after manufacture - 300
g/m2 on each side.5.6.5
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 93 Figure 5.6.5a : Wall tie details (lowset)
FFL600 mm max.300 mm max.Top of
masonry5.6.5
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 94 Figure 5.6.5b : Wall tie details (highset)
Figure Notes
Where wall ties are required , they must be placed in adjacent courses (as shown) or must be placed in the same course
on each side of the stud.
Explanatory Information
Wall ties that are suitable for use in a more severe exposure condition are also suitable for use in less severe exposure
conditions, i.e. stainless steel and engineered polymer ties are suitable for use in all conditions and 470g/m2 galvanised
ties can be used in all exposure conditions except the most severe.
5.6.6 Fixing straps and tie -down systems
[New for 2022]
(1) Timber door and window frames abutting cavity masonry must be fixed with 300 mm long 30 mm x 0.8 mm kinked
galvanised steel straps—
fixed to the back of frames; and (a)
set into courses not less than 150 mm at not more than 400 mm intervals. (b)
(2) For areas with a wind class of N1 or N2 and a building width from outside wall to outside wall of not more than 10 m
in the direction of the roof span (see Figure 5.6.6a ), sheet metal and tiled roofs must be tied down using one of the
following methods:
30 mm x 0.8 mm galvanised steel straps at not more than 1.2 m centres and corresponding with truss or rafter (a)
positions, looped around 10 mm diameter galvanised mild steel rods—
built-in across the cavity at a course not less than 900 mm below the top of the wall; and (i)
embedded not less than 50 mm into each leaf. (ii)FFL300 mm max.Top of
masonry
600 mm max.
600 mm max.
600 mm max.
600 mm max. from support 300 mm max.
400 mm max.Refer to note
Refer to noteDouble row of tiesDouble row of ties5.6.5
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 9530 mm x 1 mm galvanised steel straps at not more than 1.2 m centres and corresponding with truss or rafter (b)
positions, built-in to masonry inner leaf not less than 50 mm and at a course not less than 900 mm below the
top of the wall (see Figure 5.6.6b ).
(3) Roof framing supporting tiled roofs on single leaf unreinforced masonry walls with engaged piers or return walls must
have—
a built-in 30 mm x 0.8 mm galvanised steel strap fixed to the roof structure that extends the full height of the (a)
engaged pier or return wall; and
a 4.6 grade M12 galvanised steel rod which is cast into the footing when poured and looped and fixed around (b)
the galvanised steel strap required by (a) (see Figure 5.6.6c ).
(4) Roof framing supporting sheet roofs on single leaf unreinforced masonry with engaged piers or return walls must
have—
a built-in 30 mm x 0.8 mm galvanised steel strap fixed to the roof structure extending the full height of the (a)
engaged pier or return wall which is looped and fixed around a 4.6 grade 16 mm diameter galvanised steel rod
cast into the footing when poured; or
a 4.6 grade M16 galvanised steel rod cast into the footing, threaded at the top and extending the full height of (b)
the pier or return wall to connect to the roof structure.
Figure 5.6.6a : Building width
10 m max.Rafter/truss Outside walls
Direction of
roof span
Plan view5.6.6
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 96 Figure 5.6.6b : Suitable tie -down strap details for cavity masonry
Figure 5.6.6c : Typical tie -down t o single leaf unr einforced masonry
Explanatory Information
Roof tie-down over openings more than 1200 mm wide in masonry construction must be specifically designed in
accordance with relevant material and structural design standards.
5.6.7 Lintels
[2019: 3.3.5.12]
Where a lintel is required it must comply with the following: Fixed with 3 x 30 x 2.8 nails
Timber dropper
Battens
Rafter
30 x 1.0 GS straps
at 1.2 m crs900 mm min.
50 mm min
Strap attached to top plate in accordancewith AS 1684
30 x 0.8 mm galvanised steel strap full height of pier fixed to 4.6 grade galsteel rod cast into the footing or slabEngaged pier
4.6 grade M12 galvanised
steel rod continuing into slab
Galvanised steel strap connected to steel rod5.6.6
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 97Steel lintels must comply with this Part or H1D6(3). (a)
Steel lintels must— (b)
be sized in accordance with Table 5.6.7a ; and (i)
be installed with the long leg of lintel angle vertical; and (ii)
be wide enough so that the masonry does not overhang the horizontal leg of the lintel by more than 25 mm; (iii)
and
not support masonry more than 3 m in height when measured above the opening; and (iv)
have a minimum bearing length at each end of the lintel of— (v)
for clear spans not more than 1 m - 100 mm; or (A)
for clear spans more than 1 m - 150 mm (See Figure 5.6.7 ); and (B)
have a minimum of three courses of masonry over openings; and (vi)
comply with the corrosion protection requirements of Table 5.6.7b . (vii)
Table 5.6.7a : Masonry lintel sizes
Table Notes
The lintels described in this Table must be not less than grade 300 MPa in accordance with AS 4100.
Table 5.6.7b : Corrosion protection – Lint els
Table Not
es
AS 2699.3 contains information on the corrosivity category locations in Australia and provides a method for (1)
determining coating thickness for lintels.
Additional decorative coatings can be applied, but must not be considered for the purpose of satisfying the (2)
requirements of this Table.
Any lintel with a coating that is modified, i.e. by cutting, welding, or where damaged, must have the coating restored (3)
to provide an equivalent level of protection provided by the original coating. Lintel Maximum clear span of lintel (mm): ≤
600 mm of masonry over openingMaximum clear span of lintel (mm): >
600 mm of masonry over opening
Flat 75 x 8 700 700
Flat 100 x 10 900 900
Angle 90 x 90 x 6EA 3000 2650
Angle 90 x 90 x 8EA 3200 2800
Angle 100 x 100 x 6EA 3350 2900
Angle 100 x 100 x 8EA 3600 3040
Angle 150 x 90 x 8UA 4200 3850
Durability class of lintel in accordance with AS 2699.3 Note
1Material or protective requirements in accordance with AS
2699.3 Note 1
R1, R2 Hot dip galvanised with a minimum average coating
thickness of 300 g/m2; or stainless steel 316L
R3 Hot dip galvanised with a minimum average coating
thickness of 600 g/m2; or stainless steel 316L
R4 Stainless steel 316L5.6.7
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 98 Figure 5.6.7: Lintel installation
5.6.8 Vertical articulation joints
[2019: 3.3.5.13]
(1) Vertical articulation joints must be provided in masonry walls in accordance with (2), except in walls constructed on
sites where the soil classification is A or S (see 4.2.2 ).
(2) Articulation joints between masonry elements must have a width of not less than 10 mm and be provided (see Figures
5.6.8a and 5.6.8b )—
in straight, continuous walls with openings less than 900 mm x 900 mm or walls without openings — at not (a)
more than 6 m centres and within 4.5 m, but not closer than 470 mm of all corners; and
in straight, continuous walls with openings more than 900 mm x 900 mm — at not more than 5 m centres and (b)
located so that they are not more than 1.2 m away from openings; and
where the height of the wall changes by more than 20% — at the position of change in height; and (c)
where a wall changes in thickness; and (d)
at control or construction joints in footings or slabs; and (e)
at junctions of walls constructed of different masonry materials. (f)
(3) Articulation joints must not be located adjacent to arched openings.
(4) Articulation joints must be filled with flexible sealant that is supported during installation by—
a compressible foam or polystyrene filler (see Figures 5.6.8d and 5.6.8e ); or (a)
a purpose made backer rod (see Figures 5.6.8c , 5.6.8d , 5.6.8e and 5.6.8f ). (b)Long leg of lintel angle vertical
(b) SectionMasonry
unitsMin. bearing length 150 mmMin. of 3 coursesof masonry abovelintel
Lintel
Lintel span > 1 m
(ie width of opening)
(a) ElevationMasonry wall
25 mm max.
5.6.7
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 99 Figure 5.6.8a : Example of vertical articulation joint locations in plan view
Figure 5.6.8b : Vertical articulation joints
Lounge
Dining
FamilyKitchen
Bath
Articulation JointsLdy
PlanBed
Bed< 6 mBed
Opening more than
900 x 900 mm
Articulation joint
max. 1.2 m from
openings 5.6.8
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 100 Figure 5.6.8c : Articulation joint with backer rod and sealant—single skin masonry and masonry veneer
walls
Figure 5.6.8d : Articulation joint in unreinforced single leaf masonry wall with compressed foam
Purpose made backer rod
Flexible sealant10 mm
Wall
Flexible sealantCompressible foam
joint filler Articulation joint to be within
300 mm of engaged pier5.6.8
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 101 Figure 5.6.8e : Articulation joint in unreinforced masonry veneer wall with compressed foam
Compressible foam
joint filler
Flexible sealant5.6.8
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 102 Figure 5.6.8f : Articulation joint in cavity masonry wall
Explanatory Information
For the purposes of 5.6.8, the vertical articulation joint also performs the function of a contraction or expansion joint. (b) Cavity wall extendable anchors(a) Backer rod joint detail10 mmFlexible sealantMasonry flexible anchorGap formed by removable spacer
Purpose made backing
rod installed in open joint5.6.8
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 103
5.7.1 Application
[New for 2022]
(1) Part 5.7 applies subject to the limitation set out in H2D4(2)(c).
(2) Part 5.7 need not be complied with if H2D4(2)(a) or (b) are complied with.
5.7.2 Cavities
[2019: 3.3.5.6]
(1) For masonry veneer, the clear width of a cavity between the masonry veneer and the exterior face of the supporting
frame must not be—
less than 25 mm wide; and (a)
more than 75 mm wide. (b)
(2) For cavity masonry, the clear width of a cavity between the inner and outer masonry leaves must not be—
less than 35 mm; and (a)
more than 75 mm. (b)
(3) Where masonry veneer and cavity masonry in (1) and (2) are constructed on a slab-on-ground, the cavity must be
drained to the outside in accordance with 5.7.5 .
(4) The exterior masonry leaf must not overhang the edge of the slab by more than 15 mm.
Explanatory Information
The 25 mm clear width of the cavity needs to be maintained regardless of any wall membranes , sheet bracing or services
installed to the supporting frame.
Where mullions are located within a cavity , a vertical damp-proof course must be placed between the outer masonry
leaf and the mullion to prevent moisture penetration.
5.7.3 Damp-proof courses and flashings – material
[2019: 3.3.5.7]
Damp-proof courses and flashings must consist of—
a material that complies with AS/NZS 2904; or (a)
embossed black polyethylene film of high impact resistance and low slip, with a nominal thickness of 0.5 mm (b)
prior to embossing, and comply with clause 7.6 of AS/NZS 2904; or
polyethylene coated metal, that has an aluminium core of not less than 0.1 mm thick, is coated both sides with (c)
bitumen adhesive enclosed in polyethylene film of not less than 0.1 mm thick on each face, and has a nominal
total thickness of not less than 0.5 mm prior to embossing; or
bitumen impregnated materials of not less than 2.5 mm thick, that comply with clause 7.5 of AS/NZS 2904; or (d)
termite sheet materials complying with Part 3.4 (with no penetrations) serving the purpose of a damp-proof (e)
course and/or flashing that is continuous through the wall or pier.
5.7.4 Damp-proof courses and flashings – installation
[2019: 3.3.5.8]
(1) Damp-proof courses and flashings must be— Part 5.7 Weatherproofing of masonry
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 104located so as to form a continuous damp-proofing barrier— (a)
around the bottom perimeter of walls where constructed on a concrete slab; and (i)
in walls and piers below suspended floors; and (ii)
where a masonry wall passes through a roof; and (iii)
where a roof abuts an external masonry wall; and (iv)
to the bottom and tops of windows and doors and the like in accordance with (3), except a damp-proof (v)
course or a flashing need not be provided to the top of a window or door where the opening is protected by
an eave of a width more than 3 times the height of the masonry veneer above the opening; and
continuous through the wall or pier and be visible from the outside face of the wall. (b)
(2) The location of a damp-proof course , or flashing serving as a damp-proof course , must be not less than—
150 mm above the adjacent ground level; or (a)
75 mm above the finished surface level of adjacent paved, concreted or landscaped areas that slope away from (b)
the wall; or
50 mm above finished paved, concreted or landscaped areas complying with 3.3.3(b)(ii) and protected from the (c)
direct effects of the weather by a carport, verandah or the like; or
in low rainfall intensity areas — (d)
15 mm above finished paved, concreted or landscaped areas; or (i)
0 mm above finished paved, concreted or landscaped areas if the damp-proof course is protected from the (ii)
direct effects of the weather by a carport, verandah or the like.
(3) Sill and head flashings serving openings must be—
installed so that the flashing extends not less than 150 mm beyond the reveals on each side of the opening; and (a)
located not more than— (b)
one course below the sill brick course; and (i)
300 mm above the opening; and (ii)
turned up in the cavity not less than 150 mm above the opening; and (c)
embedded not less than 30 mm into— (d)
for masonry veneer, the masonry leaf; and (i)
for cavity masonry, the outer masonry leaf; and (ii)
attached to the window or wall framing. (e)
5.7.5 Weepholes
[2019: 3.3.5.9]
(1) Except where excluded by (2), open perpend joints (weepholes) must be created in the course immediately above
any flashing (including above any damp-proof course acting as a flashing ) and be—
a minimum of 50 mm in height, by the width of the vertical mortar joint; and (a)
at not more than 1.2 m centres; and (b)
(2) Weepholes are not required in the following locations:
Where head openings are less than 1.2 m wide. (a)
Beneath window and door sills. (b)
Where the level of the external impervious surface is elevated for the purpose of providing step-free access (c)
required by H8P1. 5.7.4
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 105 5.7.6 Weatherproofing for single leaf masonry walls
[New for 2022]
(1) A waterproof coating material must be applied to all external single skin masonry walls in accordance with the
following:
The coating must extend from the uppermost exposed part of the wall— (a)
to a level adjacent to the internal finished floor level, if the external masonry wall leaf overhangs the edge (i)
of the slab by not less than 10 mm; or
50 mm below the internal floor level if no edge overhang is provided. (ii)Acceptable external
waterproof finishes are— (b)
three coats of 100% acrylic based exterior quality gloss paint; or (i)
one complete coat of cement based paint and two coats of 100% acrylic based exterior quality gloss paint; (ii)
or
clear water repellent, provided the wall is protected by a roof overhang of not less than 1500 mm. (iii)
(2) Windows must be installed in accordance with Figure 5.7.6 . 5.7.6
(1 May 2023)
Masonry
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 106 Figure 5.7 .6: Typical window installation for unreinforced single skin masonry
Concrete filled lintel
Masonry anchor
External coating to
be applied beforethe window is fitted
Sealant
(a) Head fixing
Masonry anchorExternal coating to
be applied beforethe window is fittedSealant
(d) Sill fixing - 2Concrete filled coreConcrete filled lintel
Masonry anchor
External coating tobe applied beforethe window is fittedSealant
(b) Jamb fixing
Internal sill
Sealant to perimeter
Sill tile
15 Degrees
Tile adhered with
exterior tileadhesive
(c) Sill fixing - 120 mmmin.
(e) Sill fixing - 3Internal sill
Sealant to permieter joint
Sill surface coating5.7.6
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 107
6 Framing
Part 6.1 Scope and application of
Section 6
6.1.1 Scope
6.1.2 Application
Part 6.2 Subfloor ventilation
6.2.1 Subfloor ventilation
Part 6.3 Structural steel members
6.3.1 Application
6.3.2 Structural steel members
6.3.3 Bearers
6.3.4 Strutting beams
6.3.5 Lintels
6.3.6 Columns
6.3.7 Fixings and bearing for structural steel members
6.3.8 Penetrations through structural steel members
6.3.9 Corrosion protection
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 108
6.1.1 Scope
[New for 2022]
(1) This Section sets out the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for—
subfloor ventilation (see Part 6.2 ); and (a)
structural steel members (see Part 6.3 ). (b)
(2) For other framing provisions not included in this Section, refer to the following Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions in NCC
Volume Two:
Steel framing (see H1D6(3)). (a)
Timber framing (see H1D6(4)). (b)
Use of structural software (see H1D6(7)). (c)
Explanatory Information
Part 6.2 applies to the subfloor space of all suspended floors of a building or deck, including but not limited to, timber
and steel-framed subfloors and suspended concrete slabs.
6.1.2 Application
[New for 2022]
The application of this Section is subject to the following:
The Governing Requirements of NCC Volume Two. (a)
The State and Territory variations, additions and deletions contained in the Schedules to the ABCB Housing (b)
Provisions and NCC Volume Two.
Explanatory Information
In NCC 2019, the content of
Section 6
of the ABCB Housing Provisions (other than content added in NCC 2022 or later)was contained in the acceptable construction practices for Parts 3.4.1 and 3.4.4 of NCC 2019 Volume Two.
NCC 2019 Volume Two did not include an acceptable construction practice for Parts 3.4.2 or 3.4.3. Part 6.1 Scope and application of
Section 6
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 109
6.2.1 Subfloor ventilation
[2019: 3.4.1.2]
(1) Subfloor spaces must—
be provided with openings in external walls and internal subfloor walls in accordance with Table 6.2.1a for the (a)
climatic zones given in Figure 6.2.1a ; and
have clearance between the ground surface and the underside of the lowest horizontal member in the subfloor (b)
in accordance with Table 6.2.1b (see Figure 6.2.1b and Figure 6.2.1c ).
(2) In addition to (1), a subfloor space must—
be cleared of all building debris and vegetation; and (a)
have the ground beneath the suspended floor graded in accordance with 3.3.3 ; and (b)
contain no dead air spaces; and (c)
have openings evenly spaced as far as practicable (see Figure 6.2.1d ); and (d)
have openings placed not more than 600 mm in from corners. (e)
(3) In double leaf masonry walls, openings specified in (1) must be provided in both leaves of the masonry, with openings
being aligned to allow an unobstructed flow of air (see Figure 6.2.1d ).
(4) Openings in internal subfloor walls specified in (1) must have an unobstructed area equivalent to that required for the
adjacent external openings (see Figure 6.2.1d ).
(5) Where the ground or subfloor space is excessively damp or subject to frequent flooding, in addition to the requirements
of (1) to (4)—
the subfloor ventilation required in (1) must be increased by 50%; or (a)
the ground within the subfloor space must be sealed with an impervious membrane ; or (b)
subfloor framing must be— (c)
where above ground — above ground durability Class 1 or 2 timbers or H3 preservative treated timbers in (i)
accordance with AS 1684.2, AS 1684.3 or AS 1684.4; or
where in-ground — in-ground durability Class 1 or 2 timbers or H5 preservative treated timbers in (ii)
accordance with AS 1684.2, AS 1684.3 or AS 1684.4; or
steel in accordance with NASH Standard ‘Residential and Low-Rise Steel Framing’ Part 2. (iii)
Table 6.2.1a: Subfloor openings
Table Notes
In situations where openings in external walls and internal subfloor walls, including separating walls , are not able to be
provided, additional measures must be provided to ensure that the overall level of ventilation of the subfloor space is
maintained. This may include measures similar to those in 6.2.1(5) i.e. providing durability class timbers, or having the
ground sealed in the subfloor space with an impervious membrane . Part 6.2 Subfloor ventilation
Climatic zone (see Figure 6.2.1a) Minimum aggregate subfloor
ventilation openings with no
membrane (mm2/m of wall)Minimum aggregate subfloor
ventilation openings with ground
sealed with impervious membrane
(mm2/m of wall)
A 2000 1000
B 4000 2000
C 6000 3000
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 110 Table 6.2.1b : Ground clearance
Table Notes
400 mm clearance required only where termite management systems are installed that need to be inspected (see (1)
Part 2.2.4 ).
On sloping sites the 400 mm clearance required by (1) may be reduced to 150 mm within 2 m of external walls in (2)
accordance with Figure 6.2.1b .
Figure 6.2.1a: Climatic zones based on relative humidity
Climatic zone (see Figure 6.2.1a) Minimum ground clearance height
where termite inspection or
management system is not required
(mm)Minimum ground clearance height
where termite inspection is required
(mm)
A, B and C 150 400
ZONE A - 9am RH < 60%
ZONE B - 9am RH > 60% and 3pm RH > 40%
RH = Relative HumidityZONE C - 9am RH > 70% and 3pm RH > 60%PerthOnslow
Alice SpringsDarwin
Cairns
Townsville
RomaBundaberg
Brisbane
Dubbo
Adelaide
MelbourneBegaCanberraSydney
HobartCoffs
Harbour ZONE A
ZONE B
ZONE C
ZONE C6.2.1
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 111 Figure 6.2.1b : Subfloor clearance requirements
Figure Notes
See notes to Tables 6.2.1a and 6.2.1b .
Figure 6.2.1c : Subfloor clearance requirements – detail
2 mmm150
Pier or stump
400 mm
2 m
400 mm150 mmMin.
Min.6.2.1
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 112Figure Notes
See notes to Tables 6.2.1a and 6.2.1b .
Figure 6.2.1d : Typical subfloor ventilation details — typical cross ventilation of subfloor area
Explanatory Information
Subfloor ventilation is cross ventilation of the subfloor space between the underside of the subfloor and the ground
surface under a building.
Ground moisture rising into or entering the subfloor space can create a damp environment which encourages timber
rot, fungus growth and the potential for termite activity. Subfloor ventilation increases air flow, reducing any damaging
water vapour in the subfloor space.
Factors that can affect achieving satisfactory levels of subfloor ventilation include height above ground, prevailing
breezes (air transfer), differential temperature and humidity between the subfloor and the external environment and
good building practice.
The amount of subfloor ventilation required for a building is related to the relative humidity likely to be encountered in
that location. Figure 6.2.1a shows three broad climatic zones based on the prevailing relative humidity and includes a
description of the relative humidity conditions which define each zone. If reliable weather data is available, these
descriptions may be useful in determining which zone a particular location is in.
The zones shown in Figure 6.2.1a were determined by analysis of the average relative humidity at 9 am and 3 pm in
January and July. The season with the highest relative humidity is used. Generally this will be July for southern Australia
and January for northern Australia.
Table 6.2.1a and Table 6.2.1b specify the minimum amount of subfloor ventilation openings and height of subfloor
framing members above ground level for the three climatic zones illustrated in Figure 6.2.1a . The table allows subfloor
ventilation rates to be halved if the ground within the subfloor space is sealed by an impervious membrane because
humidity levels in the space will not be affected by moisture from the soil.
Clause 6.2.1(5) specifies additional requirements for preventing deterioration of subfloor members where the ground
or subfloor space is excessively damp, as would occur in areas with high water tables, poor drainage or in areas
frequently affected by flooding or water inundation. Internal opening
adjacent to external openingto be left open
Place openings not more than600 mm in from corner
Ensure internal wallsmaintain free air flow from outside Openings to be spaced asevenly as practical around perimeter 6.2.1
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 113
6.3.1 Application
[New for 2022]
(1) Part 6.3 , other than clause 6.3.4 , applies subject to the limitations set out in H1D6(6).
(2) Part 6.3 need not be complied with if H1D6(5)(a) or (b) are complied with.
6.3.2 Structural steel members
[2019: 3.4.4.2]
(1) Structural steel members may be used as follows:
Bearers supporting a timber floor or non- loadbearing stud wall — in accordance with 6.3.3 . (a)
Strutting beams supporting roof and ceiling loads — in accordance with 6.3.4 . (b)
Lintels supporting roof, ceiling, frame and timber floor — in accordance with 6.3.5 . (c)
Columns — in accordance with 6.3.6 . (d)
(2) Structural steel members in (1)(a), (b) and (c) must have a minimum nominal yield strength of 250 MPa.
(3) The yield strength of structural steel members in (1)(d) is nominated in 6.3.6 .
(4) Structural steel members described in this Part must be protected against corrosion in accordance with 6.3.9 .
6.3.3 Bearers
[New for 2022]
Structural steel bearers must comply with the following:
Effective bearer spacing must be determined in accordance with— (a)
for single span joists — Table H1D6a and Figure H1D6d; and (i)
for continuous span joists — Table H1D6b and Figure H1D6e. (ii)
Maximum acceptable bearer spans must be determined in accordance with— (b)
for single spans — Tables 6.3.3a and 6.3.3c ; and (i)
for continuous spans — Tables 6.3.3b and 6.3.3d . (ii)
All loads along the bearer must be evenly distributed. (c)
The difference in distance between supports for continuous span bearers must not be more than 10% of the (d)
span. Fixing of joists and columns to structural steel bearers must comply with
6.3.7 . (e)
Bearers must be supported by structural steel columns that comply with 6.3.6 and are fixed in accordance with (f)
6.3.7 .
Table 6.3.3a : Maximum bearer span (m) — single span — bearer suppor ting timber floor and 3 m high
non-
loadbearing internal wall
Steel section Effective load width (m)
1.8 2.4 3.0 3.6 4.2
125 TFB 4.2 4.0 3.9 3.8 3.6
180 UB 16.1 5.6 5.4 5.3 5.1 4.7
200 UB 18.2 6.4 6.2 6.0 5.8 5.4Part 6.3 Structural steel members
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 114
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.53 kPa permanent floor, 0.92 kN/m permanent wall, permanent member self-weight, (1)
1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed.
Load combinations included are 1.35G and 1.25G+1.5Q for ULS and G + 0.7Q for SLS with a maximum deflection (2)
of span/300.
Bearers are assumed to have intermediate lateral restraints at joist locations and are considered fully laterally (3)
restrained.
Table 6.3.3b: Maximum bearer span (m) — continuous span — bear er suppor ting timber floor and 3 m
high non -
loadbearing internal wall
Steel section Effective load width (m)
1.8 2.4 3.0 3.6 4.2
250 UB 25.7 8.3 8.0 7.8 7.6 7.1
250 x 150 x 9 RHS 9.3 9.0 8.8 8.6 8.4
250 x 150 x 5 RHS 8.0 7.8 7.6 7.1 6.6
310 UB 32.0 10.0 9.7 9.4 9.2 8.6
125 x 75 x 2 RHS 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.2 2.0
125 x 75 x 3 RHS 3.5 3.3 3.2 2.9 2.7
150 x 50 x 2 RHS 3.3 2.9 2.6 2.4 2.3
150 x 50 x 3 RHS 3.7 3.6 3.4 3.1 2.9
100 TFB 2.9 2,8 2.7 2.5 2.4
150 PFC 5.2 5.0 4.9 4.7 4.6
180 PFC 6.1 5.9 5.8 5.6 5.4
200 PFC 6.8 6.6 6.4 6.2 5.9
250 PFC 8.9 8.6 8.4 8.2 8.0
300 PFC 10.4 10.1 9.8 9.5 9.3
Steel section Effective load width (m)
1.8 2.4 3.0 3.6 4.2
125 TFB 5.2 4.6 4.2 3.9 3.6
180 UB 16.1 6.8 6.0 5.5 5.1 4.7
200 UB 18.2 7.7 6.9 6.2 5.8 5.4
250 UB 25.7 10.2 9.1 8.3 7.6 7.1
250 x 150 x 9 RHS 12.4 11.5 10.5 9.8 9.1
250 x 150 x 5 RHS 9.5 8.4 7.7 7.1 6.6
310 UB 32.0 12.3 11.0 10.0 9.2 8.6
125 x 75 x 2 RHS 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.2 2.0
125 x 75 x 3 RHS 4.0 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.7
150 x 50 x 2 RHS 3.3 2.9 2.6 2.4 2.3
150 x 50 x 3 RHS 4.2 3.7 3.4 3.1 2.9
100 TFB 3.4 3.0 2.7 2.5 2.4
150 PFC 6.5 5.8 5.3 4.9 4.6
180 PFC 7.8 6.9 6.3 5.8 5.4
200 PFC 8.5 7.6 6.9 6.4 5.9
250 PFC 11.6 10.4 9.5 8.7 8.2
300 PFC 13.4 12.0 10.9 10.1 9.46.3.3
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 115Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.53 kPa permanent floor, 0.92 kN/m permanent wall, permanent member self-weight, (1)
1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed.
Load combinations included are 1.35G and 1.25G+1.5Q for ULS and G + 0.7Q for SLS with a maximum deflection (2)
of span/300.
Bearers are assumed to have intermediate lateral restraints at joist locations and are considered fully laterally (3)
restrained.
Table 6.3.3c: Maximum bearer span (m) — single span — bear er suppor ting tiled floor and 3 m high
non-
loadbearing internal wall
Table Not
es
Load accounted for includes 0.98 kPa permanent floor, 0.92 kN/m permanent wall, permanent member self-weight, (1)
1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed.
Load combinations included are 1.35G and 1.25G+1.5Q for ULS and G + 0.7Q for SLS with a maximum deflection (2)
of span/300.
Bearers are assumed to have intermediate lateral restraints at joist locations and are considered fully laterally (3)
restrained.
Table 6.3.3d: Maximum bearer span (m) — continuous span — bear er suppor ting tiled floor and 3 m
high non -
loadbearing internal wall
Steel section Effective load width (m)
1.8 2.4 3.0 3.6 4.2
125 TFB 4.8 4.3 3.9 3.6 3.3
180 UB 16.1 6.3 5.6 5.1 4.7 4.4
200 UB 18.2 7.2 6.4 5.8 5.3 5.0
250 UB 25.7 9.5 8.5 7.7 7.1 6.6
250 x 150 x 9 RHS 11.6 10.8 9.8 9.1 8.5Steel section Effective load width (m)
1.8 2.4 3.0 3.6 4.2
125 TFB 3.9 3.7 3.5 3.4 3.3
180 UB 16.1 5.2 5.0 4.8 4.6 4.4
200 UB 18.2 5.9 5.6 5.4 5.2 5.0
250 UB 25.7 7.7 7.3 7.1 6.8 6.6
250 x 150 x 9 RHS 8.7 8.3 8.0 7.7 7.5
250 x 150 x 5 RHS 7.5 7.1 6.9 6.6 6.1
310 UB 32.0 9.3 8.9 8.5 8.2 8.0
125 x 75 x 2 RHS 2.7 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.9
125 x 75 x 3 RHS 3.2 3.0 2.9 2.7 2.5
150 x 50 x 2 RHS 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.2 2.1
150 x 50 x 3 RHS 3.4 3.3 3.1 2.9 2.7
100 TFB 2.7 2.6 2.5 2.3 2.2
150 PFC 4.8 4.6 4.4 4.2 4.1
180 PFC 5.7 5.4 5.2 5.0 4.9
200 PFC 6.3 6.0 5.8 5.6 5.4
250 PFC 8.3 7.9 7.6 7.3 7.1
300 PFC 9.7 9.2 8.9 8.6 8.36.3.3
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 116
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.98 kPa permanent floor, 0.92 kN/m permanent wall, permanent member self-weight, (1)
1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed.
Load combinations included are 1.35G and 1.25G+1.5Q for ULS and G + 0.7Q for SLS with a maximum deflection (2)
of span/300.
Bearers are assumed to have intermediate lateral restraints at joist locations and are considered fully laterally (3)
restrained.
6.3.4 Strutting beams
[New for 2022]
Structural steel strutting beams must comply with the following:
Acceptable strutting beam spacing must be determined in accordance with— (a)
for single span rafters — Table H1D6a and Figure H1D6a; and (i)
for continuous span rafters — Table H1D6b and Figure H1D6b. (ii)
Maximum acceptable strutting beam spans must be determined in accordance with— (b)
for metal sheet roofs — Tables 6.3.4a , 6.3.4b , 6.3.4c , 6.3.4d , 6.3.4e or 6.3.4f ; and (i)
for tiled roofs — Tables 6.3.4g , 6.3.4h , 6.3.4i , 6.3.4j , 6.3.4k or 6.3.4l . (ii)
Any point load applied must be located within the middle third of the strutting beam. (c)
Strutting beams must be tied down in accordance with H1D6(3) where supporting metal roofs. (d)
Fixing and any cutting of strutting beams must comply with 6.3.7 . (e)
Strutting beams must be supported by structural steel columns that comply with 6.3.6 and be fixed in accordance (f)
with 6.3.7 .
Table 6.3.4a: Maximum combined strutting/hanging beam span — combined strutting/hanging beam
supporting metal sheet roof and plasterboard ceiling — roof load area = 4 m2
Section Ceiling load width (m)
1.8 3.6 6.0
125 TFB 3.5 3.3 3.2
150 UB 14.0 3.6 3.4 3.3
200 UB 18.2 4.5 4.3 4.1Steel section Effective load width (m)
1.8 2.4 3.0 3.6 4.2
250 x 150 x 5 RHS 8.8 7.8 7.1 6.6 6.1
310 UB 32.0 11.5 10.2 9.3 8.5 8.0
125 x 75 x 2 RHS 2.7 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.9
125 x 75 x 3 RHS 3.7 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.5
150 x 50 x 2 RHS 3.1 2.7 2.4 2.2 2.1
150 x 50 x 3 RHS 3.9 3.4 3.1 2.9 2.7
100 TFB 3.2 2.8 2.5 2.3 2.2
150 PFC 6.1 5.4 4.9 4.5 4.2
180 PFC 7.2 6.4 5.8 5.4 5.0
200 PFC 8.0 7.1 6.4 5.9 5.5
250 PFC 10.9 9.7 8.8 8.1 7.6
300 PFC 12.5 11.2 10.1 9.4 8.76.3.3
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 117
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.2 kPa permanent ceiling, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, permanent member self-weight, (1)
0.25 kPa imposed roof, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa.
Load combinations included are 1.35G, 1.2G + 1.5Q, 1.2G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS and G + 0.7Q, G + (2)
WS.
0.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Strutting beams are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed (4)
as members without full lateral restraint.
Table 6.3.4b: Maximum combined strutting/hanging beam span — combined strutting/hanging beam
supporting metal sheet roof and plasterboard ceiling — roof load area = 8 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.2 kPa permanent ceiling, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, permanent member self-weight, (1)
0.25 kPa imposed roof, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa.
Load combinations included are 1.35G, 1.2G + 1.5Q, 1.2G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS and G + 0.7Q, G + (2)
WS.
0.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Strutting beams are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed (4)
as members without full lateral restraint. Section Ceiling load width (m)
1.8 3.6 6.0
250 UB 31.4 6.8 6.5 6.2
310 UB 46.2 8.9 8.5 8.1
100 TFB 2.0 2.0 1.9
150 PFC 4.7 4.5 4.3
200 PFC 5.5 5.3 5.0
250 PFC 7.5 7.1 6.8
300 PFC 7.8 7.5 7.1
Section Ceiling load width (m)
1.8 3.6 6.0
125 TFB 2.6 2.6 2.5
150 UB 14.0 2.8 2.7 2.7
200 UB 18.2 3.6 3.5 3.4
250 UB 31.4 5.5 5.4 5.2
310 UB 46.2 7.3 7.1 6.9
100 TFB 1.4 1.4 1.4
150 PFC 3.7 3.6 3.5
200 PFC 4.4 4.3 4.1
250 PFC 6.0 5.8 5.7
300 PFC 6.3 6.2 6.06.3.4
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 118 Table 6.3.4c: Maximum combined strutting/hanging beam span — combined strutting/hanging beam
supporting metal sheet roof and plasterboard ceiling — roof load area = 12 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.2 kPa permanent ceiling, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, permanent member self-weight, (1)
0.25 kPa imposed roof, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa.
Load combinations included are 1.35G, 1.2G + 1.5Q, 1.2G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS and G + 0.7Q, G + (2)
WS.
0.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Strutting beams are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed (4)
as members without full lateral restraint.
Table 6.3.4d: Maximum counter -strutting beam span — counter -strutting beam suppor ting metal
sheet roof and plasterboard ceiling — roof load area = 4 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.2 kPa permanent ceiling, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, permanent member self-weight, (1)
0.25 kPa imposed roof, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa.
Load combinations included are 1.35G and 1.25G + 1.5Q, 1.25G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS and G + 0.7Q, (2)
G+WS.
0.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Strutting beams are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed (4)
as members without full lateral restraint. Section Ceiling load width (m)
1.8 3.6 6.0
125 TFB 2.2 2.2 2.2
150 UB 14.0 2.4 2.3 2.3
200 UB 18.2 3.1 3.0 3.0
250 UB 31.4 4.8 4.7 4.6
310 UB 46.2 6.4 6.3 6.1
100 TFC 1.1 1.1 1.1
150 PFC 3.1 3.1 3.0
200 PFC 3.7 3.7 3.6
250 PFC 5.2 5.1 5.0
300 PFC 5.5 5.4 5.3
Section Ceiling load area (m2)
0 6 12
125 TFB 3.9 3.5 3.2
150 UB 14.0 4.0 3.7 3.4
200 UB 18.2 5.4 4.9 4.6
250 UB 31.4 8.9 8.2 7.7
310 UB 46.2 12.0 11.3 10.7
100 TFB 2.0 1.8 1.6
150 PFC 5.9 5.3 4.9
200 PFC 7.1 6.5 6.0
250 PFC 10.1 9.3 8.7
300 PFC 10.5 9.8 9.26.3.4
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 119A ceiling load area of “0” must be used for strutting beams not supporting ceiling loads. (5)
Table 6.3.4e: Maximum counter -strutting beam span — counter -strutting beam suppor ting metal
sheet roof and plasterboard ceiling — roof load area = 8 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.2 kPa permanent ceiling, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, permanent member self-weight, (1)
0.25 kPa imposed roof, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa.
Load combinations included are 1.35G and 1.25G + 1.5Q, 1.25G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS and G + 0.7Q, (2)
G+WS.
0.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Strutting beams are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed (4)
as members without full lateral restraint.
A ceiling load area of “0” must be used for strutting beams not supporting ceiling loads. (5)
Table 6.3.4f: Maximum counter -strutting beam span — counter -strutting beam suppor ting metal
sheet roof and plasterboard ceiling — roof load area = 12 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.2 kPa permanent ceiling, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, permanent member self-weight, (1)
0.25 kPa imposed roof, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa.
Load combinations included are 1.35G and 1.25G + 1.5Q, 1.25G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS and G + 0.7Q, (2)
G+WS. Section Ceiling load area (m2)
0 6 12
125 TFB 2.7 2.6 2.4
150 UB 14.0 2.9 2.8 2.6
200 UB 18.2 4.0 3.8 3.6
250 UB 31.4 6.8 6.5 6.2
310 UB 46.2 9.6 9.2 8.8
100 TFB 1.4 1.3 1.2
150 PFC 4.2 4.0 3.8
200 PFC 5.2 4.9 4.7
250 PFC 7.7 7.3 7.0
300 PFC 8.2 7.8 7.5
Section Ceiling load area (m2)
0 6 12
125 TFB 2.2 2.1 2.0
150 UB 14.0 2.4 2.3 2.2
200 UB 18.2 3.3 3.2 3.0
250 UB 31.4 5.7 5.5 5.3
310 UB 46.2 8.2 7.9 7.7
100 TFB 1.1 1.0 1.0
150 PFC 3.4 3.2 3.1
200 PFC 4.2 4.1 3.9
250 PFC 6.4 6.2 6.0
300 PFC 6.9 6.6 6.46.3.4
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 1200.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Strutting beams are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed (4)
as members without full lateral restraint.
A ceiling load area of “0” must be used for strutting beams not supporting ceiling loads. (5)
Table 6.3.4g: Maximum combined strutting/hanging beam span — combined strutting/hanging beam
supporting tiled roof and plasterboard ceiling — roof load area = 4 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.2 kPa permanent ceiling, 0.84 kPa permanent roof, permanent member self-weight, (1)
0.25 kPa imposed roof, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa.
Load combinations included are 1.35G, 1.2G + 1.5Q, 1.2G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS and G + 0.7Q, G + (2)
WS.
0.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Strutting beams are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed (4)
as members without full lateral restraint.
Table 6.3.4h: Maximum combined strutting/hanging beam span — combined strutting/hanging beam
supporting tiled roof and plasterboard ceiling — roof load area = 8 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.2 kPa permanent ceiling, 0.84 kPa permanent roof, permanent member self-weight, (1)
0.25 kPa imposed roof, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa. Section Ceiling load width (m)
1.8 3.6 6.0
125 TFB 2.7 2.6 2.6
150 UB 14.0 2.8 2.8 2.7
200 UB 18.2 3.6 3.5 3.4
250 UB 31.4 5.5 5.4 5.2
310 UB 46.2 7.2 7.1 6.9
100 TFB 1.6 1.5 1.5
150 PFC 3.7 3.7 3.6
200 PFC 4.4 4.3 4.2
250 PFC 6.0 5.8 5.7
300 PFC 6.3 6.1 6.0
Section Ceiling load width (m)
1.8 3.6 6.0
125 TFB 2.0 2.0 2.0
150 UB 14.0 2.2 2.1 2.1
200 UB 18.2 2.8 2.8 2.7
250 UB 31.4 4.4 4.3 4.3
310 UB 46.2 5.8 5.7 5.6
100 TFB 1.1 1.1 1.1
150 PFC 2.8 2.8 2.8
200 PFC 3.4 3.3 3.3
250 PFC 4.7 4.6 4.6
300 PFC 5.0 4.9 4.86.3.4
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 121Load combinations included are 1.35G, 1.2G + 1.5Q, 1.2G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS and G + 0.7Q, G + (2)
WS.
0.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Strutting beams are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed (4)
as members without full lateral restraint.
Table 6.3.4i: Maximum combined strutting/hanging beam span — combined strutting/hanging beam
supporting tiled roof and plasterboard ceiling — roof load area = 12 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.2 kPa permanent ceiling, 0.84 kPa permanent roof, permanent member self-weight, (1)
0.25 kPa imposed roof, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa.
Load combinations included are 1.35G, 1.2G + 1.5Q, 1.2G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS and G + 0.7Q, G + (2)
WS.
0.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Strutting beams are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed (4)
as members without full lateral restraint.
Table 6.3.4j: Maximum counter -strutting beam span — counter -strutting beam suppor ting tiled roof
and plasterboard ceiling — roof load area = 4 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.2 kPa permanent ceiling, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, permanent member self-weight, (1)
0.25 kPa imposed roof, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa. Section Ceiling load width (m)
1.8 3.6 6.0
125 TFB 1.7 1.7 1.7
150 UB 14.0 1.8 1.8 1.8
200 UB 18.2 2.4 2.4 2.4
250 UB 31.4 3.8 3.8 3.7
310 UB 46.2 5.0 5.0 4.9
100 TFB 0.9 0.9 0.9
150 PFC 2.4 2.4 2.3
200 PFC 2.9 2.8 2.8
250 PFC 4.0 4.0 3.9
300 PFC 4.3 4.2 4.2
Section Ceiling load area (m2)
0 6 12
125 TFB 3.4 3.1 2.9
150 UB 14.0 3.5 3.3 3.0
200 UB 18.2 4.7 4.4 4.1
250 UB 31.4 7.9 7.4 7.0
310 UB 46.2 10.9 10.4 9.9
100 TFB 1.7 1.6 1.4
150 PFC 5.1 4.6 3.6
200 PFC 6.2 5.7 5.4
250 PFC 9.0 8.4 8.0
300 PFC 9.5 8.9 8.56.3.4
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 122Load combinations included are 1.35G, 1.2G + 1.5Q, 1.2G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS and G + 0.7Q, G + (2)
WS.
0.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Strutting beams are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed (4)
as members without full lateral restraint.
A ceiling load area of “0” must be used for strutting beams not supporting ceiling loads. (5)
Table 6.3.4k: Maximum counter -strutting beam span — counter -strutting beam suppor ting tiled roof
and plasterboard ceiling — roof load area = 8 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.2 kPa permanent ceiling, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, permanent member self-weight, (1)
0.25 kPa imposed roof, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa.
Load combinations included are 1.35G, 1.2G + 1.5Q, 1.2G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS and G + 0.7Q, G + (2)
WS.
0.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Strutting beams are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed (4)
as members without full lateral restraint.
A ceiling load area of “0” must be used for strutting beams not supporting ceiling loads. (5)
Table 6.3.4l: Maximum counter -strutting beam span — counter -strutting beam suppor ting tiled roof
and plasterboard ceiling — roof load area = 12 m2
Section Ceiling load area (m2)
0 6 12
125 TFB 2.3 2.2 2.1
150 UB 14.0 2.5 2.4 2.3
200 UB 18.2 3.4 3.3 3.2
250 UB 31.4 5.9 5.7 5.5
310 UB 46.2 8.5 8.2 7.9
100 TFB 1.2 1.1 1.0
150 PFC 3.6 3.4 3.3
200 PFC 4.4 4.2 4.1
250 PFC 6.7 6.4 6.2
300 PFC 7.2 6.9 6.7
Section Ceiling load area (m2)
0 6 12
125 TFB 1.8 1.8 1.7
150 UB 14.0 2.0 1.9 1.9
200 UB 18.2 2.8 2.7 2.7
250 UB 31.4 5.0 4.8 4.7
310 UB 46.2 7.1 7.0 6.8
100 TFB 0.9 0.9 0.8
150 PFC 2.8 2.7 2.7
200 PFC 3.6 3.5 3.4
250 PFC 5.5 5.4 5.2
300 PFC 5.9 5.8 5.66.3.4
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 123Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.2 kPa permanent ceiling, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, permanent member self-weight, (1)
0.25 kPa imposed roof, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa.
Load combinations included are 1.35G, 1.2G + 1.5Q, 1.2G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS and G + 0.7Q, G + (2)
WS.
0.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Strutting beams are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed (4)
as members without full lateral restraint.
A ceiling load area of “0” must be used for strutting beams not supporting ceiling loads. (5)
6.3.5 Lintels
[New for 2022]
Structural steel lintels must comply with the following:
Spans for lintels supporting roofs, frames and timber floors must be determined in accordance with— (a)
for metal sheet roofs, Table 6.3.5a , 6.3.5b or 6.3.5c ; and (i)
for tiled roofs, Table 6.3.5d , 6.3.5e or 6.3.5f . (ii)
Effective load widths for structural steel lintels must be determined in accordance with Figure 6.3.5 (a) or (b). (b)
All loads along the structural steel lintel must be evenly distributed. (c)
The top flange of the structural steel lintel must be laterally restrained at the loading points. (d)
Fixing of structural steel lintels must comply with 6.3.7 . (e)
Structural steel lintels used in masonry must also comply with H1D5. (f)
Lintel beams must be supported by structural steel columns that comply with 6.3.6 . (g)
Table 6.3.5a: Maximum lintel span — lintel supporting metal sheet roof, timber floor and 3 m high exte -
rior wall — roof load width = 1.5 m
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.53 kPa permanent floor, 1.16 kN/m permanent wall, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and
negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa.
Load combinations included are 1.35G and 1.2G + 1.5Q, 1.2G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS and G + 0.7Q, G (2)
+ WS. Section Floor load width (m)
0 1.8 3.6
150 UB 14.0 4.4 3.0 2.5
200 UB 25.4 6.8 4.7 4.0
250 UB 31.4 7.7 5.3 4.6
100 TFB 2.8 1.8 1.5
150 PFC 5.7 3.8 3.2
200 PFC 6.5 4.3 3.7
250 PFC 8.4 5.7 4.9
75 x 75 x 5 EA 2.0 1.0 –
90 x 90 x 6 EA 3.0 1.5 1.0
100 x 100 x 6 EA 3.0 1.8 1.0
125 x 75 x 6 UA 3.0 1.8 1.3
150 x 100 x 10 UA 4.0 3.0 2.56.3.4
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 1240.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Lintels are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed as members (4)
without full lateral restraint.
A floor load of “0” must be used for lintels not supporting floor loads. (5)
Table 6.3.5b: Maximum lintel span — lintel supporting metal sheet roof, timber floor and 3 m high exte -
rior wall — roof load width = 4.5 m
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.53 kPa permanent floor, 1.16 kN/m permanent wall, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and
negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa.
Load combinations included are 1.35G and 1.2G + 1.5Q, 1.2G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS and G + 0.7Q, G (2)
+ WS.
0.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Lintels are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed as members (4)
without full lateral restraint.
A floor load of “0” must be used for lintels not supporting floor loads. (5)
Table 6.3.5c : Maximum lintel span — lintel supporting metal sheet roof, timber floor and 3 m high exte -
rior wall — roof load width = 7 .5 m Section Floor load width (m)
0 1.8 3.6
150 UB 14.0 3.1 2.7 2.4
200 UB 25.4 4.9 4.3 3.8
250 UB 31.4 5.6 4.9 4.3
100 TFB 1.9 1.7 1.5
150 PFC 4.0 3.4 3.0
200 PFC 4.5 3.9 3.4
250 PFC 6.0 5.2 4.6
75 x 75 x 5 EA 1.0 – –
90 x 90 x 6 EA 1.8 1.3 –
100 x 100 x 6 EA 1.8 1.3 –
125 x 75 x 6 UA 1.8 1.3 1.0
150 x 100 x 10 UA 3.0 2.5 2.0
Section Floor load width (m)
0 1.8 3.6
150 UB 14.0 2.6 2.4 2.2
200 UB 25.4 4.1 3.8 3.6
250 UB 31.4 4.7 4.4 4.1
100 TFB 1.6 1.5 1.4
150 PFC 3.3 3.0 2.8
200 PFC 3.8 3.5 3.3
250 PFC 5.1 4.6 4.3
75 x 75 x 5 EA – – –
90 x 90 x 6 EA 1.0 – –
100 x 100 x 6 EA 1.0 – –6.3.5
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 125
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.53 kPa permanent floor, 1.16 kN/m permanent wall, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and
negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa.
Load combinations included are 1.35G and 1.2G + 1.5Q, 1.2G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS and G + 0.7Q, G (2)
+ WS.
0.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Lintels are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed as members (4)
without full lateral restraint.
A floor load of “0” must be used for lintels not supporting floor loads. (5)
Table 6.3.5d: Maximum lintel span — lintel supporting tiled roof, tiled floor and 3 m high exterior wall —
roof load width = 1.5 m
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.98 kPa permanent floor, 1.16 kN/m permanent wall, 0.85 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and
negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa.
Load combinations included are 1.35G, 1.2G + 1.5Q, 1.2G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS G + 0.7Q, G + WS. (2)
0.9G + WSS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Lintels are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed as members (4)
without full lateral restraint.
A floor load of “0” must be used for lintels not supporting floor loads. (5)Section Floor load width (m)
0 1.8 3.6
125 x 75 x 6 UA 1.3 1.0 1.0
150 x 100 x 10 UA 2.5 2.0 2.0
Section Floor load width (m)
0 1.8 3.6
150 UB 14.0 4.0 2.8 2.3
200 UB 25.4 6.2 4.4 3.7
250 UB 31.4 7.1 5.0 4.3
100 TFB 2.5 1.7 1.4
150 PFC 5.2 3.5 2.9
200 PFC 5.9 4.0 3.4
250 PFC 7.7 5.4 4.5
75 x 75 x 5 EA 2.0 – –
90 x 90 x 6 EA 2.5 1.3 –
100 x 100 x 6 EA 3.0 1.3 –
125 x 75 x 6 UA 2.5 1.5 1.0
150 x 100 x 10 UA 4.0 2.5 2.06.3.5
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 126 Table 6.3.5e: Maximum lintel span — lintel supporting tiled roof, tiled floor and 3 m high exterior wall —
roof load width = 4.5 m
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.98 kPa permanent floor, 1.16 kN/m permanent wall, 0.85 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and
negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa.
Load combinations included are 1.35G, 1.2G + 1.5Q, 1.2G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS G + 0.7Q, G + WS. (2)
0.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Lintels are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed as members (4)
without full lateral restraint.
A floor load of “0” must be used for lintels not supporting floor loads. (5)
Table 6.3.5f: Maximum lintel span — lintel supporting tiled roof, tiled floor and 3 m high exterior wall —
roof load width = 7 .5 m
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.98 kPa permanent floor, 1.16 kN/m permanent wall, 0.85 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor, positive roof wind pressure of 0.95 kPa and Section Floor load width (m)
0 1.8 3.6
150 UB 14.0 2.8 2.5 2.2
200 UB 25.4 4.4 3.9 3.5
250 UB 31.4 5.1 4.5 4.0
100 TFB 1.7 1.5 1.3
150 PFC 3.6 3.1 2.7
200 PFC 4.1 3.6 3.1
250 PFC 5.4 4.7 4.2
75 x 75 x 5 EA – – –
90 x 90 x 6 EA 1.3 1.0 –
100 x 100 x 6 EA 1.5 1.0 –
125 x 75 x 6 UA 1.5 1.0 –
150 x 100 x 10 UA 2.5 2.0 1.8
Section Floor load width (m)
0 1.8 3.6
150 UB 14.0 2.4 2.2 2.0
200 UB 25.4 3.8 3.4 3.2
250 UB 31.4 4.3 4.0 3.7
100 TFB 1.5 1.3 1.2
150 PFC 3.0 2.7 2.5
200 PFC 3.4 3.1 2.9
250 PFC 4.6 4.2 3.9
75 x 75 x 5 EA – – –
90 x 90 x 6 EA – – –
100 x 100 x 6 EA – – –
125 x 75 x 6 UA 1.0 – –
150 x 100 x 10 UA 2.0 1.8 1.56.3.5
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 127negative roof wind pressure of -1.49 kPa.
Load combinations included are 1.35G, 1.2G + 1.5Q, 1.2G + WU + 0.4Q, 0.9G + WU for ULS G + 0.7Q, G + WS. (2)
0.9G + WS for SLS with a maximum deflection of span/300. (3)
Lintels are assumed to be partially restrained at both ends with no rotational restraint and are designed as members (4)
without full lateral restraint.
A floor load of “0” must be used for lintels not supporting floor loads. (5)
Figure 6.3.5: Lintels supporting roof, frames and timber floors
6.3.6 Columns
[ 2019: 3.4.4.3 ]
Structural steel columns must comply with the following:
Columns must support the maximum area provided for in— (a)
Tables 6.3.6a , 6.3.6b and 6.3.6c for columns supporting tiled floor and tiled roof load; and (i)
Tables 6.3.6d , 6.3.6e and 6.3.6f for columns supporting timber floor and metal roof load. (ii)
The floor area to be supported is to be determined in accordance with Table 6.3.6g and Figure 6.3.6a . (b)
The flooring system supported by structural steel columns must be fully braced to the footing level either by— (c)
subject to (d), adequately fixing the full height of the column to bracing walls of similar height in the two (i)
orthogonal directions of the building; or
a bracing system designed in accordance with AS 1684.2, AS 1684.3, AS/NZS 4600, NASH standard or (ii)
AS 3700 as appropriate to the materials being used.
For the purposes of (c)(i), the bracing walls must be capable of resisting racking forces in each direction not less (d)
than a proportion of the building’s racking force equal to the proportion of floor area that the column is supporting
compared to the total floor area of the building.
Acceptable load eccentricity must not exceed 50% of the cross-sectional width plus 100 mm (see Figure 6.3.6b ). (e)
Have a minimum nominal yield strength of 250 MPa. (f)
Table 6.3.6a: Required column section — columns supporting tiled floor and tiled roof load — roof load
area = 0 m2
Column section Effective height (mm) Floor load area (m2)
4 10 16
CHS 250 2400 60.3 x 4.5 CHS 88.9 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 4.5 CHS
CHS 250 2700 60.3 x 4.5 CHS 88.9 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 4.5 CHS
CHS 250 3000 60.3 x 4.5 CHS 88.9 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 4.5 CHS
CHS 250 3300 60.3 x 5.4 CHS 88.9 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 5.4 CHSLa
aEffective roof load width
Steel
lintel
Effective floor width = 0.5L Truss roof
(a) Floor and truss roofLa
aEffective roof
load width
Steel
lintel
Effective floor width = 0.5L Conventional roof
Strut= L1L2
+0.5L2
L1
(b) Floor and conventional roof6.3.5
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 128
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.98 kPa permanent floor, 1.16 kN/m permanent wall, 0.85 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor.
Load combinations included are 1.35G and 1.2G + 1.5Q for ULS. (2)
Columns are assumed to be simply-supported at both ends with an effective length factor of 1. (3)
A maximum load eccentricity of 100 mm has been accounted for in the columns. (4)
A roof load area of “0” must be used for columns not supporting roof loads. (5)
The length of wall load allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (6)
Table 6.3.6b: Required column section — columns supporting tiled floor and tiled roof load — roof load
area = 9 m2
Column section Effective height (mm) Floor load area (m2)
4 10 16
CHS 250 2400 76.1 x 4.5 CHS 101.6 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 5.4 CHS
CHS 250 2700 76.1 x 4.5 CHS 101.6 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 5.4 CHS
CHS 250 3000 76.1 x 5.9 CHS 101.6 x 5 CHS 139.7 x 5 CHS
CHS 250 3300 76.1 x 5.9 CHS 101.6 x 5 CHS 139.7 x 5 CHS
CHS 250 3600 76.1 x 5.9 CHS 101.6 x 5 CHS 139.7 x 5 CHS
CHS 350 2400 76.1 x 3.2 CHS 101.6 x 3.2 CHS 139.7 x 3 CHS
CHS 350 2700 76.1 x 3.2 CHS 101.6 x 3.2 CHS 139.7 x 3 CHS
CHS 350 3000 76.1 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS 139.7 x 3 CHS
CHS 350 3300 88.9 x 2.6 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS 139.7 x 3 CHS
CHS 350 3600 88.9 x 2.6 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS 139.7 x 3 CHS
SHS 350 2400 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 2700 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 3000 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHSColumn section Effective height (mm) Floor load area (m2)
4 10 16
CHS 250 3600 60.3 x 5.4 CHS 88.9 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 5.4 CHS
CHS 350 2400 60.3 x 2.9 CHS 88.9 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS
CHS 350 2700 60.3 x 2.9 CHS 88.9 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS
CHS 350 3000 60.3 x 2.9 CHS 88.9 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS
CHS 350 3300 76.1 x 2.3 CHS 88.9 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS
CHS 350 3600 76.1 x 2.3 CHS 101.6 x 2.6 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS
SHS 350 2400 65 x 65 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 2700 65 x 65 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 3000 65 x 65 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 3300 65 x 65 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 3600 65 x 65 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 450 2400 50 x 50 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 450 2700 65 x 65 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 450 3000 65 x 65 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 450 3300 65 x 65 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 450 3600 65 x 65 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS6.3.6
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 129
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.98 kPa permanent floor, 1.16 kN/m permanent wall, 0.85 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations included are 1.35G and 1.2G + 1.5Q for ULS. (2)
Columns are assumed to be simply-supported at both ends with an effective length factor of 1. (3)
A maximum load eccentricity of 100 mm has been accounted for in the columns. (4)
A roof load area of “0” must be used for columns not supporting roof loads. (5)
The length of wall load allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (6)
Table 6.3.6c: Required column section — columns supporting tiled floor and tiled roof load — roof load
area = 18 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.98 kPa permanent floor, 1.16 kN/m permanent wall, 0.85 kPa permanent roof, (1)Column section Effective height (mm) Floor load area (m2)
4 10 16
SHS 350 3300 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 3600 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 450 2400 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 450 2700 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 450 3000 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 450 3300 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 450 3600 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
Column section Effective height (mm) Floor load area (m2)
4 10 16
CHS 250 2400 88.9 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 5.4 CHS 139.7 x 5 CHS
CHS 250 2700 88.9 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 5.4 CHS 139.7 x 5 CHS
CHS 250 3000 88.9 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 5.4 CHS 139.7 x 5 CHS
CHS 250 3300 88.9 x 5.9 CHS 114.3 x 5.4 CHS 139.7 x 5 CHS
CHS 250 3600 88.9 x 5.9 CHS 114.3 x 5.4 CHS 139.7 x 5 CHS
CHS 350 2400 101.6 x 2.6 CHS 114.3 x 3.6 CHS 139.7 x 3.5 CHS
CHS 350 2700 101.6 x 2.6 CHS 114.3 x 3.6 CHS 139.7 x 3.5 CHS
CHS 350 3000 101.6 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.6 CHS 139.7 x 3.5 CHS
CHS 350 3300 101.6 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.6 CHS 139.7 x 3.5 CHS
CHS 350 3600 101.6 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.6 CHS 139.7 x 3.5 CHS
SHS 350 2400 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 2700 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 3000 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS 100 x 100 x 5 SHS
SHS 350 3300 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS 100 x 100 x 5 SHS
SHS 350 3600 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS 100 x 100 x 5 SHS
SHS 450 2400 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 450 2700 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 450 3000 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 450 3300 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 450 3600 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS6.3.6
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 130permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations included are 1.35G and 1.2G + 1.5Q for ULS. (2)
Columns are assumed to be simply-supported at both ends with an effective length factor of 1. (3)
A maximum load eccentricity of 100 mm has been accounted for in the columns. (4)
A roof load area of “0” must be used for columns not supporting roof loads. (5)
The length of wall load allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (6)
Table 6.3.6d: Required column section — columns supporting timber floor and metal roof load — roof
load area = 0 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.53 kPa permanent floor, 1.16 kN/m permanent wall, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations included are 1.35G and 1.2G + 1.5Q for ULS. (2)
Columns are assumed to be simply-supported at both ends with an effective length factor of 1. (3)
A maximum load eccentricity of 100 mm has been accounted for in the columns. (4)
A roof load area of “0” must be used for columns not supporting roof loads. (5)
The length of wall load allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (6)Column section Effective height (mm) Floor load area (m2)
4 10 16
CHS 250 2400 60.3 x 3.6 CHS 76.1 x 5.9 CHS 101.6 x 5 CHS
CHS 250 2700 60.3 x 3.6 CHS 76.1 x 5.9 CHS 101.6 x 5 CHS
CHS 250 3000 60.3 x 4.5 CHS 76.1 x 5.9 CHS 101.6 x 5 CHS
CHS 250 3300 60.3 x 4.5 CHS 76.1 x 5.9 CHS 101.6 x 5 CHS
CHS 250 3600 60.3 x 4.5 CHS 88.9 x 5 CHS 101.6 x 5 CHS
CHS 350 2400 60.3 x 2.3 CHS 88.9 x 2.6 CHS 101.6 x 3.2 CHS
CHS 350 2700 60.3 x 2.9 CHS 88.9 x 2.6 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS
CHS 350 3000 60.3 x 2.9 CHS 88.9 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS
CHS 350 3300 60.3 x 2.9 CHS 88.9 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS
CHS 350 3600 60.3 x 2.9 CHS 88.9 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS
SHS 350 2400 65 x 65 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 350 2700 65 x 65 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 350 3000 65 x 65 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 350 3300 65 x 65 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 350 3600 65 x 65 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 450 2400 50 x 50 x 2 SHS 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS
SHS 450 2700 50 x 50 x 2 SHS 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS
SHS 450 3000 50 x 50 x 2 SHS 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS
SHS 450 3300 50 x 50 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS
SHS 450 3600 50 x 50 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS6.3.6
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 131 Table 6.3.6e: Required column section — columns supporting timber floor and metal roof load — roof
load area = 9 m2
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.53 kPa permanent floor, 1.16 kN/m permanent wall, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations included are 1.35G and 1.2G + 1.5Q for ULS. (2)
Columns are assumed to be simply-supported at both ends with an effective length factor of 1. (3)
A maximum load eccentricity of 100 mm has been accounted for in the columns. (4)
A roof load area of “0” must be used for columns not supporting roof loads. (5)
The length of wall load allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (6)
Table 6.3.6f: Required column section — columns supporting timber floor and metal roof load — roof
load area = 18 m2
Column section Effective height (mm) Floor load area (m2)
4 10 16
CHS 250 2400 76.1 x 4.5 CHS 101.6 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 5.4 CHS
CHS 250 2700 76.1 x 5.9 CHS 101.6 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 5.4 CHS
CHS 250 3000 76.1 x 5.9 CHS 101.6 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 5.4 CHS
CHS 250 3300 76.1 x 5.9 CHS 101.6 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 5.4 CHS
CHS 250 3600 76.1 x 5.9 CHS 101.6 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 5.4 CHS
CHS 350 2400 76.1 x 3.2 CHS 101.6 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.6 CHS
CHS 350 2700 76.1 x 3.2 CHS 101.6 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.6 CHSColumn section Effective height (mm) Floor load area (m2)
4 10 16
CHS 250 2400 60.3 x 5.4 CHS 88.9 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 4.5 CHS
CHS 250 2700 76.1 x 3.6 CHS 88.9 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 4.5 CHS
CHS 250 3000 76.1 x 3.6 CHS 88.9 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 4.5 CHS
CHS 250 3300 76.1 x 3.6 CHS 88.9 x 5 CHS 114.3 x 4.5 CHS
CHS 250 3600 76.1 x 4.5 CHS 88.9 x 5.9 CHS 114.3 x 5.4 CHS
CHS 350 2400 76.1 x 2.3 CHS 88.9 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS
CHS 350 2700 76.1 x 2.3 CHS 101.6 x 2.6 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS
CHS 350 3000 76.1 x 3.2 CHS 101.6 x 2.6 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS
CHS 350 3300 76.1 x 3.2 CHS 101.6 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS
CHS 350 3600 76.1 x 3.2 CHS 101.6 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.2 CHS
SHS 350 2400 65 x 65 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 2700 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 3000 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 3300 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 3600 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 450 2400 65 x 65 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 450 2700 65 x 65 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 450 3000 65 x 65 x 2 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 450 3300 65 x 65 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 450 3600 65 x 65 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS6.3.6
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 132
Table Notes
Load accounted for includes 0.53 kPa permanent floor, 1.16 kN/m permanent wall, 0.4 kPa permanent roof, (1)
permanent member self-weight, 1.5 kPa or 1.1 kN imposed floor and 0.25 kPa imposed roof.
Load combinations included are 1.35G and 1.2G + 1.5Q for ULS. (2)
Columns are assumed to be simply-supported at both ends with an effective length factor of 1. (3)
A maximum load eccentricity of 100 mm has been accounted for in the columns. (4)
A roof load area of “0” must be used for columns not supporting roof loads. (5)
The length of wall load allowed for is equal to the square root of the floor area. (6)
Table 6.3.6g: Area supported by columns
Table Notes
The total area supported equations marginally overestimate the total area to account for a difference between L1 and
L2 by up to 30%. Column section Effective height (mm) Floor load area (m2)
4 10 16
CHS 350 3000 88.9 x 2.6 CHS 101.6 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.6 CHS
CHS 350 3300 88.9 x 2.6 CHS 101.6 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.6 CHS
CHS 350 3600 88.9 x 2.6 CHS 101.6 x 3.2 CHS 114.3 x 3.6 CHS
SHS 350 2400 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 2700 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 3000 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 3300 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 350 3600 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS 100 x 100 x 4 SHS
SHS 450 2400 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 450 2700 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 450 3000 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 450 3300 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
SHS 450 3600 75 x 75 x 2.5 SHS 89 x 89 x 3.5 SHS 100 x 100 x 3 SHS
Column descriptor (as shown in Figure 6.3.6a ) Total area supported
C1 0.4L1 x 0.4LA
C2 0.7(L1 + L2) x 0.4LA
C3 0.4L1 x 0.7(LA + LB)
C4 0.7(L1 + L2) x 0.7(LA + LB)
C5 0.4L1 + 0.4LC
C6 0.7(L1 + L2) x 0.4LC6.3.6
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 133 Figure 6.3.6a: Determining floor area supported by columns
C1 C2
C3 C4
C5 C6L1 L2LA LB LC 6.3.6
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 134 Figure 6.3.6b : Acceptable load eccentricity for columns
Explanatory Information : Cantilever columns
A cantilever column is not assisted by any lateral bracing element such as a column bracing set, timber or masonry
wall.
Explanatory Information : Calculating column size
The following is an example of the steps required to calculate a suitable column to support typical floor loads in a
residential building. It is proposed the column will—
have an actual height of 1800 mm; and •
support a timber floor only; and •
be square in section; and •
be cast in to the footings; and •
be fully braced by column bracing sets. •
Step 1 – Determining effective column height
The column height (H) is determined by multiplying the actual height by the relevant height factor (F1) in Tables 6.3.6d ,
6.3.6e or 6.3.6f . In this case, the relevant value for F1 is 1.00 as the column is cast in to the footing and is fully braced.
Therefore: Load eccentricitye = D/2 + 100 mm
e
D6.3.6
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 135H = actual height x F1 •
H = 1800 mm x F1 •
H = 1800 mm (1.8 m) •
Step 2 – Determine floor area to be supported
The column position selected is C4 as shown in Figure 6.3.6a and the dimensions of L1 and L2 are 2700 mm (2.7 m),
LA is 1900 mm (1.9 m) and LB is 2100 mm (2.1 m).
The area supported by the column is determined by the formulae set out in Table 6.3.6g .
Therefore:
Total area supported (A) is 0.625(L1 + L2) x 0.625(LA + LB) •
A = 0.625(2.7 m + 2.7 m) x 0.625 x (1.9 m + 2.1 m) •
A = (0.625 x 5.4 m) x (0.625 x 4.0 m) •
A = 3.38 m x 2.5 m •
A = 8.5 m2 •
Step 3 – Select column size from Tables 6.3.6d , 6.3.6e or 6.3.6f
The column with an effective height of 1800 mm supporting a floor area of 8.5 m2 is selected from the 10 m2 column in
Table 6.3.6d (“0” roof load area) giving a SHS 350 75 x 75 x 3 size.
It should be noted there is a choice of CHS 250 88.9 x 4 or CHS 350 101.6 x 2.6 should a different section be desired.
6.3.7 Fixings and bearing for structural steel members
[New for 2022]
(1) All bolts used in connections must be hot dip galvanised 300 g/m2.
(2) Bearer connections must be fixed in accordance with Figure 6.3.7a .
(3) Joists, bearers and lintels must be restrained from lateral movement or twisting along their length by fixing rafters or
joists to the top flange of the member so as to prevent the member from moving laterally.
(4) End supports for bearers and lintels must transfer loads to the footings and have a bearing distance as follows:
For single spans, the bearing distance must be not less than the width of the member. (a)
For continuous spans, internal bearing must be not less than two times the width of the member. (b)
(5) Strutting beams must—
be supported and fixed in accordance with Figure 6.3.7b ; and (a)
where ends are cut to suit roof pitch, be cut in accordance with Figure 6.3.7c . (b)
(6) Lintels must be fixed in accordance with Figures 6.3.7d , 6.3.7e , 6.3.7f , 6.3.7g and 6.3.7h .
Figure 6.3.7a: Bearer supporting a timber floor and non -loadbearing stud wall
(a) Example AMin. shrinkage gap = 10% D
Steel bearer
M10 at
900 centres Floor joist
30 x 0.8 steel strap
D
(b) Example BFloor joist
Steel bearer30 x 0.8 steelstrap6.3.6
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 136 Figure 6.3.7b: Strutting beam supporting roof and ceiling
Figure 6.3.7c : End cuts to strutting beams
Figure Notes
Strutting beam top plate to be tied down in accordance with 6.3.4 . Strutting beam
spanUnderpurlin and / or
hanging beam Rafter and / or ceiling joists
Strutting beamWeb
Vertical strut
Strutting beam spacing
= 0.5(L1 + L2)*L1
Alternately joists can run at rightangles to strutting beam in placeof hanging beam
*Replace 0.5 with 0.6 if hangingbeams are continuous overstrutting beams L2
Strutting beam
Block between joistsD
max
D/2
D
Lintel6.3.7
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 137 Figure 6.3.7d : Lintels supporting roof, frames and timber floors
Figure 6.3.7e: Lintels supporting roof, frames and timber floors — sections
(a) Floor – example A (b) Floor – example B1st storey
floor joist1st storeyfloor plateSteel lintel/bearer
M10 at 900centres(typical)1st storeyfloor joist 1st storeyfloor plate
Steel lintel/bearer M10 at 900centres(typical)
Rafter
Top
plate
Lintel
M10 at 900 centres
M10 at 900 centres
Top plate
Steel lintel6.3.7
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 138 Figure 6.3.7f: Typical universal beam to column connection detail
Figure Notes
8 mm steel plates to be welded to the top and bottom of the column using 5 mm fillet welds. (1)
Plate width must be the greater of the column width or the beam width. (2)
Plate length must be such that there is not less than 40 mm from the centreline of the bolts to the ends. (3)
All bolting between structural steel members must be not less than 2 M12 4.6/S. (4)
Figure 6.3.7g : Typical PFC and RHS beam to column connection detail
4040 8 mm plate
2/M12 bolting
Steel
column
5 mm fillet weldSteel
beam Steel
beam
4040 4040 8 mm plate2/M12 bolting
Steel
column
5 mm fillet weldSteel
beam Steel
beam
40 40 40 8 mm plate2/M12 bolting
Steel
column
5 mm fillet weldSteel
beamSteel
beam
4040 4040 8 mm plate2/M12 bolting
Steel
column5 mm fillet weld5 mm fillet weldSteel
beam
Steel
beam6.3.7
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 139 Figure 6.3.7h: Typical column base plate detail
Figure Notes
Fixing of the column base plate to the slab must be not less than 2 M12 4.6/S post-installed mechanical anchors.
Steel column
5 mm fillet weld
8 mm plate
2/M12 bolting
8 mm plate2/M12 bolting40 40 40 40ll
ll
Steel column
5 mm fillet weld
8 mm plate
2/M12 bolting
8 mm plate2/M12 bolting40 40 40 40
ll
ll
Steel column
5 mm fillet weld
8 mm plate
2/M12 bolting
8 mm plate2/M12 bolting
ll
ll40 40
llll
40 406.3.7
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 140Explanatory Information
The ends of bearers and lintels must be sufficiently supported to ensure structural loads are transferred to the footing
system. The amount of horizontal bearing (measured in millimetres) required on the vertical supports will depend on
the type of span of the bearer or lintel. For single spans, the amount of horizontal bearing is to be equal to or greater
than the width of the bearer or lintel. For continuous spans it is to be twice the width of the bearer or lintel.
For bearing distance, see 6.3.7(4)(a) and (b).
Explanatory Figure 6.3.7 depicts an example of a 200 PFC bearer or lintel supporting floor or roof loads over a single
span.
Figure 6.3.7 ( explanat or y):Example of a 200 PFC bearer or lintel supporting floor or roof loads over a sin -
gle span
6.3.8 Penetrations through structural steel members
[New for 2022]
Penetrations through structural steel members must be within the allowable zones in Figure 6.3.8 . 200
75200PFC
(D) Bearing distance
D≥1 x w
D≥ 1 x 75mmD≥75mm (bearing distance)ColumnSupport200PFC(w) Width of member6.3.7
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 141 Figure 6.3.8: Allowable zones for penetrations through structural steel members
Explanatory Information
Cutting and penetrations in structural steel should be avoided where possible. Figure 6.3.8 provides permissible zones
for penetrations through structural steel. However, it is recommended that a suitable qualified professional be consulted
where penetrations or cuts are required to be made on site.
6.3.9 Corrosion protection
[2019: 3.4.4.4]
Structural steel members that are not built in to a masonry wall must—
be protected against corrosion in accordance with Tables 6.3.9a , 6.3.9b and 6.3.9c ; and (a)
where a paint finish is applied to the surface, be free from rust; and (b)
where zinc coatings are applied to the surface, be provided with a barrier coat to prevent domestic enamels (c)
from peeling; and
when cut or welded on-site, have those areas and any other areas of damage to protective coatings comply with (d)
(a).
Table 6.3.9a: Minimum protective coatings for structural steel members Allowable zone
Prohibited zone1/3 span
1/4 span
D D/3 D/3 D/3D/3
D/3
Environment Location Minimum protective coating
Option 1 (hot dip
galvanising)Option 2 (duplex
system). See Table
6.3.9cOption 3 (paint). See
Table 6.3.9b
Low (mild steel
corrosion rate 1.3 to
25 μm/yearTypically remote
inland areas or more
than 1 km from sheltered baysHDG75 – ACL2, ACC2, IZS1, PUR2A6.3.8
(1 May 2023)
Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 142
Table Notes
Hot dip galvanising and duplex systems must be in accordance with AS 2312.2. Paint systems must be in accordance
with AS 2312.1.Environment Location Minimum protective coating
Option 1 (hot dip
galvanising)Option 2 (duplex
system). See Table
6.3.9cOption 3 (paint). See
Table 6.3.9b
Medium (mild steel
corrosion rate 25 to
50 μm/year)Typically more than 1
km from breaking surf
or aggressive
industrial areas or
more than 50 m from
sheltered baysHDG225 – ACL3, ACC4, ACC5, IZS1, PUR3, PUR4
High (mild steel
corrosion rate 50 to
80 μm/year)Typically more than
200 m from breaking
surf or aggressive
industrial areas or
within 50 m from
sheltered baysHDG450 HDG150 (5 years) 4D
(10-15 years) or
HDG300 (10 years)
2D (5-10 years)ACC6, IZS3, PUR5
Very High (mild steel
corrosion rate 80 to
200 μm/year)Typically extends from
100 m inland from
breaking surf to 200
m inland from
breaking surf , or
within 200 m of
aggressive industrial
areas and within 100
m of breaking surf .HDG900 HDG300 (5 years) 5D
(10-15 years) or
HDG600 (10 years)
4D (5-10 years)ACC6 (C5-M only),
PUR56.3.9
(1 May 2023)
Table 6.3.9b: Paint coating system specification
Table Notes
DFT refers to dry film thickness, measured in μm.AS 2312.1
systemSurface preparation 1st coat 2nd coat 3rd coat Total DFT
Type of paint DFT Type of paint DFT Type of paint DFT
ACC2 Sa 2.5 Epoxy primer 75 Acrylic (2 pack) 50 – – 125
ACC4 Sa 2.5 Epoxy primer 75 High build
epoxy125 Acrylic (2 pack) 50 250
ACC5 Sa 2.5 Zinc rich primer 75 High build
epoxy125 Acrylic (2 pack) 50 250
ACC6 Sa 2.5 Zinc rich primer 75 High build
epoxy200 Acrylic (2 pack) 50 325
ACL2 Sa 2.5 Zinc rich primer 75 Acrylic latex 40 Acrylic latex 40 155
ACL3 Sa 2.5 Zinc rich primer 75 High build
epoxy125 Acrylic latex 40 240
IZS1 Sa 2.5 Inorganic zinc silicate75 – – – – 75
IZS3 Sa 2.5 Inorganic zinc silicate125 – – – – 125
PUR2A Sa 2.5 Zinc rich primer 75 High build
polyurethane75 – – 150
PUR3 Sa 2.5 Epoxy primer 75 High build
epoxy125 Polyurethane
gloss50 250
PUR4 Sa 2.5 Zinc rich primer 75 High build
epoxy125 Polyurethane
gloss50 250
PUR5 Sa 2.5 Zinc rich primer 75 High build
epoxy200 Polyurethane
gloss50 325Framing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 (1 May 20 23) Page 143
Page 144 Table 6.3.9c: Duplex coating system specification
Table Notes
DFT refers to dry film thickness, measured in μm.
Notes
Clause 3.4.4.4 and Table 3.4.4.7 from NCC Volume Two 2019 (Amendment 1) may be used in place of 6.3.9 and Tables
6.3.9a , 6.3.9b and 6.3.9c until 1 May 2024. AS 2312.2
duplex
systemSurface preparation 1st coat 2nd coat 3rd coat Total DFT
Type of paint DFT Type of paint DFT Type of paint DFT
2D Degrease,
wash and dry,
sweep blast
cleanEpoxy primer (2 pack) inhibitive75 Polyurethane or acrylic gloss (2 pack)100 – – 175
4D Degrease,
wash and dry, sweep blast
cleanHigh-build
epoxy (2 pack)250 Polyurethane or acrylic gloss (2 pack)100 – – 350
5D Degrease,
wash and dry, sweep blast
cleanEpoxy primer (2 pack) inhibitive75 High-build
epoxy (2 pack)225 Polyurethane or acrylic gloss (2 pack)100 400
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 145
7 Roof and wall cladding
Part 7.1 Scope and application of
Section 7
7.1.1 Scope
7.1.2 Application
Part 7.2 Sheet roofing
7.2.1 Application of Part 7.2
7.2.2 Corrosion protection and compatibility requirements for roofing
7.2.3 Minimum pitches for metal sheet roofing profiles
7.2.4 Maximum spans
7.2.5 Fixing of metal sheet roofing
7.2.6 Installation of roofing sheets
7.2.7 Flashings and cappings
7.2.8 Water discharge
Part 7.3 Roof tiles and shingles
7.3.1 Application
7.3.2 Fixing of roof tiles and ancillaries
7.3.3 Flashing
7.3.4 Sarking
7.3.5 Anti-ponding device/board
7.3.6 Water discharge
Part 7.4 Gutters and downpipes
7.4.1 Application
7.4.2 Materials
7.4.3 Selection of guttering
7.4.4 Installation of gutters
7.4.5 Downpipes – size and installation
7.4.6 Acceptable continuous overflow measure
7.4.7 Acceptable dedicated overflow measure per downpipe
Part 7.5 Timber and composite wall cladding
7.5.1 Application
7.5.2 Timber wall cladding
7.5.3 Wall cladding boards
7.5.4 Sheet wall cladding
7.5.5 Eaves and soffit linings
7.5.6 Flashings to wall openings
7.5.7 Clearance between cladding and ground
7.5.8 Parapet cappings
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 146
7.1.1 Scope
[New for 2022]
(1) This Section sets out the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for—
metal sheet roofing (see Part 7.2 ); and (a)
roof tiles (see Part 7.3 ); and (b)
gutters and downpipes (see Part 7.4 ); and (c)
timber and composite wall cladding (see Part 7.5 ). (d)
(2) For other roof and wall cladding provisions not included in this Section, refer to NCC Volume Two H1D7(5) Metal wall
cladding.
Explanatory Information
This Part contains requirements including weatherproofing and structural requirements, for wall and roof systems. Gutter
and downpipe requirements are also contained in this Part.
It should be noted that other construction methods may be used to achieve the same results as specified in this Part
provided they comply with the appropriate Performance Requirements .
7.1. 2 Application
[New for 2022]
The application of this Section is subject to the following:
The Governing Requirements of NCC Volume Two. (a)
The State and Territory variations, additions and deletions contained in the Schedules to the ABCB Housing (b)
Provisions and NCC Volume Two.
Explanatory Information
In NCC 2019, the content of
Section 7
of the ABCB Housing Provisions (other than content added in NCC 2022 or later)was contained in the acceptable construction practices for Parts 3.5.1 to 3.5.4 of NCC 2019 Volume Two.
NCC 2019 Volume Two did not include an acceptable construction practice for Part 3.5.5. Part 7.1 Scope and application of
Section 7
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 147
7 .2.1 Application of Part 7 .2
[New for 2022]
(1) Part 7.2 applies subject to the limitations set out in H1D7(2)(c).
(2) Part 7.2 need not be complied with if H1D7(2)(a) or (b) are complied with.
Explanatory Information : Design wind speeds
Information on design wind speeds for particular areas may be available from the appropriate authority . Also see the
table associated with the definition of ‘ design wind speed ’ for wind classes. A map indicating wind regions of Australia
is contained in Part 2.2 .
Explanatory Information : Other relevant sheet roof requirements
In addition to the requirements of this Part, requirements for sheet roofing also exist in NCC Volume Two and other
Parts of the ABCB Housing Provisions. They include the following:
For the sizing and fixing of roof battens - NCC Volume Two H1D6(3) (steel battens) and H1D6(4) (timber battens) (a)
For sheet roofing over a separating wall - ABCB Housing Provisions Part 9.3 . (b)
For gutters and downpipes - ABCB Housing Provisions Part 7.4 . (c)
7 .2.2 Corrosion protection and compatibility requirements for roofing
[2019: 3.5.1.2]
(1) Metal sheet roofing must be protected from corrosion in accordance with Table 7.2.2a .
(2) Where different metals are used in a roofing system, including flashings , fasteners, guttering, downpipes, etc., they
must be compatible with each other as described in Table 7.2.2b , Table 7.2.2c , Table 7.2.2d , to and Table 7.2.2e
and—
no lead materials can be used upstream from aluminium/zinc coated materials; and (a)
no lead materials can be used on roofs that form part of a drinking water catchment area; and (b)
no copper materials can be used upstream from galvanized coated materials. (c)
Table 7 .2.2a : Acceptable corrosion protection for metal sheet roofing Part 7.2 Sheet roofing
Environment Location Minimum metal coating in
accordance with AS 1397:
Metallic coated steelMinimum metal coating in
accordance with AS 1397:
Metallic and organic coated
steel
Low (mild steel corrosion
rate 1.3 to 25 µm/y)Typically remote inland
areas or more than 1 km
from sheltered bays.Z450 galvanised or AZ150
aluminium/zinc or AM125
aluminium/zinc/magnesiumZ275 galvanised or AZ150
aluminium/zinc or AM100
aluminium/zinc/magnesium
Medium (mild steel
corrosion rate 25 to 50
µm/y)Typically more than 1 km
from breaking surf or
aggressive industrial areas
or more than 50 m from
sheltered bays.Z450 galvanised or AZ150
aluminium/zinc or AM125
aluminium/zinc/magnesiumZ275 galvanised or AZ150
aluminium/zinc or AM100
aluminium/zinc/magnesium
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 148Table Notes
Low — remote inland includes dry rural areas remote from the coast or sources of pollution. Many areas of
Australia (1)
beyond at least 50 km from the sea are in this category
, including most cities and towns such as Canberra, Ballarat,
T
oowoomba, Alice Springs and some suburbs of cities on sheltered bays such as Melbourne, Hobart, Brisbane and
Adelaide that are more than 1 km from the sea. However each of these have many exceptions which are in more
corrosive categories.
Medium — urban inland, coastal or industrial typically coastal areas with low salinity around sheltered bays, such(2)
as Port Phillip Bay
. This extends from about 50 m from the shoreline to a distance of about 1 km inland but
seasonally or in semi-sheltered bays extends 3 to 6 km inland.
Along ocean front areas with breaking surf and
significant salt spray
, it extends from 1 km inland to about 10 to 50 km depending on wind direction and topography.
Much of the metropolitan areas of W
ollongong, Sydney, Newcastle, Perth and the Gold Coast are in this category.
This can extend to 30 to 70 km inland in South
Australia while on some evidence, other southern Australian coastal
zones are in this, or a more severe category
. This also includes urban and industrial areas with low pollution and
for several kilometres around large industries such as steel works and smelters.
High typically occurs on the coast around sheltered bays. Category high extends up to 50 m inland from the(3)
shoreline. In areas of rough seas and surf it extends from several hundred metres to about 1 km inland.
As with
other categories the extent depends on wind, wave action and topography
. The category will also be found inside
industrial plants and can influence a distance of 1.5 km down wind of the plant.
V
ery high is typical of offshore conditions and is found on the beachfront in regions of rough seas and surf beaches. (4)
It can extend inland for several hundred metres. It is also found in aggressive industrial areas with a pH of less
than 5.
All locations described in the table contain variations of greater corrosion severity
. If significant, this must be (5)
addressed by designing for the most severe environment.
In locations where metallic coatings are not a suitable form of corrosion protection, the roof sheeting must be of a(6)
type that has been designed and manufactured for such environments.
T
able 7 .2.2b : Acceptability of contact between different roofing materials – Stainless steel accessory
or fast
ener Environment Location Minimum metal coating in
accordance with AS 1397:
Metallic coated steelMinimum metal coating in
accordance with AS 1397:
Metallic and organic coated
steel
High (mild steel corrosion
rate 50 to 80 µm/y)Typically more than 200 m
from breaking surf or
aggressive industrial areas
or within 50 m from
sheltered bays.AZ150 aluminium/zinc or
AM125 aluminium/zinc/magnesiumAZ150 aluminium/zinc or
AM100 aluminium/zinc/magnesium
Very High (mild steel
corrosion rate 80 to 200
µm/y)Typically extends from 100
m inland from breaking surf
to 200 m inland from
breaking surf , or within 200
m of aggressive industrial
areas.Not suitable AZ200 aluminium/zinc or
AM150
aluminium/zinc/magnesium
Very High (mild steel
corrosion rate 80 to 200
µm/y)Typically within 100 m of
breaking surf .Not suitable Not suitable
Cladding material Atmosphere classification - Medium to
very high as per Table 7.2.2aAtmosphere classification - Low as
per Table 7.2.2a
Copper and copper alloys No Yes
Stainless steel (300 series) Yes Yes
Zinc-coated steel and zinc No Yes
Zinc/aluminium coated steel No Yes7 .2.2
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 149Table Notes
No — means the metal cannot be used in association with the other metal.(1)
Y
es — means the metal can be used in association with the other metal. (2)
T
able 7 .2.2c : Acceptability of contact between different roofing materials – Zinc-coat ed steel and zinc
accessor y or f
astener
T
able Notes
No — means the metal cannot be used in association with the other metal.(1)
Y
es — means the metal can be used in association with the other metal. (2)
T
able 7 .2.2d : Acceptability of contact between different roofing materials – Zinc/aluminium coat ed
steel or aluminium/zinc (AZ ) and aluminium/zinc/magnesium (AM )
coated steel acces -
sor
y or fastener
T
able Notes
No — means the metal cannot be used in association with the other metal.(1)
Y
es — means the metal can be used in association with the other metal. (2)Cladding material Atmosphere classification - Medium to
very high as per Table 7.2.2aAtmosphere classification - Low as
per Table 7.2.2a
Aluminium/zinc (AZ) and
aluminium/zinc/magnesium (AM)
coated steelNo Yes
Lead Yes Yes
Cladding material Atmosphere classification - Medium to
very high as per Table 7.2.2aAtmosphere classification - Low as
per Table 7.2.2a
Copper and copper alloys No No
Stainless steel (300 series) No No
Zinc-coated steel and zinc Yes Yes
Zinc/aluminium coated steel Yes Yes
Aluminium/zinc (AZ) and
aluminium/zinc/magnesium (AM)
coated steelYes Yes
Lead No Yes
Cladding material Atmosphere classification - Medium to
very high as per Table 7.2.2aAtmosphere classification - Low as
per Table 7.2.2a
Copper and copper alloys No No
Stainless steel (300 series) No No
Zinc-coated steel and zinc Yes Yes
Zinc/aluminium coated steel Yes Yes
Aluminium/zinc (AZ) and
aluminium/zinc/magnesium (AM)
coated steelYes Yes
Lead No No7 .2.2
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 150 Table 7 .2.2e : Acceptability of contact between different roofing materials – Lead accessory or fas-
tener
Table Notes
No — means the metal cannot be used in association with the other metal. (1)
Yes — means the metal can be used in association with the other metal. (2)
Explanatory Information
To prevent corrosion due to adverse chemical reaction of materials used, 7.2.2(2) ensures that the metal roofing and
other materials that come into contact with it, i.e. fasteners, flashings and cappings, etc. are compatible with each other.
7 .2.3 Minimum pitches for metal sheet roofing profiles
[2019: 3.5.1.3]
Metal sheet roofing must comply with the minimum pitch requirements for the associated roof profile in accordance with
Figure 7.2.3 .
Figure 7 .2.3: Minimum pitch requirements for metal roofing profiles
Figure Notes
For minimum end lap requirements see 7.2.6(b)(ii) . (1)
Consideration should be given to the drainage run off capacity of the roof sheeting when determining the minimum (2)
pitch and total length of the roof sheet.
7 .2.4 Maximum spans
[2019: 3.5.1.4]
Metal sheet roofing must comply with the maximum span between roofing supports in accordance with Table 7.2.4 and Cladding material Atmosphere classification - Medium to
very high as per Table 7.2.2aAtmosphere classification - Low as
per Table 7.2.2a
Copper and copper alloys No Yes
Stainless steel (300 series) No Yes
Zinc-coated steel and zinc No Yes
Zinc/aluminium coated steel No No
Aluminium/zinc (AZ) and
aluminium/zinc/magnesium (AM)
coated steelNo No
Lead Yes Yes
Minimum pitch – 5 degrees Minimum pitch – 2 degrees
Minimum pitch – 2 degrees Minimum pitch – 1 degreeCorrugated Close pitched trapezoidal
Trapezoidal Concealed fastened7 .2.2
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 151Figure 7.2.4 .
Table 7 .2.4: Maximum roofing spans between supports
Table Notes
Refer to Figure 7.2.4 for determination of end span and internal spans. (1)
Thermal expansion - Maximum sheet run for pierced fixed metal roofing profiles must be not greater than 25 m (2)
when measured between the fasteners at the ends of the sheet.
Figure 7 .2.4: Maximum spans for roofing between supports
7 .2.5 Fixing of metal sheet roofing
[2019: 3.5.1.5]
Metal sheet roofing must—
be either fixed through the roofing (crest fastening) or have concealed fasteners; and (a)
be fixed at spacings in accordance with Table 7.2.5 ; and (b)
use fixings of a compatible metal to the roof in accordance with Tables 7.2.2b , 7.2.2c , 7.2.2d and 7.2.2e ; and (c)
when using both clipped and pierced fastening systems, employ an anti-capillary feature in the side lap of the (d)
sheet (see Figure 7.2.5 ).
Table 7 .2.5: Fixing requirements for sheet roofing
Sheet roofing profile Sheet roofing base metal
thickness (mm)Max. end span (mm) Note 1Max. internal span (mm)
Note 1
Corrugated 0.42 900 1200
Close pitched trapezoidal 0.42 1800 2400
Trapezoidal 0.42 1300 1700
Concealed fasteners —
narrow sheet0.42 1750 2100
Concealed fasteners —
wide sheet0.48 1800 2100
Note: End span is also the end of
sheets where they overlapwith an adjoining sheet.End spanEnd span
Internal span (may be over oneor more support battens)
Sheet roofing profile Fixing: End span Fixing: Internal spans
Corrugated Side lap and every second rib Side lap and every third rib
Close pitched trapezoidal Side lap and every second rib Side lap and every third rib
Trapezoidal Every rib Every rib
Concealed fasteners Every rib Every rib7 .2.4
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 152 Figure 7 .2.5: Side lap fastening detail
Explanatory Information
An anti-capillary feature in the side lap of the sheet is used to prevent capillary action drawing moisture into the lap and
to allow the lap to drain. This can also be achieved by not over tightening the sheet fixing.
Wherever possible, consideration should be given to laying the metal sheet roofing so that the side lap is facing away
from prevailing weather.
7 .2.6 Installation of roofing sheets
[2019: 3.5.1.6]
Sheets must be—
laid wherever possible using complete lengths from the fascia to ridge; or (a)
where a complete length cannot be laid— (b)
each run must be laid from bottom to top before moving on to the next run (see Figure 7.2.6 ); and (i)
the minimum end lap must be— (ii)
for roof slopes above 15 degrees (1:4) – 150 mm; and (A)
for roof slopes between 5–15 degrees (1:12-1:4) – 200 mm; and (B)
stop ended (i.e. each valley turned up 60 degrees) at the ridge line of each length. (c)(a) Trapezoidal profile
(b) Corrugated profileT
ypical anti-capillary break
Gap between sheets7 .2.5
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 153 Figure 7 .2.6: Sheet laying sequence
7 .2.7 Flashings and cappings
[2019: 3.5.1.7]
(1) Sheet metal roof flashings and cappings must comply with the following:
Roof flashings and cappings must be purpose made, machine-folded sheet metal sections of material compatible (a)
with all up and downstream metal roof covering materials in accordance with 7.2.2(2) .
The type of fasteners for flashing and cappings must comply with 7.2.5 . (b)
The fastener and fixing frequency for flashings and cappings must comply with Table 7.2.7 . (c)
Joints in flashings and cappings must be not less than 75 mm, lapped in the direction of the fall of the roof, and (d)
fastened at intervals not more than 40 mm.
Wall and step flashings must be fastened into masonry walls with galvanized or zinc/aluminium sheet metal (e)
wedges at each end of each length and at intermediate intervals of not more than 500 mm and must overlap by
not less than 75 mm in the direction of flow.
Lead flashings must not be used with prepainted steel or zinc/aluminium steel or on any roof if the roof is part (f)
of a drinking water catchment area.
Anti-capillary breaks must be installed in accordance with Figure 7.2.7a and be— (g)
for flat surfaces – 10 mm/30 degree fold; and (i)
all other surfaces – 10 mm/90 degree or 135 degree fold. (ii)
Acceptable flashing configurations are shown in Figure 7.2.7b and Figure 7.2.7c . (h)
(2) Flashing of penetrations must comply with the following:
Collar flashings must permit the total drainage of the area above the penetration. (a)
On completion of installation, the roof structure must be restored to its original strength by installing roof trimmers (b)
and soaker supports as necessary.
The type of fasteners for flashings and cappings must comply with 7.2.5 . (c)
Lead flashings must not be used with prepainted steel or zinc/aluminium steel or on any roof if the roof is part (d)
of a drinking water catchment area.
Acceptable flashings for penetrations are shown in Figure 7.2.7d , Figure 7.2.7e and Figure 7.2.7f . (e)
Clearance for heating appliance roof support members must be in accordance with Part 12.4 . (f)
Table 7 .2.7: Fastener frequency for flashings and cappings
45
23 1
Roof type Fixing frequency Fastener type
Concealed fastener roofs Every rib Rivets and self-drilling screws
Pierced fastener roofs Every second rib Self-drilling screws or rivets
Corrugated roofs Every fourth rib Self-drilling screws or rivets7 .2.6
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 154 Figure 7 .2.7a : Anti-capillary breaks
Figure 7
.2.7b : Parapet flashing—Acceptable flashing details (a) Roof capping (b) Fascia flashingFascia10 mm / 90 degrees
10 mm / 30 degreesCapping
Anticapillary break 75 mm min.7 .2.7
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 155 Figure 7 .2.7c : Parapet and end wall flashing—Acceptable flashing details
Figure 7 .2.7d : PVC aprons—Typical roof penetration flashing details
Anticapillary
breakBituminous coated or soft zinc over flashing stepped and tapered to follow fall of roof
Fasten at 500 mm centres7 .2.7
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 156 Figure 7 .2.7e: Collar flashings—Typical roof penetration flashing details
Figure 7 .2.7f : Large penetrations using apron—typical roof penetration flashing details
7 .2.8 Water discharge
[2019: 3.5.1.8]
Where an eaves gutter is provided in accordance with H2D6(1), sheets must overhang the fascia, or end batten where
there is no fascia, by not less than 50 mm.Draw band
Tapered skirt
Flanged sleeve
Pipe penetration Blind rivetsSeal with
recommendedsealant
Roof sheeting Flange
End of sheeting turned upApron flashing turned downbetween ribs Tray sealed andfastened to roofsheeting
Fall7 .2.7
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 157
7.3.1 Application
[New for 2022]
(1) Part 7.3 applies subject to the limitations set out in H1D7.
(2) Part 7.3 need not be complied with if H1D7(3)(a) or (b) are complied with.
Explanatory Information : Design wind speeds
Information on design wind speeds for particular areas may be available from the appropriate authority . Also see the
table associated with the definition of ‘ design wind speed ’ for wind classes. A map indicating wind regions of Australia
is contained in Part 2.2 .
Explanatory Information : Other relevant roof tile requirements
In addition to the requirements of this Part, requirements for roof tiles also exist in NCC Volume Two and other Parts of
the ABCB Housing Provisions. They include the following:
For the sizing and fixing of roof battens - NCC Volume Two H1D6(3) (steel battens) and H1D6(4) (timber battens). •
For sheet roofing over a separating wall - ABCB Housing Provisions Part 9.3 . •
For gutters and downpipes - ABCB Housing Provisions Part 7.4 . •
7.3. 2 Fixing of roof tiles and ancillaries
[2019: 3.5.2.2]
(1) Roof tiles and hip, ridge, barge and capping tiles must be fixed in accordance with Table 7.3.2 and Figure 7.3.2a ,
Figure 7.3.2b , Figure 7.3.2c , Figure 7.3.2d and Figure 7.3.2e .
(2) Fixing required by Table 7.3.2 must consist of one or a combination of the following:
Galvanized clout nails with a minimum diameter of 2.8 mm and of a length so that the nail will penetrate not less (a)
than 15 mm into the batten.
Self embedding head screws of 8-18 gauge and of a length so that the screw will penetrate not less than 15 mm (b)
into the batten. Purpose made clips of non-ferrous metal, stainless steel or steel protected from corrosion in accordance with (c)
Tables 7.2.2b , 7.2.2c and 7.2.2d .
Flexible pointing material complying with AS 2050. (d)
Table 7 .3.2: Minimum fixing requirements
Part 7.3 Roof tiles and shingles
Wind class Tile fixing - edge of roof Tile fixing - field of roof Ridge, hip, barge and valley
tiles including capping (see
Figure 7.3.2d and 7.3.2e)
N1 and N2 Fix every full tile in second
course in from the edge of
roof.In field of roof fix every
second tile in every course,
or every tile in each
alternative course. (see
Figure 7.3.2b )Fix each tile
N3 Fix each full tile in every
second course starting from
the second course in (see
Figure 7.3.2c )Fix every second full tile in
every course (see Figure
7.3.2c )Fix each tile
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 158Table Notes
Refer to Figure 7.3.2a for determination of ‘edge of roof’ and ‘field of roof’.
Figure 7 .3.2a: Fixing of tile requirements — Identification of field and edge of roof
Figur e 7
.3.2b: Fixing of tile requirements — Minimum tile fixing requir ement s - Wind class N1/N2
Hip and gable (L-shaped) roofEvery ridge tileEvery hip tile
Edge of roofField of roof
Every barge tile
Option 1
Option 2Fix every full tile in
second course in from the edge of roofFix every tile in each alternate course (field of roof)
Ridge line
Fix every second tile in every course (field of roof)
Edge of roof
Eave line or outside edge of roofEdge of roofEdge of roof Edge of roof
Eave line or outside edge of roofRidge line
Fix every full tile in second course in from the edge of roof7.3. 2
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 159 Figure 7 .3.2c : Fixing of tile requirements — Minimum tile fixing requirement s N3
Figure 7 .3.2d: Fixing of ridge capping — ridge clip fixing
Ridge line
Fix every second tile in every
course (field of roof)
Edge of roof
Eave line or outside edge of roofFix each full tile in every second course starting from the second course inEdge of roof
Ridge batten Ridge clip fixed to ridge batten
Mortar bedding7.3. 2
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 160 Figure 7 .3.2e: Fixing of hip capping — clout or screw fixing
Explanatory Information
For the purposes of Figures 7.3.2a , 7.3.2b and 7.3.2c , ‘edge of roof’ is a 1.2 m wide band bounded by the eaves, hips
and barge measured toward the ‘ridge of roof’.
7.3.3 Flashing
[2019: 3.5.2.3]
(1) Flashing for roof tiles must comply with (2) to (7).
(2) Wall and step flashings :
For masonry or similar walls, flashing must— (a)
follow the roof line, allowing not less than 75 mm upturn to the wall and a minimum of 150 mm in width and (i)
moulded into the tiles; and
have a horizontal overflashing, stepped overflashing or raked overflashing built into the masonry leaf or (ii)
veneer, except that one continuous flashing may be used as both an apron flashing or an overflashing; and
have joints overlap the one below by not less than 75 mm in the direction of flow. (iii)
For flashing where the upturn can be fixed to or behind the supporting frame or cladding, it must— (b)
follow the roof line, allowing not less than 75 mm upturn to the wall and a minimum of 150 mm in width and (i)
moulded into the tiles; and
be fastened into or behind the wall cladding at each end and at a maximum of 600 mm centres; and (ii)
have joints overlap the one below by not less than 75 mm in the direction of flow. (iii)
(3) Flashing of penetrations must—
be either collar, apron or other purpose made flashings ; and (a)
have a minimum upturn on the penetration of not less than 75 mm and a minimum of 150 mm in width (b)
surrounding the penetration and be moulded into the tiles; and
permit the total drainage of the area above the penetration. (c)
(4) Joints in flashing must be not less than 75 mm and lapped in the direction of fall of the roof.
(5) Fixings for flashings must be compatible with the flashing material. Roof tileHip tile
Clout/screw fixing to hip batten
Hip batten
Hip starter plate
if usedMortar bedding7.3. 2
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 161(6) Lead flashings must not be used on any roof that is part of a drinking water catchment area.
(7) Acceptable flashing configurations, including typical details for standard, and bedded and pointed valleys, are shown
in Figures 7.3.3a , 7.3.3b , 7.3.3c , 7.3.3d , 7.3.3e , 7.3.3f and 7.3.3g .
Figure 7 .3.3a: Flashing abutting a masonry wall
Figure 7 .3.3b: Flashing abutting a weatherboard wall or similar cladding
Flashing upturn
min. 75 mmApron flashing
min. 150 mm wideOver flashing cut
into brick course
Flashing upturn
min. 75 mmApron flashing
min. 150 mm wideWeatherboards7.3.3
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 162 Figure 7 .3.3c: Stepped flashing to a masonry wall
Figur
e 7 .3.3d: Pipe penetration flashing Step flashing min.
height 75 mm
Apron flashing min.
150 mm wide
Flashing moulded into tile
profileCollar flashing
min. height 75 mm
150 mm min.
150 mm min.7.3.3
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 163 Figure 7 .3.3e: Chimney flashing
Figure 7 .3.3f: Standard valley
Figure 7 .3.3g: Bedded and pointed valley for high rainfall areas (refer definition of lo w rainfall intensity
area)
7.3. 4 Sarking
[2019: 3.5.2.4]
Sarking must—
be provided in accordance with Table 7.3.4 ; and (a)
comply with AS 4200.1 and be installed with— (b)
each adjoining sheet or roll being— (i)
overlapped not less than 150 mm; or (A)Roof lineStepped
flashing
Expanded view of flashingStepped flashing
Apron flashing
moulded into roof tiles min. 150 mm
Valley batten
Valley rafter Valley creeperMetal valley gutterTile
Valley board
Valley batten
Valley rafter Valley creeperMetal valley gutterTile
Valley board180 mm
Bedded and pointed valleyor sealant strip7.3.3
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 164taped together; and (B)
sarking fixed to supporting members at not more than 300 mm centres; and (ii)
no sags more than 40 mm in the sarking. (iii)
Table 7 .3.4: Sarking requirements for tiled roofs
Table Notes
The maximum rafter/truss top chord length is measured from the topmost point of the rafter/truss i.e. the apex (1)
downwards. Where the maximum length is exceeded, sarking must be installed over the remainder of the rafter/truss
top chord length towards the eave line of the roof, or equivalent where the building has no eaves.
All tiled roofs with a pitch less than 18 degrees must be provided with sarking, regardless of rafter/truss chord (2)
length.
Explanatory Information
Where sarking is also provided as reflective insulation for the purpose of energy efficiency,
Section 13
of the ABCBHousing Provisions contains required R-Values and the necessary airspaces adjoining the reflective insulation .
7.3.5 Anti -ponding device/board
[2019: 3.5.2.5]
(1) An anti-ponding device/board must be provided where sarking is installed on—
roofs with a pitch less than 20°; and (a)
roofs with no eaves overhang, regardless of the roof pitch. (b)
(2) An anti-ponding device required by (1) must be water resistant and fixed along the eaves line from the top of the
fascia back up the rafter with a clearance of approximately 50 mm below the first batten (See Figure 7.3.5 ). Roof pitch Maximum rafter/truss top chord length without sarking
(mm) Note 1
<18° N/A Note 2
≥18° <20° 4 500
≥20° <22° 5 500
≥22° 6 0007.3. 4
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 165 Figure 7 .3.5: Typical installation of anti -ponding device/board
Figure Notes
Sarking is required by 7.3.4 . (1)
Anti-ponding device is required by 7.3.5 . (2)
7.3.6 Water discharge
[2019: 3.2.5.6]
Where an eaves gutter is provided in accordance with H2D6(1), tiles must overhang the fascia or tiling batten by not less
than 35 mm (See Figure 7.3.5 ).Tile overhang
35 mm min.
50 mmclearance below first batten Anti-ponding device
Sarking 7.3.5
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 166
7. 4.1 Application
[New for 2022]
(1) Part 7.4 applies subject to H2D6(2) and the limitations set out in H2D6(3).
(2) Part 7.4 need not be complied with if H2D6(1)(a) is complied with.
Explanatory Information
The requirement to install drainage systems from roofs and sub-soil drains should be confirmed with the appropriate •
authority . These provisions need only be applied when drainage systems are necessary.
Information on drainage requirements outside the allotment can be obtained from the appropriate authority . •
Where box gutters are proposed to be installed, AS/NZS 3500.3 may be used to calculate minimum sizes, falls and •
overflow requirements.
For Class 10 buildings, it may not be necessary to comply with the requirements for removing surface water where •
the Class 10 building is not connected to or does not impact a Class 1 building. For example, where a Class 10
garage is attached to a Class 1 dwelling, the run-off from the garage would most likely directly impact the dwelling
and therefore be required to be removed. However, a garage that is separated by a reasonable distance from the
dwelling so as to not have an impact would not necessarily have to comply with the requirements for removal of
surface water.
The following are a number of other Clauses and Parts of the ABCB Housing Provisions that contain requirements •
related to drainage and roofing in addition to the provisions of this Part:
7.5.8 for parapet cappings. ◾
7.3.6 for water discharge. ◾
7.2.7 for flashings and cappings as they relate to penetrations through roofs. ◾
Part 3.3 for drainage . ◾
Explanatory Information : Design of stormwater drainage systems
Stormwater drainage systems specified in the NCC Volume Two and the ABCB Housing Provisions are not designed
to remove all water to an appropriate outfall during exceptionally heavy rain, particularly in tropical areas. Specifically,
eaves gutter systems are designed to remove water arising from rainfall events with an annual exceedance probability
of 5% provided they are not blocked.
Accordingly, it is necessary to design and install the system to incorporate overflow measures so that when overflowing
occurs, during a rainfall event with an annual exceedance probability of up to 1%, any water is directed away in a
manner which ensures it does not pond against, enter or damage the building, even if the stormwater drainage system
is blocked.
Insufficient and poorly located downpipes are a frequent cause of poor roof drainage system performance. The
installation of downpipes, especially near valley gutters, is designed to ensure rainwater from areas on the roof that
have concentrated water flows is adequately removed.
Particular consideration needs to be given to box gutters, valley gutters etc. located above the internal areas of a
building. There are several options available to designers using the requirements of NCC Volume Two and the ABCB
Housing Provisions. The designer will need to choose an overflow system that will cope with the rainfall intensity for the
particular location. Consideration needs to be given to the total capacity of overflow measures on lower level roofs
where overflow measures adopted for a higher roof catchment will result in overflow to a lower one. Overflow discharge
onto lower roofs may also require consideration of sarking, flashing and other weatherproofing precautions to the lower
roof area.
The acceptable overflow measures in Table 7.4.4a and Table 7.4.4b were calculated using the following formulas:
For continuous slots or rainhead: •Part 7.4 Gutters and downpipes
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 167
where—
= Area (m2)
= Discharge coefficient = 0.61
= Gravity = 9.81 m/s2
= Effective head (m)
= Flow rate (m3/s)
For front face weir, end stop weir, inverted nozzle, front bead or controlled gap: •
where—
= Width (m)
= Discharge coefficient = 0.63
= Gravity = 9.81 m/s2
= Effective head (m)
= Flow rate (m3/s)
7. 4. 2 Materials
[2019: 3.5.3.2]
Gutters, downpipes and flashings must—
be manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 2179.1 for metal components; and (a)
be manufactured in accordance with AS 1273 for UPVC components; and (b)
be compatible with all upstream roofing materials in accordance with 7.2.2(2) ; and (c)
not contain any lead if used on a roof forming part of a drinking water catchment area. (d)
7. 4.3 Selection of guttering
[2019: 3.5.3.3]
The size of guttering must—
for eaves gutters, be in accordance with Table 7.4.3a , Table 7.4.3b and Table 7.4.3c ; and (a)
be suitable to remove rainwater falling at the appropriate 5 minute duration rainfall intensity listed in Table 7.4.3d (b)
as follows—
for eaves gutters — 5% annual exceedance probability ; and (i)
for eaves gutter overflow measures — 1% annual exceedance probability . (ii)
Table 7 .4.3a: Size of gutter required to drain roof catchment area into one (1 ) downpipe f or v arious
rainfall intensities and roof catchment areas (A, B, C, D, E and F defined in Table 7 .4.3b)
Design rainfall
intensity (mm/h)
(as per Table
7.4.3d)Roof catchment area per
downpipe — 30
m
2Roof catchment area per
downpipe — 40
m
2Roof catchment area per
downpipe — 50
m
2Roof catchment area per
downpipe — 60
m
2Roof catchment area per
downpipe — 70
m
2
90 mm/h A or C A or C A or C A or C A or CQhgbQhgQCdA2gh
A
Cd
Q067Cdb2gh15
Cd7. 4.1
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 168
Table 7 .4.3b: Gutter sizes for various rainfall intensities
Table 7 .4.3c: Downpipe selection for gutter types (A, B, C, D, E and F defined in Table 7 .4.3b)
Table Notes
Yes — downpipe is suitable for the eaves gutter selection. (1)
No — downpipe is not suitable for the eaves gutter selection. (2)
Table 7 .4.3d: 5 minute duration rainfall intensities
State Locality Annual exceedance
probability , 5% (mm/h)Annual exceedance
probability , 1% (mm/h)
ACT Canberra 143 192
ACT Gungahlin 137 179
ACT Tuggeranong 148 210
NSW Albury 139 180
NSW Broken Hill 142 217
NSW Goulburn 120 154
NSW Kiama 225 320Design rainfall
intensity (mm/h)
(as per Table
7.4.3d)Roof catchment area per
downpipe — 30
m
2Roof catchment area per
downpipe — 40
m
2Roof catchment area per
downpipe — 50
m
2Roof catchment area per
downpipe — 60
m
2Roof catchment area per
downpipe — 70
m
2
120 mm/h A or C A or C A or C A or C A or D
140 mm/h A or C A or C A or C A or D B or E
160 mm/h A or C A or C A or C A or E B or E
175 mm/h A or C A or C A or D B or E E
200 mm/h A or C A or C A or D B or E F
225 mm/h A or C A or C A or B E F
255 mm/h A or C A or D B or E E F
275 mm/h A or C A or D B or E F F
325 mm/h A or C B or E F F F
425 mm/h A or C E F F F
Gutter type Gutter description Minimum cross-sectional area (mm2)
A Medium rectangular gutter 6500
B Large rectangular gutter 7900
C 115 mm D gutter 5200
D 125 mm D gutter 6300
E 150 mm D gutter 9000
F Gutter must be designed in
accordance with AS/NZS 3500.3N/A
Downpipe section Gutter type A Gutter type B Gutter type C Gutter type D Gutter type E
75 mm dia. Yes Yes Yes Yes No
100 mm x 50 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
90 mm dia. Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
100 mm x 75 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes7. 4.3
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 169State Locality Annual exceedance
probability , 5% (mm/h)Annual exceedance
probability , 1% (mm/h)
NSW Newcastle 225 316
NSW Orange 141 186
NSW Sydney 201 262
NSW Avalon, Sydney 210 287
NSW Campbelltown, Sydney 166 223
NSW Penrith, Sydney 178 240
NSW Windsor, Sydney 175 234
NSW Tweed Heads 252 332
NSW Wollongong 218 311
NT Alice Springs 165 239
NT Darwin 233 274
NT Katherine 216 250
QLD Bamaga 252 298
QLD Brisbane 236 306
QLD Ipswich, Brisbane 211 278
QLD Victoria Point, Brisbane 245 320
QLD Bundaberg 266 339
QLD Cairns 230 279
QLD Cloncurry 219 278
QLD Innisfail 248 302
QLD Mackay 250 315
QLD Mt Isa 201 262
QLD Noosa Heads 258 332
QLD Rockhampton 229 300
QLD Toowoomba 203 268
QLD Townsville 235 300
QLD Weipa 238 281
SA Adelaide 120 174
SA Gawler, Adelaide 111 158
SA Mt Gambier 103 144
SA Murray Bridge 120 177
SA Port Augusta 133 199
SA Port Pirie 123 183
SA Yorketown 155 166
TAS Burnie 128 178
TAS Flinders Island 124 167
TAS Hobart 86 120
TAS Launceston 91 123
TAS Queenstown 94 120
TAS St. Marys 150 207
VIC Ballarat 134 192
VIC Benalla 146 194
VIC Geelong 103 1437. 4.3
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 170
Table Notes
Locations used in this table are based on the nearest Bureau of Meteorology grid cell latitude and longitude to the
central Post Office of each city or town.
Explanatory Information
The cross sectional area referred to in Table 7.4.3b is measured up to the lowest part of the relevant overflow facility
including the lower edge of a slot, gutter back, end-stop weir, inverted nozzle, front-face weir or overflow opening in a
rainhead.
Explanatory Information : Worked example — determining appropriate overflow measures
The location of a proposed building is in Wollongong, NSW. Using Table 7.4.3d the 5 minute duration rainfall intensity
for a 1% annual exceedance probability is 311 mm/h. The 5 minute duration rainfall intensities in Table 7.4.4a and Table
7.4.4b are provided in 25 mm/h increments, therefore for the purpose of the worked example 325 mm/h will be used.
Table 7.4.4a and Table 7.4.4b provide required overflow volumes in both litres per second for dedicated overflow
measures and litres per second per metre for continuous overflow measures. Extrapolation of the values in these tables
can be used to inform a Performance Solution complying with the Governing Requirements of the NCC. Where both
dedicated and continuous measures are proposed, Table 7.4.4b can be used to determine the required overflow volume.
Multiple overflow measures are proposed to be used with a roof catchment area of 60 m2, incorporating a 10 m (1)
eaves gutter.
Using Table 7.4.4b for a 325 mm/h 5 minute duration rainfall intensity, the overflow volume in litres per second (2)
(L/s) for a roof catchment area of 60 m2 is 5.4 L/s.
Select an acceptable dedicated overflow measure from 7.4.7 . (3)
The selected dedicated overflow measure is an end-stop weir which provides 0.5 L/s. (a)
One end-stop weir does not achieve the required overflow volume of 5.4 L/s, and additional overflow measures (b)
are required to remove the overflow volume.
To achieve the required overflow volume a continuous overflow measure is also selected from 7.4.6 . (4)
A front face slotted gutter is the selected overflow measure as it provides 0.5 L/s/m. (a)State Locality Annual exceedance
probability , 5% (mm/h)Annual exceedance
probability , 1% (mm/h)
VIC Horsham 121 173
VIC Lakes Entrance 145 199
VIC Melbourne 132 187
VIC Hastings, Melbourne 112 145
VIC Sorrento, Melbourne 106 140
VIC Mildura 142 219
VIC Stawell 130 187
WA Albany 127 179
WA Broome 232 287
WA Bunbury 147 198
WA Derby 211 256
WA Geraldton 138 194
WA Kalgoorlie 136 204
WA Perth 129 172
WA Joondalup, Perth 133 180
WA Midland, Perth 122 164
WA Port Hedland 168 232
WA Tom Price 138 1827. 4.3
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 171Taking account of the eaves gutter length (10 m), the combined overflow measures (0.5 L/s for the end-stop (b)
weir and 0.5 L/s/m × 10 m) will remove up to 5.5 L/s.
The 5.5 L/s capacity provided by the selected overflow measures exceeds the required 5.4 L/s overflow volume. (5)
7. 4. 4 Installation of gutters
[2019: 3.5.3.4]
(1) Eaves gutters must be—
installed with a fall of not less than 1:500; and (a)
supported by brackets securely fixed at stop ends, corners and at not more than 1.2 m centres; and (b)
fitted with overflow measures capable of removing the overflow volume specified in Table 7.4.4a and Table (c)
7.4.4b .
(2) Overflow measures in accordance with 7.4.6 and 7.4.7 are deemed to be capable of removing the overflow volume
specified in those provisions.
(3) Where the overflow volume values for ridge-to-gutter lengths in Table 7.4.4a and roof catchment areas in Table 7.4.4b
are not stated, interpolation may be used to determine the applicable overflow values.
(4) Valley gutters must—
be installed on a roof with a pitch more than 12.5 degrees; and (a)
have dimensions in accordance with Table 7.4.4c for the relevant rainfall intensity; and (b)
have minimum freeboard of not less than 15 mm; and (c)
have a side angle of not less than 12.5 degrees. (d)
(5) The requirement of (1)(c) does not apply to eaves gutters fixed to a verandah or an eave that is greater than 450 mm
in width, which—
has no lining; or (a)
is a raked verandah or a raked eave with a lining sloping away from the building. (b)
Table 7 .4.4a: Overflow volume for continuous measure (L/s/m)
Design 5
minute duration
rainfall intensity
(mm/h) (from
Table 7.4.3d)Ridge to
gutter length — 2 mRidge to
gutter length — 4 mRidge to
gutter length — 6 mRidge to
gutter length — 8 mRidge to
gutter length — 10 mRidge to
gutter length — 12 mRidge to
gutter length — 14 mRidge to
gutter length — 16 m
150 mm/h 0.08 L/s/m 0.17 L/s/m 0.25 L/s/m 0.33 L/s/m 0.42 L/s/m 0.50 L/s/m 0.58 L/s/m 0.67 L/s/m
175 mm/h 0.10 L/s/m 0.19 L/s/m 0.29 L/s/m 0.39 L/s/m 0.49 L/s/m 0.58 L/s/m 0.68 L/s/m 0.78 L/s/m
200 mm/h 0.11 L/s/m 0.22 L/s/m 0.33 L/s/m 0.44 L/s/m 0.56 L/s/m 0.67 L/s/m 0.78 L/s/m 0.89 L/s/m
225 mm/h 0.13 L/s/m 0.25 L/s/m 0.38 L/s/m 0.50 L/s/m 0.63 L/s/m 0.75 L/s/m 0.88 L/s/m 1.0 L/s/m
250 mm/h 0.14 L/s/m 0.28 L/s/m 0.42 L/s/m 0.56 L/s/m 0.69 L/s/m 0.83 L/s/m 0.97 L/s/m 1.1 L/s/m
275 mm/h 0.15 L/s/m 0.31 L/s/m 0.46 L/s/m 0.61 L/s/m 0.76 L/s/m 0.92 L/s/m 1.1 L/s/m 1.2 L/s/m
300 mm/h 0.17 L/s/m 0.33 L/s/m 0.50 L/s/m 0.67 L/s/m 0.83 L/s/m 1.0 L/s/m 1.2 L/s/m 1.3 L/s/m
325 mm/h 0.18 L/s/m 0.36 L/s/m 0.54 L/s/m 0.72 L/s/m 0.90 L/s/m 1.1 L/s/m 1.3 L/s/m 1.4 L/s/m
350 mm/h 0.19 L/s/m 0.39 L/s/m 0.58 L/s/m 0.78 L/s/m 0.97 L/s/m 1.2 L/s/m 1.4 L/s/m 1.6 L/s/m
375 mm/h 0.21 L/s/m 0.42 L/s/m 0.63 L/s/m 0.83 L/s/m 1.0 L/s/m 1.3 L/s/m 1.5 L/s/m 1.7 L/s/m
400 mm/h 0.22 L/s/m 0.44 L/s/m 0.67 L/s/m 0.89 L/s/m 1.1 L/s/m 1.3 L/s/m 1.6 L/s/m 1.8 L/s/m7. 4.3
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 172 Table 7 .4.4b: Overflow volume for dedicated measure (L/s)
Table 7 .4.4c: Valley gutters — Dimensions
Explanatory Information : Valley gutters
Where roofs have pitches less than 12.5 degrees valley gutters may be designed as box gutters in accordance •
with AS/NZS 3500.3 or as a Performance Solution by a professional engineer or other appropriately qualified person .
An example of a valley gutter profile is shown in Explanatory Figure 7.4.4 . •
Figure 7 .4.4 ( explanatory) :Valley gutter profile
Design 5 minute
duration rainfall
intensity (mm/h)
(from Table 7.4.3d)Roof catchment area — 30 m
2Roof catchment area — 40 m
2Roof catchment area — 50 m
2Roof catchment area — 60 m
2Roof catchment area — 70 m
2
150 mm/h 1.3 L/s 1.7 L/s 2.1 L/s 2.5 L/s 2.9 L/s
175 mm/h 1.5 L/s 1.9 L/s 2.4 L/s 2.9 L/s 3.4 L/s
200 mm/h 1.7 L/s 2.2 L/s 2.8 L/s 3.3 L/s 3.9 L/s
225 mm/h 1.9 L/s 2.5 L/s 3.1 L/s 3.8 L/s 4.4 L/s
250 mm/h 2.1 L/s 2.8 L/s 3.5 L/s 4.2 L/s 4.9 L/s
275 mm/h 2.3 L/s 3.1 L/s 3.8 L/s 4.6 L/s 5.3 L/s
300 mm/h 2.5 L/s 3.3 L/s 4.2 L/s 5.0 L/s 5.8 L/s
325 mm/h 2.7 L/s 3.6 L/s 4.5 L/s 5.4 L/s 6.3 L/s
350 mm/h 2.9 L/s 3.9 L/s 4.9 L/s 5.8 L/s 6.8 L/s
365 mm/h 3.1 L/s 4.2 L/s 5.2 L/s 6.3 L/s 7.3 L/s
400 mm/h 3.3 L/s 4.4 L/s 5.6 L/s 6.7 L/s 7.8 L/s
Design rainfall intensity
mm/hSheet width (minimum, mm) Effective depth (he),
(minimum, mm)Effective width (we),
(minimum, mm)
≤200 355 32 215
>200 to ≤ 250 375 35 234
>250 to ≤300 395 38 254
>300 to ≤350 415 40 273
>350 to ≤400 435 43 292
We
150 mm min.
heRoof sheeting
Valley gutter15 mm min.
upturn
12.5 degrees min.side angle7. 4. 4
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 173
7. 4.5 Downpipes – size and installation
[2019: 3.5.3.5]
Downpipes must—
not serve more than 12 m of gutter length for each downpipe; and (a)
be located as close as possible to valley gutters; and (b)
be selected in accordance with the appropriate eaves gutter section as shown in Table 7.4.3a , Table 7.4.3b and (c)
Table 7.4.3c .
Explanatory Information
A maximum 12 m gutter length served by each downpipe is to ensure effective fall and adequate capacity to discharge
all water anticipated during a storm having an annual exceedance probability of 5%.
Where a rainhead overflow device is incorporated in the top of the downpipe, its overflow discharge should be directed
away from the building.
7. 4.6 Acceptable continuous overflow measure
[2019: Table 3.5.3.4a]
(1) For a front face slotted gutter with—
a minimum slot opening area of 1200 mm2 per metre of gutter; and (a)
the lower edge of the slots installed a minimum of 25 mm below the top of the fascia, (b)
the acceptable overflow capacity must be 0.5 L/s/m, constructed in accordance with Figure 7.4.6a .
(2) For a controlled back gap with—
a permanent minimum 10 mm spacer installed between the gutter back and the fascia; and (a)
one spacer per bracket, with the spacer not more than 50 mm wide; and (b)
the back of the gutter installed a minimum of 10 mm below the top of the fascia, (c)
the acceptable overflow capacity must be 1.5 L/s/m, constructed in accordance with Figure 7.4.6b .
(3) For the controlled back gap option, the spacer can be a proprietary clip or bracket that provides the required offset of
the gutter from the fascia.
(4) For controlled front bead height with the front bead of the gutter installed a minimum of 10 mm below the top of the
fascia, the acceptable overflow capacity is 1.5 L/s/m constructed in accordance with Figure 7.4.6c .
Figure 7 .4.6a: Construction of front face slotted gutter
25 mmTop of fascia7. 4.5
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 174 Figure 7 .4.6b : Construction of controlled back gap
Figure 7 .4.6c : Construction of controlled front bead height
Figure Notes
Front bead of gutter to be a minimum of 10 mm below the top of the fascia.
7. 4.7 Acceptable dedicated overflow measure per downpipe
[2019: Table 3.5.3.4b ]
(1) For an end-stop weir with—
a minimum clear width of 100 mm; and (a)
the weir edge installed a minimum 25 mm below the top of the fascia, (b)
the acceptable overflow is 0.5 L/s constructed in accordance with Figure 7.4.7a .
(2) An end-stop weir is not suitable where the end-stop abuts a wall.
(3) For an inverted nozzle installed within 500 mm of a gutter high point with—
a minimum nozzle size of 100 mm × 50 mm positioned lengthways in the gutter; and (a)
the top of the nozzle installed a minimum of 25 mm below the top of the fascia, (b)
the acceptable overflow is 1.2 L/s constructed in accordance with Figure 7.4.7b .
(4) For a front face weir with—
a minimum clear width of 200 mm; and (a)
a minimum clear height of 20 mm; and (b)
the weir edge installed a minimum of 25 mm below the top of the fascia, (c)
the acceptable overflow capacity is 1.0 L/s constructed in accordance with Figure 7.4.7c .
(5) For a rainhead with—
a 75 mm diameter hole in the outward face of the rainhead; and (a)
the centreline of the hole positioned 100 mm below the top of the fascia, (b)10 mmTop of fascia
10 mm
Spacer
10 mmTop of fascia7. 4.6
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 175the acceptable overflow capacity is 3.5 L/s constructed in accordance with Figure 7.4.7d .
(6) The rainhead should be detailed to avoid nuisance discharge from the overflow at rainfall intensities below the normal
design level.
Figur
e 7 .4.7a: Construction of end -stop weir
Figur e 7
.4.7b : Construction of inverted nozzle
Figur
e 7 .4.7c : Construction of front face weir
Figur
e 7 .4.7d : Construction of rainhead 100 mm25 mmTop of fascia
25 mmTop of fascia
25 mmTop of fascia
200 mm20 mm
Top of fascia
100 mm75 mm7. 4.7
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 176
7.5.1 Application
[2019: 3.5.4.1]
(1) Compliance with Part 7.5 for wall cladding is achieved if—
it is installed in accordance with— (a)
7.5.2 for timber cladding, including weatherboards and profiled boards; and (i)
7.5.3 for fibre-cement and hardboard wall cladding boards; and (ii)
7.5.4 for fibre-cement, hardboard and plywood sheet wall cladding; and (iii)
fibre-cement sheet eaves where provided, are installed in accordance with 7.5.5 ; and (b)
openings and penetrations in cladding are flashed in accordance with 7.5.6 ; and (c)
the bottom surface of the cladding terminates in accordance with 7.5.7 ; and (d)
parapets, where provided, are capped in accordance with 7.5.8 . (e)
(2) Part 7.5 need not be complied with if H1D7(5) is complied with.
Explanatory Information : Masonry wall cladding
Masonry wall cladding, including masonry veneer, is not covered by this Part but is covered by NCC Volume Two H1D5
and
Section 5
of the ABCB Housing Provisions.Explanatory Information : Alternative wall cladding materials and systems
The provisions of this Part and those of NCC Volume Two H1D5 and
Section 5
(Masonry) of the ABCB HousingProvisions do not cover all of the wall cladding materials that may be used for a Class 1 or Class 10 building.
Wall cladding materials and systems not covered by the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions may be considered under a
Performance Solution that complies with the relevant Performance Requirements .
One of the Assessment Methods that may be used to demonstrate compliance with the Performance Requirements is
the use of documentary evidence in accordance with Part A5 .
7.5. 2 Timber wall cladding
[2019: 3.5.4.2]
(1) Timber wall cladding must be installed in accordance with (2), (3), (4) and (5).
(2) Splayed timber weatherboards must be fixed in accordance with Figure 7.5.2a and Figure 7.5.2b and with a lap not
less than—
30 mm for hardwood, Cypress and treated pine; and (a)
20 mm for Western Red Cedar; and (b)
25 mm for Baltic Pine. (c)
(3) Profiled timber boards must be—
fixed in a horizontal, vertical or diagonal direction with the overlap and groove closely fitted, where provided; (a)
and
with tongue and groove profile, fixed with tongue edge up, where they are fixed in a horizontal or diagonal (b)
direction; and
where fixed in a vertical or diagonal direction, provided with a vapour permeable sarking complying with AS (c)
4200.1 (see Figure 7.5.2c ) installed behind boards with—
each adjoining sheet or roll being— (i)Part 7.5 Timber and composite wall cladding
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 177overlapped not less than 150 mm; or (A)
taped together; and (B)
sarking fixed to supporting members at not more than 300 mm centres. (i)
(4) Splayed and profiled timber weatherboards must be fixed in accordance with Table 7.5.2 , with—
one fixing at each stud or equivalent framing member for splayed timber weatherboards; and (a)
one fixing provided at each stud or equivalent framing member for profiled timber boards not more than 130 mm (b)
wide; and
two fixings provided at each stud or equivalent framing member for profiled timber board more than 130 mm (c)
wide; and
fixings located so that the fixing does not penetrate the tip or thinner edge of the board beneath. (d)
(5) Fixings used for timber cladding must comply with the following:
Where fixings are punched or countersunk and filled prior to painting, fixings must be standard steel flat head (a)
nails or standard steel self embedding head screws.
Uncoated copper or steel fixings must not be used for Western Red Cedar (silicon bronze, monel metal, stainless (b)
steel or hot-dipped galvanised are suitable).
Where the building is located within 200 m of breaking surf , fixings must be— (c)
stainless steel when fixed into timber framing members; or (i)
hot-dipped galvanized (min 600 g/m2) when fixed into steel framing members. (ii)
In all other cases, fixings must be hot-dipped galvanised (min. 600 g/m2) flat head nails or hot dipped galvanised (d)
(min 600 g/m2) self embedding head or wafer head screws.
Table 7 .5.2: Fixing requirements—Splayed and profiled timber weatherboards
Table Notes
G = galvanised plain shank, threaded or equivalent nails. (1)
S = self embedding head or wafer head screw. (2)
Fasteners must penetrate not less than 30 mm into timber frames and not less than two full screw threads through (3)
steel frames.
Wall cladding may be fixed through timber or metal battens attached to the wall frame in accordance with AS (4)
1684.2, AS 1684.3, AS 1684.4 or NASH standard as appropriate (see fixing requirements for roof battens) so long
as the minimum penetration into the wall frame is achieved.
Steel framing members must have a base metal thickness (BMT) not less than that required for a roof batten in (5)
NASH standard. Wind class Maximum stud spacing (mm) Minimum nominal stud fixings
N1 - N3 600 Timber: 2.8 G or (8-18) S
Steel: (8-18) S7.5. 2
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 178 Figure 7 .5.2a : Fixing of wall cladding — Timber cladding
Shiplap weather board25 mm from rebate
25 mm from edge
CladdingNail as specified
Splayed weather boardFull length packing at end
of board and overopenings as necessary Nail 35 mm from edge
Overlap 30 mm for
hardwood etc.
Section at lower part of weatherboard buildingNail as specified
PackingPlinth
Stump lining
Min. 25 mm from rebateVertical timber batten
attached to wall frame
Nail as specified
Min. 25 mm from rebate
Cladding
Shiplap weather board fixed through batten7.5. 2
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 179 Figure 7 .5.2b : Fixing of wall cladding — Wall cladding boards
Timber stud nailing
Timber stud clip
Steel stud screwing
Steel stud clip
Steel stud screw through battenMetal furring channel
attached to wall frame7.5. 2
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 180 Figure 7 .5.2c : Fixing of vertical wall cladding
Explanatory Information : Fixing of wall cladding
7.5.2(4)(d) ensures the fixing of the wall cladding does not split the wall cladding board below. For example, for a 30
mm lap, fix 35 mm from the butt or 5 mm above the corresponding overlapping board (see Figure 7.5.2a ).
Explanatory Information : Timber cladding profiles
7.5.2 covers the following types of timber cladding profiles:
Horizontal bevel-back. •
Horizontal rebated bevel-back. •
Horizontal rusticated. •
Vertical and horizontal shiplap. •
Tongue and groove. •
Explanatory Information : Machine and hand driven nails
Table 7.5.2 applies to both machine and hand driven nails.
7.5.3 Wall cladding boards
[2019: 3.5.4.3]
Wall cladding boards must—
for 7.5 mm (minimum) thick fibre-cement — comply with AS/NZS 2908.2 or ISO 8336; and (a)
for 9.5 mm (minimum) thick hardboard — comply with AS/NZS 1859.4 for exterior grade; and (b)
be fixed in accordance with Table 7.5.3a and Table 7.5.3b with— (c)
one fixing provided at each stud or equivalent framing member for wall cladding boards not more than 130 (i)
mm wide; and
two fixings provided at each stud or equivalent framing member for wall cladding boards greater than 130 (ii)
mm wide; and Wall battens /
noggings(max spacing 600 mm)
Stud wallFixings at not more than 650 mmcentres measuredalong the boardVertical wall
cladding (shiplap, tongue and grooveor similar profile)Vapour permeable sarking7.5. 2
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 181fixings located along the studs at not more than 100 mm centres; and (iii)
fixings located so that they do not penetrate the tip or thinner edge of the board beneath; and (iv)
have a lap not less than— (d)
for 7.5 mm (minimum) thick fibre-cement — 25mm; or (i)
for 9.5 mm (minimum) thick hardboard — 20 mm. (ii)
Table 7 .5.3a: Fixing requirements—Minimum 7 .5 mm thick fibre -cement wall cladding boards
Table Not
es
GC = galvanised fibre-cement nail. (1)
S = self embedding or wafer head screw. (2)
Fasteners must penetrate not less than 30 mm into timber frames and not less than two full screw threads through (3)
steel frames.
Steel framing members must have a base metal thickness (BMT) not less than that required for a roof batten in (4)
NASH standard.
Wall cladding may be fixed through timber or metal battens attached to the wall frame in accordance with AS (5)
1684.2, AS 1684.3, AS 1684.4 or NASH standard as appropriate (see fixing requirements for roof battens) so long
as the minimum penetration into the wall frame is achieved.
Table 7 .5.3b : Fixing requirements—Minimum 9.5 mm thick hardboard wall cladding boards
Table Notes
GC = galvanised fibre-cement nail. (1)
S = self embedding or wafer head screw. (2)
Fasteners must penetrate not less than 30 mm into timber frames and not less than two full screw threads through (3)
steel frames.
Steel framing members must have a base metal thickness (BMT) not less than that required for a roof batten in (4)
NASH standard.
Wall cladding may be fixed through timber or metal battens attached to the wall frame in accordance with AS (5)
1684.2, AS 1684.3, AS 1684.4 or NASH standard as appropriate (see fixing requirements for roof battens) so long
as the minimum penetration into the wall frame is achieved.
Explanatory Information
Where the wall cladding boards contain a shiplap join as opposed to a lapped join, 7.5.3(d) does not apply, and the
joins between the boards are required to have the overlap and groove closely fitted.
7.5. 4 Sheet wall cladding
[2019: 3.5.4.4]
(1) Fibre-cement sheet wall cladding must—
comply with AS/NZS 2908.2 or ISO 8336; and (a)
be fixed in accordance with Table 7.5.4a . (b)Wind class Maximum stud spacing (mm) Minimum nominal stud fixings
N1 - N3 600 Timber: 2.8 GC
Steel: (8-18) S
Wind class Maximum stud spacing (mm) Minimum nominal stud fixings
N1 - N3 600 Timber: 2.8 GC
Steel: (8-18) S7.5.3
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 182(2) Hardboard sheet wall cladding must—
comply with AS/NZS 1859.4 for exterior grade; and (a)
be fixed in accordance with Table 7.5.4b . (b)
(3) Structural plywood wall cladding must—
comply with AS/NZS 2269.0; and (a)
be fixed in accordance with Table 7.5.4c . (b)
Table 7 .5.4a: Stud and fixing spacings for 6 mm fibre -cement sheet wall cladding
Table Notes
Maximum nail spacing using 2.8 mm fibre-cement nails. (1)
Fixings must be located not less than 50 mm from the edge of all corners. (2)
Fasteners must penetrate not less than 30 mm into a timber frame. (3)
Wall cladding may be fixed through timber or metal battens attached to the wall frame in accordance with AS (4)
1684.2, AS 1684.3, AS 1684.4 or NASH standard as appropriate (see fixing requirements for roof battens) so long
as the minimum penetration into the wall frame is achieved.
Table 7 .5.4b : Stud and fixing spacings for 9.5 mm thick hardboard sheet wall cladding
Table Notes
Maximum nail spacing using 2.8 mm galvanised clouts or flat head nails. (1)
Fixings must be positioned a minimum of 12 mm from the edge of the sheet and not less than 50 mm from the (2)
edge of all corners.
Fasteners must penetrate not less than 30 mm into the timber frame. (3)
Wall cladding may be fixed through timber or metal battens attached to the wall frame in accordance with AS (4)
1684.2, AS 1684.3, AS 1684.4 or NASH standard as appropriate (see fixing requirements for roof battens) so long
as the minimum penetration into the wall frame is achieved. Wind class Maximum stud spacing
(mm)Maximum nail spacing
within 1.2 m of the external
corners of the building (mm)
Note 1Maximum nail spacing
elsewhere (mm) Note 1
N1 ≤ 1.2 m of external building
corners: 600 Elsewhere:
600Body: 300, Edges: 200 Body: 300, Edges: 200
N2 ≤ 1.2 m of external building
corners: 600 Elsewhere:
600Body: 200, Edges: 200 Body: 300, Edges: 200
N3 ≤ 1.2 m of external building
corners: 450 Elsewhere:
600Body: 200, Edges: 200 Body: 200, Edges: 200
Wind class Maximum stud spacing
(mm)Maximum nail spacing
within 1.2 m of the external
corners of the building (mm)
Note 1Maximum nail spacing
elsewhere (mm) Note 1
N1 600 Body: 300, Edges: 150 Body: 300, Edges: 150
N2 600 Body: 300, Edges: 150 Body: 300, Edges: 150
N3 600 Body: 300, Edges: 150 Body: 300, Edges: 1507.5. 4
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 183 Table 7 .5.4c : Stud and fixing spacings for plywood wall cladding equal to or greater than 6.5 mm thick
Table Notes
Maximum nail spacing using 2.8 mm or 3.5 mm galvanised clouts or flat head nails. (1)
Fixings must be positioned a minimum of 12 mm from the edge of the sheet and not less than 50 mm from the (2)
edge of all corners.
Fasteners must penetrate not less than 30 mm into the timber frame (3)
Wall cladding may be fixed through timber or metal battens attached to the wall frame in accordance with AS (4)
1684.2, AS 1684.3, AS 1684.4 or NASH standard as appropriate (see fixing requirements for roof battens) so long
as the minimum penetration into the wall frame is achieved.
Explanatory Information
Where sheet bracing is also acting as structural bracing, fixing requirements are listed in AS 1684 and NASH Standard
– Residential and Low-Rise Steel Framing, Part 2.
7.5.5 Eaves and soffit linings
[2019: 3.5.4.5]
Where provided, external fibre-cement sheets and linings used as eaves and soffit linings must—
comply with AS/NZS 2908.2 or ISO 8336; and (a)
be fixed in accordance with Table 7.5.5 and Figure 7.5.5 using— (b)
2.8 × 30 mm fibre-cement nails; or (i)
No. 8 wafer head screws (for 4.5 mm and 6 mm sheets only); or (ii)
No. 8 self embedding head screws (for 6 mm sheets only). (iii)
Table 7 .5.5: Trimmer and fastener spacings for 4.5 mm and 6 mm fibre -cement eav es and soffit lin -
ings
Wind class Maximum stud spacing
(mm)Maximum nail spacing
within 1.2 m of the external
corners of the building (mm)
Note 1Maximum nail spacing
elsewhere (mm) Note 1
N1 600 Body: 200, Edges: 100 Body: 200, Edges: 150
N2 600 Body: 200, Edges: 100 Body: 200, Edges: 150
N3 600 Body: 150, Edges: 100 Body: 200, Edges: 150
Maximum eaves
widthWind class Maximum trimmer spacings (mm) Maximum fastener spacings (mm)
Within 1200 mm
of the external
corners of the buildingElsewhere Within 1200 mm
of the external corners of the buildingElsewhere
600 N1 600 900 200 300
N2 600 800 200 300
N3 500 700 200 300
1200 N1 600 750 200 300
N2 600 700 200 300
N3 500 650 200 3007.5. 4
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 184 Figure 7 .5.5: Eaves trimmer detail
7.5.6 Flashings to wall openings
[2019: 3.5.4.6]
Openings in external wall cladding exposed to the weather must be flashed with materials complying with AS/NZS 2904
and in accordance with the following:
Flashings must be provided to bottom, tops and sides of openings, except as permitted by (d), and must be (a)
installed so that the flashing —
extends not less than 110 mm beyond the reveals on each side of the opening where practicable; and (i)
is attached to the window and wall framing; and (ii)
at the top and bottom of the opening, drains to the outside face of the wall or cladding. (iii)
Joins in the flashing must— (b)
overlap by not less than 75 mm in the direction of flow; and (i)
be securely fastened at intervals of not more than 40 mm; and (ii)
have sealant installed between laps. (iii)
The method of flashing must be suitable for the framing and cladding used and any reveal for the window or (c)
door system or any architrave or finishing trims that may be installed.
The top of an opening need not be flashed where it is adequately protected by an eave of a width more than 3 (d)
times the height of the cladding above the opening (See Figure 7.5.6 ).
Flashings must be securely fixed at least 25 mm under the cladding and extend over the ends and edges of the (e)
framing of the opening. (a) Masonry-veneer construction (b) Clad frame constructionHanger
Soffit / eaves lining
Weather / storm mouldTrimmer nailed
to side of rafter
Fascia Fascia
Soffit / eaves lining
Weather / storm mouldTrimmer nailedto side of rafter 7.5.5
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 185 Figure 7 .5.6: Weather protection of openings
Explanatory Information
7.5.6(a)(i) applies ‘where practicable’ because it is often impractical to extend the flashing 110 mm beyond the reveal;
for example, where openings are positioned adjacent to a corner or where two windows are within 110 mm of each
other. In such cases consideration should be given to ensure the flashing prevents the penetration of water into the
external wall .
7.5.7 Clearance between cladding and ground
[2019: 3.5.4.7]
(1) The minimum clearance from the bottom of the wall cladding to the adjoining finished ground level must be—
100 mm in low rainfall intensity areas or sandy, well-drained areas; or (a)
50 mm above impermeable (paved or concreted) areas that slope away from the building in accordance with (b)
3.3.3(a) ; or
150 mm in any other case. (c)
(2) W
all cladding must extend a minimum of 50 mm below the bearer or lowest horizontal part of the suspended floor
framing.Flashing to the top of an
opening
may be omitted if A is not less than 3 x B
B
SectionA7.5.6
(1 May 2023)
Roof and wall cladding
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 186Explanatory Information
The required clearances under 7.5.7 may also be subject to other requirements for drainage in Part 3.3 , clearances for
inspection zones for termite management in Part 3.4 and screening and sealing of gap requirements for construction
in designated bushfire prone areas in H7D4, where appropriate.
7.5.8 Parapet cappings
[2019: 3.5.4.8]
Where a wall cladding is used to form a parapet wall, the cladding must be attached to a supporting frame and have a
capping installed that complies with the following:
Cappings must— (a)
be purpose made, machine-folded sheet metal or equivalent sections of a material compatible with all up (i)
and downstream metal roof covering materials in accordance with 7.2.2(2) ; and
extend not less than 50 mm down the sides of the parapet; and (ii)
be separated from the supporting framing by a vapour permeable sarking installed in accordance with (f); (iii)
and
be fixed with either self drilling screws or rivets with rubber washers at intervals of not more than 500 mm (iv)
that do not penetrate the top of cappings, except at joints and corners.
The top of the capping must slope a minimum of 5 degrees. (b)
Joints in cappings must— (c)
overlap by not less than 50 mm in the direction of flow; and (i)
be securely fastened at intervals of not more than 40 mm; and (ii)
have sealant installed between laps. (iii)
Fixing for cappings must be compatible with the capping material in accordance with 7.2.2 . (d)
Lead cappings must not be used with prepainted steel or zinc/aluminium steel or on any roof if the roof is part (e)
of a drinking water catchment area.
Sarking must comply with AS 4200.1 and be installed behind all wall cladding where parapets are installed, (f)
with—
each adjoining sheet or roll being— (i)
overlapped not less than 150 mm; or (A)
taped together; and (B)
sarking fixed to supporting members at not more than 300 mm centres. (i)
Explanatory Information
For the purposes of 7.5.8(f), sarking is required to be installed to the whole external wall which contains the parapet
and extend to the top and back of the parapet. A gap should be provided between the sarking and the parapet capping
to help control condensation . 7.5.7
(1 May 2023)
Glazing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 1878 Glazing
Part 8.1 Scope and application of
Section 8
8.1.1 Scope
8.1.2 Application
Part 8.2 Windows and external glazed doors
8.2.1 Application
8.2.2 Installation of windows
Part 8.3 Glass
8.3.1 Application
8.3.2 Glazing sizes and installation
8.3.3 Fully framed glazing installed in perimeter of buildings
Part 8.4 Glazing human impact
8.4.1 Application
8.4.2 Doors, side panels and other framed glazed panels
8.4.3 Door side panels
8.4.4 Full height framed glazed panels
8.4.5 Glazed panels, other than doors or side panels, on the perimeter
of rooms
8.4.6 Kitchen, bathroom, ensuite, spa room and splash-back glazing
8.4.7 Visibility of glazing
8.4.8 Identification of safety glass
(1 May 2023)
Glazing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 188
8.1.1 Scope
[New for 2022]
This Section sets out the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for—
windows and external glazed doors (see Part 8.2 ); and (a)
glass (see Part 8.3 ); and (b)
glazing human impact (see Part 8.4 ). (c)
Explanatory Information
These provisions relate to the design, manufacture and installation of windows in external walls and the use of glass in
Class 1 and 10 buildings. The selection of glass in Part 8.3 applies to other assemblies that may not be in an external
wall of a Class 1 or 10 building.
The terms windows and glazed assemblies are used throughout
Section 8
. The term window is defined in the NCC andrelates to a device which is capable of transmitting natural light directly from outside a building or room when it is in the
closed position. This is distinct from glazed assemblies which may also include elements located in internal parts of a
building. These may be glazed panels, splash-backs, mirrors, shower screens or window -type assemblies that are not
subject to wind loads and weatherproofing requirements.
A number of other parts of NCC Volume Two and the ABCB Housing Provisions also contain requirements relating to
glazing in addition to this Part. They include:
H1D5 of NCC Volume Two and Part 5.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions for flashing material requirements. •
H7D2 of NCC Volume Two for glazed barriers for swimming pool enclosures. •
H7D4 for windows in buildings in designated bushfire prone areas . •
Part 13.3 of the ABCB Housing Provisions for glazing subject to energy efficiency requirements. •
8.1.2 Application
[New for 2022]
The application of this Section is subject to the following:
The Governing Requirements of NCC Volume Two. (a)
The State and Territory variations, additions and deletions contained in the Schedules to the ABCB Housing (b)
Provisions and NCC Volume Two.
Explanatory Information
In NCC 2019, the content of
Section 8
of the ABCB Housing Provisions (other than content added in NCC 2022 or later)was contained in the acceptable construction practice for Part 3.6 of NCC 2019 Volume Two. Part 8.1 Scope and application of
Section 8
(1 May 2023)
Glazing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 189
8.2.1 Application
[New for 2022]
Part 8.2 applies subject to the limitations set out in H1D8(1) and (2).
Explanatory Information
This Part does not cover the installation of assemblies that are internal or revolving doors, fixed louvres, skylights,
rooflights and windows not installed in the vertical plane, windows in greenhouses or horticultural buildings or frameless
sliding doors.
The term ‘one piece framing’ in H1D8(1)(a)(iv) generally refers to glazing installed in the external wall of a building
where the external fabric is forming the frame.
8.2.2 Installation of windows
[New for 2022]
Windows must be installed in accordance with the following:
Structural building loads must not be transferred to the window assembly. (a)
A minimum 10 mm gap must be provided between the top of the window assembly and any loadbearing framing (b)
or masonry wall element.
The requirements of (b) may be increased where necessary to allow for frame settlement over wide openings. (c)
Packing, if provided between each window assembly and the frame, must be— (d)
located along each side and bottom; and (i)
fixed to ensure the sides and bottom of the window assembly remain straight; and (ii)
clear of any flashing material. (iii)
Explanatory Information
It is important for windows to be fixed correctly in the external frame or wall of a building to prevent buckling, diagonal
distortion or twisting that may compromise weathertightness around the perimeter of the opening. Correct installation
is also critical to ensure windows resist design wind pressures that the external walls of the building are subject to over
its expected life and transfer the resultant forces only to the framing members beside the window . Consideration should
be given to any additional details for systems designed specifically to meet acoustic or energy efficiency requirements.
Window assemblies should be installed so they are as close as possible to being perpendicular with the vertical and
horizontal planes and where all corners form right-angles, have equal distances when measured diagonally to ensure
they are square.
A gap provided between the top of the assembly and the external wall frame will allow for settlement after construction
and prevent the transfer of structural loads. Where packing is used between the openings in the external wall and the
window assembly, it should be of a material that is compatible with both the frame and the window assembly. It should
also be positioned and fixed to stay in place permanently and ensure the sides and sills remain straight.
Where aluminium sills of a window assembly may contact masonry, particularly mortar, an isolating material such as
bituminous membranes or paints and caulking compounds containing zinc chromates should be used. Care must be
taken to minimise any gaps between sills and external skins to prevent excessive ingress of water.
Explanatory Figure 8.2.2 provides guidance on the installation of windows and positioning of relevant fixing points. Part 8.2 Windows and external glazed doors
(1 May 2023)
Glazing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 190 Figure 8.2.2 (explanatory) :Guidance for the installation of windows and positioning of relevant fixing
points
Packers where required
to keep sills, jambs & heads straightLevel horizontally& verticallyFixings Diagonal measurementsto be equal8.2.2
(1 May 2023)
Glazing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 191
8.3.1 Application
[New for 2022]
Glazing must comply with the following:
8.3.2 for glass sizes and installation. (a)
8.3.3 for fully framed glazing installed in the perimeter of buildings. (b)
Part 8.4 for glazed assemblies subject to human impact. (c)
Glass used must be of a type within the scope of AS 1288. (d)
Glass used in barriers, except a window serving as a barrier, must withstand loading forces in accordance with (e)
AS 1170.1.
Safety glass must be— (f)
legibly marked in accordance with 8.4.7 ; and (i)
made visible in accordance with 8.4.8 . (ii)
Explanatory Information
This Part applies to the selection of glass only and does not include the installation of windows or framed glazed •
doors. This is due to window systems relying on the design and testing of structural members to withstand wind
loads (e.g. mullions, transoms, and meeting rails and stiles) and the perimeter frame design, sealants and gaskets
to resist water penetration.
This Part does not cover glazing in assemblies that are constructed on site and are architectural one-off windows •
which are not design tested in accordance with AS 2047 or other assemblies that are second-hand, reused, recycled
or heritage.
Information on design wind speed for particular areas may be available from the appropriate authority . •
For glazing in high wind areas , refer to Part 2.2 . •
8.3.2 Glazing sizes and installation
[2019: 3.6.2]
Glazing used in buildings must comply with the following:
Glazing used in the perimeter of buildings and supported on all sides must comply with the appropriate provisions (a)
listed in 8.3.3 .
Glazing used in areas where the potential for human impact could occur must comply with the appropriate (b)
provisions listed in Part 8.4 .
For 3 mm monolithic annealed glass, the maximum area must not be more than 0.85 m2. (c)
Explanatory Information
The selection of glass thickness relies not just on limit state wind loads but on a number of geometric criteria that include
the influence of aspect ratio and slenderness factors. These factors are taken into account in Tables 8.3.3a , 8.3.3b and
8.3.3c .
Part 8.3 Glass
(1 May 2023)
Glazing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 192 8.3.3 Fully framed glazing installed in perimeter of buildings
[2019: 3.6.3]
Fully framed (supported on all sides) monolithic annealed glass installed in the perimeter of buildings must comply with—
if the building is located in an area with a wind class not exceeding N1 – Table 8.3.3a ; or (a)
if the building is located in an area with a wind class not exceeding N2 – Table 8.3.3b ; or (b)
if the building is located in an area with a wind class not exceeding N3 – Table 8.3.3c . (c)
Table 8.3.3a : Glass thickness for wind class not exceeding N1: monolithic annealed glass (mm)
Table 8.3.3b: Glass thickness for wind class not exceeding N2: monolithic annealed glass (mm) Edge
(mm)300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650
300 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
450 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
600 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4
750 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4
900 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4
1050 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4
1200 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1350 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1500 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1650 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1800 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1950 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
2100 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
2250 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
2400 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 4 5
2550 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 4 5
2700 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 5
Edge
(mm)300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650
300 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
450 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
600 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4
750 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4
900 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4
1050 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4
1200 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1350 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1500 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1650 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1800 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5
1950 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5
2100 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 68.3.3
(1 May 2023)
Glazing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 193 Table 8.3.3c: Glass t hickness for wind class not exceeding N3: monolithic annealed glass (mm)
Explanatory Information
For other types of perimeter glazing including toughened, wired, laminated, unframed glazing and insulated glass•
units, refer to AS 1288.
For monolithic annealed patterned glass thickness measurement refer to
AS 1288. •
The thickness of glass in Tables 8.3.3a , 8.3.3b and 8.3.3c is dependent on the wind classification of the site, Ultimate •
Limit State (ULS) wind pressure set out in AS 4055, and the dimensions of the glass panel. AS 4055 has higher
ULS wind pressures for parts of external walls within 1200 mm of external corners. The thickness of glass in Tables
8.3.3a , 8.3.3b and 8.3.3c is based on these higher ULS wind pressures and can also be used for glass in the
general length of walls.Edge
(mm)300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650
2250 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 6
2400 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 6
2550 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 6
2700 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6
Edge
(mm)300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650
300 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
450 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
600 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4
750 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4
900 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4
1050 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5
1200 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5
1350 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5
1500 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6
1650 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 6
1800 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 6
1950 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6
2100 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 8
2250 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 8 8
2400 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 8 8
2550 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 8 8
2700 3 4 4 5 6 6 6 8 8 88.3.3
(1 May 2023)
Glazing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 194
8.4.1 Application
[New for 2022]
(1) Part 8.4 applies subject to the limitations set out in H1D8(1).
(2) Part 8.4 need not be complied with if H1D8(3) is complied with.
(3) The thickness and type of glazing installed in areas of a building that have a high potential for human impact (an area
of a building frequented by the occupants during everyday activities in which a person could fall into or against the
glazed panel) must comply as follows:
Doors — in accordance with 8.4.2 . (a)
Door side panels — in accordance with 8.4.3 . (b)
Full height glass panels — in accordance with 8.4.4 . (c)
Glazed panels, other than doors or side panels, on the perimeter of rooms — in accordance with 8.4.5 . (d)
Bathrooms, ensuite and spa room glazing — in accordance with 8.4.6 . (e)
Visibility of glazing — in accordance with 8.4.7 . (f)
Identification of safety glass — in accordance with 8.4.8 . (g)
8.4.2 Doors, side panels and other framed glazed panels
[2019: 3.6.4.1]
Glass in doors must be Grade A safety glazing material in accordance with Table 8.4.2 and Figure 8.4.2 , except that—
unframed doors, other than those incorporated in shower screens or bath enclosures, must be glazed with (a)
toughened safety glass with a minimum nominal thickness of 10 mm or laminated toughened safety glass with
a minimum total thickness of 10 mm; and
individual pieces of monolithic annealed glass incorporated in leadlights may be used, to a maximum area of (b)
0.05 m2 with a minimum nominal thickness of 3 mm; and
for annealed and annealed decorated glass panels in doors— (c)
for 3 mm and 4 mm annealed glass, the maximum area must not be more than 0.1 m2 with a maximum (i)
panel width of 125 mm; and
for 5 mm and 6 mm annealed glass, the maximum area must not be more than 0.26 m2 with a maximum (ii)
panel width of 300 mm; and
for annealed glass in fully framed panels with a thickness of 10 mm or more, with or without bevelled edges, the (d)
maximum area must not be more than 0.5 m2; and
doors in bathrooms, ensuites and spa rooms must be glazed in accordance with 8.4.6 . (e)
Table 8.4.2: Maximum areas of glazing material for framed glass doors, framed glass side panels and
other framed glazed panels
Type of glass Minimum nominal thickness (mm) Maximum area of pane (m2)
Patterned or clear monolithic
annealed glass5 0.3
Patterned or clear monolithic
annealed glass6 0.9
Grade A toughened and toughened
laminated safety glass3 1Part 8.4 Glazing human impact
(1 May 2023)
Glazing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 195
Figure 8.4.2: Identification of glazing requirements for doors and side panels
Figure Notes
For door and side panel glazing areas – see Table 8.4.2 .
Explanatory Information
Larger areas of monolithic annealed glass in leadlights are not permitted regardless of glass thickness.
8.4.3 Door side panels
[2019: 3.6.4.2]
(1) All framed glass (except leadlight panels) in side panels with their nearest vertical sight line less than 300 mm from
the nearest edge of the doorway opening must be Grade A safety glazing material in accordance with Table 8.4.2
and Figure 8.4.2 , except that—
where the lowest visible sight line is more than 1.2 m above the highest abutting finished floor level, monolithic (a)
annealed glass with a minimum thickness of 5 mm and an area of not more than 0.3 m2 may be used; or
where the lowest visible sight line is more than1.2 m above the highest abutting finished floor level, monolithic (b)
annealed glass with a minimum thickness of 10 mm with an area of not more than 0.5 m2, may be used; or
where the side panel consists of glass louvres with exposed edges or where the louvres are installed less than (c)
500 mm above the highest abutting finished floor level—
for blade widths not more than 230 mm with blade lengths not more than 1 m, Grade A toughened safety (i)Type of glass Minimum nominal thickness (mm) Maximum area of pane (m2)
Grade A toughened and toughened
laminated safety glass4 2
Grade A toughened and toughened
laminated safety glass5 3
Grade A toughened and toughened
laminated safety glass6 4
Grade A laminated safety glass 5.38 2.2
Grade A laminated safety glass 6.38 3
Grade A laminated safety glass 8.38 5
Glass area< 300 mmDoorSide panel
Grade A safety glass
> 300 mm > 300 mm
Glass louvres < 500 mm abovefloor. Grade A toughened safetyglazing with thickness not lessthan 5 mm up to 230 mm bladewidth and not less than 10 mmif blade width > 230 mm. Side panel > 1.2 m
above floor level.Monolithic annealed glass Sight line1200 mmF.F.L.8.4.2
(1 May 2023)
Glazing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 196glazing not less than 5 mm thick must be used; and
for blade widths more than 230 mm, Grade A toughened safety glazing not less than 10 mm thick must be (ii)
used.
(2) Framed glass panels with the nearest vertical sight line not less than 300 mm from the nearest edge of the door
opening are not considered to be side panels for the purposes of (1).
8.4.4 Full height framed glazed panels
[2019: 3.6.4.3]
(1) A glazed panel located in a building so that it is capable of being mistaken for an unobstructed opening must be
glazed with Grade A safety glazing material in accordance with Table 8.4.2 .
(2) Glazed panels are not considered an unobstructed opening where any of the following apply:
The clear opening width is not more than 500 mm. (a)
The lowest sight line of the opening is not less than 500 mm above the highest abutting finished floor level. (b)
The glass is made apparent by means of transoms, colonial bars, other components of the glazing system, (c)
permanent motifs or other decorative treatment on or etched into the glass, of sufficient magnitude to be readily
apparent, or the glass is opaquely coloured or patterned to indicate its presence.
A chair rail or handrail not less than 40 mm thick, or the like, is provided at a height of not less than 700 mm (d)
above the adjoining ground level.
The difference in floor level on either side of the panel is greater than 1000 mm. (e)
8.4.5 Glazed panels, other than doors or side panels, on the perimeter of rooms
[2019: 3.6.4.4]
All framed glazing where the lowest sight line of the glazing panel is less than 500 mm from the highest abutting finished
floor level (see Figure 8.4.5 ) must be—
Grade A safety glazing material in accordance with Table 8.4.2 ; or (a)
monolithic annealed glass not less than 5 mm nominal thickness provided that the area of the glazing panel is (b)
not more than 1.2 m2.
Figure 8.4.5: Identification of glazing requirements for glazed panels
500
mmSight line
F.F.L.< 500 mm > 500 mm > 500 mm
Handrail
Grade A safety glass or monolithic annealed
glass > 5 mm nominal thickness with area < 1.2 m² 8.4.3
(1 May 2023)
Glazing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 197 8.4.6 Kitchen, bathroom, ensuite, spa room and splash -back glazing
[2019: 3.6.4.5]
(1) All glazing in kitchens, bathrooms, ensuites, spa rooms or the like, including shower doors, shower screens , bath
enclosures, and associated windows and doors (including cabinet doors), where the lowest sight line is less than 2.0
m above the highest abutting finished level of the floor, bottom of the bath, or shower base, must—
for framed panels, be glazed with Grade A safety glazing material in accordance with Table 8.4.2 ; or (a)
for panels or doors with any edge exposed, be toughened safety glass in accordance with Table 8.4.6 with a (b)
minimum nominal thickness of 6 mm.
(2) Monolithic annealed glass may be used for—
mirrors, provided a fixed vanity or bench with a height of not less than 760 mm, depth of not less than 300 mm (a)
and extending the full width of the mirror is, located in front of the mirror; or
splash-backs, provided it is fully backed by and continuously adhered to a solid wall material or a fixed cabinet (b)
or bench that is—
a height not less than 760 mm; and (i)
a depth not less than 300 mm; and (ii)
extending the full width of the splash-back; and (iii)
located in front of the splash back. (iv)
Table 8.4.6: Maximum areas of safety glazing materials for shower doors, shower screens and bath
enclosures
Figure 8.4.6: Identification of glazing requirements for bathrooms, ensuites and spa rooms
Type of glass Standard nominal thickness
(mm)Maximum area of pane (m2)Area (Figure 8.4.6)
Safety organic coated glass 3 1 A, B, C, D
Safety organic coated glass 4 1.5 A, B, C, D
Safety organic coated glass 5 2 A, B, C, D
Safety organic coated glass ≥ 6 3 A, B, C, D 2.0 m
2.0 m> 2.0 mAB BC
D
D DD8.4.6
(1 May 2023)
Glazing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 198Explanatory Information
Care should be taken when using showers fitted with safety organic-coated glass and laminated safety glass products
that are liable to damage from thermal shock. Thermal shock occurs from hot water from the shower hitting the shower
screen during cold weather.
The requirements for glass splashbacks used near gas appliances are covered in AS/NZS 5601.
8.4.7 Visibility of glazing
[2019: 3.6.4.6]
(1) If the presence of glazing in a door, side panel or panel capable of being mistaken for a doorway or opening is not
made apparent in accordance with 8.4.4(2)(c) , the glass must be marked to make it readily visible in accordance with
(2).
(2) Marking must be in the form of an opaque band not less than 20 mm in height located so that—
the upper edge is not less than 700 mm above the floor; and (a)
the lower edge is not more than 1.2 m above the floor. (b)
(3) A band or marking is not required where any of the following applies:
The height of the glazing is not more than 1 m in any part. (a)
The width of the glazing panel is not more than 500 mm in any part. (b)
There is no glazing within 500 mm of the floor. (c)
The glazing is provided with not less than one fixed glazing bar which must— (d)
be firmly attached to the stiles to locate and protect each face of the glass; and (i)
be located with its upper edge not less than 500 mm and its bottom edge not more than 1 m above the (ii)
floor; and
have a face width not less than 40 mm. (iii)
Explanatory Information
Making the glass visible by marking is not a substitute for the use of safety glazing in accordance with this Part. •
A broken line or patterns may be an acceptable form of marking provided it meets the criteria set out in 8.4.7(2). •
8.4.8 Identification of safety glass
[New for 2022]
All safety glazing material in Tables 8.4.2 and Table 8.4.6 installed in accordance with this Part must comply with the
following:
Safety glass must be marked in the form of either permanent etching or a label that cannot be reused once (a)
removed.
The permanent etching or label must state the following information: (b)
The Standard to which the safety glass has been tested. (i)
Registered name of the manufacturer or supplier. (ii)
Grade of the safety glass. (iii)
Nominal thickness of the safety glass. (iv)
The type of safety glass. (v)
Explanatory Information
The labelling of safety glass is not intended to remain after completion of construction. Labelling complying with 8.4.8
should remain in place on safety glass to allow relevant practitioners to confirm and certify that the correct type of safety 8.4.6
(1 May 2023)
Glazing
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 199glass has been installed in a specific area of the building.
If a label is able to be removed from the glass, it must be comprised of a material that self-destructs upon removal so
as to prevent it being reused on other glass panels.
The type of safety glass can be identified in a way that describes the type used such as “L” for laminated glass or “T”
for toughened glass, etc. 8.4.8
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 200
9 Fire safety
Part 9.1 Scope and application of
Section 9
9.1.1 Scope
9.1.2 Application
Part 9.2 Fire separation of external walls
9.2.1 External walls of Class 1 buildings
9.2.2 Measurement of distances
9.2.3 Construction of external walls
9.2.4 Class 10a buildings
9.2.5 Protection of Class 1 buildings — Class 10a between Class 1 and
the allotment boundary
9.2.6 Protection of Class 1 buildings —Class 10a between Class 1 and
other buildings on allotment
9.2.7 Protection of Class 1 buildings —separation of Class 10a buildings
on an allotment
9.2.8 Open carports
9.2.9 Allowable encroachments
9.2.10 Roof lights
Part 9.3 Fire protection of separating walls and floors
9.3.1 Separating walls
9.3.2 Services in separating walls
9.3.3 Roof lights
9.3.4 Horizontal projections
Part 9.4 Fire protection of garage top dwellings
9.4.1 Walls requiring protection
9.4.2 Separating floors
Part 9.5 Smoke alarms and evacuation lighting
9.5.1 Smoke alarm requirements
9.5.2 Location – Class 1a buildings
9.5.3 Location – Class 1b buildings
9.5.4 Installation of smoke alarms
9.5.5 Lighting to assist evacuation – Class 1b buildings
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 201
9.1.1 Scope
[New for 2022]
(1) This Section sets out the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for—
fire separation of external walls (see Part 9.2 ); and (a)
fire protection of separating walls (see Part 9.3 ); and (b)
fire separation of garage top dwellings (see Part 9.4 ); and (c)
smoke alarms and evacuation lighting (see Part 9.5 ). (d)
(2) For other fire safety provisions not included in this Section, refer to NCC Volume Two H3D2(1) and (2): Fire hazard
properties.
9.1.2 Application
[New for 2022]
The application of this Section is subject to the following:
The Governing Requirements of NCC Volume Two. (a)
The State and Territory variations, additions and deletions contained in the Schedules to the ABCB Housing (b)
Provisions and NCC Volume Two.
Explanatory Information
In NCC 2019, the content of
Section 9
of the ABCB Housing Provisions (other than content added in NCC 2022 or later)was contained in the acceptable construction practice for Parts 3.7.2 to 3.7.5 of NCC 2019 Volume Two.
The content of Part 3.7.1 has been retained within Part H3 of NCC Volume Two as it contains requirements which affect
how other provisions referenced in Part H3 are applied. Part 9.1 Scope and application of
Section 9
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 202
SA 9.2.1
9.2.1 External walls of Class 1 buildings
[2019: 3.7.2.2]
An external wall of a Class 1 building, and any openings in that wall, must comply with 9.2.3 if the wall is less than—
900 mm from an allotment boundary other than the boundary adjoining a road alignment or other public space; (a)
or
1.8 m from another building on the same allotment other than a Class 10 building associated with the Class 1 (b)
building or a detached part of the same Class 1 building.
9.2.2 Measurement of distances
[2019: 3.7.2.3]
(1) The distance from any point on an external wall of a building to an allotment boundary or another building is the
distance to that point measured along a line at right angles from the allotment boundary or external wall of the other
building which intersects that point without being obstructed by a wall complying with 9.2.3 .
(2) Where a wall within a specified distance is required to comply with 9.2.3 , only that part of the wall (including any
openings) within the specified distance need be constructed in that manner (see Figure 9.2.2a , Figure 9.2.2b and
Figure 9.2.2c ).
(3) Where the distance measured is between attached or detached buildings of different heights, the distance must be
taken from the external wall with the highest elevation measured at right angles to a point that intersects the nearest
part of a vertical projection above the adjacent building, excluding any eave overhang (see Figure 9.2.2d and Figure
9.2.2e ).
SA 9.2.2(4) Part 9.2 Fire separation of external walls
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 203 Figure 9.2.2a : Walls at right angles to the boundary
Figur
e Notes
No protection required for the wall at right angles or more to the boundary. (1)
For protection of encroachments refer to 9.2.9 . (2)
Figur
e 9.2.2b : Measurement of distances — Full wall prot ection (Plan view)
Figur
e Notes
Setback distance is measured at right angles to the boundary. No protection required
for this wall or any
opening in this wall
Class 1Allotmentboundary 90°
Allotment boundary
Wall within 900 mm of boundarymust have an FRL of 60/60/60
Only the wall facing or parallel to
the boundary must have an FRL Class 1900 mmSetback 9.2.2
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 204 Figure 9.2.2c : Measurement of distances — Part walls protection (Plan view)
Figur
e Notes
Setback distance is measured at right angles to the boundary.
Figure 9.2.2d : Measurement of distance — Buildings of diff erent height s — Class 1 buildings on same
allotment Allotment boundary
Class 1900 mmSetback
Wall within 900 mm of boundary
must have an FRL of 60/60/60
Distance between buildings
External wall within 1.8 m from
another building Vertical projection
of wall 9.2.2
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 205 Figure 9.2.2e : Measurement of distance — Buildings of different height s — Attached Class 1 buildings
on same allotment
9.2.3 Construction of external walls
[2019: 3.7.2.4]
(1) An external wall (including a gable) required to be fire-resisting (referred to in 9.2.1 or 9.2.4 ) must—
commence at the footings or ground slab, except where the external wall commences above a separating wall (a)
complying with 9.3.1 (see Figure 9.2.2e ); and
extend to— (b)
the underside of a non-combustible roof covering, except that a wall may terminate not more than 200 mm (i)
from the underside of a non-combustible roof covering, where the area between the external wall and
underside of the roof covering is sealed with a non-combustible fascia, gutter or flashing ; or
the underside of a non-combustible eaves lining (See Figures 9.2.3a and b); and (ii)
be constructed in accordance with (2). (c)
(2) A wall required by (1) must—
have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60 when tested from the outside; or (a)
be of masonry-veneer construction in which the external masonry veneer is not less than 90 mm thick; or (b)
be of masonry construction not less than 90 mm thick. (c)
(3) Openings in external walls required to be fire-resisting (referred to in 9.2.1 or 9.2.4 ) must be protected by—
non-openable fire windows or other construction with an FRL of not less than –/60/–; or (a)
self-closing solid core doors not less than 35 mm thick. (b)
(4) The requirements of (3) do not apply to a window in a non- habitable room that is located adjacent to and not less
than 600 mm from the boundary of an adjoining allotment or 1.2 m from another building on the same allotment
provided that—
in a bathroom, laundry or toilet, the opening has an area of not more than 1.2 m2; or (a)
in a room other than one referred to in (a), the opening has an area of not more than 0.54 m2 and— (b)
the window is steel-framed, there are no opening sashes and it is glazed in wired glass; or (i)
the opening is enclosed with translucent hollow glass blocks. (ii)
(5) Subfloor vents, roof vents, weepholes, control joints, construction joints and penetrations for pipes, conduits and the
like need not comply with (3). External wall within 1.8 m
from an attached building
Separating wall
between Class 1
buildingsClass 1
dwelling
(two storeys)Vertical projection of theattached building wall
Class 1
dwelling9.2.2
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 206 Figure 9.2.3a: Typical construction of external walls
Figure Notes
The external wall is deemed to extend to the underside of non-combustible roof covering, or non-combustible eaves (1)
lining, when constructed as shown.
Where sarking is installed it must be located so that ponding of water is avoided between the fascia and the first (2)
roofing batten.
The location of flashing and framing is indicative only. (3)
Masonry shown in diagram (b) is to be terminated in accordance with 9.2.3(1)(b) . (4)Non-combustible
roofing(a) Gable construction (b) Gutter on face of wall
(c) Gutter on top of wall (d) Eaves constructionNon-combustibleroofingNon-combustibleroofingNon-combustibleroofing and flashing
Non-combustiblefascia and gutterNon-combustiblegutter and flashing(position and shapeindicative only)
Non-combustibleeaves liningNon-combustiblefascia and gutterRoofingbatten
Brickwork cut around truss or rafter.9.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 207 Figure 9.2.3b : Typical construction of external walls — attached Class 1 buildings on the same allot -
ment
Figure Notes
The external wall is deemed to extend to the underside of non-combustible roof covering, or non-combustible eaves (1)
lining, when constructed as shown.
Where sarking is installed it must be located so that ponding of water is avoided between the fascia and the first (2)
roofing batten.
The location of flashing and framing is indicative only. (3)
Masonry shown in diagram (b) is to be terminated in accordance with 9.2.3(1)(b) . (4)
Explanatory Information
A Performance Solution must be used where an external wall required to be fire-resisting does not commence in •
accordance with 9.2.3(1)(a).
The intent of the typical construction details shown in Figures 9.2.3a and b are to ensure that combustible materials •
(external or internal) are not directly exposed to fire at the junction of the wall and non-combustible roof, eaves
lining, guttering and the like. Other forms of construction may also be acceptable provided that they achieve this
intent.
See Figure 9.2.2a and clause 10.7.3 for internal separating wall construction under one common roof. •
9.2.4 Class 10a buildings
[2019: 3.7.2.5]
(1) A Class 1 building must be protected by a method in—
9.2.5 where a Class 10a building is located between or adjacent to a Class 1 building and a boundary alignment (a)Non-combustible fascia
and gutterNon-combustible roofing
Non-combustible roofing
Attached Class 1 buildings on the same allotmentTerminate masonry9.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 208that is not a boundary with a road alignment or other public space; or
9.2.6 where a Class 10a building is located between or adjacent to a Class 1 building it is associated with and (b)
another building on the same allotment; or
9.2.7 where two or more Class 10a buildings on the same allotment are located between and are associated (c)
with different Class 1 buildings.
(2) A Class 10a building must not significantly increase the risk of spread of fire between Class 2 to 9 buildings.
SA 9.2.4(3)
SA 9.2.4(4)
Explanatory Information
9.2.4(1)(a) ensures that when a Class 10 building is located between an allotment boundary and a Class 1 building or
another building on the same allotment, either directly or indirectly, that the Class 1 building be protected by a wall with
an FRL.
The intention is to prevent the spread of fire from an allotment boundary ( fire source feature ) to a Class 1 building via
a Class 10a building. Where a Class 10a building is not sited directly and wholly between the allotment boundary and
the Class 1 building (see 9.2.5 ), the potential of fire spreading from the allotment boundary to the Class 1 still exists.
Therefore, fire separation would be required .
9.2.4 does not apply to a boundary that adjoins a road or public space such as parklands, lakes, rivers and the like
where the construction of buildings is unlikely.
9.2.5 Protection of Class 1 buildings — Class 10a between Class 1 and the
allotment boundar
y
[2019: Figure 3.7.2.4]
The following methods are acceptable for the protection of a Class 1 building where a Class 10a building is located between
or adjacent to a Class 1 building and a boundary alignment that is not a boundary with a road alignment or other public
space:
The Class 10a building is not less than 900 mm from the allotment boundary, other than the boundary adjoining (a)
a road alignment or other public space, as shown in Figure 9.2.5a .
An external wall of the Class 10a building which is less than 900 mm from an allotment boundary, other than the (b)
boundary adjoining a road alignment or other public space, complies with 9.2.3 as shown in Figure 9.2.5b .
An external wall of the Class 10a building, which is less than 900 mm from the Class 1 building, complies with (c)
9.2.3 as shown in Figure 9.2.5c .
The Class 1 building is not less than 900 mm from the Class 10a building, as shown in Figure 9.2.5d . (d)
An external wall of the Class 1 building, which is less than 900 mm from the Class 10a building, complies with (e)
9.2.3 , as shown in Figure 9.2.5e .
An external wall of the Class 10a building which is less than 900 mm from an allotment boundary other than the (f)
boundary adjoining a road alignment or other public space, complies with 9.2.3 , as shown in Figure 9.2.5f .
An external wall of the Class 10a building, which is less than 900 mm from the external wall of the Class 1 (g)
building, complies with 9.2.3 , as shown in Figure 9.2.5g .
An external wall of the Class 1 building, which is less than 900 mm from a Class 10a building that is situated (h)
less than 900 mm from an allotment boundary, complies with 9.2.3 , as shown in Figure 9.2.5h .
The external wall of the Class 1 and Class 10a building which are less than 900 mm from an allotment boundary, (i)
other than the boundary adjoining a road alignment or other public space, complies with 9.2.3 as shown in Figure
9.2.5i . 9.2.4
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 209 Figure 9.2.5a : Class 10a building 900 mm from allotment boundary
Figure 9.2.5b : External wall to Class 10a building with FRL (method 1 )
10a
1
Not less than 900 mm
Allotment boundary
10a 1
Less than 900 mmWall with a FRL of 60/60/60
Allotment boundary9.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 210 Figure 9.2.5c : External wall to Class 10a building with FRL (method 2)
Figure 9
.2.5d : 900 mm separation between buildings 10a 1
Less than 900 mmWall with a FRL of 60/60/60
Allotment boundary
10a 1
Not less than 900 mmLess than 900 mm
Allotment boundary9.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 211 Figure 9.2.5e : Class 1 building with FRL to external wall
1 10a
Less than 900 mm
Allotment boundaryWall with a FRL of 60/60/609.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 212 Figure 9.2.5f : External wall of adjacent Class 10a building with FRL (method 1)
Not less than 900 mm
Less than 900 mm 1
10aWall with a FRL of 60/60/60
Allotment boundary9.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 213 Figure 9.2.5g : External wall of adjacent Class 10a building with FRL (method 2)
Not less than 900 mm Less than 900 mm
110a
Wall with a FRL
of 60/60/60
Allotment boundary9.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 214 Figure 9.2.5h : Class 1 building with FRL to external wall
Not less than 900 mm
Less than 900 mm 1
10aWall with a FRL
of 60/60/60Allotment boundary9.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 215 Figure 9.2.5i : External wall to Class 10 building with FRL
9.2.6 Protection of Class 1 buildings—Class 10a between Class 1 and other
buildings on allotment
[2019: Figure 3.7.2.5]
The following methods are acceptable for the protection of a Class 1 building where a Class 10a building is located between
or adjacent to a Class 1 building it is associated with and another building on the same allotment:
The Class 10a building is not less than 1.8 m from the other building, as shown in Figure 9.2.6a . (a)
An external wall of the Class 10a building, which is less than 1.8 m from the other building, complies with 9.2.3 , (b)
as shown in Figure 9.2.6b .
An external wall of the Class 10a building, which is less than 1.8 m from the Class 1 building, complies with (c)
9.2.3 , as shown in Figure 9.2.6c .
The Class 1 building is not less than 1.8 m from the Class 10a building, as shown in Figure 9.2.6d . (d)
An external wall of the Class 1 building, which is less than 1.8 m from the Class 10a building, complies with (e)
9.2.3 , as shown in Figure 9.2.6e .
An external wall of the Class 10a building, which is less than 1.8 m from the external wall of the other building, (f)
complies with 9.2.3 , as shown in Figure 9.2.6f .
An external wall of the Class 10a building, which is less than 1.8 m from the external wall of the Class 1 building, (g)
complies with 9.2.3 , as shown in Figure 9.2.6g .
An external wall of the Class 1 and 10a building, which is less than 1.8 m from the external wall of the other (h)
building, complies with 9.2.3 , as shown in Figure 9.2.6h . Less than 900 mm
1
10aWall with a FRL of 60/60/60
Allotment boundary9.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 216 Figure 9.2.6a: Class 10a building 1.8 m from other building on allotment
Figure 9.2.6b : External wall to Class 10a building with FRL (method 1)
10a 1
Not less than 1.8 m
Other class of building on allotment
10a 1
Less than 1.8 mWall with a FRL of 60/60/60
Other class of building on allotment9.2.6
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 217 Figure 9.2.6c : External wall to Class 10a building with FRL (method 2)
Figur
e 9.2.6d : 1.8 m separation between Class 1 and 10a
10a 1
Less than 1.8 mWall with a FRL of 60/60/60
Other class of building on allotment
10a 1
Not less than 1.8 mLess than 1.8 m
Other class of building on allotment9.2.6
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 218 Figure 9.2.6e: Class 1 building with FRL to external wall
Figure 9.2.6f : External wall of adjacent Class 10a building with FRL (met hod 1 )
1 10a
Less than 1.8 mWall with a FRL of 60/60/60
Other class of building on allotment
10a
1Less than 1.8 m
Not Less than 1.8 mWall with a FRL of 60/60/60
Other class of building on allotment9.2.6
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 219 Figure 9.2.6g : External wall of adjacent Class 10a building with FRL (method 2)
Figur
e 9.2.6h : Class 1 and 10 building with FRL to external wall
9.2.7 Protection of Class 1 buildings—separation of Class 10a buildings on an
allotment
[2019: Figure 3.7.2.6]
The following methods are acceptable for the protection of a Class 1 building where two or more Class 10a buildings on
the same allotment are located between and are associated with different Class 1 buildings:
Each Class 10a building must be separated from each other by a distance of not less than 1.8 m, as shown in (a)1Less than 1.8 m
Not less than 1.8 m Wall with a FRL of 60/60/60
Other class of building on allotmentLess than 1.8 m 10a
Less than 1.8 m 110aWall with a FRL of 60/60/60
Other class of building on allotment9.2.6
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 220Figure 9.2.7a .
Each Class 10a building must be separated from each other by external walls complying with 9.2.3 , as shown (b)
in Figure 9.2.7b .
Each Class 10a building must be separated from each Class 1 building by a distance of not less than 900 mm, (c)
as shown in Figure 9.2.7c .
Each Class 10a building must be separated from each Class 1 building by external walls complying with 9.2.3 , (d)
as shown in Figure 9.2.7d .
Each Class 10a building must be separated by a wall complying with 9.3.1 , as shown in Figure 9.2.7e . (e)
Each Class 10a building must be separated from each other by external walls complying with 9.2.3 , as shown (f)
in Figure 9.2.7f .
Each Class 10a building must be separated from each Class 1 building by external walls complying with 9.2.3 , (g)
as shown in Figure 9.2.7g .
Each Class 10a building must be separated by a wall complying with 9.3.1 , as shown in Figure 9.2.7h . (h)
Figure 9.2.7a: 1.8m separation between Class 10a buildings
Figure 9.2.7b : External wall to Class 10a building with FRL (method 1 )
Figure 9.2.7c : 900 mm separation between Class 10a and Class 1 buildings
10a1
Not less than 1.8 m10a1
10a1
Less than 1.8 m10a1Wall with a FRL of 60/60/60
Not less than 900 mm10a1 1
10a9.2.7
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 221 Figure 9.2.7d : External wall to a Class 10a buildings with FRL (method 2)
Figur
e 9.2.7e : Class 10a buildings with FRL to separating wall (met hod 1 )
Figure 9.2.7f : External wall to adjacent Class 10a buildings with FRL (method 1)
10a11
10a
Less than 900 mmWall with a FRL of 60/60/60
10a 10a11
Wall with a FRL of 60/60/60
Less than 1.8 m
110a
110a
Not less than 1.8 m Wall with a FRL of 60/60/60 Wall with a FRL of 60/60/609.2.7
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 222 Figure 9.2.7g : External wall to adjacent Class 10a buildings with FRL (method 2)
Figur
e 9.2.7h : Class 10a buildings with FRL to separating wall (method 2 )
SA 9.2.8
9.2.8 Open carports
[2019: 3.7.2.6]
A Class 10a carport is exempt from complying with 9.2.4(1) if—
it has two or more sides open and not less than one third of its perimeter open; and (a)
for the purposes of (a), a side is considered to be open if the roof covering adjacent to that side is not less than (b)
500 mm from another building or allotment boundary; and
it has a polycarbonate or non-combustible roof covering; and (c)
any ceiling lining and wall cladding, including gables, is non-combustible (see Figure 9.2.8a ); and (d)Not less than 1.8 m
1
10a1
10a
Less than 1.8 m Less than 900 mm Less than 900 mm
Wall with a FRL
of 60/60/60Wall with a FRL of 60/60/60
110a
110a
Not less than 1.8 m Wall with a FRL of 60/60/609.2.7
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 223it does not provide direct vertical support to any part of the Class 1 building; and (e)
in the case where it has a common roof structure with the Class 1 building and the carport does not have a (f)
ceiling (See Figure 9.2.8b ), the opening between the top of the wall of the Class 1 building and the underside of
the roof covering is infilled with—
a non-combustible material; or (i)
construction clad with non-combustible material on the carport side. (ii)
Figure 9.2.8a: Identifying an open carport
Roof covering must be polycarbonate o r
non-combustible and any ceiling lining
must be non-combustible
Timber post and beams are permitted
adjacent to a boundary. However, wallcladding must be non-combustible
Side of carport is considered open if no roof covering is overshaded area i.e. at least 500 mm from adjoining building orallotment
This carport satisfies the
exemption criteria Carport calculationClass 1 CarportAllotment boundary
(a) Example A
Allotment boundary
Side of carport less than 500 mm fromallotment boundary, therefore side isconsidered closed Class 1
CarportOpen
Open
(b) Example B
6 m3 m500 mm or more
311863+6+6+33+3PerimeterOpen side
=
=
=9.2.8
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 224 Figure 9.2.8b : Requirements for non -combustible infill panels to carport
Explanatory Information
A side of a carport enclosed by a vehicle access door is not considered to be an open side.
SA 9.2.9
9.2.9 Allowable encroachments
[2019: 3.7.2.7]
(1) An encroachment is any construction—
between the external wall of the building and the allotment boundary other than a boundary adjoining a road or (a)
other public space; or
between the external walls of two buildings on the same allotment; or (b)
between the external wall of the building and the vertical projection of the external wall of another building on (c)
the same allotment; or
that extends beyond the vertical projection of another building on the same allotment other than a building it is (d)
associated with.
(2) For the purposes of (1), an encroachment relates to any external wall of—
a Class 10a building required to comply with 9.2.4 ; or (a)
a Class 1 building. (b)
(3) Encroachments allowed within 900 mm of an allotment boundary or within 1.8 m of another building, or its vertical
projection, on the same allotment are—
Boundary lineDwelling
CarportDetail (see below)Non-combustible
roof cladding
CarportRoof
Ceiling todwelling Non-combustiblelining
Carport Roof
Ceiling todwelling Infill of non-combustiblematerial(a) Elevation
(c) Detail – option 2 (b) Detail – option 19.2.8
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 225non-combustible fascias, gutters and downpipes; and (a)
light fittings, electricity or gas meters, aerials or antennas; and (b)
pergolas, sun blinds or water tanks (see Figure 9.2.9a ); and (c)
unroofed terraces, landings, steps and ramps, not more than 1 m in height. (d)
(4) Encroachments allowed up to but not closer than 450 mm from an allotment boundary or up to but not closer than
900 mm from another building, or its vertical projection, on the same allotment or associated encroachments of
another building on the same allotment are—
combustible fascias, gutters and downpipes (see Figure 9.2.9a , Figure 9.2.9b and Figure 9.2.9c ); and (a)
eaves with non-combustible roof cladding and non-combustible lining; and (b)
flues, chimneys, pipes, domestic fuel tanks, cooling or heating appliances or other services. (c)
(5) Encroachments allowed to project beyond the vertical projection of another building on the same allotment are non-
combustible fascias, gutters and downpipes (see Figure 9.2.3b ).
Figure 9.2.9a: Allowable encroachments for non -combustible construction — Combustible fascia up t o
but not closer than 450 mm to an allotment boundary
900 mm
BoundaryNon-combustible eaves lining
Combustible fascia
Non-combustible gutterNon-combustible roof
Diagramatic
framing only
450 mm
min.9.2.9
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 226 Figure 9.2.9b : Allowable encroachments for non -combustible construction — Non-combustible fascia
and gutter within 900 mm of an allotment boundary
Figure 9.2.9c : Allowable encroachments for non -combustible construction — Unroofed per gola within
900 mm of an allotment boundary
Explanatory Information
A deck is not considered an unroofed terrace and is therefore not permitted as an allowable encroachment under 9.2.9
whether combustible or not.
The term ‘pergola’ is a reference to an unroofed structure.
Explanatory Figure 9.2.9 depicts encroachment of a building on the same allotment, but which is not associated with
the building onto which it encroaches. 900 mm
BoundaryNon-combustible eaves lining
Non-combustible fascia
Non-combustible gutterNon-combustible roof
Diagramatic
framing only
450 mm
min.
Setback
900 mm
Class 1aAllotment boundary
Concrete pavers Unroofed pergola permitted to
encroach within 900 mm
of the boundary9.2.9
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 227 Figure 9.2.9 (explanatory) :Encroachment of a building that is not associated on the same allotment
9.2.10 Roof lights
[2019: 3.7.2.8]
Combustible roof lights, skylights or the like installed in a roof or part of a roof required to have a non-combustible covering
must—
have an aggregate area not more than 20% of the roof or part of the roof; and (a)
be not less than— (b)
900 mm from the allotment boundary other than the boundary adjoining a road alignment or other public (i)
space; and
1.8 m from any roof light or the like in another building on the allotment other than an associated building (ii)
or a detached part of the same building (see Figure 9.2.10 ). Allotment boundary Allotment boundaryEncroachmentVertical projection of
another building on the same allotment other than a building it is associated with
Class 1 Garage Class 1 Garage9.2.9
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 228 Figure 9.2.10: Location of combustible roof lights
Figure Notes
Roof lights depicted in Figure 9.2.10 are combustible .Building not belonging
to the Class 1 building
Distance between rooflights must be not lessthan 1.8 m
Aggregate of roof lights to be notmore than 20% of part of theroof (as shaded)
Roof of Class 1 building required
to be non-combustible
Roof lights must be located not lessthan 900 mm from allotmentboundary or separating wall Roof lightAllotment boundary
Roof light
Roof light
Roof light9.2.10
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 229
9.3.1 Separating walls
[2019: 3.7.3.2]
(1) A separating wall between Class 1 buildings, or a wall that separates a Class 1 building from a Class 10a building
which is not associated with the Class 1 building must—
be constructed— (a)
having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60; or (i)
of masonry not less than 90 mm thick; and (ii)
commence at the footings or ground slab (see Figure 9.3.1a ), except for horizontal projections to which 9.3.4 (b)
applies (see Figure 9.3.4 ); and
extend— (c)
if the building has a non-combustible roof covering, to the underside of the roof covering (see Figure 9.3.1a (i)
and Figure 9.3.1b ); or
if the building has a combustible roof covering, to not less than 450 mm above the roof covering (see Figure (ii)
9.3.1a ); and
comply with (2) to (5) and 9.3.2 as applicable. (d)
(2) A separating wall of lightweight construction must be tested in accordance with Specification 6.
(3) A separating wall complying with (1)(c)(i)—
must not be crossed by timber or other combustible building elements except for roof battens with dimensions (a)
of 75 x 50 mm or less, or roof sarking; and
must have any gap between the top of the wall and the underside of the roof covering packed with mineral fibre (b)
or other suitable fire-resisting material.
(4) Where a building has a masonry veneer external wall , any gap between the separating wall and the external masonry
veneer must be—
not more than 50 mm; and (a)
packed with a mineral fibre or other suitable fire-resisting material with the packing arranged to maintain any (b)
weatherproofing requirements of H2D4.
(5) Eaves, verandahs and similar spaces that are open to the roof space and are common to more than one Class 1
dwelling must be separated by a non-combustible vertical lining (see Figure 9.3.1c ).
Figure 9.3.1a: Separating wall construction
Part 9.3 Fire protection of separating walls and floors
Separating wall Separating wall
to underside of
non-combustible
roof coveringNon-combustibleroof coverings
Separating wall commencing at footings Combustible roof
coveringSeparating wall to extend 450 mm
above combustible roof covering
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 230 Figure 9.3.1b: Separating wall construction — Underside of non -combustible roof cladding ( diagram 1 )
Figure 9.3.1c: Separating wall construction — Underside of non -combustible roof cladding (diagr am 2 )
Figure Notes
Elements crossing the non-combustible vertical lining must comply with 9.3.1(3) .
9.3.2 Services in separating walls
[2019: 3.7.3.3]
(1) Any service opening, other than those listed in (2), (3) and (4), in a separating wall must have construction with an Roof battens may pass
over separating wall Mineral fibre or other suitablefire-resisting material
Non-combustibleroof cladding
Roof frame
Ceiling60/60/60 wall
Dwelling 1 Dwelling 2
(a) Wall parallel to roof frame (b) Wall at right-angles to roof frame60/60/60 wallto undersideof box gutter Box gutter
Roof frame (rafter / truss notto pass throughseparating wall )
Dwelling 1
Dwelling 2Non-combustibleroof cladding
Dwelling 1 Dwelling 2
Plan viewPlan viewDwelling 1 Dwelling 2Separating wall
Eave or verandah
Eave or verandahSeparating wallOPTION 1 Non-combustible
vertical lining installed between roof space of one Class 1 and the common eaves or verandah space
OPTION 2 Non-combustible vertical
Iining installed in common
eaves or verandah space
Note: The non-combustible vertical
lining need only be installed on one
side of a rafter, truss or supporting framework, provided that it forms a continuous barrier with the separating wall9.3.1
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 231FRL of not less than -/60/60.
(2) If an electrical wire or cable penetrates a separating wall —
the service and building element at the penetration must— (a)
be identical with a prototype assembly that has been tested in accordance with AS 4072.1 and AS 1530.4 (i)
and achieve an FRL of not less than -/60/60; or
differ from a prototype assembly of the service and building element in accordance with AS 4072.1; or (ii)
the service must be installed so that— (b)
the opening is neatly formed, cut or drilled and no closer than 50 mm to any other service; and (i)
the opening is no larger in cross-section than— (ii)
2000 mm2 if only a single cable is accommodated and the gap between the cable and the wall is no (A)
wider than 15 mm; or
500 mm2 in any other case; and (B)any gap between the service and the wall is packed with mineral fibre or other suitable
fire-resisting material. (iii)
(3) If an electrical switch, outlet, socket or the like is accommodated in a separating wall —
the service and building element at the penetration must— (a)
be identical with a prototype assembly which has been tested in accordance with AS 4072.1 and AS 1530.4 (i)
and achieve an FRL of not less than -/60/60; or
differ from a prototype assembly of the service and building element in accordance with AS 4072.1; or (ii)
the service must be installed so that— (b)
the opening or recess— (i)
is not located opposite any point within 300 mm horizontally or 600 mm vertically of any opening or (A)
recess on the opposite side of the wall; or
does not extend beyond half the thickness of the wall; and (B)any gap between the service and the wall is packed with mineral fibre or other suitable
fire-resisting material. (ii)
(4) Other than where a tested system is used in accordance with (3)(a), if an electrical switch, socket, outlet or the like
is accommodated in a hollow separating wall , the cavity immediately behind the service must be framed and packed
with mineral fibre or other suitable fire-resisting material (see Figure 9.3.2 ). 9.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 232 Figure 9.3.2: Separating wall construction — Services in cavity construction
Explanatory Information
For the purposes of 9.3.2 and 10.7.2 , a reference to a separating wall includes a wall that separates a Class 1 building
from a Class 10a building that is not associated with the Class 1 building.
It is important that any opening in a separating wall between Class 1 buildings does not allow the free passage of fire
between buildings. Many designs would require the installation of openings for electrical cables and outlets in these
walls. 9.3.2 therefore allows such openings provided they comply with the requirements of that provision.
A reference to a hollow separating wall in 9.3.2(4) may include a stud wall, masonry cavity wall or a wall of hollow
blockwork.
Part 10.7 (sound insulation) also contains requirements relevant to separating walls , in addition to the provisions of this
Part. This includes installation requirements for walls and services to achieve appropriate levels of sound insulation.
9.3.3 Roof lights
[2019: 3.7.3.4]
Combustible roof lights, skylights or the like installed in a roof or part of a roof required to have a non-combustible covering
must—
have an aggregate area not more than 20% of the roof or part of the roof; and (a)
be not less than 900 mm from the vertical projection of a separating wall extending to the underside of the roof (b)
covering. Packing with mineral
fibre or other suitablefire-resisting material Hollow separating wall
Electrical outlet
Framing in cavity9.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 233 9.3.4 Horizontal projections
[2019: 3.7.3.5]
(1) Where a horizontal projection forms part of a separating wall complying with 9.3.1 , any horizontal projection within
1.8 m on each side of the separating wall (see Figure 9.3.4 ) must—
be a floor/ceiling or floor/soffit system incorporating a ceiling or soffit which has a resistance to the incipient (a)
spread of fire to the space above itself of not less than 60 minutes; or
have an FRL not less than 30/30/30 when tested from the underside; or (b)
have a fire-protective covering on the underside of the floor, including beams incorporated in it, if the floor is (c)
combustible or of metal.
(2) The part of the separating wall that projects outwards horizontally must—
extend to the underside of the floor/ceiling or floor/soffit system complying with (1); and (a)
not be crossed by timber or other combustible building elements except for framing members with dimensions (b)
of 75 x 50 mm or less, or sarking; and
have any gap between the bottom of the wall and the underside of the floor/ceiling or floor/soffit system packed (c)
with mineral fibre or other suitable fire-resisting material.
(3) Where a floor subject to (1)(b) depends on direct vertical or lateral support from another part to maintain its FRL, that
supporting part must have an FRL of not less than 30/-/-.
(4) Where a service passes through a floor referred to in (1), the penetration must not reduce the fire performance of the
floor or covering.
Figure 9.3.4: Horizontal projection forming part of a separating wall
Figure Notes
Horizontal projections within 1.8 m of another building must be protected in accordance with 9.3.4(1) .Horizontal projection forms
part of a separating wall
Horizontal projection within 1.8 mof another building must be protected
Separating wall between
Class 1 buildingsClass 1 buildings on same allotment9.3.4
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 234
NSW Part 9.4
9.4.1 Walls requiring protection
[2019: 3.7.4.2]
(1) Where parts of a Class 1a dwelling are located above a Class 10a private garage that is not associated with the
Class 1a dwelling—
any wall separating parts of the Class 1a dwelling from the private garage not associated with the dwelling must (a)
comply with (2); and
any private garage associated with and located below the Class 1a dwelling must be separated from the private (b)
garage not associated with the dwelling by a wall complying with (2).
(2) A wall required by (1) must—
have either— (a)
an FRL of not less than 60/60/60 when tested from the private garage associated with another dwelling (i)
side; or
be of masonry construction not less than 90 mm thick; and (ii)commence at the footings or ground slab; and (b)
extend to the underside of a separating floor complying with
9.4.2 ; and (c)
comply with 9.3.1(2) to (5) and 9.3.2 as applicable. (d)
9.4.2 Separating floors
[2019: 3.7.4.3]
(1) Where parts of a Class 1a dwelling are located above or below a Class 10a private garage that is not associated with
the Class 1a dwelling, any floor separating the Class 1a dwelling from the Class 10a private garage not associated
with the dwelling must—
be a floor/ceiling or floor/soffit system incorporating a ceiling or soffit which has a resistance to the incipient (a)
spread of fire to the space above itself of not less than 60 minutes; or
have an FRL not less than 30/30/30 when tested from the underside; or (b)
have a fire-protective covering on the underside of the floor, including beams incorporated in it, if the floor is (c)
combustible or of metal.
(2) Where a floor subject to (1)(b) depends on direct vertical or lateral support from another part to maintain its FRL, that
supporting part must have an FRL of not less than 30/-/-.
(3) Where a service passes through a floor referred to in (1), the penetration must not reduce the fire performance of the
floor or covering.
Notes
Figure 9.4.2 illustrates requirements of this provision. Part 9.4 Fire protection of garage top dwellings
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 235 Figure 9.4.2: Separating wall and floor construction
Figure Notes
For floor/ceiling protection, see 9.4.1(2)(c) and 9.4.2 . (1)
For FRL for direct supporting part, see 9.4.2(2) . (2)
For FRL for wall separating parts of the Class 1a dwelling from the non-associated private garage , see 9.4.1(1) . (3)Class 10a
belonging to
the Class 1a
dwellingClass 1aFloor / ceiling
protection
Direct supporting part to maintain FRL not less than 30/-/- Wall separating parts of the Class 1a dwelling from the private garage not
associated with the dwellingFRL 60/60/60Class 10a
not associated with the
Class 1a dwelling9.4.2
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 236NSW 9.5.1
9.5.1 Smoke alarm requirements
[2019: 3.7.5.2]
Smoke alarms must—
be located in— (a)
a Class 1a building in accordance with 9.5.2 and 9.5.4 ; and (i)
a Class 1b building in accordance with 9.5.3 and 9.5.4 ; and (ii)
comply with
AS 3786, except that in a Class 10a private garage where the use of the area is likely to result in (b)
smoke alarms causing spurious signals, any other alarm deemed suitable in accordance with
AS 1670.1 may
be installed provided that smoke alarms complying with
AS 3786 are installed elsewhere in the Class 1 building;
and
be powered from the consumer mains source where a consumer mains source is supplied to the building; and (c)
be interconnected where there is more than one alarm. (d)
Explanatory Information
A smoke alarm can give spurious alarms if the atmosphere contains particles which obscure vision, such as could occur
in a Class 10a private garage part of a building. 9.5.1(b) therefore allows the use of a more suitable alarm, such as a
heat alarm, in these locations.
9.5.1(d) requires alarms to be interconnected where there is more than one alarm. This only applies within a single
dwelling. Therefore, alarms in a Class 1a dwelling need not be interconnected with alarms in another dwelling or a
private garage which does not belong to the Class 1a dwelling.
9.5.2 Location – Class 1a buildings
[2019: 3.7.5.3]
In a Class 1a building, smoke alarms must be located in—
any storey containing bedrooms, every corridor or hallway associated with a bedroom, or if there is no corridor (a)
or hallway
, in an area between the bedrooms and the remainder of the building; and
each other storey not containing bedrooms. (b)
Notes
Figure 9.5.2a and 9.5.2b illustrates requirements of this provision. Part 9.5 Smoke alarms and evacuation lighting
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 237 Figure 9.5.2a : Class 1a building where all bedrooms are grouped together and served by a hallway
Figure Notes
In this diagram, the location of the smoke alarm is indicated by a black dot.
Figure 9.5.2b : Class 1a building where bedrooms are located in separate areas
Dining
FamilyLaundry Bath BedBed Bed
Kitchen
Hallway
WC
Dining
BedroomLaundry Bath BedBed Bed
Kitchen
Hallway
WC
Smoke alarms required to be
interconnected9.5.2
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 238Figure Notes
In this diagram, the location of each smoke alarm is indicated by a black dot.(1)
Smoke alarms are required to be interconnected by 9.5.1(d) . (2)
9.5.3 Location – Class 1b buildings
[2019: 3.7.5.4]
In a Class 1b building, smoke alarms must be located in—
every bedroom; and (a)
every corridor or hallway associated with a bedroom, or if there is no corridor or hallway
, in an area between the (b)
bedrooms and the remainder of the building; and
each other storey
. (c)
Notes
Figure 9.5.3 illustrates requirements of this provision.
Figure 9.5.3: Class 1b building where multiple bedrooms are served by a hallway
Figur
e Notes
In this diagram—(1)
the location of each smoke alarm is indicated by a black dot; and(a)
the location of a smoke alarm with evacuation lighting is indicated by a black dot within a square; and(b)
the area served by evacuation lighting is indicated by grey shading.(c)
Smoke alarms are required to be interconnected by 9.4.1(d) . (2)
Lighting in the grey shaded area is to be activated by a smoke alarm if using 9.5.5(b)(ii) . (3)
9.5.4 Installation of smoke alarms
[2019: 3.7.5.5]
Smoke alarms required by 9.5.2 and 9.5.3 must be installed on or near the ceiling, in accordance with the following:
Where a smoke alarm is located on the ceiling it must be— (a)
a minimum of 300 mm away from the corner junction of the wall and ceiling; and (i)
between 500 mm and 1500 mm away from the high point and apexes of the ceiling, if the room has a sloping (ii)
ceiling.
Where (a) is not possible, the smoke alarm may be installed on the wall, and located a minimum of 300 mm and (b)
a maximum of 500 mm of
f the ceiling at the junction with the wall.BedBed
Bed BedBath Laundry Kitchen Dining
LivingBed
Lights in this area to be
activated by smoke alarm Smoke alarms required to be
interconnected 9.5.2
(1 May 2023)
Fire safety
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 239
Explanatory Information
Smoke alarms need to be located on (or near) the ceiling for optimum detection of smoke in a fire situation with special
care taken to avoid dead air spaces. A dead air space is an area in which trapped hot air will prevent smoke from
reaching the alarm. This space generally occurs at the apex of cathedral ceilings, the corner junction of walls and
ceilings and between exposed joists etc. (see Explanatory Figure 9.5.4 ).
Smoke alarms may be located on the wall in accordance with 9.5.4(b). Explanatory Figure 9.5.4 provides location criteria
and the dimensional relationship to building elements and the associated dead air spaces.
Figure 9.5.4 (explanat or y):Installation of smoke alarms to avoid dead air space
9.5.5 Lighting to assist evacuation – Class 1b buildings
[2019: 3.7.5.6]
In a Class 1b building, a system of lighting must be installed to assist evacuation of occupants in the event of a fire, and—
be activated by the smoke alarm required by 9.5.3(b) ; and (a)
consist of— (b)
a light incorporated within the smoke alarm; or (i)
the lighting located in the corridor, hallway or area served by the smoke alarm. (ii)
Explanatory Information
The lighting required by 9.5.5 may consist of artificial lighting which may already be installed in a corridor, hallway or
area, provided that the lighting is activated by the smoke alarm. However consideration should be given to ensure that
the lighting is not controlled by a dimmer or timer controlled switch which may dim the level of light to an ineffective
level, or switch the light off before occupants have time to evacuate. Key:
Ceiling line Dead air space
Suitable smoke
alarm location
Side wall300 mmmin.300 mm500 mm max.1500 mm ma
x.min.500 mm
Exposed joists or other projections such as exposed beams, rafters, trusses, etc.9.5.4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 240
10 Health and amenity
Part 10.1 Scope and application of
Section 10
10.1.1 Scope
10.1.2 Application
Part 10.2 Wet area waterproofing
10.2.1 Wet areas
10.2.2 Shower area (enclosed and unenclosed)
10.2.3 Area outside shower area
10.2.4 Areas adjacent to baths and spas without showers
10.2.5 Other areas
10.2.6 Waterproofing systems
10.2.7 Materials
10.2.8 Materials — waterproof
10.2.9 Materials — water resistant substrates
10.2.10 Materials — water resistant surface materials
10.2.11 Construction of wet areas — wall and floor substrate materials
10.2.12 Construction of wet area floors — falls
10.2.13 Construction of wet areas — wall and floor surface materials
10.2.14 Shower area requirements
10.2.15 Stepdown showers
10.2.16 Hob construction
10.2.17 Enclosed showers with level threshold (without hob or set down)
10.2.18 Unenclosed showers
10.2.19 Preformed shower bases
10.2.20 Baths and spas
10.2.21 Membrane installation for screed
10.2.22 Substrate surface preparation for application of membrane
10.2.23 Penetrations
10.2.24 Flashings/junctions
10.2.25 Shower area floor membrane application
10.2.26 Shower area membrane requirements for wall sheeting substrates
10.2.27 Bond breaker installation for bonded membranes
10.2.28 Installation of internal membranes
10.2.29 Membrane to drainage connection
10.2.30 Drainage riser connection
10.2.31 Door jambs on tiled floors
10.2.32 Shower screens
Part 10.3 Room heights
10.3.1 Height of rooms and other spaces
Part 10.4 Facilities
10.4.1 Required facilities
10.4.2 Construction of sanitary compartments
Part 10.5 Light
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 24110.5.1 Natural light
10.5.2 Artificial lighting
Part 10.6 Ventilation
10.6.1 Application
10.6.2 Ventilation requirements
10.6.3 Location of sanitary compartments
Part 10.7 Sound insulation
10.7.1 Sound insulation requirements
10.7.2 Determination of airborne sound insulation ratings
10.7.3 Construction of sound insulated walls
10.7.4 Services
10.7.5 Acceptable forms of construction for masonry walls
10.7.6 Acceptable forms of construction for concrete walls
10.7.7 Acceptable forms of construction for autoclaved aerated con -
crete walls
10.7.8 Acceptable forms of construction for timber and steel framed
walls
Part 10.8 Condensation management
10.8.1 External wall construction
10.8.2 Exhaust systems
10.8.3 Ventilation of roof spaces
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 242
10.1.1 Scope
[New for 2022]
This Section sets out the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for—
wet areas and external waterproofing (see Part 10.2 ); and (a)
room heights (see Part 10.3 ); and (b)
facilities (see Part 10.4 ); and (c)
light (see Part 10.5 ); and (d)
ventilation (see Part 10.6 ); and (e)
sound insulation (see Part 10.7 ); and (f)
condensation management (see Part 10.8 ). (g)
10.1.2 Application
[New for 2022]
The application of this Section is subject to the following:
The Governing Requirements of NCC Volume Two. (a)
The State and Territory variations, additions and deletions contained in the Schedules to the ABCB Housing (b)
Provisions and NCC Volume Two.
Explanatory Information
In NCC 2019, the content of
Section 10
of the ABCB Housing Provisions (other than content added in NCC 2022 orlater) was contained in the acceptable construction practices for Parts 3.8.1 to 3.8.7 of NCC 2019 Volume Two. Part 10.1 Scope and application of
Section 10
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 243
SA 10.2.1
10.2.1 Wet areas
[2019: 3.8.1.2]
(1) Building elements in wet areas within a building must be protected with a waterproofing system .
(2) The waterproofing system in (1) must be either waterproof or water resistant in accordance with 10.2.2 to 10.2.6 .
10.2.2 Shower area (enclosed and unenclosed)
[2019: Table 3.8.1.1]
(1) For a shower area with a hob, step-down or level threshold, the following applies:
The floor of the shower area must be waterproof , including any hob or step-down (see Figure 10.2.2 ); and (a)
The walls of the shower area must be waterproof not less than 1800 mm above the floor substrate (see Figure (b)
10.2.2 ).
Wall junctions and joints within the shower area must be waterproof not less than 40 mm either side of the (c)
junction (see Figure 10.2.2 ).
Wall/floor junctions within the shower area must be waterproof (see Figure 10.2.2 ). (d)
Penetrations within the shower area must be waterproof . (e)
(2) A shower with a preformed shower base must also comply with the requirements of (1), except for (a) which is not
applicable. Part 10.2 Wet area waterproofing
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 244 Figure 10.2.2: Extent of treatment for shower areas — concrete compressed fibre -cement and fibre -
cement sheet floors
Figure Notes
Wall/floor junction heights are to be as per 10.2.2 to 10.2.6 (as applicable).
Notes
Where a shower is above a bath or spa, use requirements for shower.
10.2.3 Area outside shower area
[2019: Table 3.8.1.1]
(1) For concrete, compressed fibre-cement and fibre-cement sheet flooring, the floor of the room must be water resistant . Edge of shower
screen
1800 mm
(a) Enclosed shower(ii) Side viewWaterproo f
wall
Waterproof
wall
(i) Plan view1800 mm
(b) Unenclosed shower(ii) Side view1500 mmWP
WP(i) Plan viewShower
screenWaterproof wall
to 1800 mm
above the floor
Minimum extent of
waterproofing1500 mmWaterproof floor
Waterproof floor10.2.2
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 245(2) For timber floors including particleboard, plywood and other timber based flooring materials, the floor of the room
must be waterproof .
(3) Wall/floor junctions must be—
waterproof ; and (a)
where a flashing is used, the horizontal leg must be not less than 40 mm. (b)
10.2.4 Areas adjacent to baths and spas without showers
[2019: Table 3.8.1.1]
(1) For areas adjacent to all baths and spas, the following applies:
For concrete, compressed fibre-cement and fibre-cement sheet flooring, the floor of the room must be water (a)
resistant .
For timber floors including particleboard, plywood and other timber based flooring materials, the floor of the room (b)
must be waterproof .
Tap and spout penetrations must be waterproof where they occur in horizontal surfaces. (c)
(2) For areas adjacent to non-freestanding baths and spas, the following applies:
Walls must be water resistant (see Figure 10.2.4a and Figure 10.2.4b )— (a)
to a height of not less than 150 mm above the vessel , for the extent of the vessel , where the vessel is within (i)
75 mm of a wall; and
for all exposed surfaces below vessel lip. (ii)
Wall junctions and joints must be water resistant within 150 mm above a vessel for the extent of the vessel . (b)
Wall/floor junctions must be waterproof for the extent of the vessel (see Figure 10.2.4a and Figure 10.2.4b ). (c)
(3) For inserted baths and spas, the following applies:
For floors and horizontal surfaces: (a)
Any shelf area adjoining the bath or spa must be waterproof and include a waterstop under the vessel lip. (i)
There are no requirements for the floor under a bath or spa. (ii)
For walls: (b)
Waterproof to not less than 150 mm above the lip of a bath or spa. (i)
There are no requirements for the floor under a bath or spa. (ii)
For wall junctions and joints, the following applies: (c)
Waterproof junctions within 150 mm of a bath or spa. (i)
There are no requirements for junctions and joints in walls beneath the lip of a bath or spa. (ii)
Tap and spout penetrations must be waterproof where they occur in horizontal surfaces. (d)10.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 246 Figure 10.2.4a: Areas adjacent to baths and spas without showers for concrete, compressed fibre -ce-
ment and fibre -cement sheet flooring
Water resistant floor
(a) Plan viewWaterproof to a width
of 40 mm either side of
the junction
Waterproof to a width
of 40 mm either side of the junctionWR
Water resistant
150 mm
Waterproof
junctions
Waterproof bath
lip/tile jointWaterproof bath/wall
junction
(b) Isometric viewWRWR40 mmSeal tap and bath
spout penetrations
Waterproof junction width
of 40 mm either side of the junction
Waterproof junction 25 mm
above finished floor level
Floor waste
Water resistant floorWR10.2.4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 247 Figure 10.2.4b : Areas adjacent to baths and spas without showers for timber floors including particle -
board, plywood and other floor materials
10.2.5 Other areas
[2019: Table 3.8.1.1]
(1) For walls adjoining other types of vessels (e.g. sink, basin or laundry tub), the following applies:
Walls must be water resistant to a height of not less than 150 mm above the vessel , for the extent of the vessel , (a)
where the vessel is within 75 mm of a wall (see Figure 10.2.5 ).
Waterproof wall junctions where a vessel is fixed to a wall. (b)
Waterproof tap and spout penetrations where they occur in surfaces required to be waterproof or water resistant . (c)
(2) For laundries and WCs, the following applies:
The floor of the room must be water resistant . (a)
Wall/floor junctions must be water resistant , and where a flashing is used, the horizontal leg must not be less (b)Waterproof entire floor
(a) Plan viewWaterproof to a width
of 40 mm either side of
the junction
Waterproof to a width
of 40 mm either side of the junctionWP
Waterproof 150 mm
Waterproofjunctions
Waterproof bath
lip/tile jointWaterproof bath/wall
junction
(b) Isometric viewWPWR40 mmSeal tap and bath spout penetrations
Waterproof junction width
of 40 mm either side of the junction
Waterproof junction 25 mm
above finished floor level
Floor waste
Waterproof entire floorWR10.2.4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 248than 40 mm.
(3) For WCs with handheld bidet spray installations, the following applies:
The floor of the room must be waterproof . (a)
Walls must be— (b)
waterproof in WC area within a 900 mm radius from the wall connection of the handheld bidet spray device (i)
to a height of not less than 150 mm above the floor substrate; and
water resistant in WC area within a 900 mm radius from the wall connection of the handheld bidet device (ii)
to not less than 1200 mm above the finished floor level of the WC.
Wall junctions within the WC area within 900 mm radius from the wall connection of the handheld bidet spray (c)
device must be waterproof .
Wall/floor junctions within the WC area within 1000 mm radius from the wall connection of the handheld bidet (d)
spray device must be waterproof .
Penetrations in the WC area must be waterproof . (e)
Figure 10.2.5: Bath and vessel abutting wall — areas to be protected
10.2.6 Waterproofing systems
[New for 2022]
(1) For the purposes of this Part, a waterproofing system is deemed—
waterproof , if it complies with (2); or (a)
water resistant , if it complies with (3). (b)
(2) For a waterproofing system required to be waterproof in accordance with 10.2.2 to 10.2.5 , the materials nominated
in 10.2.8 must be used.
(3) For a waterproofing system required to be water resistant in accordance with 10.2.2 to 10.2.5 , the materials nominated 150 mm
150 mmWaterproof vessel /wall
junction
(a) Vessel abutting wall
(b) Wall/bath junctionWaterproof bath/wall
junction
WRWR10.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 249in 10.2.9 must be used in conjunction with the materials in 10.2.10 .
10.2.7 Materials
[New for 2022]
Where required to be installed in accordance with 10.2.2 to 10.2.6 , materials used in wet areas forming a waterproofing
system must be either waterproof or water resistant in accordance with 10.2.8 and 10.2.9 .
10.2.8 Materials — waterproof
[New for 2022]
The following materials used in waterproofing systems are deemed to be waterproof :
Stainless steel. (a)
Flexible waterproof sheet flooring material with waterproof joints. (b)
Membranes complying with AS/NZS 4858. (c)
Waterproof sealant. (d)
10.2.9 Materials — water resistant substrates
[New for 2022]
The following materials are deemed to be water resistant :
For walls: (a)
Concrete complying with AS 3600, treated to resist moisture movement. (i)
Cement render, treated to resist moisture movement. (ii)
Compressed fibre-cement sheeting manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 2908.2. (iii)
Water resistant plasterboard sheeting. (iv)
Masonry in accordance with AS 3700, treated to resist moisture movement. (v)
For floors: (b)
Concrete complying with AS 3600. (i)
Concrete slabs complying with AS 2870. (ii)
Compressed fibre-cement sheeting manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 2908.2 and supported on a (iii)
structural floor.
10.2.10 Materials — water resistant surface materials
[New for 2022]
The following surface materials are deemed to be water resistant :
For walls: (a)
Thermosetting laminate. (i)
Pre-decorated compressed fibre-cement sheeting manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 2908.2. (ii)
Tiles when used in conjunction with a substrate listed in 10.2.9 . (iii)
Water resistant flexible sheet wall material with sealed joints when used in conjunction with a substrate (iv)
listed in 10.2.9 .
Sanitary grade acrylic linings. (v)
For floors, when used in conjunction with a substrate listed in 10.2.9 : (b)
Tiles. (i)10.2.6
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 250Water resistant flexible sheet flooring material with sealed joints. (ii)
Concrete treated to resist moisture movement. (c)
Explanatory Information
Sheet vinyl or linoleum would satisfy the requirements of this clause.
10.2.11 Construction of wet areas — wall and floor substrate materials
[New for 2022]
For the purposes of this Part, materials used in wall and floor substrates must comply with 10.2.9 .
10.2.12 Construction of wet area floors — falls
[New for 2022]
Where a floor waste is installed—
the minimum continuous fall of a floor plane to the waste must be 1:80; and (a)
the maximum continuous fall of a floor plane to the waste must be 1:50. (b)
10.2.13 Construction of wet areas — wall and floor surface materials
[New for 2022]
For the purposes of this Part, wall and floor surface materials must comply with 10.2.10 .
10.2.14 Shower area requirements
[New for 2022]
Shower areas must be designed as either enclosed or unenclosed —
to include a floor waste with falls complying with 10.2.12 ; and (a)
with a— (b)
stepdown complying with 10.2.15 ; or (i)
hob complying with 10.2.16 ; or (ii)
level threshold complying with 10.2.17 . (iii)
10.2.15 Stepdown showers
[New for 2022]
For stepdown showers, the highest finished floor level of the shower area must be stepped down a minimum of 25 mm
lower than the finished floor level outside the shower (see Figures 10.2.15a , 10.2.15b , 10.2.15c and 10.2.15d ). 10.2.10
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 251 Figure 10.2.15a : Typical enclosed stepped down shower construction (membrane below tile bed)
Figur
e 10.2.15b : Typical enclosed stepped down shower construction (membr ane abo v e tile bed)
Shower side WP
Floor substrateTile bedFloor tile
Floor tile25 mm min.
Shower membraneWaterstopMortar tile bedShower screen
and track
Shower side WP
Floor substrate Tile bedFloor tile
Floor tile25 mm min.
Shower membraneWaterstopMortar tile bedShower screen
and track10.2.15
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 252 Figure 10.2.15c : Typical unenclosed stepped down shower construction (membrane below tile bed)
Figur
e 10.2.15d : Typical unenclosed stepped down shower construction (membrane abo v e tile bed)
10.2.16 Hob construction
[New for 2022]
(1) Hobs must be constructed of—
masonry; or (a)
concrete; or (b)
autoclaved aerated concrete; or (c)
extruded polyurethane foam, (d)
in accordance with Figure 10.2.16 .
(2) All gaps, joints and intersections of the hob substrate must be made flush before application of a membrane .
(3) Hobs must be adequately secured to the floor and sealed against the wall prior to applying a membrane .
(4) Timber must not be used for hob construction. Shower side WPFrameless shower screen
Structural sealant support
Membrane below mortar
tile bed
Waterstop - position
waterstop at the
extremity of theunenclosed shower
area Floor substrateTile bedFloor tileWaterproof sealant25 mm min.
Shower side WPFrameless shower screen
Structural sealant support
Membrane above mortar
tile bed
Waterstop - position
waterstop at theextremity of theunenclosed shower
area Floor substrateTile bedFloor tileWaterproof sealant25 mm min.10.2.15
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 253 Figure 10.2.16: Typical hob construction — internal membrane
Figure Notes
For shower screen positioning, see 10.2.32 .
10.2.17 Enclosed showers with level threshold (without hob or set down)
[New for 2022]
For enclosed showers without a stepdown or a hob, at the extremity of the shower area , a waterstop must be positioned
so that its vertical leg finishes—
where a shower screen is to be installed, not less than 5 mm above the finished floor level (see Figure 10.2.17 ); (a)
and
where the waterstop intersects with a wall or has a joint, the junction must be waterproof. (b)
Figure 10.2.17: Typical hobless construction
10.2.18 Unenclosed showers
[New for 2022]
(1) Unenclosed showers must be constructed as follows:
A waterstop must be installed a minimum horizontal distance of 1500 mm from the shower rose. (a)
The vertical leg of the waterstop must finish— (b)
flush with the top surface of the floor (see Figure 10.2.18 ); and (i)
where the waterstop intersects with a wall or is joined— (ii)
the junction must be waterproof ; or (A)Shower side
Mortar bedSealant
Membrane
TilesTop of tray side
50 mm min.
SubstrateTimber must
NOT
be used
for hob
5 mm min.
WaterstopMembraneFlexible sealant
Shower sideShower screen track
(if no recess provided
to shower screen trackprovide channel)Tiles10.2.16
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 254the whole wet area floor must be waterproofed and drained to a floor waste as for the shower area . (B)
(2) In the case of (1)(b)(ii)(B), at doorways, where the height of the tiling angle needs to be adjusted for tiling purposes,
the angle must be fixed with a sealant compatible with the waterproofing membrane without damaging the
waterproofing system .
Figure 10.2.18: Typical termination of membrane at extent of shower area
Figure Notes
Fall is to be provided in accordance with 10.2.12 .
10.2.19 Preformed shower bases
[New for 2022]
Preformed shower bases must—
have an upturn lip (see Figure 10.2.19a and Figure 10 .2.19b ); and (a)
be recessed into the wall to allow the water resistant surface materials and substrate materials to pass down (b)
inside the perimeter upturn lip of the shower base (see Figure 10.2.19a and Figure 10.2.19b ); and
be supported to prevent distortion or cracking. (c)
Figure 10.2.19a: Typical preformed shower base wall/floor junction
Shower area Bathroom area
WaterstopMembrane
Floor substrate
or bedding1500 mm min. from shower outlet
Water-resistantsurface material of the wall
Waterproof sealant
Preformed shower base
Shower base
supportShower side
Wall rebate to accomodate shower base
Floor substrate10.2.18
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 255Figure Notes
Rebating of timber and steel framed walls must be in accordance with AS 1684 or NASH Standard Part 2 as (1)
appropriate.
Where rebating of masonry walls is required, it must be accommodated in the design in accordance with AS 3700. (2)
Figure 10.2.19b : Typical preformed shower base/floor junction on timber floors, including particleboard,
plywood and other timber materials
10.2.20 Baths and spas
[New for 2022]
Baths and spas, except freestanding baths and spas, must—
have an upturn lip; and (a)
be recessed into the wall (see Figure 10.2.20 ); and (b)
have the water resistant substrate materials of the wall pass down inside the upturn lip (see Figure 10.2.20 ). (c)Preformed shower
baseShower screen
Shower base
support
Shower sideWaterproof sealant
Waterproof sealantFloor tile
Tile bed
Membrane
Floor substrate10.2.19
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 256 Figure 10.2.20: Typical bath junctions
Water-resistant
surface material of the wall
Waterproof sealant Wall rebate to accomodate rim of bath
Bath
Water-resistantsurface material of the wall
Waterproof sealantBatten to accomodate rim of bath
BathWall sheeting
Waterproof sealant
Membrane
Shelf substrateWater stop
BathFloor tile
Water stop under
bath lip to project a
minimum of the 5 mm abovethe tile surface
Mortar tile bed(a) Bath/wall junction - recessed
(b) Bath/wall junction - battened
(c) Bath/shelf junction10.2.20
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 257Figure Notes
Rebating of timber and steel framed walls must be in accordance with AS 1684 or NASH Standard Part 2 as (1)
appropriate.
Where rebating of masonry walls is required, it must be accommodated for in the design in accordance with AS (2)
3700.
For diagram (c), where a waterstop cannot be provided, a Type 1 or Type 2 junction can be used with AS 3740. (3)
10.2.21 Membrane installation for screed
[New for 2022]
Where a screed is used in conjunction with a waterproof membrane, the waterproof membrane can be installed either
above or below the tile bed or screed .
10.2.22 Substrate surface preparation for application of membrane
[New for 2022]
The substrate surface area where a membrane is to be applied must—
be clean and dust free; and (a)
free of indentations and imperfections. (b)
10.2.23 Penetrations
[New for 2022]
Penetrations within shower areas must comply with the following:
Penetrations for taps, shower nozzles and the like must be waterproofed by sealing with— (a)
sealants; or (i)
proprietary flange systems; or (ii)
a combination of (i) and (ii). (iii)
The spindle housing of the tap body must be able to be removed to enable replacement of the washer without (b)
damaging the seal.
The following must be waterproofed: (c)
All penetrations due to mechanical fixings or fastenings of substrate materials. (i)
Any penetration of the surface materials due to mechanical fixings or fastenings. (ii)
Recessed soap holders (niches) and the like. (iii)Tap and spout penetrations on horizontal surfaces surrounding baths and spas must be waterproofed by— (d)
sealing the tap body to the substrate with sealants; or (i)
proprietary flange systems. (ii)
10.2.24 Flashings/junctions
[New for 2022]
Flashings must be installed in accordance with 10.2.2 to 10.2.5 and the following:
Perimeter flashing to wall/floor junctions must have a— (a)
vertical leg that extends a minimum of 25 mm above the finished floor level, except across doorways; and (i)
horizontal leg that has a minimum width of not less than 50 mm. (ii)
Where a water resistant substrate is used in conjunction with a water resistant surface material, a waterproof (b)
sealant must be installed at the substrate junction at the wall/floor junction. 10.2.20
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 258Perimeter flashings at a floor level opening must comply with the following: (c)
Where the whole wet area floor is waterproof , at floor level openings, a waterstop must be installed that (i)
has a vertical leg finishing flush with the top of the finished floor level with the floor membrane being
terminated to create a waterproof seal to the waterstop and to the perimeter flashing (see Figure 10.2.24 ).
In any other case, at a floor level opening a waterstop must be installed that has a vertical leg finishing (ii)
flush with the top of the finished floor level and waterproofed to the perimeter flashing .
A
vertical flashing , either external to the wet area or internal, must extend a minimum of 1800 mm above the (d)
finished floor level.
Figur
e 10.2.24: Typical bathroom door details for whole bathroom waterproofing
Door jam
Architrave
Waterproof membrane
a min. of 25 mm abovethe finished floor surface
Bathroom
Waterstop with base sealed to
floor and upstand flush with the finished floor surface
(a) After installation of architrave
Door jam
Waterproof membranea min. of 25 mm abovethe finished floor surface
Bathroom
Waterstop with base sealed to
floor and upstand flush with the finished floor surface
(b) Prior to installation of architrave10.2.24
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 259Explanatory Information
Vertical flashing may be used as follows:
External vertical flashing may be used with external membrane systems and installed behind the wall sheeting or (a)
render. They must have legs of sufficient width to allow the wall sheeting or render to overlap by not less than 32
mm.
Internal vertical flashing may be used with both external and internal membrane systems provided each leg has a (b)
minimum overlap of 40 mm to the wall sheeting or render and where used with—
internal membrane , must extend vertically from the shower tray; and (i)
external membranes , must overlap the top edge of the floor waterproofing system by not less than 20 mm; (ii)
and
preformed shower bases or baths, must extend to the bottom edge of the wall sheeting or render. (iii)
10.2.25 Shower area floor membrane application
[New for 2022]
For hobless showers, or showers with hobs or stepdowns, the membrane must be applied over the floor and up the vertical
face of the wall substrate to a minimum height of 1800 mm above the finished tile level of the floor.
10.2.26 Shower area membrane requirements for wall sheeting substrates
[New for 2022]
(1) Where wall sheeting is used with an external membrane system in a shower area it must be waterproof to prevent
water movement by capillary action.
(2) Where water resistant plasterboard is used all cut edges that have the potential to be affected by water and moisture
must be waterproofed, including the bottom edge over a preformed shower base .
10.2.27 Bond breaker installation for bonded membranes
[New for 2022]
(1) Bond breakers must be installed at all wall/wall, wall/floor, hob/wall junctions and at movement joints where the
membrane is bonded to the substrate.
(2) Bond breakers must be of the type compatible with the flexibility class of the membrane to be used.
Explanatory Information
Typical details for bond breaker types are given in Explanatory Figure 10.2.27 . 10.2.24
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 260 Figure 10.2.27 (explanatory) :Typical bond breaker details
Figure Notes
Bond breakers for Class I membranes (low extensibility) allow the membrane to flex rather than stretch. (1)
Bond breakers for Class II membranes (medium extensibility) allow the membrane to stretch. If a tape is used as (2)
a bond breaker , either the membrane must not bond to the tape or the tape must have elastic properties similar to
the membrane .
Bond breakers for Class III membranes (high extensibility) allow the membrane to have an even thickness. (3)
10.2.28 Installation of internal membranes
[New for 2022]
(1) Where a shower has a hob the membrane must be brought over the top of the hob, down the outside face and Membrane
Wall substrate or lining
Continuous tape to hold
backing rod in place to stop membrane from flowing around
the backing rod
Backing rod 6 mm min.
diameter
Floor substrate or
bedding
Membrane
Wall substrate or lining
Floor substrate or bedding
Bond breaker10.2.27
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 261terminate not less than 50 mm onto the floor (see Figure 10.2.16 ).
(2) Where the shower has a waterstop , the membrane must be brought to the top of the finished floor, except where it is
under a framed shower screen where it must terminate not less than 5 mm above the finished tile surface (see Figure
10.2.17 and Figure 10.2.18 ).
10.2.29 Membrane to drainage connection
[New for 2022]
(1) Membrane drainage connections in concrete floors must comply with one of the following:
A drainage flange must be installed with the waterproofing membrane terminated at or in the drainage flange to (a)
provide a waterproof connection (see Figure 10.2.29 ).
Where a preformed shower base is used, provision must be made to drain the tile bed and provide a waterproof (b)
connection to the drain.
(2) For membrane drainage connections in other floors, a drainage flange must be installed with the waterproofing
membrane terminated at or in the drainage flange to provide a waterproof connection (see Figure 10.2.29 ).
(3) Where a preformed shower base is used, provision must be made to drain the tile bed and provide a waterproof
connection to the drain.
(4) Floor wastes must be of sufficient height to suit the thickness of the tile and tile bed at the outlet position.
Figure 10.2.29: Typical membrane termination at drainage outlet
Explanatory Information : Drainage flanges
For membrane drainage connections in concrete floors: drainage flange may be either cast into the concrete slab •
or set into the top surface of the concrete slab or the tile bed.
For membrane drainage connections in other floors: drainage flange may be either set into the floor substrate or •
the tile bed.
10.2.30 Drainage riser connection
[New for 2022]
(1) Where a preformed shower base is used, the drainage riser must be connected to the tray with a waterproof joint.
(2) Where an in situ shower tray is used, the membrane must be able to form a permanent waterproof seal to the drainage
riser or drainage flange (see Figure 10.2.29 ).
10.2.31 Door jambs on tiled floors
[New for 2022]
Where the bottom of a door jamb does not finish above the floor tiling, the portion of the door frame below the floor tiling Membrane
Drainage flangeFloor substrate
Drainage pipe10.2.28
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 262must be waterproofed to provide a continuous seal between the perimeter flashing and the waterstop .
10.2.32 Shower screens
[New for 2022]
(1) For a shower with a hob, the shower screen must be installed flush with the shower area side of the hob or overhang
into the shower area .
(2) For a shower with a stepdown, the shower screen must be installed flush with the finished vertical surface of the
stepdown of the shower area .
(3) For a shower without a hob or stepdown, the shower screen must incorporate or be mounted on an inverted channel,
positioned over the top of the waterstop , that defines the shower area .
(4) For bath end walls and dividing walls abutting a shower, the shower screen must be positioned so that the bottom
edge within the shower area is either flush with the outside edge of the bath or overhanging into the shower area .
Explanatory Information
A self-draining sub-sill is considered to be part of the shower screen .
SA 10.2.3310.2.31
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 263
10.3.1 Height of rooms and other spaces
[2019: 3.8.2.2]
(1) Heights of rooms and other spaces (see Figure 10.3.1 ) must be not less than—
in a habitable room excluding a kitchen — 2.4 m; and (a)
in a kitchen — 2.1 m; and (b)
in a corridor, passageway or the like — 2.1 m; and (c)
in a bathroom, shower room, laundry, sanitary compartment , airlock, pantry, storeroom, garage, car parking area (d)
or the like — 2.1 m; and
in a room or space with a sloping ceiling or projections below the ceiling line within— (e)
a habitable room — (i)
in an attic — a height of not less than 2.2 m for at least two-thirds of the floor area of the room or (A)
space; and
in other rooms — a height of not less than 2.4 m over two-thirds of the floor area of the room or space; (B)
and
a non- habitable room — a height of not less than 2.1 m for at least two-thirds of the floor area of the room (ii)
or space; and
in a stairway, ramp, landing , or the like — 2.0 m measured vertically above the nosing line of stairway treads or (f)
the floor surface of a ramp, landing or the like.
(2) For the purposes of (1)(e), when calculating the floor area of a room or space, any part that has a ceiling height of
less than 1.5 m is not included.
Figure 10.3.1: Measurement of heights of rooms and other spaces
Figure Notes
The letters in the diagram represent the following minimum dimensions:
A = 2.4 m In a habitable room (excluding a kitchen). Part 10.3 Room heights
G 2/3 G
FE
A
C
2/3 1/3 2/3 1/3ED
EBHabitable
HabitableNon-
habitableAttic
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 264B = 2.4 m In a habitable room with a sloping ceiling for at least two-thirds of the floor area of the room or space.
C = 2.1 m In a non- habitable room with a sloping ceiling for at least two-thirds of the floor area of the room or space.
D = 2.2 m In an attic with a sloping ceiling for at least two-thirds of the floor area of the room or space.
E = 1.5 m For the purpose of calculating the floor area of a room or space, any ceiling height of less than 1.5 m is
excluded.
F = 2.0 m In a stairway (measured vertically above the nosing line).
The combined dimensions of G must not exceed one-third of the floor area (see E above) of the room or space.
Explanatory Information
Where a room or space has no ceiling lining, the measurement is taken from the floor to the underside of the floor •
or roof above.
In areas unlikely to be occupied for long periods, such as non- habitable rooms , a reduced height of 2.1 m is •
permitted.
10.3.1(1)(f) permits a reduced height of 2.0 m above stairways, ramps and landings , as these are used for transient •
purposes and therefore a reduction from the required height in corridors and rooms (2.1 and 2.4 m generally) will
not adversely affect occupant safety, health or amenity 10.3.1
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 265
10.4.1 Required facilities
[2019: 3.8.3.2]
(1) A Class 1 building must be provided with—
a kitchen sink and facilities for the preparation and cooking of food; and (a)
a bath or shower; and (b)
clothes washing facilities, comprising at least one washtub and space in the same room for a washing machine; (c)
and
a closet pan; and (d)
a washbasin. (e)
(2) If any of the facilities in (1) are detached from the main building, they must be set aside for the exclusive use of the
occupants of the building.
Explanatory Information
A kitchen sink or washbasin must not be counted as a laundry washtub. A laundry washtub is considered to provide •
the necessary means to dispose of waste water as required by H4P3(2).
Installation requirements for certain electrical or gas cooking appliances may influence the selection of surrounding •
materials or the clearance to those materials.
10.4.2 Construction of sanitary compartments
[2019: 3.8.3.3]
The door to a fully enclosed sanitary compartment must—
open outwards; or (a)
slide; or (b)
be readily removable from the outside of the compartment, (c)
unless there is a clear space of at least 1.2 m, measured in accordance with Figure 10.4.2 , between the closet pan within
the sanitary compartment and the doorway. Part 10.4 Facilities
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 266 Figure 10.4.2: Construction of sanitary compartments
Explanatory Information
10.4.2 requires means of removing an unconscious occupant from a fully enclosed sanitary compartment . If the
enclosure has gaps that are large enough to allow access for a person into the sanitary compartment , the compartment
is not considered enclosed for the purpose of this clause.
TAS 10.4.31200 mm
1200 mmClear space10.4.2
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 267
10.5.1 Natural light
[2019: 3.8.4.2]
(1) Natural light must be provided to all habitable rooms , in accordance with the requirements of (2) to (5).
(2) Natural light must be provided by—
windows , excluding roof lights that— (a)
have an aggregate light transmitting area measured exclusive of framing members, glazing bars or other (i)
obstructions of not less than 10% of the floor area of the room; and
are open to the sky or face a court or other space open to the sky or an open verandah, carport or the like; (ii)
or
roof lights that— (b)
have an aggregate light transmitting area measured exclusive of framing members, glazing bars or other (i)
obstructions of not less than 3% of the floor area of the room; and
are open to the sky; or (ii)
a proportional combination of windows and roof lights required by (a) and (b). (c)
(3) A window required to provide natural light that faces a boundary of an adjoining allotment must not be less than a
horizontal distance of 900 mm from that boundary.
(4) Natural light to a room may come through one or more glazed panels or openings from an adjoining room (including
an enclosed verandah) if—
the glazed panels or openings have an aggregate light transmitting area of not less than 10% of the floor area (a)
of the room to which it provides light; and
the adjoining room has— (b)
windows , excluding roof lights that— (i)
have an aggregate light transmitting area of not less than 10% of the combined floor area of both (A)
rooms; and
are open to the sky or face a court or other space open to the sky or an open verandah, carport or the (B)
like; or
roof lights that— (ii)
have an aggregate light transmitting area of not less than 3% of the combined floor area of both rooms; (A)
and
are open to the sky; or (B)a proportional combination of
windows and roof lights required by (i) and (ii). (iii)
(5) The areas specified in (4)(a) and (b) may be reduced as appropriate if direct natural light is provided from another
source.
Notes
Figure 10.5.1 illustrates requirements of this provision. Part 10.5 Light
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 268 Figure 10.5.1: Method of determining areas of openings for borrowed light
Explanatory Information : Explanatory Figure 10.5.1
A roof light generally receives greater exposure to sunlight than a window because of its orientation to the sky and
consequently, the size of a roof light as a percentage of the floor area served is permitted to be smaller than for a A =a x b
a x c
10B = m2m2
10B
abc
Room ARoom B
A
abc
Room ARoom BB
A
A =a x b
a x c
10B = m2m2
1010.5.1
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 269window serving the same floor area . This is explained in Explanatory Figure 10.5.1 , below.
Figure 10.5.1 (explanat or y):Method for determining proportional combination of windows and roof lights
Figure Notes
Area of the room which requires natural light is 100 m2. (1)
No natural light is borrowed from adjoining rooms. (2)
Explanatory Information : General requirements for Explanatory Figure 10.5.1
Required window(s) to provide natural light must have a light transmitting area of at least 10% of the floor area .
10% of 100 m2 = 10 m2
Or, roof light(s) to provide natural light must have a light transmitting area of at least 3% of the floor area .
3% of 100 m2 = 3 m2
In the formula shown in the next Explanatory Information box, 3% of the floor area is expressed as the fraction 0.03
and 10% of the floor area is expressed as the fraction 0.1.
Explanatory Information : Calculations for Explanatory Figure 10.5.1
Formula — for the area of window(s) required to compensate for roof light(s) short fall:
Area of room covered by the roof light(s) = (Area of roof light(s) ) / 0.03 •
Required window(s) area = [( floor area ) – (Area covered by the roof light(s) )] / 10 •
Area of window(s) required to compensate for roof light(s) short fall:
If the roof light(s) = 1 m²
Area of room covered by the roof light(s) = (1 m2 / 0.03) = 33.33 m2. •
Required window(s) area = (100 m2 – 33.33 m2) / 10 = 6.67 m2. •
Formula — for the area of roof light(s) required to compensate for window(s) short fall:
Area of room covered by the window(s) = (Area of window(s) ) / 0.1. •
Required roof light(s) area = [( floor area ) – (Area covered by the window(s) )] / 33.33. •WindowRoof light
10 m10 m10.5.1
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 270Area of roof light(s) required to compensate for window(s) short fall:
If the window(s) = 5 m².
Area of room covered by the window(s) = (5 m2 / 0.1) = 50 m2. •
Required roof light(s) area = (100 m2 – 50 m2) / 33.33 m2 = 1.5 m2. •
Notes:
For the purposes of this example a window excludes a roof light . (1)
The same proportional calculation principle applies if— (2)
two or more windows are used; or (a)
two or more roof lights are used. (b)
Explanatory Information : Natural light borrowed from another source
Direct natural light provided from another source is intended to mean light from a window or roof light in the subject •
room. As the provision relates to natural light obtained from an adjoining room, ‘another source’ refers to direct
natural light provided to the subject room which does not meet the required allowance of either 10% or 3% of the
floor area of that room. By not meeting the required amount of natural light, the ‘direct natural light from another
source’ can be used as a supplement to the natural light required from an adjoining room.
To borrow natural light from another room, 10.5.1(4)(a) allows light to pass through a glazed panel(s) or opening(s) •
from an adjoining room, which under 10.5.1(4)(b), must have windows , roof lights or a combination of windows and
roof lights of a minimum size in proportion to the combined floor areas of both rooms. The minimum size of the
glazed panel(s) or opening(s), and the minimum size of the window to the adjoining room are illustrated in Figure
10.5.1 .
If a doorway is used as an opening to obtain natural light, it must do so when in the closed position (see Figure •
10.5.1 ).
10.5.2 Artificial lighting
[2019: 3.8.4.3]
Sanitary compartments , bathrooms, shower rooms, airlocks and laundries must be provided with artificial lighting if natural
light in accordance with the relevant provisions of 10.5.1 is not available—
at a rate of not less than one light fitting per 16 m2 of floor area ; or (a)
in accordance with AS/NZS 1680.0. (b)10.5.1
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 271
10.6.1 Application
[New for 2022]
(1) Part 10.6 applies subject to the limitations set out at H4D7 .
(2) Part 10.6 need not be complied with if H4D7(1) is complied with.
Explanatory Information
The requirements of this Part are to be read in conjunction with the condensation management requirements in Part
10.8 and the ceiling fan requirements in Part 13.5 . However, it should be noted that Part 13.5 does not apply in all
States and Territories.
10.6.2 Ventilation requirements
[2019: 3.8.5.2]
Ventilation must be provided to a habitable room , sanitary compartment , bathroom, shower room, laundry and any other
room occupied by a person for any purpose by any of the following means:
Openings, windows , doors or other devices which can be opened— (a)
with a ventilating area not less than 5% of the floor area of the room required to be ventilated; and (i)
open to— (ii)
a suitably sized court, or space open to the sky; or (A)
an open verandah, carport, or the like; or (B)
an adjoining room in accordance with (b). (C)
Natural ventilation to a room may come through a window , opening, door or other device from an adjoining room (b)
(including an enclosed verandah) if—
the room to be ventilated or the adjoining room is not a sanitary compartment ; and (i)
the window , opening, door or other device has a ventilating area of not less than 5% of the floor area of the (ii)
room to be ventilated; and
the adjoining room has a window , opening, door or other device with a ventilating area of not less than 5% (iii)
of the combined floor areas of both rooms; and
the ventilating areas specified may be reduced as appropriate if direct natural ventilation is provided from (iv)
another source (See Figure 10.6.2 ).
An exhaust fan or other means of mechanical ventilation may be used to ventilate a sanitary compartment , (c)
laundry, kitchen or bathroom, or where mechanical ventilation is provided in accordance with 10.6.3(b) , provided
contaminated air exhausts comply with 10.8.2 . Part 10.6 Ventilation
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 272 Figure 10.6.2: Method of determining areas of openings for borrowed ventilation
Explanatory Information
The ventilating area of a window is measured as the size of the openable sash of the window . This is the case regardless
of the type of window , i.e. whether it is an awning, casement or sliding window and irrespective of the restrictions on
the openable sash.
10.6.2(b) permits a room’s required ventilation to be ‘borrowed’ from an adjoining room, i.e. an adjoining room’s
ventilation can be used to help make up the total amount of ventilation required .
The use of borrowed ventilation is acceptable if the provisions of 10.6.2(b) are applied to the subject room and to the
total area of each relevant room.
10.6.3 Location of sanitary compartments
[2019: 3.8.5.3]
A sanitary compartment must not open directly into a kitchen or pantry unless—
access is by an airlock, hallway or other room, (see Figure 10.6.3 ); or (a)
the sanitary compartment is provided with an exhaust fan or other means of mechanical exhaust ventilation. (b)abc AB
Room ARoom BA =a x b
a x c
20B = m2m2
2010.6.2
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 273 Figure 10.6.3: Acceptable location of non mechanically ventilated sanitary compartment
KitchenHallway
Sanitary
compartment 10.6.3
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 274
NT Part 10.7
10.7 .1 Sound insulation requirements
[2019: 3.8.6.2]
(1) A separating wall between Class 1 buildings, or a wall that separates a Class 1 building from a Class 10a building
which is not associated with the Class 1 building must—
have an Rw + Ctr (airborne) not less than 50; and (a)
be of discontinuous construction if it separates a bathroom, sanitary compartment , laundry or kitchen in one (b)
Class 1 building from a habitable room (other than a kitchen) in an adjoining Class 1 building (see Figure 10.7.1 ).
(2) A wall required to have sound insulation must continue to—
the underside of the roof above; or (a)
a ceiling that provides the sound insulation required for the wall. (b)
Figure 10.7 .1: Required airborne and impact sound insulation — Plan view
Explanatory Information
Insulation to reduce both airborne and impact noise transmission is required for parts of a wall that are common to
adjoining Class 1 buildings but not parts of a wall located in the subfloor.
Part 10.7 Sound insulation
BED BED
BED
BEDBATH
LDRY LDRY
BATHLIVING LIVING
KITCHEN KITCHENDWELLING
1DWELLING
2Wall separating
two Class 1 buildingsRw + C tr 50
andDiscontinuous construction
BED GARAGERw + C tr 50
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 275 10.7 .2 Determination of airborne sound insulation ratings
[2019: 3.8.6.3]
The Rw + Ctr sound insulation rating required by 10.7.1(1)(a) must—
be determined in accordance with AS/NZS ISO 717.1, using results from laboratory measurements; or (a)
comply with 10.7.5 to 10.7.8 and the relevant provisions of 10.7.3 . (b)
Explanatory Information
Rw is a measure of airborne sound insulation. Ctr is a spectrum adjustment factor that adjusts for low frequency sound
levels. Ctr has been chosen in recognition of the problems caused by the high bass frequency outputs of modern home
theatre systems and music reproduction equipment used by occupants of Class 1 buildings.
The wall configurations described in 10.7.5 to 10.7.8 are typical examples. Other proprietary methods are available via
testing to AS/NZS ISO 717.1 for meeting the Rw + Ctr requirements of 10.7.1 .
10.7 .3 Construction of sound insulated walls
[2019: 3.8.6.4]
To achieve the appropriate level of sound insulation, walls must be constructed as follows:
Stud wall junction — junctions of sound insulated walls with any perimeter walls and roof cladding must be sealed (a)
in accordance with Figure 10.7.3a .
Masonry — units must be laid with all joints filled solid, except for articulation joints complying with 5.6.8 , including (b)
those between the masonry and any adjoining construction.
Concrete panels — must have joints between panels and any adjoining construction filled solid. (c)
Plasterboard sheeting — (d)
If two layers are required , the second layer joints must not coincide with those of the first layer (see Figure (i)
10.7.3b ).
Joints between sheets including the outer layer or between sheets and any adjoining construction must be (ii)
taped and filled solid.
Steel framed construction — steel framing and perimeter members must be installed as follows: (e)
Steel framing members must be not less than 0.6 mm thick. (i)
Studs must be not less than 63 mm in depth unless another depth is specified in 10.7.5 to 10.7.8 . (ii)
All steel members at the perimeter of the wall must be securely fixed to the adjoining structure and the (iii)
joints must be caulked so that there are no voids between the steel members and the wall.
Timber-framed construction — timber studs and perimeter members must be installed as follows: (f)
Noggings and like members must not bridge between studs supporting different wall leaves. (i)
All timber members at the perimeter of the wall must be securely fixed to the adjoining structure and the (ii)
joints must be caulked so there are no voids between the timber members and the wall. 10.7 .2
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 276 Figure 10.7 .3a: Sound insulation between buildings — Stud wall junctions
(a) Section
(b) PlanMineral fibre or
other suitable fire
resisting material
Mineral fibre or other suitable fire
resisting material10.7 .3
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 277 Figure 10.7 .3b: Typical installation of plaster sheets for sound insulation
10.7 .4 Services
[2019: 3.8.6.5]
(1) Services must not be chased into concrete or masonry separating walls .
(2) If a duct, soil, waste, water supply or stormwater pipe is located in a separating wall —
a door or panel providing access to a duct or pipe required to be separated must— (a)
not open into any habitable room , other than a kitchen; and (i)
in any other part must be firmly fixed so as to overlap the frame or rebate of the frame by not less than 10 (ii)(b) Second layer positioned horizontallyTape and
set joints
Stagger fixings
Stagger sheet joints 200 mm
200 mm300 mm300 mm
(a) Second layer positioned vertically10.7 .3
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 278mm and be constructed of—
wood, plasterboard or blockboard not less than 33 mm thick; or (A)
compressed fibre reinforced cement sheeting not less than 9 mm thick; or (B)
other suitable material with a mass per unit area not less than 24.4 kg/m2; and (C)
in the case of a water supply pipe, it must— (b)
only be installed in discontinuous construction ; and (i)
in the case of a water supply pipe that serves one dwelling, not be fixed to the wall leaf on the side of any (ii)
other dwelling and have a clearance not less than 10 mm to the other wall leaf.
(3) Electrical outlets must be offset from each other—
in masonry walling, not less than 100 mm; and (a)
in timber or steel-framed walling, not less than 300 mm. (b)
10.7 .5 Acceptable forms of construction for masonry walls
[2019: Table 3.8.6.1a ]
(1) Acceptable forms of construction for masonry walls are set out in (2) to (6).
(2) Two leaves of 110 mm clay brick masonry with—
a cavity not less than 50 mm between leaves; and (a)
50 mm thick glass wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3 or 50 mm thick polyester insulation with a density (b)
of 20 kg/m3 in the cavity ,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure 10.7.5a .
(3) Two leaves of 110 mm clay brick masonry with—
a cavity not less than 50 mm between leaves; and (a)
13 mm cement render on each outside face, (b)
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure 10.7.5b .
(4) A single leaf of 110 mm clay brick masonry with—
a row of 70 mm x 35 mm timber studs or 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 20 mm from the masonry (a)
wall; and
50 mm thick mineral insulation or glass wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3 positioned between studs; and (b)
one layer of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to outside face of studs and outside face of masonry, (c)
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure 10.7.5c .
(5) A single leaf of 90 mm clay brick masonry with—
a row of 70 mm x 35 mm timber studs or 64 mm steels studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 20 mm from each face (a)
of the masonry wall; and
50 mm thick mineral insulation or glass wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3 positioned between studs in (b)
each row; and
one layer of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to studs on each outside face, (c)
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure 10.7.5d .
(6) A single leaf of 220 mm brick masonry with 13 mm cement render on each face has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50,
if constructed in accordance with Figure 10.7.5e . 10.7 .4
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 279 Figure 10.7 .5a: Two leaves of 110 mm clay brick masonry (method 1)
Figure 10.7 .5b : Two leaves of 110 mm clay brick masonry (met hod 2 )
Figure 10.7 .5c : Single leaf of 110 mm clay brick masonry
10.7 .5
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 280 Figure 10.7 .5d : Single leaf of 90 mm clay brick masonry
Figure 10.7 .5e: Single leaf of 220 mm brick masonry with 13 mm cement render on each face
10.7 .6 Acceptable forms of construction for concrete walls
[2019: Table 3.8.6.1b ]
(1) Acceptable forms of construction for concrete walls are set out in (2) to (5).
(2) 150 mm thick plain off form concrete, has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure
10.7.6a .
(3) 200 mm thick concrete panel with one layer of 13 mm plasterboard or 13 mm cement render on each face, has an
Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure 10.7.6b .
(4) A 100 mm thick concrete panel with—
a row of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 25 mm from the concrete panel; and (a)
80 mm thick polyester insulation or 50 mm thick glass wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3, positioned (b)
between studs; and
two layers of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to the outside face of studs and one layer of 13 mm plasterboard fixed (c)
to the outside face of the concrete panel,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure 10.7.6c .
(5) A 125 mm thick concrete panel with—
a row of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 20 mm from the concrete panel; and (a)
70 mm polyester insulation with a density of 9 kg/m3, positioned between studs; and (b)
one layer of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to the outside face of the studs, (c)
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure 10.7.6d . 10.7 .5
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 281 Figure 10.7 .6a: 150 mm thick plain off form concrete
Figure 10.7 .6b: 200 mm thick concrete panel
Figure 10.7 .6c : 100 mm thick concrete panel
Figure 10.7 .6d: 125 mm thick concrete panel
10.7.7 Acceptable forms of construction for autoclaved aerated concrete walls
[2019: Table 3.8.6.1c ]
(1) Acceptable forms of construction for autoclaved aerated concrete walls are set out in (2) to (4).
(2) A 75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel with—
a row of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 20 mm from the autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel; (a)10.7 .6
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 282and
75 mm thick glass wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3 positioned between studs; and (b)
one layer of 10 mm moisture resistant plasterboard or 13 mm fire protective grade plasterboard fixed to outside (c)
face of studs and outside face of autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure 10.7.7a .
(3) A 75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel with—
a row of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 35 mm from the autoclaved aerated concrete panel wall; (a)
and
28 mm metal furring channels fixed to the outside face of the autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel, with 50 (b)
mm thick polyester insulation with a density of 9 kg/m3 positioned between furring channels and one layer of 13
mm fire protective grade plasterboard fixed to furring channels; and
105 mm thick glass wool insulation with a density of 7 kg/m3 positioned between studs; and (c)
one layer of 13 mm fire protective grade plasterboard fixed to the outside face of the studs, (d)
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure 10.7.7b .
(4) Two leaves of 75 mm autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel with—
a cavity not less than 30 mm between panels containing 50 mm glass wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3; (a)
and
one layer of 10 mm plasterboard fixed to outside face of each panel, (b)
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure 10.7.7c .
Figure 10.7 .7a: 75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel (method 1 )
Figure 10.7 .7b: 75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel (method 2 )
10.7.7
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 283 Figure 10.7 .7c : Two leaves of 75 mm autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel
10.7 .8 Acceptable forms of construction for timber and steel framed walls
[2019: Table 3.8.6.1d ]
(1) Acceptable forms of construction for timber and steel framed walls are set out in (2) and (3).
(2) Two rows of 90 mm x 35 mm timber studs or two rows of 64 mm steels studs at 600 mm centres with—
an air gap not less than 20 mm between the rows of studs; and (a)
50 mm thick glass wool insulation or 60 mm thick polyester insulation with a density of 11 kg/m³, positioned (b)
between one row of studs, and
two layers of 13 mm fire protective grade plasterboard or one layer of 6 mm fibre cement sheet and one layer (c)
of 13 mm fire protective grade plasterboard, fixed to outside face of studs,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure 10.7.8a .
(3) Two rows of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres with—
an air gap not less than 80 mm between the rows of studs; and (a)
200 mm thick polyester insulation with a density of 14 kg/m3 positioned between studs; and (b)
one layer of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard and one layer 13 mm plasterboard on one outside face (c)
and one layer of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard on the other outside face,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure 10.7.8b . 10.7.7
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 284 Figure 10.7 .8a: Two rows of 90 mm x 35 mm timber studs or two rows of 64 mm steels studs at 600 mm
centres
Figure 10.7 .8b: Two rows of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres 10.7 .8
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 285
10.8.1 External wall construction
[2019: 3.8.7.2]
(1) Where a pliable building membrane is installed in an external wall , it must—
comply with AS 4200.1; and (a)
be installed in accordance with AS 4200.2; and (b)
be located on the exterior side of the primary insulation layer of wall assemblies that form the external envelope (c)
of a building.
(2) Where a pliable building membrane , sarking-type material or insulation layer is installed on the exterior side of the
primary insulation layer of an external wall it must have a vapour permeance of not less than—
in climate zones 4 and 5, 0.143 µg/N.s; and (a)
in climate zones 6, 7 and 8, 1.14 µg/N.s. (b)
(3) Except for single skin masonry or single skin concrete, where a pliable building membrane is not installed in an
external wall , the primary water control layer must be separated from water sensitive materials by a drained cavity.
Explanatory Information
10.8.1(2) requires some wall materials on the external side of the primary insulation layer to have a minimum level of
vapour permeance . Vapour permeance is measured in µg/N.s (micrograms per newton-second).
Class 3 and Class 4 vapour control membranes (as defined by clause 5.3.4 of AS 4200.1) meet the vapour permeance
requirements of 10.8.1(2)(a), while Class 4 vapour control membranes meet the vapour permeance requirements of
10.8.1(2)(b).
Open-cell insulation, such as mineral wool or fibreglass, typically has a high vapour permeance , while closed-cell
insulation such as polystyrene typically has a low vapour permeance . Many foil-faced insulation products have a low
vapour permeance .
10.8.2 Exhaust systems
[2019: 3.8.7.3]
(1) An exhaust system installed in a kitchen, bathroom, sanitary compartment or laundry must have a minimum flow rate
of—
25 L/s for a bathroom or sanitary compartment ; and (a)
40 L/s for a kitchen or laundry. (b)
(2) Exhaust from a kitchen, kitchen range hood, bathroom, sanitary compartment or laundry must discharge directly or
via a shaft or duct to outdoor air .
(3) Where a venting clothes dryer is installed, it must discharge directly or via a shaft or duct to outdoor air .
(4) An exhaust system that is not run continuously and is serving a bathroom or sanitary compartment that is not ventilated
in accordance with 10.6.2(a) must—
be interlocked with the room’s light switch; and (a)
include a run-on timer so that the exhaust system continues to operate for 10 minutes after the light switch is (b)
turned off.
(5) Except for rooms that are ventilated in accordance with 10.6.2(a) , a room with an exhaust system in accordance with
(1) must be provided with make-up air—
via openings to an adjacent room with a free area of 14,000 mm2; or (a)
in accordance with AS 1668.2. (b)Part 10.8 Condensation management
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 286(6) Except for rooms that are ventilated in accordance with 10.6.2(a) , a room with an exhaust system in accordance with
(3) must be provided with make-up air in accordance with AS 1668.2.
Explanatory Information
A range hood installed in a kitchen must comply with 10.8.2(2).
10.8.2(3) requires venting clothes dryers to be provided with exhaust ducting directly from the clothes dryer to outdoor
air. This requirement only applies to venting clothes dryers and not other types of clothes dryers, such as condensing
clothes dryers.
10.8.2(5) and 10.8.2(6) requires some rooms that have exhaust systems and are not naturally ventilated (e.g. rooms
without openable windows) to be provided with make-up air. The make-up air openings required by 10.8.2(5)(a) are
based on the minimum flow rates of 10.8.2(1). An opening with a free area of 14,000 mm2 can by achieved by a 20 mm
undercut to a 700 mm wide door. If the exhaust flowrates exceed the minimum flowrates of 10.8.2(1), additional make-
up air openings may be required for the correct operation of the exhaust system.
10.8.3 Ventilation of roof spaces
[2019: 3.8.7.4]
(1) In climate zones 6, 7 and 8, a roof must have a roof space that—
is located— (a)
immediately above the primary insulation layer ; or (i)
immediately above sarking with a vapour permeance of not less than 1.14 μg/N.s, which is immediately (ii)
above the primary insulation layer ; or
immediately above ceiling insulation that meets the requirements of 13.2.3(3) and 13.2.3(4) ; and (iii)
has a height of not less than 20 mm; and (b)
is either— (c)
ventilated to outdoor air through evenly distributed openings in accordance with Table 10.8.3 ; or (i)
located immediately underneath the roof tiles of an unsarked tiled roof. (ii)
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to a—
concrete roof; or (a)
roof that is made of structural insulated panels; or (b)
roof that is subject to Bushfire Attack Level FZ requirements in accordance with AS 3959. (c)
Table 10.8.3: Roof space ventilation requirements
Table Notes
Ventilation openings are specified as a minimum free open area per metre length of the longest horizontal dimension (1)
of the roof.
For the purposes of this Table, high level openings are openings provided at the ridge or not more than 900 mm (2)
below the ridge or highest point of the roof space, measured vertically.
Roof pitch Ventilation openings
< 10° 25,000 mm2/m provided at each of two opposing ends
≥ 10° and < 15° 25,000 mm2/m provided at the eaves and 5,000 mm2/m at
high level
≥ 15° and < 75° 7,000 mm2/m provided at the eaves and 5,000 mm2/m at
high level, plus an additional 18,000 mm2/m at the eaves
if the roof has a cathedral ceiling10.8.2
(1 May 2023)
Health and amenity
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 287Explanatory Information
Explanatory Figure 10.8.3 is an example of a roof space with low level ventilation.
Figure 10.8.3 ( explanat or y):Example of roof space with low level ventilation
Figure Notes
Minimum 20 mm gap maintained between insulation and sarking. (1)
Eave ventilation opening in accordance with Table 10.8.3 . (2)1.
2.10.8.3
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 288
11 Safe movement and access
Part 11.1 Scope and application of
Section 11
11.1.1 Scope
11.1.2 Application
Part 11.2 Stairway and ramp construction
11.2.1 Explanation of terms
11.2.2 Stairway construction
11.2.3 Ramps
11.2.4 Slip resistance
11.2.5 Landings
11.2.6 Thresholds
Part 11.3 Barriers and handrails
11.3.1 Application
11.3.2 Explanation of terms
11.3.3 Barriers to prevent falls
11.3.4 Construction of barriers to prevent falls
11.3.5 Handrails
11.3.6 Construction of wire barriers
11.3.7 Protection of openable windows – bedrooms
11.3.8 Protection of openable windows – rooms other than bedrooms
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 289
11.1.1 Scope
[New for 2022]
This Section sets out the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for—
stairway and ramp construction (see Part 11.2 ); and (a)
barriers and handrails (see Part 11.3 ). (b)
11.1.2 Application
[New for 2022]
The application of this Section is subject to the following:
The Governing Requirements of NCC Volume Two. (a)
The State and Territory variations, additions and deletions contained in the Schedules to the ABCB Housing (b)
Provisions and NCC Volume Two.
Explanatory Information
In NCC 2019, the content of
Section 11
of the ABCB Housing Provisions (other than content added in NCC 2022 orlater) was contained in the acceptable construction practices for Parts 3.9.1 and 3.9.2 of NCC 2019 Volume Two. Part 11.1 Scope and application of
Section 11
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 290
11.2.1 Explanation of terms
[2019: 3.9.1.0]
(1) Figure 11.2.1 depicts stairway members and associated terminology used to describe them in the ABCB Housing
Provisions.
(2) Some items such as barriers and handrails have been omitted for clarity.
Figure 11.2.1: Stairway terms
Explanatory Information : Alpine areas
The requirements of this Part are to be read in conjunction with Part 12.2 where a building is located in an alpine area
and contains an external stairway or ramp.
Explanatory Information : Room heights
Part 10.3 contains the required height for a ceiling above a stairway, ramp or landing , measured vertically above the
nosing line of stairway treads or the floor surface of a ramp or landing .
11.2.2 Stairway construction
[2019: 3.9.1.2]
(1) A stairway must be designed to take loading forces in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.1 and must have—
not more than 18 and not less than 2 risers in each flight ; and (a)
goings (G), risers (R) and a slope relationship quantity (2R + G) in accordance with Table 11.2.2a , except as (b)
permitted by (2) and (3); and
constant goings and risers throughout each flight , except as permitted by (3) and (4), and the dimensions of (c)
goings (G) and risers (R) in accordance with (1), (2) and (3) are considered constant if the variation between— Part 11.2 Stairway and ramp construction
Landing
Quarter
landing
Flight number 1 Tread –Going (G)
Riser (R) Flight
number 2 Nosing line
Max. 3winders NosingLanding
(a) Quarter landing stairway – 2 flights (b) Continuous stairway – 1 flight
(90° change in direction)
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 291adjacent risers , or between adjacent goings , is not more than 5 mm; and (i)
the largest and smallest riser within a flight , or the largest and smallest going within a flight , is not more (ii)
than 10 mm; and
risers which do not have any openings that would allow a 125 mm sphere to pass through between the treads; (d)
and
treads of solid construction (not mesh or other perforated material) if the stairway is more than 10 m high or (e)
connects more than 3 storeys.
(2) In the case of a stairway serving only non- habitable rooms , such as attics, storerooms and the like that are not used
on a regular or daily basis—
the going (G), riser (R) and slope relationship quantity (2R + G) in accordance with Table 11.2.2a may be (a)
substituted with those in Table 11.2.2b ; and
need not comply with (1)(d). (b)
(3) In the case of a stairway with winders —
a maximum of 3 consecutive winders in lieu of a quarter landing in a flight and a maximum of 6 consecutive (a)
winders in lieu of a half landing in a flight ; and
the going (G) of all winders in lieu of a quarter or half landing may vary from the going of the straight treads (b)
within the same flight provided that the going (G) of such winders is constant.
(4) The point of measurement of the going (G) in the slope relationship quantity (2R + G) for tapered treads and treads
in spiral stairways as described in Table 11.2.2a (see Figure 11.2.2a , Figure 11.2.2b and Figure 11.2.2c ) must be—
for tapered treads , other than treads in a spiral stairway — (a)
not more than 1 m in width, the middle of the unobstructed width of the stairway (see Figure 11.2.2b ); and (i)
more than 1 m in width, 400 mm from the unobstructed width of each side of the stairway (see Figure (ii)
11.2.2c ); and
for treads in spiral stairways , the point seven tenths of the unobstructed width from the face of the centre pole (b)
or support towards the handrail side (see Figure 11.2.2d and Figure 11.2.2e ).
(5) Riser and going dimensions must be measured in accordance with Figure 11.2.2f .
Table 11.2.2a : Riser and going dimensions (mm)
Table Notes
Riser and going dimensions must be measured in accordance with Figure 11.2.2f
Table 11.2.2b : Riser and going dimensions (mm) — stairways serving non -habitable rooms used infre -
quently
Table Notes
The going (G) must be not more than the tread depth plus a maximum gap of 30 mm between the rear edge of one
tread and the nosing of the tread above. Stair type Riser (R) (see Figure 11.2.2f) Going (G) (see Figure 11.2.2f) Slope relationship (2R+G)
Max Min Max Min Max Min
Stairs (other
than spiral)190 115 355 240 700 550
Spiral 220 140 370 210 680 590
Riser (R) Going (G) Slope relationship (2R+G)
Max Min Max Min Max Min
225 130 355 215 700 54011.2.2
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 292 Figure 11.2.2a: Measurement of slope relationship — Plan view — Stair with 2 flights
Figure 11.2.2b : Measurement of slope relationship — Plan view — Taper ed tr eads not more than 1 m
wide
Unobstructed width of the
stair flight – measured frominnermost projection ofhandrail, newel post etc.Slope relationship
quantity not required
for landingConstant rise, goingand slope relationshipquantity for each stairflight
Flight number 2
Flight number 1
2
14
3214 35
Going for slope
relationship measuredat this point
Equal Equal
Not more than
1 m wide11.2.2
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 293 Figure 11.2.2c : Measurement of slope relationship — Plan view —Tapered treads mor e than 1 m wide
Figur
e 11.2.2d : Spiral stairs — Measurement for slope r elationship Going for slope
relationship measured
at these points
400 mm 400 mm
More than
1 m in width
Central support pole
Point for the measurementof slope relationship – 7/10of the unobstructed stairtread width, i.e. from theinner edge of the handrailStair tread
HandrailMeasurement line forthe slope relationshipdimension7/1011.2.2
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 294 Figure 11.2.2e: Spiral stairs — Measurement of openings in stairs
Figure 11.2.2f : Riser and going dimensions — Measur ement
Explanatory Information : Not more than 18 and not less than 2 risers
11.2.2(1)(a) states that a stairway must have not more than 18 and not less than 2 risers in each flight . Where there are
less than 2 risers in a flight , it does not comprise a stairway for the purpose of the NCC. 18 risers is considered to be
the maximum reasonable number that an average person can negotiate before requiring a rest. Winders are counted
as part of the maximum number of 18 risers . More than 1 riser is considered necessary for a person to observe and
adjust to a change in level.
Explanatory Information : Going and riser dimensions
The purpose of 11.2.2 is to achieve constant going and riser dimensions deemed safe for people to walk up and down.
This minimises the risk of people overstepping during descent on uneven stairs (due to short goings ) and tripping on
ascent (due to high risers ). Table 11.2.2a and Table 11.2.2b express ratios between going and riser dimensions which
are considered safe for use. 11.2.2(1)(c) accounts for conditions such as movement of materials due to atmospheric
moisture changes or minor deviations related to variations in materials which affect finished stair dimensions.
Explanatory Figure 11.2.2a illustrates adjacent risers within a flight with minor deviations in the materials affecting the
finished stair dimensions. The nominated riser height is exceeded by riser A. As a consequence riser height B is less
than the nominated riser height. The difference between riser A and riser B cannot exceed 5 mm.
Explanatory Figure 11.2.2b illustrates an entire flight with minor deviations in the materials affecting the finished riser
dimensions. In addition to the 5 mm difference permitted between adjacent goings or risers , the maximum difference
between the smallest and largest going or riser within a flight must not exceed 10 mm. Despite the deviations shown in
both diagrams, the stairs in the flight are deemed constant. Irrespective of any minor deviations permitted by 11.2.2(1)(c),
finished going and riser dimensions must not exceed the limitations stipulated in Table 11.2.2a . 125 mm
sphere mustnot passthroughbalustrade125 mm sphere mustnot pass through threadsTreads
Floor levelCentral support pole
125 mm sphere must not
pass through treads
R R
GG11.2.2
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 295 Figure 11.2.2a (explanatory) :Minor deviations in a stairway — deviation in adjacent risers
Figure Notes
A = larger riser of two adjacent risers . (1)
B = smaller riser of two adjacent risers . (2)
This diagram only shows deviations in risers , however the same principle can apply for goings . (3)
Figure 11.2.2b (explanat or y):Minor deviations in a stairway – deviations over a flight
Figure Notes
C = largest riser of the flight . (1)
D = smallest riser of the flight . (2)
This diagram only shows deviations in risers , however the same principle can apply for goings . (3)
Explanatory Information : Openings in stair risers
11.2.2(1)(d) allows the use of open riser stairs. However, it limits the openings to 125 mm to minimise the risk of a
person (especially a young child) falling through the opening created by the open riser.
Explanatory Information : Solid treads
11.2.2(1)(e) specifies a height where solid treads must be used so that people cannot see through them. This minimises
the risk of people being affected by vertigo.
Nominated
riser heightB
AA - B ≤ 5 mm
C
D C - D ≤ 10 mm
LandingLanding11.2.2
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 296Explanatory Information : Stairways with winders
11.2.2(3) allows the use of winders in stairways. However, 11.2.2(3) places a restriction on the number of allowable •
winders in a stairway flight , this restriction would apply equally to not permit a stairway incorporating a consecutive
series of winders in a flight .
This also means the maximum number of consecutive winders in any stairway flight is 6. •
11.2.3 Ramps
[2019: 3.9.1.3]
An external ramp serving an external doorway or a ramp within a building must—
be designed to take loading forces in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.1; and (a)
have a gradient not steeper than 1:8; and (b)
be provided with landings complying with 11.2.5 at the top and bottom of the ramp and at intervals not greater (c)
than 15 m.
Notes: Livable housing design
Where an external ramp is provided for the purposes of compliance with the ABCB Standard for Livable Housing Design,
the requirements of that Standard apply.
Explanatory Information
In relation to external ramps, 11.2.3 applies to a ramp serving an external door. For the purpose of 11.2.3 a driveway is
not considered to be a ramp.
11.2.4 Slip resistance
[2019: 3.9.1.4]
(1) The requirements for slip-resistance treatment to stair treads, ramps and landings are as set out in (2), (3) and (4).
(2) Treads must have—
a surface with a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table 11.2.4 when tested in accordance (a)
with AS 4586; or
a nosing strip with a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table 11.2.4 when tested in (b)
accordance with AS 4586.
(3) The floor surface of a ramp must have a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table 11.2.4 when
tested in accordance with AS 4586.
(4) Landings , where the edge leads to the flight below, must have—
a surface with a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table 11.2.4 when tested in accordance (a)
with AS 4586, for not less than 190 mm from the stair nosing; or
a nosing strip with a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table 11.2.4 when tested in (b)
accordance with AS 4586.
Table 11.2.4: Slip-resistance classification
Application Dry surface conditions Wet surface conditions
Ramp not steeper than 1:8 P4 or R10 P5 or R12
Tread surface P3 or R10 P4 or R11
Nosing or landing edge strip P3 P411.2.2
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 297Explanatory Information
To determine the appropriate surface of a tread or the floor surface of a ramp, it is necessary to determine the likely •
conditions the tread or ramp will be subject to over the life of the building. This can be either dry, wet or both. A dry
surface is one that is not normally wet or likely to be made wet other than by an accidental spill. A wet surface is
one that is normally wet or likely to be made wet, including areas exposed to the weather.
Under 11.2.4(2) stair treads must have a surface or nosing strip which minimises the risk of people slipping and •
injuring themselves. In each case the surface or nosing must have a slip-resistance classification when tested in
accordance with AS 4586. There are two tests (the Wet Pendulum Test or the Oil-Wet Inclining Platform Test) and
two conditions (dry or wet) to be considered.
Under 11.2.4(3) the floor surface of a ramp must be slip-resistant to minimise the risk of people slipping and injuring •
themselves. The surface must have a slip-resistance classification when tested in accordance with AS 4586.
11.2.5 Landings
[2019: 3.9.1.5]
(1) Landings must—
be not less than 750 mm long and where this involves a change in direction, the length is measured 500 mm (a)
from the inside edge of the landing (see Figure 11.2.5a ); and
have a gradient not steeper than 1:50; and (b)
be provided where the sill of a threshold of a doorway opens onto a stairway or ramp that provides a change in (c)
floor level or floor to ground level greater than 3 risers or 570 mm (see Figure 11.2.5b ); and
extend across the full width of a doorway. (d)
(2) In the case of a stairway serving only non- habitable rooms , such as attics, storerooms and the like that are not used
on a regular or daily basis, the requirements of (1)(a) may be substituted with a minimum length of landing being not
less than 600 mm long.
Figure 11.2.5a : Landings
Figure 11.2.5b : Threshold landing
500 mm500 mm
L = not less than 750 mm
Example A Example BL
L
L
Doorway can
be locatedat any point
Landing not required Landing requiredMore than 3 risers or
more than 570 mmMax. 3 risers or
max. 570 mmDoorway Doorway
Landing
750 mm min.11.2.4
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 298Explanatory Information : Purpose of a landing
The purpose of a landing is to provide a rest area for people using the stairway or ramp, and to allow the stairway or
ramp to change direction if needed.
Explanatory Information : Minimum landing length
The minimum length of a landing allows people using a stairway or ramp to rest, and reduces the risk of people falling
more than one flight of stairs.
Explanatory Information : Maximum grade of 1:50
The maximum grade of 1 in 50 required under 11.2.5(1)(b) makes sure that the landing is as level as possible, but still
allows a slight slope for drainage if necessary.
11.2.6 Thresholds
[2019: 3.9.1.6]
Where the threshold of a doorway is more than 230 mm above the adjoining surface it must incorporate steps having riser
(R) and going (G) dimensions in accordance with 11.2.2 .11.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 299
11.3.1 Application
[2019: 3.9.2.1]
Compliance with this Part is achieved by complying with—
11.3.3 , 11.3.4 and 11.3.6 for barriers to prevent falls; and (a)
11.3.5 for handrails; and (b)
11.3.7 and 11.3.8 for protection of openable windows. (c)
Explanatory Information : External trafficable structures
For a required barrier to an external trafficable structure in an alpine area , the requirements of this Part need to be read
in conjunction with the requirements of Part 12.2 .
Explanatory Information : Swimming pools
Safety barrier requirements for swimming pools are contained in H7D2.
Explanatory Information : Additional requirements
In addition to the requirements of this Part, a barrier and handrail must comply with the structural requirements of Part
2.2. The structural requirements refer to the barrier and/or handrail being designed and constructed to withstand any
combinations of loads and other actions to which it may reasonably be subjected and the structural resistance of the
materials and forms of construction used for the barrier or handrail.
A window forming a part of a barrier must comply with the glazing assembly provisions of
Section 8
, and therefore isnot required to comply with AS/NZS 1170.1 (structural design actions - referenced in Part 2.2 ) as it is exempted by
Section 8
. TheSection 8
provisions consider the wind loading on the glazing and human impact requirements.11.3.2 Explanation of terms
[2019: Figure 3.9.2.0]
(1) Figure 11.3.2 depicts typical stairway and barrier members and associated terminology.
(2) Some items have been omitted for clarity. Part 11.3 Barriers and handrails
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 300 Figure 11.3.2: Typical stairway and barrier members
Figure Notes
Legend:
Stringer (1)12389
6710
4511 12
1311.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 301Baluster (2)
Barrier (3)
Tread (4)
Riser (5)
Landing (6)
Handrail (7)
Newel post (8)
Open riser (9)
Winders (tapered treads) (10)
Handrail (11)
Landing barrier (12)
Barrier (13)
11.3.3 Barriers to prevent falls
[2019: 3.9.2.2]
(1) A continuous barrier must be provided along the side of a trafficable surface, such as—
a stairway, ramp or the like; and (a)
a floor, corridor, hallway, balcony, deck, verandah, mezzanine , access bridge or the like; and (b)
a roof top space or the like to which general access is provided; and (c)
any delineated path of access to a building, (d)
where it is possible to fall 1 m or more measured from the level of the trafficable surface to the surface beneath (see
Figure 11.3.3a ).
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to—
a retaining wall unless the retaining wall forms part of, or is directly associated with, a delineated path of access (a)
to a building from the road, or a delineated path of access between buildings (see Figure 11.3.3b ); or
a barrier provided to an openable window covered by 11.3.7 and 11.3.8 . (b)
Figure 11.3.3a : Barriers — when required
Less than 1 m
no barrier required
'H' more than 1 m
barrier required
(a) Barrier not required (b) Barrier requiredH11.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 302 Figure 11.3.3b: Barriers — when required for retaining walls
Explanatory Information : Intent
The intent of the barrier requirements is to prescribe provisions to minimise the risk of a person falling from a stairway,
raised floor level (such as a balcony) or the like. 11.3.3 sets out when barriers are required to be provided and 11.3.4
contains the requirements for the construction of barriers.
Explanatory Information : Barriers and children
Children are at particular risk of falling off, over or through ineffectively designed or constructed barriers. Accordingly
the requirements of this Part aim to ensure that a barrier reduces the likelihood of children being able to climb over a
barrier or fall through a barrier.
11.3.4 Construction of barriers to prevent falls
[2019: 3.9.2.3]
(1) A barrier required by 11.3.3 must comply with (2) to (11).
(2) The height of a barrier must be in accordance with the following:
The height must not be less than 865 mm above the nosings of the stair treads, the floor of a ramp or the like (a)
(see Figure 11.3.4a ).
The height must not be less than— (b)
1 m above the floor of any landing , corridor, hallway, balcony, deck, verandah, access path, mezzanine , (i)
access bridge, roof top space or the like to which general access is provided (see Figure 11.3.3b and Figure
11.3.4a ); or
865 mm above the floor of a landing to a stairway or ramp where the barrier is provided along the inside (ii)
edge of the landing and does not exceed a length of 500 mm. Min. 1 mBarrier to
retaining wall
Retaining wall forming partof/associated with adelineated path of access to the buildingDelineated path of access
to the building
H
‘H’ more than 1 m barrier required11.3.3
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 303(3) A transition zone may be incorporated where the barrier height changes from 865 mm on the stairway flight or ramp
to 1 m at the landing (see Figure 11.3.4b ).
(4) Openings in barriers (including decorative balustrades) must be constructed so that they do not permit a 125 mm
sphere to pass through it and for stairways, the opening is measured above the nosing line of the stair treads (see
Figure 11.3.4a ).
(5) Where a required barrier is fixed to the vertical face forming an edge of a landing , balcony, deck, stairway or the like,
the opening formed between the barrier and the face must not exceed 40 mm.
(6) For the purposes of (5), the opening is measured horizontally from the edge of the trafficable surface to the nearest
internal face of the barrier.
(7) A barrier to a stairway serving a non- habitable room , such as an attic, storeroom or the like that is not used on a
regular or daily basis, need not comply with (4) if—
openings are constructed so that they do not permit a 300 mm sphere to pass through; or (a)
where rails are used, the barrier consists of a top rail and an intermediate rail, with the openings between rails (b)
not more than 460 mm.
(8) Restriction on horizontal elements:
Where it is possible to fall more than 4 m, any horizontal elements within the barrier between 150 mm and 760 (a)
mm above the floor must not facilitate climbing.
For the purpose of (a), the 4 m is measured from the floor level of the trafficable surface to the surface beneath. (b)
(9) A barrier constructed of wire is deemed to meet the requirements of (4) if it is constructed in accordance with 11.3.6 .
(10) A glass barrier or window serving as a barrier must comply with H1D8 and the relevant provisions of this Part.
(11) A barrier, except a window serving as a barrier, must be designed to take loading forces in accordance with AS/NZS
1170.1.
Figure 11.3.4a : Barrier construction
125 mm sphere must not pass through opening
Landing
Nosing line
125 mm sphere must not pass through opening
when tested above the nosing lineNot less than
865 mm
Not less than
1 m11.3.4
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 304 Figure 11.3.4b: Measuring heights for barriers and handrails and where transition zones are allowed
Explanatory Information
For a window forming part of a barrier, any horizontal elements such as a window sill, transom or rail between 150 mm
and 760 mm above the floor is deemed to facilitate climbing.
Section 8
contains the glazing assembly provisions for glass barriers and windows forming part of the barrier, however,the barrier would still need to comply with the relevant requirements of this Part for required height, allowable openings,
etc.
11.3.5 Handrails
[2019: 3.9.2.4]
(1) Handrails to a stairway or ramp must—
be located along at least one side of the stairway flight or ramp; and (a)
be located along the full length of the stairway flight or ramp, except in the case where a handrail is associated (b)
with a barrier the handrail may terminate where the barrier terminates; and
have the top surface of the handrail not less than 865 mm vertically above the nosings of the stair treads or the (c)
floor surface of the ramp (see Figure 11.3.4b ); and
be continuous and have no obstruction on or above them that will tend to break a handhold, except for newel (d)
posts, ball type stanchions, or the like.
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to—
a stairway or ramp providing a change in elevation of less than 1 m; or (a)
a landing ; or (b)
a winder where a newel post is installed to provide a handhold. (c)
Explanatory Information
11.3.5 addresses requirements regarding location, height and extent of handrails. Where a barrier and handrail are (1)
installed together, 11.3.5 is to be read in conjunction with 11.3.3 , 11.3.4 and 11.3.6 .
A handrail is required on at least one side of the stairway flight or ramp. The top rail of a barrier may be suitable as (2)
a handrail if it meets 11.3.5 and is able to be grasped by hand to provide support to the person using the stairway
or ramp.
Not less than
1 mNot less than
865 mmLandingTransition zoneBarrier allowed to continue
through until it meetslanding height 11.3.4
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 30511.3.5(1)(b) requires a continuous handrail which must extend the full length of the stairway flight or ramp except (3)
where the handrail is associated with the barrier, in which case the handrail can terminate where the barrier is
allowed to terminate. This allows for the barriers to geometric stairways such as elliptical, spiral, circular or curved
stairways to finish a few treads from the bottom of the stairway.
11.3.5(1)(c) requires a minimum handrail height of 865 mm. This height provides comfort, stability, support and (4)
assistance for most users.
11.3.5(2) outlines where a handrail need not be provided, this includes— (5)
where a stairway or ramp is providing a change in elevation less than 1 m; or (a)
a landing for a stairway or ramp; or (b)
a winder in a stairway if a newel post is installed to provide a handhold. (c)
11.3.6 Construction of wire barriers
[2019: 3.9.2.5]
(1) A wire barrier is deemed to meet the requirements of 11.3.4(4) if it is constructed in accordance with (2) to (4).
(2) For a horizontal or near horizontal wire system—
when measured with a strain indicator, it must be in accordance with the tension values in Table 11.3.6a ; or (a)
when measured for a maximum permissible deflection, it must not exceed the maximum deflections in Table (b)
11.3.6b .
(3) For a non-continuous vertical wire system—
when measured with a strain indicator, it must be in accordance with the tension values in Table 11.3.6a (see (a)
Note 4); or
when measured for maximum permissible deflection, it must not exceed the maximum deflections in Table (b)
11.3.6b .
(4) For a continuous vertical or continuous near vertical sloped wire system—
it must have wires of not more than 2.5 mm diameter with a lay of 7 x 7 or 7 x 19 construction; and (a)
changes in direction at support rails must pass around a pulley block without causing permanent deformation to (b)
the wire; and
supporting rails must be spaced of not more than 900 mm apart and be of a material that does not allow deflection (c)
that would decrease the tension of the wire under load; and
when the wire tension is measured with a strain indicator, it must be in accordance with the tension values in (d)
Table 11.3.6c when measured in the furthermost span from the tensioning device.
Table 11.3.6a : Wire barrier construction – Minimum requir ed t ension (N ) for stainless steel horizontal
wire
Wire
dia. (mm)Lay Wire spacing
(mm)Clear distance between posts (mm)
600 800 900 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000 2500
2.5 7x7 60 55 190 263 415 478 823 1080 1139 x
80 382 630 730 824 1025 1288 x x x
100 869 1218 1368 x x x x x x
2.5 1x19 60 35 218 310 402 585 810 1125 1325 x
80 420 630 735 840 1050 1400 1750 x x
100 1140 1565 x x x x x x x
3.0 7x7 60 15 178 270 314 506 660 965 1168 1491
80 250 413 500 741 818 1083 1370 1565 x
100 865 1278 1390 1639 x x x x x11.3.5
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 306
Table Notes
Lay = number of strands by the individual wires in each strand. For example a lay of 7 x 19 consists of 7 strands (1)
with 19 individual wires in each strand.
Where a change of direction is made in a run of wire, the tensioning device is to be placed at the end of the longest (2)
span.
If a 3.2 mm diameter wire is used, the tension figures for 3.0 mm wire are applied. (3)
This table may also be used for a set of non-continuous (single) vertical wires forming a barrier using the appropriate (4)
clear distance between posts as the vertical clear distance between the rails.
X = not allowed because the required tension would exceed the safe load of the wire. (5)
Tension measured with a strain indicator. (6)
Table 11.3.6b: Continuous wire barrier construction – Maximum permissible deflection of each wire in
mm when a 2 k g mass is suspended at mid
-span for stainless st eel wir es
Table Notes
Where a change of direction is made in a run of wire, the 2 kg mass must be placed at the middle of the longest (1)
span.
If a 3.2 mm diameter wire is used, the deflection figures for a 3.0 mm wire are applied. (2)
This table may also be used for a set of non-continuous (single) vertical wires forming a barrier using the appropriate (3)
clear distance between posts as the vertical clear distance between the rails.
The deflection (offset) is measured by hooking a standard spring scale to the mid span of each wire and pulling it (4)
horizontally until a force of 19.6 N is applied.
X = not allowed because the required tension would exceed the safe load of the wire. (5)
This table has been limited to 60 mm and 80 mm spaces for 2.5 mm, 3 mm and 4 mm diameter wires because the (6)Wire
dia. (mm)Lay Wire spacing
(mm)Clear distance between posts (mm)
600 800 900 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000 2500
3.0 1x19 60 25 183 261 340 520 790 1025 1180 x
80 325 555 670 785 1025 1330 1725 1980 x
100 1090 1500 1705 1910 x x x x x
4.0 7x7 60 5 73 97 122 235 440 664 813 1178
80 196 422 480 524 760 1100 1358 1530 2130
100 835 1182 1360 1528 1837 2381 2811 3098 x
4.0 1x19 60 5 5 10 15 20 147 593 890 1280
80 30 192 300 415 593 1105 1303 1435 1844
100 853 1308 1487 1610 2048 2608 3094 3418 3849
4.0 7x19 60 155 290 358 425 599 860 1080 1285 1540
80 394 654 785 915 1143 1485 1860 2105 2615
100 1038 1412 1598 1785 2165 2735 x x x
Wire dia.
(mm)Wire spacing
(mm)Clear distance between posts (mm)
600 900 1200 1500 1800 2000
2.5 60 17 11 9 8 8 8
80 7 5 5 5 x x
3.0 60 19 13 8 7 7 7
80 8 6 6 5 5 5
4.0 60 18 12 8 8 7 7
80 8 6 4 4 4 411.3.6
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 307required wire tensions at greater spacings would require the tension to be beyond the wire safe load limit, or the
allowed deflection would be impractical to measure.
Table 11.3.6c: Continuous wire barrier construction—Minimum required tension (N ) for v er tical or near -
vertical stainless steel wires where the maximum clear spacing between the rails is
900mm
Table Notes
Lay = number of strands by the number of individual wires in each strand. For example a lay of 7 x 19 consists of (1)
7 strands with 19 individual wires in each strand.
Vertical wires must have two pulley blocks to each 180 degree change of direction in the wire. (2)
Near vertical wires may only require one pulley block for each change of direction. (3)
Wire tension measured with a strain indicator. (4)
The table only includes 7 x 7 and 7 x 19 wires due to other wires not having sufficient flexibility to make the (5)
necessary turns.
Explanatory Information
For the purpose of 11.3.6, a wire barrier consists of a series of tensioned wire rope connected to either vertical or •
horizontal supports serving as a guard to reduce the risk of a person falling from a roof, stairway, raised floor level
or the like.
To assist in the application of 11.3.6, the following terms are explained: •
Continuous - where the wire spans three or more supports. (i)
Non-continuous - where the wire only spans between two supports. (ii)
Pulley block - a device consisting of a wheel in which a wire runs around to change its direction. (iii)
Permissible deflection - is the allowable bending of the wire. (iv)
Support rails - are horizontal components of the barrier system that span across the top and bottom to provide (v)
structural support.
Tables 11.3.6a and 11.3.6c contain tension requirements for wires in vertical and horizontal wire barrier systems •
with varying post spacings, wire spacings and wire types, whereas Table 11.3.6b contains deflection requirements
for use in horizontal and vertical barrier systems. The figures contained in the tables were derived from testing the
spacing combinations in order to prevent the passage of a 125 mm diameter solid cone penetrating between the
wires at a predetermined force.
It is important to read the notes to the tables as they provide additional information on their application to horizontal, •
vertical and near vertical wire barriers.
Wire barriers deflect under loading conditions, even when tightly tensioned. This is particularly relevant over the •
service life of the barrier as the wire tends to lose its tension. Therefore, care needs to be taken to ensure that wire
tension will be maintained during the life of the barrier. In some situations, it may be necessary to incorporate “lock-
off” devices to prevent loosening of the wire. Likewise, if a threaded anchor bears against a soft wood post or rail,
the anchor may indent the post or rail, thus loosening the wire.
Temperature effects on the tension of the wire may be significant but there is little that can be done to allow for •
temperature variation in service. The shorter the wire span, the lesser the effect will be.
Stainless steel wire with a lay of 1 x 19 has the greatest elastic modulus and will take up the same load with less •Wire dia. (mm) Lay Wire spacing (mm) Required tension in
Newtons (N)
2.5 7 x 19 80 145
100 310
110 610
2.5 7 x 7 80 130
100 280
110 50011.3.6
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 308extension than equivalent wires with other lays.
A wire barrier excludes wire mesh fences and the like. •
Sharp ends of wires at terminations and swages need to be removed for the safety of children and other people. •
No wire end should protrude more than half the diameter of the wire from the swage or termination fitting.
It should be noted that 11.3.6 is only one form of compliance solution which can be used to demonstrate compliance •
with H5P2(2)(c) and (d). The following means of verification are available:
H5V1. (i)
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions in 11.3.6. (ii)
A Performance Solution that uses one of the other NCC Assessment Methods which verifies that H5P2(2)(c) (iii)
and (d) will be achieved.
11.3.7 Protection of openable windows – bedrooms
[2019: 3.9.2.6]
(1) A window opening in a bedroom must be provided with protection, where the floor below the window is 2 m or more
above the surface beneath.
(2) Where the lowest level of the window opening covered by (1) is less than 1.7 m above the floor, the window opening
must comply with the following:
The openable portion of the window must be protected with— (a)
a device capable of restricting the window opening; or (i)
a screen with secure fittings. (ii)
A device or screen required by (a) must— (b)
not permit a 125 mm sphere to pass through the window opening or screen; and (i)
resist an outward horizontal action of 250 N against the— (ii)
window restrained by a device; or (A)
screen protecting the opening; and (B)
have a child resistant release mechanism if the screen or device is able to be removed, unlocked or (iii)
overridden.
(3) Where a device or screen provided in accordance with (2)(a) is able to be removed, unlocked or overridden, a barrier
with a height not less than 865 mm above the floor is required to an openable window in addition to window protection.
(4) A barrier covered by (3) must not—
permit a 125 mm sphere to pass through it; and (a)
have any horizontal or near horizontal elements between 150 mm and 760 mm above the floor that facilitate (b)
climbing (see Figure 11.3.7 ). 11.3.6
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 309 Figure 11.3.7: Protection of openable windows — bedrooms
Explanatory Information : Intent
The intent of 11.3.7 is to reduce the risk of a person (especially a young child) falling through an openable window.
Explanatory Information : Protection of openable windows – bedrooms
Where the floor level below an openable window in a bedroom is less than 2 m there are no specific requirements. For
an openable window 2 m or more above the surface beneath, openable windows are required to restrict passage of a
125 mm sphere using any one of the following design solutions:
The window be designed such that any opening does not allow a 125 mm sphere to pass through (e.g. louvres) •
and be capable of resisting a 250 N force when directed against the window.
The window be fitted with a fixed or dynamic device that is capable of restricting the window opening so it does not •
allow a 125 mm sphere to pass through and is difficult for a young child to operate. The restricting device must be
capable of resisting a 250 N force when directed against the window such as a casement window or in attempting
to push a sliding window open. An internal screen with similar parameters may be installed.
The window be fitted with an internal or external screen that does not allow a 125 mm sphere to pass through and •
which must resist a horizontal outward force of 250 N.
If the openable part of the window is at least 1.7 m above the floor, no further protection is required .
Explanatory Information : Restricting devices
Where a device or screen is securely fixed in position (e.g. a screen pop riveted to the window frame) so it cannot be
unlocked, overridden, or is very difficult to remove without for example a drill, the 865 mm barrier would not be required
as the securing method is considered a fixture and not a child resistant release mechanism. 11.3.7(2)(b)(iii) relates to
a screen or window restricting device protecting an openable window in a bedroom. The screen or opening restricting
device may be installed in a manner that allows it to be removed, unlocked or overridden in the event of a fire or other
emergency to allow safe egress. In these situations the unlocking device must be child resistant.
Child resistance could be achieved by the need to use a tool, key or two hands.
There are a number of hardware options available. Short chain winders and barrier screens will allow windows to comply
with this requirement. Sliding window locks may lock a sash so a 125 mm sphere cannot pass through. Where provision
is made to fully open the window beyond 125 mm then the child resistant release mechanism is required in addition to
the device resisting a 250 N force as required by 11.3.7(2)(b)(ii).
11.3.7 in addition prescribes that an 865 mm barrier (sill) would be required . A wall beneath an openable window or
fixed glazing under the openable part of a window which meets the height requirements (e.g. transom at least 865 mm
above the floor) can be considered as the barrier if the criteria in 11.3.7 are met.
Bedroom Bedroom
Surface belowOpenable window to be
fitted with a device to limit opening or a suitable screen so a 125 mm sphere cannot pass through Protection of an opening is not required where
the lowest levelof the windowopening is 1.7 m or more above the floor ≥ 2 m
≥ 1.7 m11.3.7
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 310Explanatory Information : Use of the term ‘window’
The term “window” is not italicised in 11.3.7 and as such, is not restricted to the definition of “window” in the NCC. The
reason for this is to also capture windows that may let in air but not light, e.g. metal louvres. A metal louvre or openable
panel would not fit in the NCC definition of window but is subject to the window barrier provisions.
11.3.8 Protection of openable windows – rooms other than bedrooms
[2019: 3.9.2.7]
(1) A window opening in a room other than a bedroom must be provided with protection where the floor below the window
is 4 m or more above the surface beneath.
(2) The openable part of the window covered by (1) must be protected with a barrier with a height of not less than 865
mm above the floor.
(3) A barrier required by (2) must not—
permit a 125 mm sphere to pass through it; and (a)
have any horizontal or near horizontal elements between 150 mm and 760 mm above the floor that facilitate (b)
climbing.
Notes
Figure 11.3.8 illustrates requirements of this provision.
Figure 11.3.8: Protection of openable windows — rooms other than bedrooms
Room other
than a
bedroom
Surface belowBarrier not less than
865 mm above the floor required to an openable
window. Barrier must not permit 125 mm sphere to pass through and no horizontal elements between 150 - 760 mm≥ 4 m11.3.7
(1 May 2023)
Safe movement and access
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 311Explanatory Information : Intent
The intent of 11.3.8 is to reduce the risk of a person (especially a young child) falling through an openable window.
Explanatory Information : Protection of openable windows – rooms other than bedrooms
A wall beneath an openable window or fixed glazing under the openable part of a window which meets the height
requirements (e.g. transom at least 865 mm above the floor) can be considered as the barrier, if the criteria in 11.3.8(2)
are met.
Explanatory Information : Use of the term ‘window’
The term “window” is not italicised in 11.3.8 and as such, is not restricted to the definition of “window” in the NCC. The
reason for this is to also capture windows that may let in air but not light, e.g. metal louvres. A metal louvre or openable
panel would not fit in the NCC definition of window but is subject to the window barrier provisions. 11.3.8
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 31212 Ancillary provisions
Part 12.1 Scope and application of
Section 12
12.1.1 Scope
12.1.2 Application
Part 12.2 Construction in alpine areas
12.2.1 Application
12.2.2 External doors
12.2.3 External trafficable structures
12.2.4 Clear spaces around buildings
Part 12.3 Attachment of framed decks and balconies to external walls of build -
ings using a waling plate
12.3.1 Application
12.3.2 Fixing decks and balconies to external walls
12.3.3 Flashings to the junction of the waling plate and external wall
12.3.4 Bracing
Part 12.4 Heating appliances, fireplaces, chimneys and flues
12.4.1 Application
12.4.2 Open fireplace construction
12.4.3 Chimney construction
12.4.4 Installation of insert fireplaces and flues
12.4.5 Installation of free standing heating appliances
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 313
12.1.1 Scope
[New for 2022]
(1) This Section sets out the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for—
construction in alpine areas (see Part 12.2 ); and (a)
attachment of decks and balconies to external walls (see Part 12.3 ); and (b)
heating appliances, fire places, chimneys and flues (see Part 12.4 ). (c)
(2) For other ancillary provisions and additional construction requirements not included in this Section of the ABCB
Housing Provisions, refer to the following Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions in NCC Volume Two:
swimming pools (see H7D2). (a)
earthquake areas (see H1D9). (b)
flood hazard areas (see H1D10). (c)
construction in designated bushfire prone areas (see H7D4). (d)
12.1.2 Application
[New for 2022]
The application of this Section is subject to the following:
The Governing Requirements of NCC Volume Two. (a)
The State and Territory variations, additions and deletions contained in the Schedules to the ABCB Housing (b)
Provisions and NCC Volume Two.
Explanatory Information
In NCC 2019, the content of
Section 12
of the ABCB Housing Provisions (other than content added in NCC 2022 orlater) was contained in the acceptable construction practices for Parts 3.10.4, 3.10.6 and 3.10.7 of NCC 2019 Volume
Two.
In NCC 2019 Volume Two, Parts 3.10.1, 3.10.2, 3.10.3 and 3.10.5 did not include an acceptable construction practice. Part 12.1 Scope and application of
Section 12
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 314
12.2.1 Application
[New for 2022]
Part 12.2 applies subject to the provisions at H7D3(2) and (3).
Explanatory Information
Buildings constructed in alpine areas need special consideration because of sub-zero temperatures which can create
elements which restrict free movement to and from the building. The additional measures in this Part include—
having external doorways open in a way that is not impeded by snow and ice outside; and •
for external trafficable structures forming part of the means of egress, being constructed so that they remain useable •
under snow conditions, and
minimising the impact of snow build up between and around buildings. •
Part 2.2 (structural provisions) and
Section 13
(energy efficiency) also contain specific additional requirements for abuilding located in an alpine area .
12.2.2 External doors
[2019: 3.10.4.2]
External doors that may be subject to a build-up of snow must—
open inwards or slide; and (a)
be constructed so that the threshold is not less than 900 mm above the adjoining surface; and (b)
in a Class 1b building, be marked “OPEN INWARDS” on the inside face of the door in letters not less than 75 (c)
mm high and in a colour contrasting with that of the background.
12.2.3 External trafficable structures
[2019: 3.10.4.3]
External stairways, ramps, access bridges or other trafficable structures serving the building must have—
a floor surface that consists of expanded mesh if it is used as a means of egress; and (a)
any required barrier designed so that its sides are not less than 75% open; and (b)
for a stairway, goings (G), risers (R) and slope relationship quantity (2R + G) in accordance with— (c)
Table 11.2.2a ; or (i)
Table 12.2.3 ; and (ii)
for a ramp serving an external doorway, a gradient not steeper than 1:12. (d)
Table 12.2.3: Alternative stair riser and going dimensions
Part 12.2 Construction in alpine areas
Maximum risers
(R) (mm)Minimum risers (R) (mm) Maximum going
(G) (mm)Minimum going
(G) (mm)Maximum slope
relationship (2R +
G) (mm)Minimum slope
relationship (2R +
G) (mm)
150 115 375 355 675 605
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 315 12.2.4 Clear spaces around buildings
[2019: 3.10.4.4]]
A building must be constructed so that—
for any external walls more than 3.6 m above the natural ground level, the distance of that part of the building (a)
from the allotment boundary (other than a road alignment) must be not less than 2.5 m plus an additional 100
mm for each 300 mm or part by which that part of the external wall exceeds a height of 3.6 m (see Figure
12.2.4a ); and
if an external doorway discharges into a court between wings of a building and that area may be used for vehicle (b)
access to the building, the clear distance between wings must be not less than 4 m (see Figure 12.2.4b ); and
where an external doorway discharges opposite a feature that could trap snow or an embankment that is more (c)
than 900 mm above the threshold of that doorway, a minimum clear distance of not less than 4 m must be
provided between the door and the feature (see Figure 12.2.4c and Figure 12.2.4d ).
Figure 12.2.4a : Clear spaces around buildings — Set -back from allotment boundar y wher e wall exceeds
3.6 m
Figure 12.2.4b : Clear spaces around buildings — External door wa y discharging into a court between
wings of a building
2.5 m minimum setback, plus 100 mm
for each 300 mm the wall exceeds 3.6 min height External wall
More than 3.6 m
External doorway
Not less than 4 m12.2.4
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 316 Figure 12.2.4c : Clear spaces around buildings — Embankments adjoining buildings
Figure 12.2.4d : Clear spaces around buildings — Use of a thr eshold wher e clear space is not available
Explanatory Information : Snow build -up around buildings
The design and construction of a building in an alpine area must not aid dangerous levels of snow build-up between
and around buildings. This control—
assists with egress in an emergency; and •
helps vehicle access around the buildings, both for snow clearing and emergency situations; and •
minimises the risk of snow or ice falling from the roof onto adjoining lots or egress routes. •
Explanatory Information : Set -back distances
12.2.4(a) prescribes set-back requirements for external walls from the boundary of adjoining allotments. The aim is to
ensure that a reasonable distance is created between buildings to reduce the amount of snow build-up between
properties. 12.2.4(a) applies only to the area adjacent to that part of the wall that is more than 3.6 m in height.
Explanatory Information : Distance between wings of buildings
12.2.4(b) prescribes a minimum distance between wings of a building or attached buildings where external doorways
may discharge into this area. This requirement only applies where the court or wings are able to be accessed by vehicles.
Explanatory Information : Embankments adjoining buildings
12.2.4(c) applies where features adjacent to an external doorway could trap snow and complicate access and egress
to and from the building. Door thresholdClear distance of not less
than 4 m
900 mmMore than FIRE
Door threshold
Less than 900 mmClear distance not
required12.2.4
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 317
12.3.1 Application
[New for 2022]
Part 12.3 applies subject to the limitations set out at H1D11.
12.3.2 Fixing decks and balconies to external walls
[2019: 3.10.6.2]
Where a deck or balcony relies on the external wall of a building or structure for support, the method of attachment,
including any fixings, to the external wall must comply with the following:
The deck or balcony’s joist framing members must be supported at the wall by a waling plate. (a)
The joist span nearest the external wall must not be more than 3 m (single or continuous span). (b)
The size of a waling plate required by (a) must be not less than— (c)
for a timber waling plate— (i)
140 x 35 mm with a minimum stress grade of F5 or MGP10 when fixed to concrete core-filled masonry (A)
using M12 chemical or expanding/mechanical anchors; or
90 x 35 mm with a minimum stress grade of F5 or MGP10 when fixed to timber frames using No. 14 (B)
partial threaded self-drilling screws; or
for a steel waling plate — C15015 (minimum Grade G550) with the web located against the external wall . (ii)
A waling plate must be attached so that— (d)
for core-filled reinforced concrete masonry external walls , fixings are staggered along the waling plate at (i)
not more than 300 mm centres measured along the waling plate; and
for timber external wall frames, two No. 14 Type screws are provided— (ii)
into a solid joist or bearer framing member that is not less than 90 x 45 mm with a minimum stress (A)
grade of F5 or MGP10; and
for deck construction— at not more than 450 mm centres measured along the waling plate; and (B)
for tiled balcony construction— at not more than 400 mm centres measured along the waling plate; (C)
and
for steel framed external walls , two fixings are provided into a joist or bearer framing member not less than (iii)
C20015 (Grade G550) at not more than 300 mm centres measured along the waling plate; and
fixings are installed within 300 mm of each end of the waling plate, and in accordance with the following (iv)
(as applicable):
For a timber waling plate — deck construction: two No. 14 partial threaded self-drilling screws at not (A)
more than 450 mm centres and not located within 65 mm from the ends or within 30 mm from the top
and bottom edges.
For a timber waling plate — deck construction: M12 chemical or expanding/mechanical anchors at not (B)
more than 400 mm centres and not located within 120 mm from the ends or within 60 mm from the top
and bottom edges.
For a timber waling plate — tiled balcony construction: two No. 14 partial threaded self-drilling screws (C)
at not more than 400 mm centres and not located within 65 mm from the ends or within 30 mm from
the top and bottom edges.
For a timber waling plate — tiled balcony construction: M12 chemical or expanding/mechanical anchors (D)
at not more than 300 mm centres and not located within 120 mm from the ends or within 60 mm from
the top and bottom edges.
For a steel waling plate — not located within 50 mm from the ends or within 30 mm from the top and (E)Part 12.3Attachment of framed decks and balconies to external walls
of buildings using a waling plate
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 318bottom edges.
Fixings for attaching a waling plate to an external wall must be— (e)
for timber external wall frames with a minimum stress grade of F5 or MGP 10, No. 14 partial threaded self- (i)
drilling screws so that each screw is embedded not less than 44 mm into the joist or bearer member (see
Figure 12.3.2a ); and
for steel external wall frames, 8.8/S M12 bolts with not less than 3 mm thick 55 mm diameter washers; and (ii)
for a core-filled masonry external wall , 4.6/S M12 chemical or expanding/mechanical anchors with— (iii)
a minimum 2 kN working load capacity in shear and 1.5 kN in tension; and (A)
not less than 3 mm thick 55 mm diameter washers placed on the waling plate under the anchor head (B)
(see Figure 12.3.2b ).
Fixings used for attaching waling plates to external walls must be— (f)
stainless steel where the building is located within 200 m of breaking surf ; or (i)
hot-dipped galvanised, stainless steel or monel metal for all other areas. (ii)
Figure 12.3.2a: Methods of attachment — No. 14 par tial t hreaded self -drilling screws into a timber
framed external wall
Indicative cladding
No.14 partial threaded
self-drilling screwsTimber external wall
Timber waling plate
StumpMin. 30 mmedge distance
JoistMin. 30 mmedge distanceFlashing12.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 319 Figure 12.3.2b : Methods of attachment - 4.6/S M12 chemical or expanding/mechanical anchors into a
core-filled reinf or ced masonry external wall
Explanatory Information
When using fixings specified in 12.3.2(d), care must be taken if chemical anchors are selected. The use of chemical
anchors in horizontal applications is limited. Attention should be paid to selecting only chemical anchors that are
specifically designed and manufactured for use in horizontal or overhead applications.
Consideration needs to be given to offsetting the waling plate fastener spacing to avoid interference with joist attachment.
To ensure fasteners are positively anchored to the building or structure they need to be located so that they are not
fixed into mortar beds between masonry units or fixed into blocking or the end grains of timbers.
An I-beam is not considered a solid joist or bearer framing member under 12.3.2(d)(ii) and is therefore not permitted as
an appropriate method of support for attachment of a deck or balcony to an external wall .
The working load capacity of an anchor required by 12.3.2(e)(iii)(A) may be available in technical data provided by the
manufacturer of the anchor.
The bolt category 4.6/S refers to a commercial bolt of a strength grade of 4.6 using a snug tight method of tensioning.
AS 4100 contains information on tensioning techniques and the methods of determining the strength of an anchor.
Where the waling plate is fixed to the external wall through wall cladding, fixing length must be increased to compensate
for the additional width of the cladding to ensure the connection to the external wall is structurally adequate.
All coach screwed joints should be pre-drilled with a pilot hole whose diameter is not greater than that of the threaded
portion of the screw.
12.3.3 Flashings to the junction of the waling plate and external wall
[2019: 3.10.6.3]
Where the wall cladding is removed to attach a waling plate, openings in external wall cladding exposed to the weather
must be flashed with materials complying with AS/NZS 2904 and in accordance with the following: Core-filled reinforced
masonry external wall
Staggered M12 anchors
Timber waling plateMin.
190 mm
N12 bars at notmore than 600 mmcentres
Joist12.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 320Flashings must be provided to bottom, tops and the sides of the junction of the waling plate and the external (a)
wall, and must be installed so that the flashing —
extends not less than 150 mm beyond each side of the waling plate where practicable; and (i)
is attached to the waling plate and wall framing; and (ii)
at the top and bottom of the waling plate, drains to the outside face of the wall or cladding. (iii)
Joins in the flashing must— (b)
overlap by not less than 75 mm in the direction of flow; and (i)
be securely fastened at intervals of not more than 40 mm; and (ii)
have sealant installed between laps. (iii)
The method of flashing must be suitable for the framing and cladding used. (c)
Flashings must be securely fixed at least 25 mm under the cladding at ends and edges of the framing of the (d)
opening.
Explanatory Information
Consideration needs to be given to the method of fixing the waling plate to the external wall so that deterioration of the
external wall as a result of water entry will not occur. Such cases would include where the wall cladding is removed to
attach a waling plate. This may be achieved by installing flashing between the external wall and the waling plate.
12.3.4 Bracing
[2019: 3.10.6.4]
Where a deck or balcony is more than 1 m off the ground when measured from the uppermost surface of the deck or
balcony at any point to the top of any supporting footing, bracing must be installed as follows:
Two diagonally opposed 30 x 0.8 mm galvanized steel straps must be installed across the top or underside of (a)
the joists and be attached using one fixing at—
each joist or equivalent framing member; and (i)
the waling plate. (ii)
A secondary set of 30 x 0.8 mm steel straps must be installed using one fixing at each joist or equivalent framing (b)
member in accordance with Figure 12.3.4 where the deck or balcony extends more than 4 m from the external
wall.
The steel straps must— (c)
be continuous and extend diagonally at an angle between 30° to 60°; and (i)
span not more than 4 m when measured along a line at a right angle from the external wall . (ii)
Fixings for the steel straps must be— (d)
for timber framing, 50 x 3.15 hot-dipped galvanized flat head ring shank or flat head deformed nail; or (i)
for steel framing, 8-18 self embedding head or wafer head screws. (ii)Where the deck or balcony is located within a severe corrosion environment, the bracing and fixings must comply (e)
with
Table 6.3.9a , 6.3.9b and 6.3.9c . 12.3.3
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 321 Figure 12.3.4: Bracing of decks and balconies
Class 1 Class 1
b) Decks or balconies extending more
than 4 m from the external wall a) Decks or balconies extending up to 4 m from the external wall Steel straps to commence and terminate at midpoint
≤4 m>4 m30 x 0.8 mmsteel straps fixed to joists
External wall
30°- 60° 30°- 60°
Max. 4 m
span30°- 60°12.3.4
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 322
12.4.1 Application
[New for 2022]]
For the installation of a domestic solid fuel burning appliance, Part 12.4 need not be complied with if H7D5(a) is complied
with.
12.4.2 Open fireplace construction
[2019: 3.10.7.2]
An open fireplace, or solid-fuel burning appliance in which the fuel-burning compartment is not enclosed must have—
all masonry constructed in accordance with H1D5; and (a)
a hearth constructed of stone, concrete, masonry or similar non-combustible material so that— (b)
it extends not less than 300 mm beyond the front of the fireplace opening and not less than 150 mm beyond (i)
each side of that opening; and
its upper surface does not slope away from the back hearth (see Figure 12.4.2 ); and (ii)
combustible material, such as flooring or framing members below or around the external edge of the hearth, (iii)
is situated not less than 150 mm from the upper surface of the hearth (see Figure 12.4.2 ); and
walls forming the sides and back of the fireplace up to a height of 300 mm above the underside of the arch or (c)
lintel which—
are constructed in 2 separate leaves of solid masonry with a total combined thickness not less than 180 (i)
mm, excluding any cavity ; and
do not consist of concrete block masonry in the construction of the inner leaf; and (ii)
are constructed of masonry units with a net volume, excluding cored and similar holes, not less than 75% (iii)
of their gross volume, measured on the overall rectangular shape of the units, and with an actual thickness
of not less than 100 mm; and
the fireplace must be constructed on footings complying with 4.2.18 . (d)Part 12.4 Heating appliances, fireplaces, chimneys and flues
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 323 Figure 12.4.2: Fireplace clearance from combustible materials
12.4.3 Chimney construction
[2019: 3.10.7.3]
The construction of a chimney must comply with H1D5 and the following:
The walls of the chimney above the level referred to in 12.4.2(c) must be lined internally to a thickness of not (a)
less than 10 mm with composition mortar parging.
The composition mortar in (a) must comply with AS 3700 or AS 4773 except that the mortar must be mixed by (b)
volume in the proportions of 1 part cement : 1 part lime : 5 parts sand.
The chimney or flue must terminate not less than 300 mm above the highest part of the building within a horizontal (c)
distance of 3.6 m of the chimney or flue (see Figure 12.4.3 ). 300 mmmin.
150 mm
min.150 mm
min.
(b) View B(a) View AHearth
Combustible material not
supporting edge of hearth
Upper surface of hearth
150 mm min. fromcombustible materials Hearth. Level or sloping to backof hearth. Combustible material not
supporting edge of hearth 12.4.2
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 324 Figure 12.4.3: Section showing height and position of chimney
Explanatory Information
The requirements of this Part are to be read in conjunction with the building sealing requirements in Part 13.4 . •
However, it should be noted that Part 13.4 does not apply in all States and Territories.
12.4.3(a) requires the internal faces of masonry chimneys to be parged with a mortar to protect masonry elements •
and mortar beds from the corrosive by-products of combustion.
12.4.4 Installation of insert fireplaces and flues
[2019: 3.10.7.4]
An insert fireplace and flue must comply with the following:
The insert fireplace and flue must be— (a)
tested and passed the tests required by AS/NZS 2918; and (i)
fitted into a masonry fireplace (including chimney) constructed in accordance with H1D5 and Figure 12.4.4 . (ii)
The flue must be double skin and have been tested and pass the tests required by AS/NZS 2918. (b)
There must be a clearance of 50 mm between the outer flue and adjacent materials. (c)
The flue must terminate in accordance with Figure 12.4.3 . (d)
The hearth must be constructed in accordance with 12.4.2(b) and (d). (e)Chimney termination height –
300 mm min. above thehighest part of the buildingwithin 3.6 m
ChimneyRoof line3.6 mmin.300 mm12.4.3
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 325 Figure 12.4.4: Typical installation of fireplace flue inserts
12.4.5 Installation of free standing heating appliances
[2019: 3.10.7.5]
The installation of a free standing heating appliance must comply with the following:
The appliance must— (a)
be installed with safety clearances determined by testing in accordance with AS/NZS 2918; or (i)
be located not less than 1.2 m from adjoining walls (other than a masonry wall); or (ii)
have a heat shield between the adjoining wall (other than a masonry wall) and the heating appliance in (iii)
accordance with Figure 12.4.5a and Figure 12.4.5b .
Where a heat shield is used, it must be installed in accordance with Figure 12.4.5a and Figure 12.4.5b , and— (b)
have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60; or (i)
be not less than 90 mm thick masonry constructed in accordance with H1D5. (ii)
The heating appliance must be installed on a hearth— (c)
complying with 12.4.2(b) , except that the hearth must extend 400 mm from the front and sides of the (i)
appliance in accordance with Figure 12.4.5a and Figure 12.4.5b ; or Insert fire
place
Hearth50mm clearances
between flue/insertfire place andadjoining materialStack flashingChimney
Weephole
Apron flashing20
50 min. Flashing
Angle lintel
Top plate to be cut away at flue (metal joining plate over)
20
Brick header course
Arched lintel
40mm thick mortar bed
Tiled hearth on 20mmthick mortar bed400No portion of roof within 3600 mm12.4.4
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 326where a heat shield is installed, in accordance with Figure 12.4.5a and Figure 12.4.5b . (ii)
The flue must— (d)
have been tested and passed the tests required by AS/NZS 2918; and (i)
be installed in accordance with Figure 12.4.5c ; and (ii)
terminate in accordance with Figure 12.4.3 ; and (iii)
be flashed in accordance with H1D7. (iv)
Flue types or installation of flues in areas not specifically covered by Figure 12.4.5a and Figure 12.4.5b and (e)
Figure 12.4.5c must be installed in accordance with AS/NZS 2918.
Figure 12.4.5a : Acceptable location of free standing heating appliances — Elev ation
Flue
Non masonry wallClearance may be
reduced to 50 mmif the wall is masonry
Masonry heat shield600 mm aboveheating appliance
90 mm min. masonryheat shield400 mm
min.
Hearth - 400 mm
from heatingappliance
Heatingappliance12.4.5
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 327 Figure 12.4.5b : Acceptable location of free standing heating appliances — Plan view
min.1.2 m
mm400400 mmNon masonry wall
Heating
appliance Hearth
25 mm clearance between
heat shield and wall
50 mm clearance between
heat shield and appliance
90 mm min. masonryheat shield
Non masonry wallHeating
appliance
Hearth
mm400
400 mm12.4.5
(1 May 2023)
Ancillary provisions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 328 Figure 12.4.5c : Acceptable flue installation details
Figure Notes
Roof flashing – see H1D7(2). (1)
Hearth – see 12.4.5. (2)
Flue pipe size — 150 mm maximum (for other sizes see AS/NZS 2918). (3)
Explanatory Information
References to AS/NZS 2918 in 12.4.5(a)(i) and (d)(i) are only applicable in the context in which they are referred to in
accordance with A4G1(2). 12.4.5(a) provides three options for the installation of free standing heating appliances.
Where 12.4.5(a)(i) is chosen as a solution the free standing heating appliance must be installed with safety clearances
determined by testing in accordance with AS/NZS 2918. 12.4.5(d)(i), in addition to (d)(ii) and (d)(iii), require the flue to
be tested and have passed the tests required by AS/NZS 2918. Flue pipe
casing continuedthrough to ceilingFlue pipe casing
Detail 3300
25X
150
300
150
25
25
Detail 2Flue pipecasing
Shielding plate
Detail 1Fluepipe casing
15012252525
150 150Heating
applianceSee Note 2Flue pipe casingDetail 1 min.1.2 mNon masonry
wallDetail 2Detail 3Flue pipe casingSee Note 1
Timber framing
Flue pipeFlue pipe12.4.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 329
13 Energy efficiency
Part 13.1 Scope and application of
Section 13
13.1.1 Scope
13.1.2 Application
Part 13.2 Building fabric
13.2.1 Application of Part 13.2
13.2.2 Building fabric thermal insulation
13.2.3 Roofs and ceilings
13.2.4 Roof lights
13.2.5 External walls
13.2.6 Floors and subfloor walls
13.2.7 Attached Class 10a buildings
Part 13.3 External glazing
13.3.1 Application of Part 13.3
13.3.2 External glazing — winter
13.3.3 External glazing — summer
13.3.4 Shading
Part 13.4 Building sealing
13.4.1 Application of Part 13.4
13.4.2 Chimneys and flues
13.4.3 Roof lights
13.4.4 External windows and doors
13.4.5 Exhaust fans
13.4.6 Construction of ceilings, walls and floors
13.4.7 Evaporative coolers
Part 13.5 Ceiling fans
13.5.1 Application of Part 13.5
13.5.2 Ceiling fans
Part 13.6 Whole-of-home energy usage
13.6.1 Application of Part 13.6
13.6.2 Net equivalent energy usage
Part 13.7 Services
13.7.1 Application of Part 13.7
13.7.2 Insulation of services
13.7.3 Central heating water piping
13.7.4 Heating and cooling ductwork
13.7.5 Electric resistance space heating
13.7.6 Artificial lighting
13.7.7 Water heater in a heated water supply system
13.7.8 Swimming pool heating and pumping
13.7.9 Spa pool heating and pumping
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 330
NSW Part 13.1
NT Part 13.1
TAS Part 13.1
13.1.1 Scope
[New for 2022]
This Section sets out the following Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for energy efficiency:
Building fabric (see Part 13.2 ). (a)
External glazing (see Part 13.3 ). (b)
Building sealing (see Part 13.4 ). (c)
Ceiling fans (see Part 13.5 ). (d)
Whole-of-home energy usage (see Part 13.6 ). (e)
Services (see Part 13.7 ). (f)
SA 13.1.2
13.1.2 Application
[New for 2022]
The application of this Section is subject to the following:
The Governing Requirements of NCC Volume Two. (a)
The State and Territory variations, additions and deletions contained in the Schedules to the ABCB Housing (b)
Provisions and NCC Volume Two.
Explanatory Information
In NCC 2019, the content of
Section 13
of the ABCB Housing Provisions (other than content added in NCC 2022 orlater) was contained in the acceptable construction practices for Part 3.12 of NCC 2019 Volume Two. Part 13.1 Scope and application of
Section 13
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 331
NT Part 13.2
TAS Part 13.2
NSW 13.2.1
13.2.1 Application of Part 13.2
[2019: 3.12.1]
(1) The provisions of 13.2.2 to 13.2.6 apply to—
a Class 1 building; and (a)
a Class 10a building with a conditioned space . (b)
(2) The provisions of 13.2.7 apply to a Class 1 building with an attached Class 10a building.
(3) Part 13.2 must be applied as directed in H6D2(1)(a) or (b).
13.2.2 Building fabric thermal insulation
[2019: 3.12.1.1]
(1) Where required , insulation must comply with AS/NZS 4859.1 and be installed so that it—
abuts or overlaps adjoining insulation other than at supporting members such as columns, studs, noggings, (a)
joists, furring channels and the like where the insulation must butt against the member; and
forms a continuous barrier with ceilings, walls, bulkheads, floors or the like that inherently contribute to the (b)
thermal barrier; and
does not affect the safe or effective operation of a domestic service or fitting. (c)
(2) Where required , reflective insulation must be installed with—
the necessary airspace, to achieve the required R-Value between a reflective side of the reflective insulation (a)
and a building lining or cladding; and
the reflective insulation closely fitted against any penetration, door or window opening; and (b)
the reflective insulation adequately supported by framing members; and (c)
each adjoining sheet of roll membrane being— (d)
overlapped greater than or equal to 150 mm; or (i)
taped together. (ii)
(3) Where required , bulk insulation must be installed so that—
it maintains its position and thickness, other than where it crosses roof battens, water pipes, electrical cabling (a)
or the like; and
in a ceiling, where there is no bulk insulation or reflective insulation in the external wall beneath, it overlaps the (b)
external wall by greater than or equal to 50 mm.
Explanatory Information : Example
In a two storey house with the second storey set back, the insulation in the first storey wall, the second storey wall •
and the roof over the set-back must be continuous. Therefore if the roof over the set-back has insulation on a
horizontal ceiling, then insulation is also needed on the vertical in any ceiling space in order to connect the ceiling
insulation to the second storey wall.
To form a continuous barrier, insulation should be placed in gaps between window and door jambs, heads and sills, •
and the adjoining wall framing unless a gap is otherwise required . This may need to be compressible to allow for
movement between members. Part 13.2 Building fabric
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 332
Explanatory Information : Safety of domestic services
Care should be taken when installing insulation to ensure that it does not interfere with the safety or performance of
domestic services and fittings such as heating flues, recessed light fittings, light transformers, gas appliances and
general plumbing and electrical components. This includes providing appropriate clearance as detailed in relevant
legislation and referenced standards such as for electrical, gas and fuel oil installations.
Explanatory Information : Compression of insulation
The R-Value of insulation, including insulation used to mitigate thermal bridging, is reduced if it is compressed. The
allocated space for insulation must therefore allow the insulation to be installed so that it maintains its correct thickness
to achieve the product’s stated R-Value . Otherwise the R-Value needs to be reduced to account for any compression.
This is particularly relevant to wall and cathedral ceiling framing whose members can only accommodate a limited
thickness of insulation. In some instances, larger framing members or thinner insulation material, such as rigid boards,
may be necessary to ensure that the insulation achieves its required R-Value .
Explanatory Information : Installation of reflective insulation
For reflective insulation and the adjoining airspace to achieve its tested R-Value , the airspace needs to be a certain
width. This width varies depending on the particular type of reflective insulation . The R-Value also depends on the
orientation of the insulation.
Where reflective insulation also acts as a vapour barrier or sarking, both a minimum overlap and taping may be
necessary.
NSW 13.2.3
13.2.3 Roofs and ceilings
[2019: 3.12.1.2]
(1) Roof and ceiling insulation must achieve the minimum R-Value —
in climate zone 1, in accordance with Tables 13.2.3a , 13.2.3b , 13.2.3j and 13.2.3k as applicable; and (a)
in climate zone 2, in accordance with Tables 13.2.3c and 13.2.3l as applicable; and (b)
in climate zone 3, in accordance with Tables 13.2.3d and 13.2.3m as applicable; and (c)
in climate zone 4, in accordance with Tables 13.2.3e and 13.2.3n as applicable; and (d)
in climate zone 5, in accordance with Tables 13.2.3f and 13.2.3o as applicable; and (e)
in climate zone 6, in accordance with Tables 13.2.3g and 13.2.3p as applicable; and (f)
in climate zone 7, in accordance with Tables 13.2.3h and 13.2.3q as applicable; and (g)
in climate zone 8, in accordance with Tables 13.2.3i and 13.2.3r as applicable. (h)
(2) Reflective insulation installed to comply with (1) must—
have a surface emittance of not more than 0.05; and (a)
be adjacent to a roof space of not less than 20 mm; and (b)
in climate zones 3 to 8, be downward facing. (c)
(3) The thermal bridging in a metal-framed roof must be addressed as follows—
for a pitched roof with a horizontal ceiling— (a)
achieving the Total R-Value in Table 13.2.3s , calculated using a method that accounts for the effects of (i)
thermal bridging; or
increasing the R-Value of the insulation between the ceiling frames by R0.5 more than the R-Value derived (ii)
from (1); or
adding a continuous ceiling insulation layer with a minimum R-Value of R0.13 above or below the ceiling (iii)
joists or the bottom chords of the trusses; or
achieving the required ceiling R-Value derived from (1) by stacking two layers of insulation immediately on (iv)13.2.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 333top of each other, such that the top layer is orientated to cover the ceiling joists or bottom chords of the
trusses and has an R-Value of at least R0.5; or
for a flat, skillion or cathedral roof— (b)
achieving the Total R-Value in Table 13.2.3t , calculated using a method that accounts for the effects of (i)
thermal bridging; or
complying with Table 13.2.3u . (ii)
(4) Where 10.8.3(1) of the ABCB Housing Provisions applies, continuous insulation placed above the primary insulation
layer to mitigate thermal bridging must have a vapour permeance of not less than that of the primary insulation layer .
(5) Where, for operational or safety reasons, the area of ceiling insulation required is reduced, the loss of insulation must
be compensated for in accordance with Table 13.2.3w .
(6) Where the ceiling insulation required by (1) to (5) has an R-Value —
greater than R3.0 and less than or equal to R4.5, it may be reduced to R3.0 within 450 mm of an external wall ; (a)
or
greater than R4.5, it may be reduced to R3.0 within 450 mm of an external wall , provided all other required (b)
ceiling insulation is increased by R0.5.
(7) A roof that—
has metal sheet roofing directly fixed to metal purlins, metal rafters or metal battens; and (a)
does not have a ceiling lining or has a ceiling lining fixed directly to those metal purlins, metal rafters or metal (b)
battens,
must have a thermal break, consisting of a material with an R-Value of greater than or equal to 0.2, installed between
the metal sheet roofing and its supporting metal purlins, metal rafters or metal battens.
(8) The requirements of (1) to (7) do not apply to roofs constructed using insulated sandwich panels.
(9) Roofs constructed using insulated sandwich panels must achieve the minimum Total R-Value in Table 13.2.3x .
(10) In climate zones 1 to 5, the solar absorptance of the upper surface of a roof must not be more than 0.64.
Table 13.2.3a: Pitched roof with horizontal ceiling – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate z one
1
– single stor e y dwelling
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
A roof is considered ‘vented’ if it— (2)
has one wind-driven roof ventilator per 50 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (a)Roof
ventilationReflective
insulation
under-roofUnder-roof
insulation R-
ValueSA ≤ 0.23 0.23 < SA ≤ 0.32 0.32 < SA ≤ 0.42 0.42 < SA ≤ 0.53 0.53 < SA
≤0 .64
Vented Yes < 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
≥ 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
No < 1.0 2.5 4.5 X X X
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 X
≥ 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0
Standard Yes < 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 4.0 X
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0
≥ 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
No < 1.0 3.5 X X X X
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 2.0 3.5 5.5 X X
≥ 1.5 2.0 2.0 3.5 4.0 6.013.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 334has one powered roof ventilator per 200 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (b)
is a tiled roof without sarking-type material at roof level. (c)
If a roof is not ‘vented’, it is a ‘standard’ roof. (3)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (4)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (5)
X = not permitted. (6)
Table 13.2.3b: Pitched roof with horizontal ceiling – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate z one
1
– two (or mor e) st orey dwelling
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
A roof is considered ‘vented’ if it— (2)
has one wind-driven roof ventilator per 50 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (a)
has one powered roof ventilator per 200 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (b)
is a tiled roof without sarking-type material at roof level. (c)
If a roof is not ‘vented’, it is a ‘standard’ roof. (3)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (4)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (5)
X = not permitted. (6)Roof
ventilationReflective
insulation
under-roofUnder-roof
insulation R-
ValueSA≤ 0.23 0.23< SA≤0.32 0.32< SA≤0.42 0.42< SA≤0.53 0.53< SA≤0.64
Vented Yes < 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
≥ 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0
No < 1.0 2.0 2.5 4.0 5.0 X
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0
≥ 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Standard Yes < 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0
≥ 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
No < 1.0 2.5 4.0 6.0 X X
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 4.0
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.5
≥ 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.513.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 335 Table 13.2.3c: Pitched roof with horizontal ceiling – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate zone
2
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
A roof is considered ‘vented’ if it— (2)
has one wind-driven roof ventilator per 50 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (a)
has one powered roof ventilator per 200 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (b)
is a tiled roof without sarking-type material at roof level. (c)
If a roof is not ‘vented’, it is a ‘standard’ roof. (3)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under roof or ceiling insulation. (4)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (5)
Table 13.2.3d: Pitched roof with horizontal ceiling – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate z one
3
Roof
ventilationReflective
insulation
under-roofUnder-roof
insulation R-
ValueSA ≤ 0.23 0.23 < SA ≤ 0.32 0.32 < SA ≤ 0.42 0.42 < SA ≤ 0.64
Vented Yes Any 2.5
No < 0.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5
≥ 0.5 2.5
Standard Yes Any 2.5
No < 0.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0
≥ 0.5 to < 1.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0
≥ 1.0 2.5
Roof
ventilationReflective
insulation
under-roofUnder-roof
insulation R-
ValueSA ≤ 0.23 0.23 < SA ≤ 0.32 0.32 < SA ≤ 0.42 0.42 < SA ≤ 0.53 0.53 < SA ≤ 0.64
Vented Yes < 0.5 2.5
≥ 0.5 to < 1.0 2.0
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5
≥ 2.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0
No < 0.5 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 X
≥ 0.5 to < 1.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.5
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
≥ 2.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0
Standard Yes < 0.5 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5
≥ 0.5 to < 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0
≥ 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5
No < 0.5 3.5 4.0 5.0 X X
≥ 0.5 to < 1.0 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.513.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 336Table Notes
SA
= solar absorptance. (1)
A
roof is considered ‘vented’ if it— (2)
has one wind-driven roof ventilator per 50 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (a)
has one powered roof ventilator per 200 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (b)
is a tiled roof without sarking-type material at roof level. (c)
If a roof is not ‘vented’, it is a ‘standard’
roof. (3)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (4)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (5)
X = not permitted.(6)
T
able 13.2.3e: Pitched roof with horizontal ceiling – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate zone
4
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance.(1)
A
roof is considered ‘vented’ if it— (2)
has one wind-driven roof ventilator per 50 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (a)
has one powered roof ventilator per 200 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (b)
is a tiled roof without sarking-type material at roof level. (c)
If a roof is not ‘vented’, it is a ‘standard’
roof. (3)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (4)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (5)
T
able 13.2.3f: Pitched roof with horizontal ceiling – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate zone
5
Roof ventilation Reflective insulation
under-roofUnder-roof insulation
R-ValueSA ≤ 0.42 0.42 < SA ≤ 0.64
Vented Yes < 0.5 3.0 2.5
≥ 0.5 2.5
No < 2.0 3.0
≥ 2.0 2.5Roof
ventilationReflective
insulation
under-roofUnder-roof
insulation R-
ValueSA ≤ 0.23 0.23 < SA ≤ 0.32 0.32 < SA ≤ 0.42 0.42 < SA ≤ 0.53 0.53 < SA ≤ 0.64
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5
≥ 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5
Roof ventilation Reflective insulation
under-roofUnder-roof insulation
R-ValueSA ≤ 0.23 0.23 < SA ≤ 0.64
Vented Yes < 0.5 3.0 3.5
≥ 0.5 3.0
No Any 3.5
Standard Yes Any 3.0
No ≤ 0.5 3.5
> 0.5 3.013.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 337
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
A roof is considered ‘vented’ if it— (2)
has one wind-driven roof ventilator per 50 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (a)
has one powered roof ventilator per 200 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (b)
is a tiled roof without sarking-type material at roof level. (c)
If a roof is not ‘vented’, it is a ‘standard’ roof. (3)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (4)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (5)
Table 13.2.3g: Pitched roof with horizontal ceiling – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate z one
6
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
A roof is considered ‘vented’ if it— (2)
has one wind-driven roof ventilator per 50 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (a)
has one powered roof ventilator per 200 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (b)
is ventilated to outdoor air through evenly distributed openings with Table 10.8.3 ; or (c)
is a tiled roof without sarking-type material at roof level. (d)
If a roof is not ‘vented’, it is a ‘standard’ roof. (3)
In climate zones 6, 7 and 8, roof ventilation must comply with 10.8.3 . (4)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (5)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (6)Roof ventilation Reflective insulation
under-roofUnder-roof insulation
R-ValueSA ≤ 0.42 0.42 < SA ≤ 0.64
Standard Yes Any 2.5
No ≤ 0.5 3.0
> 0.5 to < 2.0 2.5
≥ 2.0 3.0
Roof ventilation Reflective insulation
under-roofUnder-roof insulation
R-Value0.23 ≤ SA ≤ 0.64 0.64 < SA ≤ 0.96
Vented Yes < 1.0 4.0 3.5
≥ 1.0 3.5
No < 1.0 4.0
≥ 1.0 3.5
Standard Yes < 1.0 3.5
≥ 1.0 3.0
No < 1.0 4.0
≥ 1.0 3.513.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 338 Table 13.2.3h: Pitched roof with horizontal ceiling – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate zone
7
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
A roof is considered ‘vented’ if it— (2)
has one wind-driven roof ventilator per 50 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (a)
has one powered roof ventilator per 200 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (b)
is ventilated to outdoor air through evenly distributed openings in accordance with Table 10.8.3; or (c)
is a tiled roof without sarking-type material at roof level. (d)
If a roof is not ‘vented’, it is a ‘standard’ roof. (3)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (4)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (5)
Table 13.2.3i: Pitched roof with horizontal ceiling – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate z one
8
Roof
ventilationReflective
insulation
under-roofUnder-roof
insulation R-
ValueSA ≤ 0.23 0.23 < SA ≤ 0.32 0.32 < SA ≤ 0.42 0.42 < SA ≤ 0.53 0.53 < SA ≤ 0.64 0.64 < SA ≤ 0.73 0.73 < SA ≤ 0.85 0.85 < SA ≤ 0.96
Vented Yes < 1.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0
≥ 1.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
No < 1.0 5.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5
≥ 1.0 to <
1.54.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
≥ 1.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0
Standard Yes < 1.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
≥ 1.0 4.0
No < 1.0 5.0 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.5
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 4.0
≥ 2.0 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.5
Roof
ventilationReflective
insulation
under-roofUnder-roof
insulation R-
ValueSA ≤ 0.23 0.23 < SA ≤ 0.32 0.32 < SA ≤ 0.42 0.42 < SA ≤ 0.53 0.53 < SA ≤ 0.64 0.64 < SA ≤ 0.73 0.73 < SA ≤ 0.85 0.85 < SA ≤ 0.96
Vented Yes < 1.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
≥ 1.5 to <
2.04.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
≥ 2.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
No < 1.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.0
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
≥1.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.013.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 339
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
A roof is considered ‘vented’ if it— (2)
has one wind-driven roof ventilator per 50 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (a)
has one powered roof ventilator per 200 m2 of ceiling area, with gable, eave or ridge vents; or (b)
is ventilated to outdoor air through evenly distributed openings in accordance with Table 10.8.3; or (c)
is a tiled roof without sarking-type material at roof level. (d)
If a roof is not ‘vented’, it is a ‘standard’ roof. (3)
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (4)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (5)
Table 13.2.3j: Flat, skillion or cathedral roof – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate z one 1 –
single storey dwelling
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
The R-Value can be achieved by installing insulation under the roof or on the top of the ceiling or a combination of (2)
both.
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (3)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (4)
X = not permitted. (5)Roof
ventilationReflective
insulation
under-roofUnder-roof
insulation R-
ValueSA ≤ 0.23 0.23 < SA ≤ 0.32 0.32 < SA ≤ 0.42 0.42 < SA ≤ 0.53 0.53 < SA ≤ 0.64 0.64 < SA ≤ 0.73 0.73 < SA ≤ 0.85 0.85 < SA ≤ 0.96
Standard Yes < 1.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.5
≥ 1.0 to <
1.54.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.5
≥ 2.0 4.0
No < 1.0 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.0 3.0 3.0
≥ 1.0 to < 1.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
≥ 1.5 to < 2.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.5
≥ 2.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5
Reflective
insulation under-
roofSA ≤ 0.23 0.23 < SA ≤ 0.32 0.32 < SA ≤ 0.42 0.42 < SA ≤ 0.53 0.53 < SA ≤ 0.64
Yes 1.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 4.0
No 1.0 3.5 X X X13.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 340 Table 13.2.3k: Flat, skillion or cathedral roof – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate zone 1 –
two ( or more) stor e y dwelling
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance.(1)
The R-Value can be achieved by installing insulation under the roof or on top of the ceiling or a combination of (2)
both.
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (3)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (4)
X = not permitted.(5)
T
able 13.2.3l: Flat, skillion or cathedral roof – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate zone 2
Table Not
es
SA = solar absorptance.(1)
The R-Value can be achieved by installing insulation under the roof or on top of the ceiling or a combination of (2)
both.
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (3)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (4)
T
able 13.2.3m: Flat, skillion or cathedral roof – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate zone 3
Table Not
es
SA = solar absorptance.(1)
The R-Value can be achieved by installing insulation under the roof or on top of the ceiling or a combination of (2)
both.
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (3)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (4)
X = not permitted.(5)
T
able 13.2.3n: Flat, skillion or cathedral roof – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate zone 4
Reflective insulation under-roof SA ≤ 0.64
Yes 3.0Reflective
insulation under-
roofSA ≤ 0.23 0.23 < SA ≤ 0.32 0.32 < SA ≤ 0.42 0.42 < SA ≤ 0.53 0.53 < SA ≤ 0.64
Yes 1.5 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0
No 1.5 3.5 5.0 X X
Reflective
insulation under-
roofSA ≤ 0.23 0.23 < SA ≤ 0.32 0.32 < SA ≤ 0.42 0.42 < SA ≤ 0.53 0.53 < SA ≤ 0.64
Yes 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
No 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.0
Reflective
insulation under-
roofSA ≤ 0.23 0.23 < SA ≤ 0.32 0.32 < SA ≤ 0.42 0.42 < SA ≤ 0.53 0.53 < SA ≤ 0.64
Yes 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5
No 3.5 4.0 5.0 X X13.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 341
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
The R-Value can be achieved by installing insulation under the roof or on top of the ceiling or a combination of (2)
both.
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (3)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (4)
Table 13.2.3o: Flat, skillion or cathedral roof – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate z one 5
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
The R-Value can be achieved by installing insulation under the roof or on top of the ceiling or a combination of (2)
both.
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (3)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (4)
Table 13.2.3p: Flat, skillion or cathedral roof – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate z one 6
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
The R-Value can be achieved by installing insulation under the roof or on top of the ceiling or a combination of (2)
both.
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (3)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (4)
Table 13.2.3q: Flat, skillion or cathedral roof – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate z one 7
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
The R-Value can be achieved by installing insulation under the roof or on top of the ceiling or a combination of (2)
both.
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (3)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (4)Reflective insulation under-roof SA ≤ 0.64
No 3.5
Reflective insulation under-roof SA ≤ 0.64
Yes 2.5
No 3.0
Reflective insulation under-
roof0.23 ≤ SA < 0.64 SA = 0.64 0.64 < SA ≤ 0.96
Yes 4.0 3.5 4.0
No 4.0 4.0 4.0
Reflective
insulation
under-roofSA ≤ 0.23 0.23 < SA
≤ 0.320.32 < SA
≤ 0.420.42 < SA
≤ 0.530.53 < SA
≤ 0.640.64 < SA
≤ 0.730.73 < SA
≤ 0.850.85 < SA
≤ 0.96
Yes 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
No 5.0 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.513.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 342 Table 13.2.3r: Flat, skillion or cathedral roof – minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation : climate zone 8
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
The R-Value can be achieved by installing insulation under the roof or on top of the ceiling or a combination of (2)
both.
The R-Value of reflective insulation is not to be included in the R-Value of any under-roof or ceiling insulation. (3)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (4)
Table 13.2.3s: Metal -framed pitched roof with horizontal ceiling – minimum Total R-Value of ceiling to
account f or t
hermal bridging
Table Notes
The Total R-Value calculation only includes the ceiling frame, insulation and ceiling lining. It is not to include internal (1)
air films, roof space or roof lining.
Minimum ceiling Total R-Values are in-situ values. They account for compression of insulation. (2)
Table 13.2.3t: Metal -framed flat, skillion or cathedral roof – minimum Total R-Value to account for ther -
mal bridging Reflective
insulation
under-roofSA ≤ 0.23 0.23 < SA
≤ 0.320.32 < SA
≤ 0.420.42 < SA
≤ 0.530.53 < SA
≤ 0.640.64 < SA
≤ 0.730.73 < SA
≤ 0.850.85 < SA
≤ 0.96
Yes 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.5
No 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.0 3.0 3.0
Minimum ceiling insulation R-Value from Tables 13.2.3a to
13.2.3i as applicableMinimum ceiling Total R-Value
1.5 1.38
2.0 1.74
2.5 2.09
3.0 2.43
3.5 2.63
4.0 2.95
4.5 3.27
5.0 3.59
5.5 3.91
6.0 4.23
Minimum ceiling insulation R-Value
from Tables 13.2.3j to 13.2.3rMinimum Total R-Value to account for
thermal bridging – heat flow downMinimum Total R-Value to account for
thermal bridging – heat flow up
1.0 1.40 1.32
1.5 1.86 1.78
2.0 2.29 2.21
2.5 2.71 2.63
3.0 3.11 3.02
3.5 3.31 3.22
4.0 3.66 3.57
4.5 3.98 3.90
5.0 4.32 4.2213.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 343Table Notes
Minimum Total R-Values are in-situ values. They account for compression of insulation. (1)
Direction of heat flow must be determined in accordance with Table 13.2.3v . (2)
T
able 13.2.3u: Metal -framed flat, skillion or cathedral roof – thermal bridging mitigation
Table Not es
Minimum R-Values are in-situ values. They account for compression of insulation. (1)
X = not permitted.(2)
T
able 13.2.3v: Direction of heat flow Minimum ceiling insulation R-Value
from Tables 13.2.3j to 13.2.3rMinimum Total R-Value to account for
thermal bridging – heat flow downMinimum Total R-Value to account for
thermal bridging – heat flow up
5.5 4.63 4.53
6.0 4.93 4.82
Minimum ceiling insulation R-Value
from Tables 13.2.3j to 13.2.3rOption 1 – increase insulation
between roof frame members to
specified minimum R-ValueOption 2 – add a layer of continuous
insulation with specified minimum R-
Value above or below the roof frame
members
1.0 1.5 0.13
1.5 2.5 0.30
2.0 3.5 0.30
2.5 5.0 0.40
3.0 6.0 0.60
3.5 X 0.60
4.0 X 0.60
4.5 X 0.60
5.0 X 0.60
5.5 X 0.60
6.0 X 0.60
Climate zone Direction of heat flow
1 Down
2 (altitude less than 300 m) Down
2 (altitude 300 m or more) Down and up
3 Down and up
4 Up
5 Up
6 Up
7 Up
8 Up13.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 344 Table 13.2.3w: Adjusted minimum R-Value of ceiling insulation required to compensate for loss of ceil -
ing insulation area
Table Notes
Interpolation is allowed for values between those shown. (1)
X = not permitted. (2)
Table 13.2.3x: Total R-Value for roofs constructed with insulated sandwich panels
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
Direction of heat flow must be determined in accordance with Table 13.2.3v . (2)Percentage of
ceiling area
uninsulatedMinimum R-Value of ceiling insulation required to satisfy 13.2.3(1) and (3)
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
0.5 to less than
1.0%1.0 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.4 4.0 4.7 5.4 6.2 6.9
1.0% to less
than 1.5%1.1 1.7 2.3 2.9 3.6 4.4 5.2 6.1 7.0 x
1.5% to less than 2.0% 1.1 1.7 2.4 3.1 3.9 4.8 5.8 6.8 x x
2.0% to less than 2.5% 1.1 1.8 2.5 3.3 4.2 5.3 6.5 x x x
2.5% to less than 3.0% 1.2 1.9 2.6 3.6 4.6 5.9 x x x x
3.0% to less than 4.0% 1.2 2.0 3.0 4.2 5.7 x x x x x
4.0% to less than 5.0% 1.3 2.2 3.4 5.0 x x x x x x
Climate
zoneSA ≤ 0.23 0.23 < SA
≤ 0.320.32 < SA
≤ 0.420.42 < SA
≤ 0.530.53 < SA
≤ 0.640.64 < SA
≤ 0.730.73 < SA
≤ 0.850.85 < SA
≤ 0.96
1 (single
storey
dwelling)1.40 3.31 X X X X X X
1 (two or more storey dwelling)1.86 3.31 4.32 X X X X X
2 (heat flow down) 3.11 3.11 3.31 3.66 3.66 X X X
2 (heat flow up) 3.02 3.02 3.22 3.57 3.57 X X X
3 (heat flow down) 3.31 3.66 4.32 X X X X X
3 (heat flow up) 3.22 3.57 4.22 X X X X X
4 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 X X X
5 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.02 3.02 X X X
6 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57
7 4.22 3.90 3.90 3.57 3.57 3.22 3.22 3.22
8 3.90 3.57 3.57 3.22 3.22 3.02 3.02 3.0213.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 345X = not permitted. (3)
Explanatory Information : Table 13.2.3w
When considering the reduction of insulation because of exhaust fans, flues or recessed downlights, 0.5% of the •
ceiling area for a 200 m2 house would permit 2 bathroom heater-light assemblies, a laundry exhaust fan, a kitchen
exhaust fan and either approximately 20 recessed down-lights with 50 mm clearance to insulation, 10 recessed
downlights with 100 mm clearance to insulation or only 3 recessed downlights with 200 mm clearance to insulation.
Note that 13.2.3(5) does not require an increase in ceiling insulation for roof lights . •
Placing some of the required insulation at the roof level may result in a more practical outcome. Insulation at the •
roof level is effective in warm climates and significantly moderates the roof space extremes and condensation risk
in cold climates. Note that Part 10.8 contains specific provisions for condensation .
Explanatory Information : Thermal bridging calculation methods
The effect of thermal bridging through repeating framing elements such as ceiling joists and the bottom chord of ceiling
trusses must be considered when calculating the Total R-Value of metal-framed roofs. Other types of thermal bridges
may be calculated if considered significant.
NSW 13.2.4
13.2.4 Roof lights
[2019: 3.12.1.3]
Roof lights (including any associated shaft and diffuser) serving a habitable room or an interconnecting space such as a
corridor, hallway, stairway or the like must have—
a total area of not more than 5% of the floor area of the room or space served; and (a)
transparent and translucent elements, including any imperforate ceiling diffuser, with a combined performance (b)
of—
for Total System SHGC , in accordance with Table 13.2.4 ; and (i)
for Total System U-Value , not more than U3.9. (ii)
Table 13.2.4: Roof lights – Total Syst em SHGC
T
able Notes
The roof light shaft index is determined by measuring the distance from the centre of the shaft at the roof to the (1)
centre of the shaft at the ceiling level and dividing it by the average internal dimension of the shaft opening at the
ceiling level (or the diameter for a circular shaft) in the same units of measurement.
The area of a roof light is the area of the roof opening that allows light to enter the building. The total area of roof (2)
lights is the combined area for all roof lights serving the room or space.
Explanatory Information
The Total System SHGC and Total System U-Values are expressed as Australian Fenestration Rating Council (AFRC)
values.
Roof light shaft index Note 1Total area of roof lights up to 3.5% of
the floor area of the room or spaceTotal area of roof lights more than
3.5% and up to 5% of the floor area of
the room or space
< 1.0 ≤ 0.45 ≤ 0.29
≥ 1.0 to < 2.5 ≤ 0.51 ≤ 0.33
≥ 2.5 ≤ 0.76 ≤ 0.4913.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 346NSW 13.2.5
13.2.5 External walls
[2019: 3.12.1.4]
(1) Except for the external wall of a sub-floor space below a suspended floor and lightweight wall construction, wall
insulation must have a minimum R-Value —
in climate zone 1, in accordance with Table 13.2.5a ; and (a)
in climate zone 2, in accordance with Tables 13.2.5c and 13.2.5d as applicable; and (b)
in climate zone 3, in accordance with Table 13.2.5e ; and (c)
in climate zone 4, in accordance with Tables 13.2.5g and 13.2.5h as applicable; and (d)
in climate zone 5, in accordance with Tables 13.2.5i and 13.2.5j as applicable; and (e)
in climate zone 6, in accordance with Tables 13.2.5k and 13.2.5l as applicable; and (f)
In climate zone 7, in accordance with Tables 13.2.5m and 13.2.5n as applicable. (g)
(2) For lightweight wall construction, wall insulation must have a minimum R-Value —
in climate zone 1, in accordance with Table 13.2.5b ; and (a)
in climate zone 2, in accordance with Table 13.2.5c , with R0.3 added; and (b)
in climate zone 3, in accordance with Table 13.2.5f ; and (c)
in climate zone 4, in accordance with Table 13.2.5g , with R0.3 added; and (d)
in climate zone 5, in accordance with Table 13.2.5i , with R0.3 added; and (e)
in climate zone 6, in accordance with Table 13.2.5k , with R0.3 added; and (f)
in climate zone 7, in accordance with Table 13.2.5m , with R0.3 added; and (g)
in climate zone 8, in accordance with Table 13.2.5o . (h)
(3) In climate zones 1 to 5, the solar absorptance of the outer surface of a wall used in (1) or (2) must be not more than
0.7.
(4) The thermal bridging in a metal-framed wall must be addressed by—
achieving the Total R-Value in Tables 13.2.5p , 13.2.5q and 13.2.5r , calculated in accordance with AS/NZS 4859.2; (a)
or
complying with one of the options in Tables 13.2.5s , 13.2.5t and 13.2.5u . (b)
(5) A metal-framed wall that forms part of the building envelope must have a thermal break, consisting of a material with
an R-Value of not less than R0.2, installed at all points of contact between the external cladding and the metal frame
if the wall—
does not have a wall lining or has a wall lining that is fixed directly to the metal frame; and (a)
is clad with weatherboards, fibre-cement or the like, or metal sheeting fixed to the metal frame. (b)
(6) The requirements of (5) do not apply to walls constructed using insulated sandwich panels.
Table 13.2.5a: Concrete block walls – minimum insulation R-Value : climate z one 1
SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
≤ 0.3 0 X X X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 Reflective X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 0.0 Reflective 1.5 X
> 450 to ≤ 600 0.0 Reflective 1.0 X
> 600 to ≤ 900 0.0 0.0 Reflective 2.0
> 900 to ≤ 1200 0.0 0.0 Reflective 1.0
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 0.0 0.0 0.0 Reflective13.2.4
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 347
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
X = not permitted. (3)SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 0.0 0.0 0.0 Reflective
> 1800 to ≤ 2400 0.0 0.0 0.0 Reflective
> 0.3 to ≤ 0.4 0 X X X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 1.0 X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.0 1.0 X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 Reflective Reflective 2.0 X
> 600 to ≤ 900 0.0 Reflective Reflective X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 0.0 0.0 Reflective 1.5
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 0.0 0.0 Reflective Reflective
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 0.0 0.0 0.0 Reflective
> 1800 to ≤ 2400 0.0 0.0 0.0 Reflective
> 0.4 to ≤ 0.5 0 X X X X
> 0 ≤ 300 1.0 X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.0 1.5 X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 Reflective 1.0 X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 0.0 Reflective 1.0 X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 0.0 Reflective Reflective 2.0
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 0.0 0.0 Reflective 1.0
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 0.0 0.0 Reflective Reflective
> 1800 to ≤ 2400 0.0 0.0 0.0 Reflective
> 0.5 to ≤ 0.6 0 X X X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 1.5 X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.0 X X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 Reflective 1.5 X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 Reflective Reflective 1.5 X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 0.0 Reflective Reflective X
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 0.0 Reflective Reflective 1.5
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 0.0 0.0 Reflective 1.0
> 1800 to ≤ 2400 0.0 0.0 Reflective Reflective
> 0.6 to ≤ 0.7 0 X X X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 X X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 X X X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 Reflective 2.0 X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 Reflective 1.0 2.0 X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 Reflective Reflective 1.0 X
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 0.0 Reflective Reflective 2.0
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 0.0 Reflective Reflective 1.0
> 1800 to ≤ 2400 0.0 0.0 Reflective Reflective13.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 348Reflective = reflective insulation with an airspace with a minimum width of at least 20 mm. The surface emittance (4)
of the reflective surface facing the airspace must be a maximum of 0.1, where the airspace is exposed to the sun
during construction to reduce glare (an outward facing surface), or 0.05 if not exposed to the sun (an inward facing
surface).
This table shows wall heights for single storey dwellings. For two storey (or more) dwellings with a wall height up (5)
to 2.4 m, add R0.5 to the R-Values given in this Table. For two storey (or more) dwellings with a wall height greater
than 2.4 m, add R1.0.
Table 13.2.5b : Lightweight walls – minimum insulation R-Value : climate z one 1
SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
≤ 0.3 0 X X X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.5 X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.0 X X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 Reflective 2.0 X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 Reflective 1.0 2.0 X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 Reflective Reflective 1.0 X
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 Reflective Reflective Reflective 2.5
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 0.0 Reflective Reflective 1.5
> 1800 to ≤ 2400 0.0 0.0 Reflective 1.0
> 0.3 to ≤ 0.4 0 X X X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 X X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.0 X X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 Reflective 2.0 X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 Reflective 1.0 2.0 X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 Reflective Reflective 1.0 X
>1200 to ≤ 1500 Reflective Reflective Reflective 2.5
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 0.0 Reflective Reflective 1.5
> 1800 to ≤ 2400 0.0 0.0 Reflective 1.0
> 0.4 to ≤ 0.5 0 X X X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 X X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.0 X X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 Reflective 2.0 X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 Reflective 1.0 2.0 X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 Reflective Reflective 1.0 X
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 Reflective Reflective Reflective 2.5
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 0.0 Reflective Reflective 1.5
> 1800 to ≤ 2400 0.0 0.0 Reflective 1.0
> 0.5 to ≤ 0.6 0 X X X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 X X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.0 X X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 Reflective 2.0 X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 Reflective 1.0 2.0 X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 Reflective Reflective 1.0 X
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 Reflective Reflective Reflective 2.5
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 0.0 Reflective Reflective 1.513.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 349
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
X = not permitted. (3)
Reflective = reflective insulation with an airspace with a minimum width of at least 20 mm. The surface emittance (4)
of the reflective surface facing the airspace must be a maximum of 0.1 where the airspace is exposed to the sun
during construction to reduce glare (an outward facing surface), or 0.05 of not exposed to the sun (an inward facing
surface).
This Table shows wall heights for single storey dwellings. For two storey (or more) dwellings with a wall height up (5)
to 2.4 m, add R0.5 to R-Values from this Table. For two storey (or more) dwellings with a wall height greater than
2.4 m, add R1.0.
Table 13.2.5c : Masonry veneer wall – minimum insulation R-Value : climate z one 2 SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
> 1800 to ≤ 2400 0.0 0.0 Reflective 1.0
> 0.6 to ≤ 0.7 0 X X X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 X X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.0 X X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 Reflective 2.0 X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 Reflective 1.0 2.0 X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 Reflective Reflective 1.0 X
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 Reflective Reflective Reflective 2.5
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 0.0 Reflective Reflective 1.5
> 1800 to ≤ 2400 0.0 0.0 Reflective 1.0
SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
≤ 0.35 0 X X X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.0 X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.5 X X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 1.5 2.0 X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 1.5 1.5 2.5 X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 1.5 1.5 1.5 X
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0
> 0.35 to ≤ 0.5 0 X X X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.0 X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.5 X X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 1.5 2.5 X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 1.5 1.5 2.5 X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 1.5 1.5 1.5 X
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.013.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 350
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
X = not permitted. (3)
This Table shows wall heights for single storey dwellings. For two storey (or more) dwellings with a wall height of (4)
up to 2.4 m add R0.4 to the R-Values from this Table. For two storey (or more) dwellings with a wall height greater
than 2.4 m, add R0.8.
Table 13.2.5d : Masonry cavity wall – minimum insulation R-Value : climate z one 2 SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
> 0.5 to ≤ 0.7 0 X X X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.0 X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.5 X X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 1.5 2.0 X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 1.5 1.5 2.5 X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 1.5 1.5 1.5 X
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 1.5 1.5 1.5 X
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0
SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
≤ 0.35 0 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.51
> 0 to ≤ 300 0.0 0.25 0.25 0.51
> 300 to ≤ 450 0.0 0.0 0.25 0.51
> 450 to ≤ 600 0.0 0.0 0.25 0.51
> 600 to ≤ 900 0.0 0.0 0.25 0.25
> 900 to ≤ 1200 0.0 0.25 0.25 0.25
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 0.0 0.25 0.25 0.25
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 0.0 0.25 0.25 0.25
> 0.35 to ≤ 0.5 0 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.51
> 0 to ≤ 300 0.0 0.25 0.25 0.51
> 300 to ≤ 450 0.0 0.0 0.25 0.51
> 450 to ≤ 600 0.0 0.0 0.25 0.51
> 600 to ≤ 900 0.0 0.0 0.25 0.25
> 900 to ≤ 1200 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.25
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 0.25 0.0 0.25 0.25
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
> 0.5 to ≤ 0.7 0 0.25 0.25 0.51 0.51
> 0 to ≤ 300 0.0 0.25 0.25 0.51
> 300 to ≤ 450 0.0 0.0 0.25 0.51
> 450 to ≤ 600 0.0 0.0 0.25 0.51
> 600 to ≤ 900 0.0 0.0 0.25 0.25
> 900 to ≤ 1200 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.25
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2513.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 351
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
This Table shows wall heights for single storey dwellings. For two-storey (or more) dwellings, add R0.25 to the R- (3)
Values given in this Table.
Table 13.2.5e: Concrete block wall – minimum insulation R-Value : climate z one 3
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
Table 13.2.5f : Lightweight wall – minimum insulation R-Value : climate z one 3
SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
≤ 0.3 0 X X X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.5 X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.5 X X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 1.5 2.5 X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 1.5 1.5 2.5 X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 1.5 1.5 1.5 X
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 Reflective 1.5 1.5 2.5
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 Reflective 1.5 1.5 2.0
> 1800 to ≤ 2400 Reflective Reflective 1.5 1.5
> 0.3 to ≤ 0.4 0 X X X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.5 X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.0 X X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 1.5 2.5 X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 1.5 1.5 2.5 X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 1.5 1.5 2.0 X
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 Reflective 1.5 1.5 2.7
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 Reflective 1.5 1.5 2.0
> 1800 to ≤ 2400 Reflective Reflective 1.5 1.5
> 0.4 to ≤ 0.5 0 X X X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 X X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.0 X X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 1.5 X X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 1.5 2.0 2.7 X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 1.5 1.5 2.0 X
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 1.5 1.5 1.5 XSA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 0.0 0.0 0.25 0.25
SA R-Value
≤ 0.7 1.513.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 352
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value for insulation. (2)
X = not permitted. (3)
Reflective = reflective insulation with an airspace with a minimum width of at least 20 mm. The surface emittance (4)
of the reflective surface facing the airspace must be a maximum 0.1, where the airspace is exposed to the sun
during construction to reduce glare (an outward facing surface), or 0.05 if not exposed to the sun (an inward facing
surface).
This Table shows wall heights for single storey dwellings. For two storey (or more) dwellings with a wall height up (5)
to 2.4 m, add R1.0 to the R-Values given in this Table. For two storey (or more) dwellings with a wall height greater
than 2.4 m, add R1.5.
Table 13.2.5g : Masonry veneer wall – minimum insulation R-Value : climate z one 4
SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
≤ 0.35 0 2.0 2.5 2.5 X
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.0 2.0 2.5 X
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0
> 450 to ≤ 600 2.0 2.5 2.5 3.0
> 600 to ≤ 900 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0
> 900 to ≤ 1200 X 3.0 3.0 3.0
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 X X 3.0 XSA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 Reflective 1.5 1.5 2.5
> 1800 to ≤ 2400 Reflective Reflective 1.5 1.5
> 0.5 to ≤ 0.6 0 X X X X
> to ≤ 300 X X X x
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.0 X X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 1.5 X X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 1.5 2.0 X X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 1.5 1.5 2.0 X
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 1.5 1.5 1.5 X
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5
> 1800 to ≤ 2400 Reflective 1.5 1.5 2.0
> 0.6 to ≤ 0.7 0 X X X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 X X X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.5 X X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 2.0 X X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 1.5 2.0 X X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 1.5 1.5 2.5 X
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 1.5 1.5 2.0 X
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 Reflective 1.5 1.5 2.7
> 1800 to ≤ 2400 Reflective 1.5 1.5 2.013.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 353Table Notes
SA
= solar absorptance. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
X = not permitted.(3)
This
Table shows wall heights for single storey dwellings. For two storey (or more) dwellings, add R0.5 to the R- (4)
Values given in this Table.
T
able 13.2.5h : Masonry cavity wall – minimum insulation R-Value : climate zone 4 SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
> 0.35 to ≤ 0.5 0 2.0 2.5 2.5 X
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.0 2.0 2.5 X
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0
> 450 to ≤ 600 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0
> 600 to ≤ 900 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0
> 900 to ≤ 1200 X 2.5 2.5 3.0
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 X X 3.0 3.0
> 0.5 to ≤ 0.7 0 2.0 2.5 2.5 X
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.0 2.0 2.5 X
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0
> 450 to ≤ 600 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0
> 600 to ≤ 900 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0
> 900 to ≤ 1200 3.0 2.5 2.5 3.0
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 X 3.0 2.5 3.0
SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
≤ 0.35 0 0.25 0.25 0.51 0.75
> 0 to ≤ 300 0.51 0.51 0.51 0.75
> 300 to ≤ 450 0.51 0.51 0,51 0.75
> 450 to ≤ 600 0.51 0.51 0.51 0.75
> 600 to ≤ 900 1.08 0.75 0.75 1.08
> 900 to ≤ 1200 1.44 1.08 1.08 1.08
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 X 1.44 1.44 1.08
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 X X X 1.44
> 0.35 to ≤ 0.5 0 0.25 0.25 0.51 0.62
> 0 to ≤ 300 0.25 0.25 0.51 0.62
> 300 to ≤ 450 0.51 0.51 0.51 0.62
> 450 to ≤ 600 0.51 0.51 0.51 0.75
> 600 to ≤ 900 0.75 0.62 0.62 0.75
> 900 to ≤ 1200 1.08 1.08 0.75 1.08
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 X 1.44 1.08 1.08
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 X X 1.44 1.4413.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 354
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
X = not permitted. (3)
This Table shows wall heights for single storey dwellings. For two storey (or more) dwellings, add R0.25 to the R- (4)
Values given in this Table.
Table 13.2.5i: Masonry veneer wall – minimum insulation R-Value : climate z one 5
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
> 0.5 to ≤ 0.7 0 0.0 0.25 0.25 0.51
> 0 to ≤ 300 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.51
> 300 to ≤ 450 0.25 0.25 0.51 0.51
> 450 to ≤ 600 0.25 0.25 0.51 0.51
> 600 to ≤ 900 0.25 0.51 0.51 0.62
> 900 to ≤ 1200 0.51 0.62 0.62 0.75
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 1.08 1.08 1.08 1.08
> 1500 to ≤ 1800 1.44 1.44 1.08 1.08
SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
≤ 0.35 0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.5
> 0 to ≤ 300 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.5
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.5
> 450 to ≤ 600 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.5
> 600 to ≤ 900 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5
> 900 to ≤ 1200 3.0 2.0 2.0 2.5
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 X 3.0 2.5 2.5
> 0.35 to ≤ 0.5 0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.5
> 0 to ≤ 300 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.5
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.5
> 450 to ≤ 600 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.5
> 600 to ≤ 900 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5
> 900 to ≤ 1200 2.5 2.0 2.0 2.5
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 3.0 2.5 2.5 2.5
> 0.5 to ≤ 0.7 0 1.5 2.0 2.0 3.0
> 0 to ≤ 300 1.5 2.0 2.0 3.0
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.5
> 450 to ≤ 600 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.5
> 600 to ≤ 900 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5
> 900 to ≤ 1200 2.5 2.0 2.0 2.5
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 X 3.0 2.5 2.513.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 355X = not permitted. (3)
This Table shows wall heights for single storey dwellings. For two storey (or more) dwellings, add R0.5 to the R- (4)
Values given in this Table.
Table 13.2.5j: Masonry cavity wall – minimum insulation R-Value : climate z one 5
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
This Table shows wall heights for single storey dwellings. For two (or more) storey dwellings, add R0.25 to the R- (3)
Values shown in this Table.
Table 13.2.5k : Masonry veneer wall – minimum insulation R-Value : climate z one 6
SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
≤ 0.35 0 2.0 2.4 X X
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.4 2.4 X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.5 X X X
> 450 to ≤ 600 X X X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 X X X X
> 0.35 to ≤ 0.5 0 2.0 2.4 2.5 X
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.4 2.5 X X
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.4 X X XSA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
≤ 0.35 0 0.0 0.0 0.25 0.25
> 0 to ≤ 300 0.0 0.25 0.25 0.25
> 300 to ≤ 450 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
> 450 to ≤ 600 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
> 600 to ≤ 900 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.51
> 900 to ≤ 1200 0.51 0.51 0.51 0.51
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 0.62 0.51 0.51 0.51
> 0.35 to ≤ 0.5 0 0.0 0.0 0.25 0.25
> 0 to ≤ 300 0.0 0.0 0.25 0.25
> 300 to ≤ 450 0.0 0.25 0.25 0.25
> 450 to ≤ 600 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
> 600 to ≤ 900 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
> 900 to ≤ 1200 0.51 0.25 0.25 0.51
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 0.62 0.51 0.51 0.51
> 0.5 to ≤ 0.7 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.25
> 0 to ≤ 300 0.0 0.0 0.25 0.25
> 300 to ≤ 450 0.0 0.0 0.25 0.25
> 450 to ≤ 600 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
> 600 to ≤ 900 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
> 900 to ≤ 1200 0.51 0.25 0.25 0.25
> 1200 to ≤ 1500 0.51 0.51 0.51 0.5113.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 356
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
X = not permitted. (3)
This Table shows wall heights for single storey dwellings. For two storey (or more) dwellings, add R0.5 to the R- (4)
Values given in this Table.
Table 13.2.5l: Masonry cavity wall – minimum insulation R-Value : climate z one 6 SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
> 450 to ≤ 600 X X X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 X X X X
> 0.5 to ≤ 0.7 0 2.0 2.0 2.4 X
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.0 2.4 2.5 X
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.4 2.4 2.5 X
> 450 to ≤ 600 2.5 2.5 X X
> 600 to ≤ 900 X X X X
> 0.7 to ≤ 0.85 0 1.5 2.0 2.4 X
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.0 2.0 2.4 X
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.4 2.4 2.4 X
> 450 to ≤ 600 2.4 2.4 2.4 X
> 600 to ≤ 900 X X X X
SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
≤ 0.35 0 0.51 0.62 1.08 1.44
> 0 to ≤ 300 1.08 1.08 1.08 1.44
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.44 1.08 1.08 1.44
> 450 to ≤ 600 1.44 1.44 1.08 1.44
> 600 to ≤ 900 X X 1.44 X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 X X X X
> 0.35 to ≤ 0.5 0 0.51 0.62 0.75 1.08
> 0 to ≤ 300 0.75 0.75 1.08 1.44
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.08 1.08 1.08 1.44
> 450 to ≤ 600 1.44 1.08 1.08 1.44
> 600 to ≤ 900 X X 1.44 1.44
> 900 to ≤ 1200 X X X X
> 0.5 to ≤ 0.7 0 0.25 0.51 0.62 1.08
> 0 to ≤ 300 0.62 0.62 0.75 1.08
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.08 0.75 1.08 1.08
> 450 to ≤ 600 1.44 1.08 1.08 1.08
> 600 to ≤ 900 X 1.44 1.44 1.44
> 900 to ≤ 1200 X X X 1.44
> 0.7 to ≤ 0.85 0 0.25 0.51 0.51 1.08
> 0 to ≤ 300 0.62 0.51 0.75 1.0813.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 357
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
X = not permitted. (3)
This Table shows wall heights for single storey dwellings. For two storey (or more) dwellings, add R0.25 to the R- (4)
Values given in this Table, to a maximum R-Value of R1.44.
Table 13.2.5m: Masonry veneer wall – minimum insulation R-Value : climate z one 7
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
X = not permitted. (3)SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
> 300 to ≤ 450 1.08 0.62 0.75 1.08
> 450 to ≤ 600 1.08 1.08 1.08 1.08
> 600 to ≤ 900 X 1.44 1.08 1.44
> 900 to ≤ 1200 X X 1.44 1.44
SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
≤ 0.35 0 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.4
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.0 1.5 2.0 2.4
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.4 2.0 2.0 2.4
> 450 to ≤ 600 X 2.4 2.0 2.4
> 600 to ≤ 900 X X X X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 X X X X
> 0.35 to ≤ 0.5 0 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0
> 0 to ≤ 300 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.4
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.4 2.0 2.0 2.4
> 450 to ≤ 600 X 2.0 2.0 2.4
> 600 to ≤ 900 X X 2.5 2.4
> 900 to ≤ 1200 X X X X
> 0.5 to ≤ 0.7 0 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0
> 0 to ≤ 300 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.0 1.5 1.5 2.0
> 450 to ≤ 600 2.5 2.0 2.0 2.0
> 600 to ≤ 900 X X 2.4 2.4
> 900 to ≤ 1200 X X X X
> 0.7 to ≤ 0.85 0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
> 0 to ≤ 300 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.0 1.5 1.5 2.0
> 450 to ≤ 600 2.4 2.0 2.0 2.0
> 600 to ≤ 900 X X 2.4 2.0
> 900 to ≤ 1200 X X X 2.413.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 358This Table shows wall heights for single storey dwellings. For two storey (or more) dwellings, add R0.5 to the R- (4)
Values given in this Table.
Table 13.2.5n: Masonry cavity wall – minimum insulation R-Value : climate z one 7
T
able Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
X = not permitted. (3)
This Table shows wall heights for single storey dwellings. For two storey (or more) dwellings, add R0.25 to the R- (4)
Values given in this Table.
Table 13.2.5o : Lightweight wall – minimum insulation R-Value : climate z one 8 SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
≤ 0.35 0 1.08 1.44 X X
> 0.35 to ≤ 0.5 0 1.08 1.44 X X
> 0.5 to ≤ 0.7 0 0.75 1.44 1.44 X
> 0 to ≤ 300 1.44 X X X
> 0.7 to ≤ 0.85 0 0.75 1.08 1.44 X
> 0 to ≤ 300 1.44 1.44 X X
SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
≤ 0.35 0 1.5 2.0 2.0 X
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.0 2.0 2.4 X
> 300 to ≤ 450 X 2.4 2.4 X
> 450 to ≤ 600 X X 2.5 X
> 600 to ≤ 900 X X X X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 X X X X
> 0.35 to ≤ 0.5 0 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.4
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.5 2.0 2.4 2.5
> 450 to ≤ 600 X 2.5 2.4 X
> 600 to ≤ 900 X X X X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 X X X X
> 0.5 to ≤ 0.7 0 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.7
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.7
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.7 2.0 2.0 2.7
> 450 to ≤ 600 X 2.7 2.5 2.5
> 600 to ≤ 900 X X X X
> 900 to ≤ 1200 X X X X
> 0.7 to ≤ 0.85 0 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0
> 0 to ≤ 300 2.0 1.5 2.0 2.4
> 300 to ≤ 450 2.4 2.0 2.0 2.4
> 450 to ≤ 600 X 2.4 2.0 2.4
> 600 to ≤ 900 X X X X13.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 359
Table Notes
SA = solar absorptance. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
X = not permitted. (3)
This Table shows wall heights for single storey dwellings. For two storey (or more) dwellings with a wall height up (4)
to 2.4 m, add R0.5 to the R-Values given in this Table. For two storey (or more) dwellings with a wall height greater
than 2.4 m, add R1.0. In both cases, the maximum insulation level must be not more than R2.7, or R3.1 if there is
a reflective airspace.
Table 13.2.5p: Concrete block walls with internal lining fixed to a metal frame : minimum Total R- V alue to
account for thermal bridging
Table Notes
Minimum Total R-Values are in-situ values. They account for compression of insulation.
Table 13.2.5q: Lightweight metal -framed walls : minimum T otal R-Value to account for thermal bridging
Table Notes
Where the wall insulation R-Value from Tables 13.2.5b , 13.2.5c , 13.2.5d , 13.2.5e , 13.2.5f , 13.2.5g , 13.2.5h , 13.2.5i , (1)
13.2.5j , 13.2.5k , 13.2.5l , 13.2.5m , 13.2.5n and 13.2.5o falls between the values shown in this Table, the required
Total R-Value may be interpolated.
Minimum Total R-Values are in-situ values. They account for compression of insulation. (2)
Table 13.2.5r: Masonry veneer metal -framed walls : minimum T otal R-Value to account for thermal
bridging
Wall insulation from Tables 13.2.5c, 13.2.5g, 13.2.5i,
13.2.5k and 13.2.5mMinimum Total R-Valu e to account for thermal bridging
1.5 1.79SA Overhang (mm) Wall height (m)
≤ 2.4 > 2.4 to ≤ 2.7 > 2.7 to ≤ 3.0 > 3.0 to ≤ 3.6
> 900 to ≤ 1200 X X X X
Wall insulation R-Value from Tables 13.2.5a and 13.2.5e Minimum Total R-Value to account for thermal bridging
0.5 0.94
1.0 1.15
1.5 1.66
2.0 2.04
2.5 2.24
2.8 2.38
3.0 2.48
Wall insulation R-Value required in accordance with
13.2.5(2)Minimum Total R-Value to account for thermal bridging
1.0 1.32
1.5 1.64
2.0 1.89
2.5 2.06
2.7 2.15
≥3.0 2.2713.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 360
Table Notes
Minimum Total R-Values are in-situ values. They account for compression of insulation.
Table 13.2.5s : Concrete block walls with internal lining fixed to a metal frame – thermal bridging mitiga -
tion
Table Notes
X = not permitted. (1)
Minimum R-Values are in-situ values. They account for compression of insulation. (2)
Table 13.2.5t : Lightweight metal -framed walls – t hermal bridging mitigation
T
able Notes
Minimum R-Value s are in-situ values. They account for compression of insulation. (1)
The surface emittance of a reflective surface facing an airspace must be a maximum of 0.1. (2)
Table 13.2.5u : Masonry veneer metal -framed walls – t hermal bridging mitigation
Wall insulation from Tables 13.2.5c, 13.2.5g, 13.2.5i,
13.2.5k and 13.2.5mMinimum Total R-Valu e to account for thermal bridging
2.0 2.08
2.5 2.34
2.7 2.44
≥3.0 2.57
Wall insulation R-Values from Tables
13.2.5a to 13.2.5eOption 1 – increase insulation
between wall framing to specified
minimum R-ValueOption 2 – add a layer of continuous
insulation with specified minimum R-
Value on the inside or outside of the
wall framing
0 or reflective Not required Not required
0.5 or 1.0 1.5 0.13
1.5, 2.0 or 2.5 X 0.30
Wall insulation R-Value from Tables 13.2.5a to 13.2.5o Thermal bridging mitigation
0 or reflective Not required
>0 to ≤1.5 Either install reflective insulation outside the frame to
create a minimum 20 mm reflective airspace between
frame and cladding, or increase insulation between
frames by R0.5.
>1.5 Either install reflective insulation outside the frame to
create a minimum 20 mm reflective airspace between
frame and cladding, or add a layer of continuous
insulation with an R-Value of at least R0.30 on the inside
or the outside of the frame.
Wall insulation R-Value from Tables 13.2.5c, 13.2.5g,
13.2.5i, 13.2.5k and 13.2.5mThermal bridging mitigation options
> 0 Either install reflective insulation outside the frame to a
minimum 20 mm reflective airspace between the frame
and veneer, or add a layer of continuous insulation with
an R-Value of at least R0.30 on the inside or the outside
of the frame.13.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 361Table Notes
Minimum R-Values are in-situ values. They account for compression of insulation. (1)
The surface emittance of a reflective surface facing an airspace must be a maximum of 0.1. (2)
Explanatory Information
A lightweight wall has no high thermal mass cladding on the outside or lining on the inside. Typically, this would •
represent a framed wall, clad externally with timber weatherboards, fibre-cement sheet, metal or autoclaved aerated
concrete.
Because of the high thermal conductance of metal, a thermal break is needed when a metal framing member directly •
connects the external cladding to the internal lining or the internal environment. For the purposes of 13.2.5(5)(b),
expanded polystyrene strips greater than or equal to 12 mm thickness and timber greater than or equal to 20 mm
thickness are deemed to achieve an R-Value greater than or equal to 0.2.
Continuous insulation placed outside the primary insulation layer , including reflective insulation , may also be subject •
to vapour permeance requirements of 10.8.1(2) . Many continuous insulation products and foils have a low vapour
permeance. Some reflective insulation products have perforations to increase their vapour permeance . Many
perforated reflective insulation products are not classified as a water barrier by AS 4200.1. Accordingly, these
products are not suitable for use as a water control layer .
Many reflective insulation products that use perforations to increase their vapour permeance are not suitable for •
use behind vertical or diagonally orientated timber cladding boards, where required by clause 7.5.2 of the ABCB
Housing Provisions, or behind open jointed or unsealed cladding systems.
NSW 13.2.6
13.2.6 Floors and subfloor walls
[2019: 3.12.1.5]
(1) Floor insulation, where the floor is over an unenclosed space, must achieve the minimum R-Value in accordance
with Table 13.2.6a .
(2) Floor and subfloor insulation, where the floor is over an enclosed subfloor space, must—
in climate zone 1, be subfloor wall insulation with an R-Value of R1.5; and (a)
in climate zone 2, be subfloor wall insulation in accordance with Table 13.2.6b ; and (b)
in climate zone 3, be subfloor wall insulation in accordance with Table 13.2.6c ; and (c)
in climate zone 4, be in accordance with Table 13.2.6d ; and (d)
in climate zone 5, be in accordance with Table 13.2.6e ; and (e)
in climate zone 6, be in accordance with Table 13.2.6f ; and (f)
in climate zone 7, be in accordance with Table 13.2.6g ; and (g)
in climate zone 8, be in accordance with Table 13.2.6h . (h)
(3) The thermal bridging in a metal-framed floor must be addressed by—
achieving the Total R-Value in Table 13.2.6i , calculated by— (a)
using a method that accounts for the effect of thermal bridging in a suspended floor above an enclosed (i)
subfloor space; or
using AS/NZS 4859.2 for all other floors; or (ii)
complying with one of the options in Table 13.2.6j . (b)
(4) A concrete slab-on-ground with an in-slab or in-screed heating or cooling system, must have insulation with an R-
Value greater than or equal to 1.0, installed around the vertical edge of its perimeter.
(5) Except for a waffle-pod slab—
in climate zones 6 and 7— (a)
insulation with R-Value greater than or equal to 0.64 must be installed around the vertical edge of its (i)
perimeter; and 13.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 362insulation with an R-Value greater than or equal to 0.64 must be installed underneath the slab; and (ii)
in climate zone 8— (b)
insulation with an R-Value greater than or equal to 1.0 must be installed around the vertical edge of its (i)
perimeter; and
insulation with an R-Value greater than or equal to 2.0 must be installed underneath the slab. (ii)
(6) Insulation required by (4), (5)(a)(i) and (5)(b)(i) must—
be water resistant ; and (a)
be continuous from the adjacent finished ground level— (b)
to a depth of greater than or equal to 300 mm; or (i)
for at least the full depth of the vertical edge of the concrete slab-on-ground (see Figure 13.2.6 ). (ii)
(7) The requirements of (4) do not apply to an in-screed heating or cooling system used solely in a bathroom, amenity
area or the like.
Table 13.2.6a: Minimum R-Value of floor insulation where the floor is over an unenclosed space
Table Notes
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (1)
X = not permitted. (2)
Table 13.2.6b : Minimum R-Value of subfloor wall insulation where the floor is over an enclosed subfloor
space : climate zone 2
T
able Notes
Under-floor insulation is not permitted in climate zone 2. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
Subfloor wall insulation must not obstruct ventilation openings in the subfloor walls. (3)
Table 13.2.6c : Minimum R-Value of subfloor wall insulation where the floor is over an enclosed subfloor
space : climate zone 3
Subfloor wall height (mm) Minimum subfloor wall insulation R-Value
≤600 0.5Climate zone R-Value
1 2.0
2 2.0
3 1.5
4 X
5 X
6 4.0, or 3.5 if used in conjunction with a reflective airspace
7
8
Subfloor wall height (mm) Minimum subfloor wall insulation R-Value
≤600 0.5
>600 to ≤900 1.0
>900 to ≤1200 1.5
>1200 to ≤1500 1.5
>1500 to ≤1800 1.513.2.6
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 363
Table Notes
Under-floor insulation is not permitted in climate zone 3. (1)
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
Subfloor wall insulation must not obstruct any ventilation openings in subfloor walls. (3)
Table 13.2.6d : Minimum R-Value of floor and subfloor wall insulation where the floor is over an enclosed
subfloor space: climate zone 4
T
able Notes
A suspended floor includes a suspended timber-framed floor, suspended metal-framed floor and suspended (1)
concrete floor.
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
Table 13.2.6e: Minimum R-Value of floor and subfloor wall insulation where the floor is over an enclosed
subfloor area : climate zone 5
Subfloor wall height (mm) Reflective insulation facing
down over the subfloor
surfaceMinimum subfloor wall
insulation R-ValueMinimum suspended floor
insulation R-Value
≤600 No 0.0 1.5Subfloor wall height (mm) Minimum subfloor wall insulation R-Value
>600 to ≤900 0.5
>900 to ≤1200 0.5
>1200 to ≤1500 0.5
>1500 to ≤1800 0.5
Subfloor wall height (mm) Reflective insulation facing
down over the subfloor
spaceMinimum subfloor wall
insulation R-ValueMinimum suspended floor
insulation R-Value
≤600 No 0.5 1.0
≤600 No 1.0 0.5
≤600 Yes 0.0 1.5
≤600 Yes 0.5 1.0
≤600 Yes 2.0 0.5
>600 to ≤900 No 0.0 1.5
>600 to ≤900 No 1.5 0.5
>600 to ≤900 Yes 0.0 1.5
>600 to ≤900 Yes 0.5 1.0
>900 to ≤1200 No 0.0 1.5
>900 to ≤1200 No 0.5 1.0
>900 to ≤1200 Yes 0.5 1.0
>900 to ≤1200 Yes 2.0 0.5
>1200 to ≤1500 No 0.0 1.5
>1200 to ≤1500 Yes 0.0 1.5
>1200 to ≤1500 Yes 0.5 1.0
>1500 to ≤1800 No 0.5 1.5
>1500 to ≤1800 No 1.0 1.0
>1500 to ≤1800 Yes 0.0 2.013.2.6
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 364
Table Notes
A suspended floor includes a suspended timber-framed floor, a suspended metal-framed floor and a suspended (1)
concrete floor.
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
Table 13.2.6f : Minimum R-Value of floor and subfloor wall insulation where the floor is over an enclosed
subfloor space: climate zone 6
T
able Notes
A suspended floor includes a suspended timber-framed floor, suspended metal-framed floor and suspended (1)
concrete floor.
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
Table 13.2.6g : Minimum R-Value of floor and subfloor insulation where the floor is over an enclosed
subfloor space: climate zone 7
Subfloor wall height (mm) Reflective insulation facing
down over the subfloor
spaceMinimum subfloor wall
insulation R-ValueMinimum suspended floor
insulation R-Value
≤600 No 0.0 2.5Subfloor wall height (mm) Reflective insulation facing
down over the subfloor
surfaceMinimum subfloor wall
insulation R-ValueMinimum suspended floor
insulation R-Value
≤600 Yes 0.0 2.0
>600 to ≤900 No 0.0 1.5
>600 to ≤900 Yes 0.0 2.0
>900 to ≤1200 No 0.0 2.0
>900 to ≤1200 Yes 0.0 2.0
>1200 to ≤1500 No 0.0 2.0
>1200 to ≤1500 Yes 0.0 2.0
>1500 to ≤1800 No 0.0 2.5
>1500 to ≤1800 No 0.5 2.0
>1500 to ≤1800 Yes 0.0 2.5
>1500 to ≤1800 Yes 0.5 2.0
Subfloor wall height (mm) Reflective insulation facing
down over the subfloor areaMinimum subfloor wall
insulation R-ValueMinimum suspended floor
insulation R-Value
≤600 No 0.0 2.0
≤600 Yes 0.0 1.5
>600 to ≤900 No 0.0 2.0
>600 to ≤900 Yes 0.0 1.5
>900 to ≤1200 No 0.0 2.0
>900 to ≤1200 Yes 0.0 1.5
>1200 to ≤1500 No 0.0 2.5
>1200 to ≤1500 No 0.5 2.0
>1200 to ≤1500 Yes 0.0 1.5
>1500 to ≤1800 No 0.0 2.5
>1500 to ≤1800 Yes 0.0 2.0
>1500 to ≤1800 Yes 0.5 1.513.2.6
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 365
Table Notes
A suspended floor includes a suspended timber-framed floor, suspended metal-framed floor and suspended (1)
concrete floor.
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
Table 13.2.6h: Minimum R-Value of floor and subfloor wall insulation where the floor is over an enclosed
subfloor space: climate zone 8
T
able Notes
A suspended floor includes a suspended timber-framed floor, suspended metal-framed floor and suspended (1)
concrete floor.
R-Values listed are for the labelled, declared R-Value of insulation. (2)
Table 13.2.6i: Metal -framed suspended floor — minimum Total R-Value for floor to account for thermal
bridging
Floor insulation from Tables 13.2.6a
and 13.2.6d to 13.2.6h as applicableFloor covering Minimum Total R-Value of floor
0.0 Carpet 0.36
0.0 Other 0.22
0.5 Carpet 0.86Subfloor wall height (mm) Reflective insulation facing
down over the subfloor
spaceMinimum subfloor wall
insulation R-ValueMinimum suspended floor
insulation R-Value
≤600 Yes 0.0 1.5
>600 to ≤900 No 0.0 2.5
>600 to ≤900 Yes 0.0 1.5
>900 to ≤1200 No 0.0 3.0
>900 to ≤1200 Yes 0.0 1.5
>1200 to ≤1500 No 0.0 3.0
>1200 to ≤1500 Yes 0.0 1.5
>1500 to ≤1800 No 0.0 3.0
>1500 to ≤1800 Yes 1.0 1.5
>1500 to ≤1800 Yes 0.0 2.0
Subfloor wall height (mm) Reflective insulation facing
down over the subfloor
spaceMinimum subfloor wall
insulation R-ValueMinimum suspended floor
insulation R-Value
≤600 No 0.0 2.5
≤600 Yes 0.0 1.5
>600 to ≤900 No 0.0 2.5
>600 to ≤900 Yes 0.0 1.5
>900 to ≤1200 No 0.0 3.0
>900 to ≤1200 Yes 0.0 1.5
>1200 to ≤1500 No 0.0 3.0
>1200 to ≤1500 Yes 0.0 1.5
>1500 to ≤1800 No 0.0 3.0
>1500 to ≤1800 Yes 1.0 1.5
>1500 to ≤1800 Yes 0.0 2.013.2.6
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 366
Table Notes
The Total R-Value can be adjusted using area weightings where there is a combination of floor coverings. Invert (1)
the Total R-Value for each floor type before applying area weightings.
The Total R-Value for the floor plane only includes the floor frame, insulation, flooring and floor coverings. It does (2)
not include the internal air film, subfloor airspace, subfloor walls or external air film.
Minimum Total R-Values are in-situ values. They account for compression of insulation. (3)
Direction of heat flow must be determined in accordance with Table 13.2.6k . (4)
Table 13.2.6j: Metal -framed suspended floor — thermal bridging mitigation
Table Not
es
X = not permitted. (1)
Minimum R-Values are in-situ values. They account for compression of insulation. (2)
Table 13.2.6k: Floor — direction of heat flow
Climate zone Direction of heat flow
1 Up
2 Up
3 Up
4 DownFloor insulation from Tables 13.2.6a
and 13.2.6d to 13.2.6h as applicableFloor covering Minimum Total R-Value of floor
0.5 Other 0.71
1.0 Carpet 1.30
1.0 Other 1.15
1.5 Carpet 1.65
1.5 Other 1.50
2.0 Carpet 1.97
2.0 Other 1.83
2.5 Carpet 2.27
2.5 Other 2.11
3.0 Carpet 2.52
3.0 Other 2.37
3.5 Carpet 2.59
3.5 Other 2.47
4.0 Carpet 2.79
4.0 Other 2.65
Floor insulation from Tables 13.2.6a
and 13.2.6d to 13.2.6h as applicableOption 1 – increase insulation
between floor framing to specified
minimum R-ValueOption 2– add a layer of continuous
insulation product above or below the
floor framing with specified R-Value
0.5 1.0 0.13
1.0 1.5 0.30
1.5 2.5 0.40
2.0 3.0 0.40
2.5 4.0 0.40
≥ 3.0 X 0.6013.2.6
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 367
Figure 13.2.6: Insulation of slab edge
Explanatory Information
For 13.2.6(3) the effect of thermal bridging through repeating framing elements must be considered when calculating •
the Total R-Value of metal-framed floors. Other types of thermal bridges may be calculated if considered significant.
13.2.6(7) provides an exemption for an in-screed heating or cooling system used solely in bathrooms, amenity •
areas and the like, as these are typically small areas.
Care should be taken to ensure that the type of termite management system selected is compatible with the slab •
edge insulation.
NSW 13.2.7
13.2.7 Attached Class 10a buildings
[2019: 3.12.1.6]
A Class 10a building attached to a Class 1 building must—
have an external fabric that achieves the required level of thermal performance for a Class 1 building; or (a)
be separated from the Class 1 building with construction having the required level of thermal performance for (b)
the Class 1 building.
Explanatory Information
The attachment of a Class 10a building, such as a garage, glasshouse, solarium, pool enclosure or the like should not
compromise the thermal performance of the Class 1 building. In addition, the Class 10a building may be insulated and
so assist the Class 1 building achieve the required thermal performance. Climate zone Direction of heat flow
5 Down
6 Down
7 Down
8 Down
Concrete slab-on-ground
with in-slab heating systemExternal wall
Slab edge insulation13.2.6
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 368Explanatory Figure 13.2.7 below depicts examples of a Class 1 building with an attached Class 10a garage.
Figure 13.2.7 (explanat or y):Attached Class 10a building examples
Figure Notes
In (a), the thermal performance required for the Class 1 building may be achieved by including the walls and floor of the
Class 1 building that adjoin the Class 10a garage.
In (b), the thermal performance required for the Class 1 building may be achieved by including the outside walls and
floor of the Class 10a garage. OPTION (a) – Elevation OPTION (b) – ElevationClass 1
Class 1
ground floorClass 10a
garageClass 1
Class 1
ground floorClass 10a
garage13.2.7
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 369
NSW Part 13.3
NT Part 13.3
TAS Part 13.3
13.3.1 Application of Part 13.3
[2019: 3.12.2]
(1) This Part applies to—
a Class 1 building; and (a)
a Class 10a building with a conditioned space . (b)
(2) Part 13.3 must be applied as directed in H6D2(1)(b).
13.3.2 External glazing — winter
[2019: 3.12.2.1]
(1) In climate zones 2 to 8, the ratio of the conductance (Cu) and solar heat gain (CSHGC) of the glazing in each storey ,
including any mezzanine , must—
not exceed the allowances obtained from Table 13.3.2a ; and (a)
be calculated in accordance with the following formula: (b)
(2) In the formula at (1)(b)—
= the area of each glazing element; and (a)
= the Total System U-Value of each glazing element; and (b)
= the Total System SHGC for each glazing element, not exceeding 0.7; and (c)
= the winter exposure factor for each glazing element obtained from Table 13.3.2b , 13.3.2c , 13.3.2d , (d)
13.3.2e , 13.3.2f , 13.3.2g , 13.3.2h , 13.3.2i , 13.3.2j , 13.3.2k , 13.3.2l , 13.3.2m , 13.3.2n , 13.3.2o , 13.3.2p or 13.3.2q ;
and
= the bedroom conductance factor obtained from Table 13.3.2r ; and (e)
= the orientation sector conductance factor obtained from Table 13.3.2s , 13.3.2t , 13.3.2u , 13.3.2v , (f)
13.3.2w , 13.3.2x or 13.3.2y ; and
= the room type factor in Table 13.3.2z , 13.3.2aa , 13.3.2ab , 13.3.2ac , 13.3.2ad , 13.3.2ae , 13.3.2af (g)
or 13.3.2ag ; and
= the bedroom solar heat gain factor in Table 13.3.2z , 13.3.2aa , 13.3.2ab , 13.3.2ac , 13.3.2ad , (h)
13.3.2ae , 13.3.2af or 13.3.2ag ; and
= the factor in Table 13.3.2z , 13.3.2aa , 13.3.2ab , 13.3.2ac , 13.3.2ad , 13.3.2ae , 13.3.2af or 13.3.2ag (i)
for each glazing element located on a floor level above the lowest floor level; and
= the frame factor in Table 13.3.2z , 13.3.2aa , 13.3.2ab , 13.3.2ac , 13.3.2ad , 13.3.2ae , 13.3.2af or (j)
13.3.2ag for each glazing element; and Part 13.3 External glazing
A
1U1BC1OC1RW1A2U2BC2OC2RW2
A
1SHGC1EW1RW1BSW1LW1FW1HW1A2SHGC2EW2RW2BSW2LW2FW2HW2
A12etc
U12etc
SHGC12etc
EW1W2etc
BC12etc
OC12etc
RW1W2etc
BSW1W2etc
LW1W2etc
FW1W2etc
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 370 = the floor factor in Table 13.3.2z , 13.3.2aa , 13.3.2ab , 13.3.2ac , 13.3.2ad , 13.3.2ae , 13.3.2af or (k)
13.3.2ag for each glazing element.
(3) For the purposes of this clause—
orientation sectors must be determined in accordance with Figure 13.3.2a ; and (a)
P/H must be determined in accordance with Figure 13.3.2b . (b)
T
able 13.3.2a: Maximum conductance to solar heat gain ratio (CU/CSHGC)
T
able 13.3.2b: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW) — floor in direct contact with the ground:
climate zone 2
T
able Notes
For P/H between those shown in this Table, either use the next highest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.2c: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW) — suspended floor: climate zone 2
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.67 1.36 1.20 0.52 0.19 0.85 1.18 1.51
0.05 1.62 1.29 1.12 0.45 0.16 0.75 1.09 1.45
0.10 1.56 1.26 1.06 0.42 0.15 0.71 1.05 1.37
0.20 1.36 1.11 0.95 0.38 0.14 0.62 0.95 1.22
0.40 1.13 0.90 0.76 0.31 0.12 0.52 0.79 1.01
0.60 0.94 0.74 0.67 0.28 0.10 0.46 0.66 0.85HW1W2etc
Climate zone Floor in direct contact with the ground Suspended floor
2 9.60 9.37
3 19.10 14.75
4 10.25 8.04
5 (lightweight wall) 8.89 8.32
5 (concrete or masonry wall) 8.79 10.12
6 8.45 6.06
7 7.02 7.96
8 4.93 9.41
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.49 1.48 1.08 0.47 0.41 0.46 1.05 1.44
0.05 1.44 1.40 1.00 0.40 0.34 0.41 0.97 1.38
0.10 1.38 1.36 0.95 0.38 0.32 0.38 0.93 1.31
0.20 1.21 1.21 0.85 0.34 0.30 0.34 0.84 1.17
0.40 1.00 0.97 0.68 0.28 0.25 0.28 0.70 0.97
0.60 0.83 0.80 0.60 0.25 0.22 0.25 0.59 0.81
0.80 0.62 0.64 0.49 0.21 0.21 0.23 0.51 0.66
1.00 0.43 0.54 0.40 0.20 0.20 0.19 0.43 0.55
1.20 0.26 0.43 0.35 0.18 0.19 0.18 0.40 0.45
1.40 0.22 0.37 0.29 0.16 0.18 0.17 0.36 0.37
1.60 0.18 0.30 0.28 0.16 0.17 0.16 0.30 0.33
1.80 0.15 0.26 0.24 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.26 0.27
2.00 0.12 0.19 0.21 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.25 0.2613.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 371
Table Notes
For P/H between those shown in this Table, either use the next highest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.2d: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW) — floor in direct contact with the ground:
climate zone 3
Table Notes
For P/H between those shown in this Table, either use the next highest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.2e: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW) — suspended floor: climate zone 3 P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.80 0.70 0.59 0.55 0.24 0.10 0.41 0.57 0.69
1.00 0.49 0.50 0.45 0.22 0.09 0.35 0.48 0.57
1.20 0.30 0.40 0.39 0.20 0.09 0.33 0.46 0.47
1.40 0.25 0.34 0.32 0.18 0.08 0.31 0.40 0.39
1.60 0.20 0.27 0.31 0.18 0.08 0.29 0.34 0.35
1.80 0.17 0.24 0.27 0.17 0.07 0.27 0.30 0.29
2.00 0.14 0.18 0.24 0.16 0.07 0.27 0.29 0.28
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.36 1.16 0.75 0.38 0.38 0.43 1.05 1.41
0.05 1.35 1.12 0.70 0.33 0.33 0.38 1.00 1.38
0.10 1.25 1.07 0.66 0.32 0.32 0.37 0.96 1.30
0.20 1.11 0.95 0.60 0.28 0.30 0.33 0.86 1.18
0.40 0.89 0.78 0.51 0.24 0.27 0.27 0.74 0.98
0.60 0.67 0.60 0.41 0.21 0.26 0.23 0.59 0.79
0.80 0.45 0.48 0.37 0.19 0.23 0.22 0.51 0.63
1.00 0.30 0.41 0.30 0.17 0.21 0.21 0.45 0.51
1.20 0.21 0.31 0.26 0.15 0.21 0.18 0.37 0.43
1.40 0.16 0.28 0.21 0.14 0.20 0.17 0.33 0.37
1.60 0.12 0.24 0.20 0.13 0.18 0.16 0.32 0.31
1.80 0.11 0.17 0.16 0.13 0.18 0.14 0.26 0.28
2.00 0.09 0.17 0.15 0.12 0.18 0.14 0.24 0.24
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.92 1.29 0.97 0.82 0.75 1.07 1.24 1.69
0.05 1.90 1.24 0.90 0.72 0.66 0.94 1.18 1.65
0.10 1.76 1.18 0.86 0.69 0.63 0.91 1.13 1.56
0.20 1.57 1.05 0.77 0.62 0.60 0.81 1.01 1.41
0.40 1.25 0.86 0.66 0.51 0.54 0.68 0.87 1.17
0.60 0.94 0.66 0.53 0.46 0.51 0.59 0.70 0.94
0.80 0.63 0.53 0.47 0.41 0.45 0.55 0.60 0.76
1.00 0.42 0.45 0.39 0.36 0.42 0.52 0.53 0.61
1.20 0.29 0.35 0.34 0.33 0.42 0.46 0.44 0.52
1.40 0.23 0.31 0.28 0.31 0.39 0.42 0.39 0.44
1.60 0.17 0.27 0.26 0.28 0.36 0.39 0.38 0.37
1.80 0.15 0.19 0.21 0.28 0.36 0.36 0.31 0.3413.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 372
Table Notes
For P/H between those shown in this Table, either use the next highest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.2f: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW) — floor in direct contact with the ground:
climate zone 4
Table Notes
For P/H between those shown in this Table, either use the next highest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.2g: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW) — suspended floor: climate zone 4
Table Notes
For P/H between those shown in this Table, either use the next highest P/H or interpolate. P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
2.00 0.13 0.19 0.20 0.26 0.36 0.36 0.29 0.29
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.48 1.40 0.91 0.47 0.46 0.51 1.11 1.57
0.05 1.45 1.34 0.84 0.40 0.38 0.43 1.03 1.51
0.10 1.43 1.30 0.81 0.37 0.36 0.40 0.98 1.46
0.20 1.22 1.18 0.74 0.34 0.33 0.36 0.88 1.31
0.40 1.11 1.01 0.62 0.29 0.29 0.31 0.75 1.13
0.60 0.92 0.83 0.54 0.25 0.25 0.27 0.64 0.92
0.80 0.80 0.68 0.47 0.23 0.23 0.25 0.57 0.77
1.00 0.64 0.61 0.41 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.48 0.66
1.20 0.46 0.47 0.36 0.18 0.21 0.21 0.44 0.57
1.40 0.35 0,43 0.33 0.17 0.20 0.20 0.39 0.48
1.60 0.26 0.38 0.31 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.34 0.42
1.80 0.20 0.32 0.28 0.16 0.18 0.17 0.31 0.36
2.00 0.18 0.30 0.24 0.14 0.17 0.16 0.29 0.30
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.38 1.12 1.00 0.71 0.56 0.87 1.02 1.26
0.05 1.35 1.08 0.91 0.60 0.46 0.73 0.95 1.21
0.10 1.34 1.04 0.89 0.56 0.45 0.69 0.90 1.17
0.20 1.13 0.95 0.80 0.51 0.40 0.62 0.82 1.05
0.40 1.04 0.81 0.67 0.43 0.35 0.53 0.70 0.91
0.60 0.85 0.67 0.59 0.38 0.30 0.47 0.59 0.74
0.80 0.74 0.55 0.52 0.34 0.29 0.42 0.53 0.62
1.00 0.60 0.49 0.44 0.31 0.26 0.38 0.44 0.53
1.20 0.43 0.38 0.40 0.27 0.26 0.36 0.41 0.46
1.40 0.33 0.35 0.36 0.25 0.24 0.33 0.36 0.39
1.60 0.24 0.31 0.34 0.25 0.22 0.31 0.31 0.34
1.80 0.18 0.26 0.30 0.24 0.22 0.29 0.29 0.29
2.00 0.17 0.24 0.26 0.22 0.21 0.27 0.26 0.2413.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 373 Table 13.3.2h: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW) — floor in direct contact with the ground:
climate zone 5 (lightweight wall)
Table Not
es
For P/H between those shown in this Table, either use the next highest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.2i: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW) — floor in direct contact with the ground:
climate zone 5 (concret e or masonr y wall)
Table Notes
For P/H between those shown in this Table, either use the next highest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.2j: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW) — suspended floor: climate zone 5 (light -
weight wall)
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.61 1.20 1.00 0.65 0.48 0.95 1.19 1.47
0.05 1.56 1.15 0.91 0.55 0.40 0.81 1.09 1.40
0.10 1.56 1.11 0.86 0.52 0.39 0.78 1.05 1.37P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.61 1.55 1.00 0.49 0.44 0.47 1.02 1.58
0.05 1.56 1.49 0.91 0.41 0.37 0.40 0.94 1.51
0.10 1.56 1.43 0.86 0.39 0.36 0.38 0.90 1.47
0.20 1.30 1.27 0.77 0.35 0.32 0.34 0.80 1.32
0.40 1.19 1.05 0.64 0.30 0.28 0.29 0.66 1.10
0.60 0.97 0.87 0.52 0.26 0.25 0.25 0.56 0.90
0.80 0.78 0.71 0.46 0.24 0.23 0.23 0.50 0.73
1.00 0.64 0.55 0.36 0.21 0.22 0.20 0.43 0.63
1.20 0.43 0.48 0.33 0.20 0.20 0.19 0.35 0.50
1.40 0.32 0.36 0.27 0.19 0.19 0.18 0.34 0.43
1.60 0.22 0.32 0.25 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.28 0.36
1.80 0.18 0.26 0.21 0.16 0.17 0.16 0.24 0.32
2.00 0.14 0.20 0.20 0.15 0.17 0.14 0.23 0.24
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.61 1.55 1.00 0.43 0.33 0.43 1.11 1.66
0.05 1.56 1.49 0.91 0.36 0.28 0.36 1.01 1.59
0.10 1.56 1.43 0.86 0.34 0.27 0.35 0.98 1.54
0.20 1.30 1.27 0.77 0.31 0.24 0.31 0.87 1.39
0.40 1.19 1.05 0.64 0.26 0.21 0.26 0.72 1.16
0.60 0.97 0.87 0.52 0.23 0.19 0.23 0.61 0.95
0.80 0.78 0.71 0.46 0.21 0.17 0.21 0.55 0.77
1.00 0.64 0.55 0.36 0.19 0.16 0.19 0.47 0.66
1.20 0.43 0.48 0.33 0.18 0.15 0.18 0.38 0.53
1.40 0.32 0.36 0.27 0.17 0.14 0.17 0.36 0.45
1.60 0.22 0.32 0.25 0.15 0.13 0.14 0.30 0.38
1.80 0.18 0.26 0.21 0.14 0.13 0.14 0.26 0.34
2.00 0.14 0.20 0.20 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.25 0.2513.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 374
Table Notes
For P/H between those shown in this Table, either use the next highest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.2k: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW) — suspended floor: climate zone 5 ( con-
crete or masonry wall)
Table Notes
For P/H between those shown in this Table, either use the next highest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.2l: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW) — floor in direct contact with the ground:
climate zone 6
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.52 1.44 1.28 0.77 0.77 0.74 1.32 1.45
0.05 1.47 1.36 1.17 0.65 0.65 0.63 1.22 1.38
0.10 1.46 1.31 1.12 0.61 0.61 0.59 1.14 1.35
0.20 1.25 1.18 0.99 0.54 0.54 0.53 1.05 1.23
0.40 1.14 1.02 0.85 0.46 0.47 0.45 0.90 1.04
0.60 0.98 0.87 0.72 0.39 0.41 0.38 0.78 0.90
0.80 0.86 0.74 0.61 0.36 0.38 0.36 0.69 0.75
1.00 0.69 0.58 0.54 0.32 0.34 0.31 0.59 0.66P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.20 1.30 0.98 0.77 0.47 0.35 0.68 0.94 1.23
0.40 1.19 0.81 0.64 0.40 0.30 0.59 0.77 1.02
0.60 0.97 0.67 0.52 0.35 0.27 0.51 0.66 0.84
0.80 0.78 0.55 0.46 0.32 0.25 0.46 0.59 0.68
1.00 0.64 0.42 0.36 0.29 0.23 0.42 0.50 0.59
1.20 0.43 0.37 0.33 0.27 0.22 0.39 0.41 0.46
1.40 0.32 0.28 0.27 0.25 0.21 0.37 0.39 0.40
1.60 0.22 0.24 0.25 0.23 0.18 0.32 0.32 0.33
1.80 0.18 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.18 0.32 0.28 0.30
2.00 0.14 0.15 0.20 0.20 0.18 0.29 0.27 0.22
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.71 1.24 1.00 0.63 0.44 0.94 1.19 1.54
0.05 1.66 1.19 0.91 0.53 0.37 0.80 1.09 1.47
0.10 1.66 1.14 0.86 0.50 0.36 0.77 1.05 1.43
0.20 1.39 1.01 0.77 0.45 0.32 0.68 0.94 1.28
0.40 1.27 0.84 0.64 0.39 0.28 0.58 0.77 1.07
0.60 1.03 0.69 0.52 0.34 0.25 0.51 0.66 0.87
0.80 0.83 0.57 0.46 0.31 0.23 0.46 0.59 0.71
1.00 0.68 0.43 0.36 0.27 0.22 0.41 0.50 0.61
1.20 0.46 0.38 0.33 0.26 0.20 0.39 0.41 0.49
1.40 0.34 0.28 0.27 0.24 0.19 0.36 0.39 0.42
1.60 0.24 0.25 0.25 0.23 0.17 0.31 0.32 0.35
1.80 0.19 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.17 0.31 0.28 0.31
2.00 0.15 0.16 0.20 0.19 0.17 0.29 0.27 0.2313.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 375
Table Notes
For P/H between those shown in this Table, either use the next highest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.2m: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW) — suspended floor: climate zone 6
Table Notes
For P/H between those shown in this Table, either use the next highest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.2n: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW) — floor in direct contact with the ground:
climate zone 7
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
1.20 0.56 0.54 0.46 0.31 0.31 0.30 0.54 0.55
1.40 0.42 0.41 0.42 0.27 0.31 0.28 0.48 0.49
1.60 0.35 0.37 0.35 0.26 0.29 0.25 0.42 0.42
1.80 0.26 0.30 0.34 0.24 0.27 0.23 0.41 0.38
2.00 0.20 0.27 0.32 0.22 0.25 023 0.36 0.30
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.62 1.31 1.16 0.72 0.49 0.90 1.10 1.44
0.05 1.56 1.24 1.06 0.60 0.41 0.76 1.01 1.37
0.10 1.55 1.19 1.02 0.57 0.39 0.72 0.95 1.34
0.20 1.33 1.07 0.90 0.51 0.35 0.64 0.88 1.23
0.40 1.22 0.93 0.77 0.43 0.30 0.54 0.75 1.04
0.60 1.04 0.79 0.65 0.37 0.26 0.46 0.65 0.90
0.80 0.92 0.67 0.55 0.33 0.24 0.44 0.58 0.75
1.00 0.73 0.53 0.49 0.30 0.22 0.38 0.49 0.65
1.20 0.60 0.50 0.42 0.29 0.20 0.36 0.45 0.55
1.40 0.45 0.38 0.38 0.25 0.20 0.34 0.40 0.49
1.60 0.37 0.34 0.32 0.24 0.18 0.30 0.35 0.42
1.80 0.27 0.28 0.30 0.22 0.17 0.28 0.34 0.38
2.00 0.21 0.25 0.29 0.21 0.16 0.28 0.30 0.30
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.87 1.92 1.20 0.52 0.46 0.53 1.13 1.80
0.05 1.81 1.83 1.12 0.44 0.38 0.45 1.04 1.73
0.10 1.81 1.80 1.06 0.41 0.36 0.42 0.99 1.69
0.20 1.70 1.68 0.99 0.37 0.33 0.38 0.90 1.54
0.40 1.46 1.46 0.84 0.32 0.27 0.32 0.75 1.36
0.60 1.34 1.28 0.73 0.28 0.25 0.28 0.66 1.15
0.80 1.14 1.10 0.64 0.25 0.22 0.25 0.59 1.00
1.00 1.04 0.98 0.59 0.22 0.21 0.22 0.51 0.85
1.20 0.82 0.82 0.49 0.21 0.20 0.21 0.45 0.76
1.40 0.75 0.80 0.48 0.19 0.18 0.20 0.41 0.58
1.60 0.58 0.58 0.44 0.18 0.17 0.17 0.38 0.54
1.80 0.47 0.55 0.35 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.35 0.47
2.00 0.35 0.46 0.35 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.30 0.4013.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 376Table Notes
For P/H between those shown in this Table, either use the next highest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.2o: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW) — suspended floor: climate zone 7
Table Notes
For P/H between those shown in this Table, either use the next highest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.2p: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW) — floor in direct contact with the ground:
climate zone 8
Table Notes
For P/H between those shown in this Table, either use the next highest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.2q: Orientation sector winter exposure factor (EW) — suspended floor — climate zone 8
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.39 1.27 1.22 0.80 0.59 0.90 1.05 1.28
0.05 1.35 1.21 1.10 0.66 0.49 0.74 0.95 1.22P/H North North east East South east South South west West North east
0.00 1.87 1.43 1.20 0.75 0.53 0.93 1.13 1.62
0.05 1.81 1.37 1.12 0.63 0.44 0.78 1.04 1.56
0.10 1.81 1.34 1.06 0.59 0.42 0.73 0.99 1.53
0.20 1.70 1.25 0.99 0.53 0.38 0.66 0.90 1.38
0.40 1.46 1.09 0.84 0.45 0.32 0.56 0.75 1.22
0.60 1.34 0.95 0.73 0.40 0.29 0.49 0.66 1.04
0.80 1.14 0.82 0.64 0.36 0.26 0.44 0.59 0.90
1.00 1.04 0.73 0.59 0.32 0.24 0.39 0.51 0.77
1.20 0.82 0.61 0.49 0.30 0.23 0.37 0.45 0.68
1.40 0.75 0.60 0.48 0.28 0.21 0.34 0.41 0.52
1.60 0.58 0.43 0.44 0.26 0.20 0.29 0.38 0.49
1.80 0.47 0.41 0.35 0.24 0.20 0.29 0.35 0.42
2.00 0.35 0.34 0.35 0.22 0.18 0.29 0.30 0.36
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 2.30 2.40 1.66 0.67 0.36 0.65 1.59 2.30
0.05 2.23 2.28 1.50 0.56 0.30 0.54 1.43 2.19
0.10 2.20 2.20 1.44 0.53 0.28 0.51 1.37 2.11
0.20 1.86 1.98 1.29 0.47 0.26 0.46 1.23 1.89
0.40 1.68 1.65 1.05 0.40 0.22 0.39 1.00 1.56
0.60 1.40 1.34 0.90 0.34 0.19 0.33 0.86 1.29
0.80 1.19 1.10 0.76 0.30 0.18 0.29 0.71 1.06
1.00 0.94 0.96 0.66 0.29 0.16 0.26 0.59 0.91
1.20 0.64 0.75 0.57 0.26 0.15 0.25 0.53 0.74
1.40 0.52 0.68 0.51 0.24 0.14 0.23 0.47 0.60
1.60 0.37 0.50 0.43 0.23 0.14 0.21 0.43 0.50
1.80 0.27 0.45 0.39 0.20 0.13 0.19 0.37 0.46
2.00 0.23 0.41 0.33 0.20 0.12 0.19 0.33 0.3613.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 377
Table Notes
For P/H between those shown in this Table, either use the next highest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.2r: Bedroom conductance factor (BC )
Table 13.3.2s: Orientation sector conductance factor (OC ): climat e zone 2
Table 13.3.2t: Orientation sector conductance factor (OC ): climate z one 3
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.10 1.33 1.17 1.05 0.63 0.46 0.71 0.91 1.17
0.20 1.12 1.05 0.95 0.56 0.42 0.63 0.82 1.05
0.40 1.02 0.88 0.77 0.47 0.35 0.53 0.66 0.87
0.60 0.85 0.71 0.66 0.41 0.31 0.46 0.57 0.72
0.80 0.72 0.58 0.56 0.36 0.29 0.40 0.47 0.59
1.00 0.57 0.51 0.48 0.34 0.26 0.36 0.39 0.51
1.20 0.39 0.40 0.42 0.30 0.25 0.34 0.35 0.41
1.40 0.32 0.36 0.38 0.29 0.23 0.32 0.31 0.33
1.60 0.22 0.27 0.32 0.27 0.22 0.29 0.29 0.28
1.80 0.17 0.24 0.29 0.24 0.21 0.27 0.25 0.25
2.00 0.14 0.22 0.24 0.24 0.20 0.27 0.22 0.20
Climate zone Floor in direct contact with the ground Suspended floor
2 0.90 0.70
3 1.11 0.70
4 1.10 0.95
5 (lightweight or masonry veneer wall) 1.20 0.60
5 (concrete or masonry wall) 0.70 1.20
6 1.10 1.10
7 1.08 0.80
8 0.83 0.82
Floor type North North east East South east South South west West North east
Floor in
direct
contact with the ground1.11 0.97 0.83 0.81 0.79 0.82 0.84 0.98
Suspended
floor1.20 0.98 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.78 0.80 1.00
Floor type North North east East South east South South west West North west
Floor in
direct
contact with the ground1.25 1.08 0.91 0.86 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.23
Suspended
floor1.20 1.15 1.10 0.95 0.80 1.01 1.21 1.2113.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 378 Table 13.3.2u: Orientation sector conductance factor (OC ): climate zone 4
Table 13
.3.2v: Orientation sector conductance factor (OC ): climate zone 5
T
able 13.3.2w: Orientation sector conductance factor (OC ): climate zone 6
T
able 13.3.2x : Orientation sector conductance factor (OC ): climate zone 7 Floor type North North east East South east South South west West North west
Floor in
direct
contact with the ground1.15 0.93 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.98
Suspended
floor1.20 1.05 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 1.05
Wall
constructionFloor type North North east East South east South South west West North west
Lightweig
ht or
masonry veneerFloor in direct contact with the ground1.20 1.00 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.75 0.80 1.00
Lightweight or masonry veneerSuspended floor 1.20 1.00 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.85 0.90 1.05
Concrete
or masonryFloor in direct contact with the ground1.00 0.90 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.95
Concrete
or masonrySuspended floor 1.00 0.98 0.95 0.93 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98
Floor type North North east East South east South South west West North west
Floor in
direct
contact with the ground1.05 0.98 0.90 0.85 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.98
Suspended
floor1.00 0.90 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.90
Floor type North North east East South east South South west West North west
Floor in
direct
contact with the ground1.30 1.05 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 1.05
Suspended
floor1.30 1.10 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 1.1013.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 379 Table 13.3.2y: Orientation sector conductance factor (OC ): climate zone 8
Table 13.3.2z: Winter solar heat gain factors : climate z one 2
T
able Notes
Where a factor is listed as ‘Not applicable’, the value of the factor must be taken as 1.0.
Table 13.3.2aa : Winter solar heat gain factor : climat e zone 3
Floor type North North east East South east South South west West North west
Floor in
direct
contact with the ground1.30 1.10 0.90 0.88 0.85 0.88 0.90 1.10
Suspended
floor1.20 1.00 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.75 0.80 1.00
Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Room factor (RW) for a bedroom and
a room which is not a conditioned
space0.40 1.00
Bedroom solar heat gain factor (BSW)1.80 1.02
Level factor (LW) for all floor levels
above the lowest floor1.10 1.20
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≤ 0.400.98 0.97
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of > 0.40 to < 0.681.00 0.99
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≥ 0.681.03 1.03
Floor factor (for tiled or vinyl covered
floor) (HW)1.14 Not applicable
Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Room factor (RW) for a bedroom and
a room which is not a conditioned
space0.26 1.00
Bedroom solar heat gain factor (BSW)0.79 0.50
Level factor (LW) for all levels above
the lowest floor1.19 1.30
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≤ 0.400.97 0.97
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of > 0.40 to < 0.681.00 1.00
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≥ 0.681.04 1.04
Floor factor (for tiled or vinyl covered
floor) (HW)1.15 Not applicable13.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 380Table Notes
Where a factor is listed as ‘Not applicable’, the value of the factor must be taken as 1.0.
Table 13.3.2ab: Winter solar heat gain factors : climat e zone 4
T
able Notes
Where a factor is listed as ‘Not applicable’, the value of the factor must be taken as 1.0.
Table 13.3.2ac: Winter solar heat gain factors : climat e zone 5 — lightweight or masonry veneer wall
Table Notes
Where a factor is listed as ‘Not applicable’, the value of the factor must be taken as 1.0. Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Room factor (RW) for a bedroom and
a room which is not a conditioned
space0.60 1.00
Bedroom solar heat gain factor (BSW)0.70 0.71
Level factor (LW) for all levels above
the lowest floor1.30 1.40
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≤ 0.400.98 0.98
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of > 0.40 to < 0.681.00 1.00
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≥ 0.681.04 1.04
Floor factor (for tiled or vinyl covered
floor) (HW)1.03 Not applicable
Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Room factor (RW) for a bedroom and
a room which is not a conditioned
space0.60 1.00
Bedroom solar heat gain factor (BSW)1.20 0.57
Level factor (LW) for all floor levels
above the lowest floor1.30 1.20
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≤ 0.400.97 0.90
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of > 0.40 to < 0.681.00 0.93
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≥ 0.681.04 1.00
Floor factor (for tiled or vinyl covered
floor) (HW)1.05 Not applicable13.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 381 Table 13.3.2ad: Winter solar heat gain factors : climate zone 5 — concrete or masonry wall
Table Notes
This Table only applies to dwellings with both high mass external and internal walls, for example masonry cavity (1)
walls and masonry internal walls.
Where a factor is listed as ‘Not applicable’, the value of the factor must be taken as 1.0. (2)
Table 13.3.2ae : Winter solar heat gain factors : climate z one 6
T
able Notes
Where a factor is listed as ‘Not applicable’, the value of the factor must be taken as 1.0.
Table 13.3.2af: Winter solar heat gain factors : climat e zone 7
Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Room factor (RW) for a bedroom and
a room which is not a conditioned
space0.60 1.00Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Room factor (RW) for a bedroom and
a room which is not a conditioned
space0.40 0.30
Bedroom solar heat gain factor (BSW)1.00 0.60
Level factor (LW) for all floor levels
above the lowest floor1.40 1.10
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≤ 0.400.97 0.90
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of > 0.40 to < 0.681.00 1.00
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≥ 0.681.04 1.00
Floor factor (for tiled or vinyl covered
floor) (HW)1.10 Not applicable
Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Room factor (RW) for a bedroom and
a room which is not a conditioned
space0.60 1.00
Bedroom solar heat gain factor (BSW)0.70 1.35
Level factor (LW) for all floor levels
above the lowest floor1.30 1.40
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of > 0.40 to < 0.680.93 0.83
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of > 0.40 to < 0.680.96 0.96
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≥ 0.681.00 1.00
Floor factor (for tiled or vinyl covered
floor) (HW)0.95 Not applicable13.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 382
Table Notes
Where a factor is listed as ‘Not applicable’, the value of the factor must be taken as 1.0.
Table 13.3.2ag: Winter solar heat gain factors : climat e zone 8
T
able Notes
Where a factor is listed as ‘Not applicable’, the value of the factor must be taken as 1.0. Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Bedroom solar heat gain factor (BSW)1.22 0.50
Level factor (LW) for all floor levels
above the lowest floor1.30 1.10
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≤ 0.400.97 0.97
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of > 0.40 to < 0.681.00 1.00
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≥ 0.681.05 1.05
Floor factor (for tiled or vinyl covered
floor) (HW)1.03 Not applicable
Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Room factor (RW) for a bedroom or a
which is not a conditioned space0.50 1.00
Bedroom solar heat gain factor (BSW)1.52 0.32
Level factor (LW) for all floor levels
above the lowest floor1.15 0.70
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≤ 0.400.96 0.96
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of > 0.40 to < 0.681.00 1.00
Frame factor (FW) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≥ 0.681.00 1.00
(HW) 0.91 Not applicable13.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 383 Figure 13.3.2a: Orientation sectors
Figure Notes
The orientation sector for a wall or glazing element is the sector that contains a line drawn perpendicular to the (1)
face of the wall or glazing element.
This Figure is based on True North and all angles are measured clockwise from True North. Survey angles on site (2)
plans are usually marked in angles from True North. These angles can be used to establish True North for a
particular site.
Magnetic North, found by a magnetic compass, varies from True North over time and by different amounts in (3)
different locations. Magnetic North is not an acceptable approximation of True North.
The eight orientation sectors shown in this Figure do not overlap at their boundaries. For example, north sector (4)
begins just clockwise after the NNW line and ends exactly on the NNE line. The start and end of other sectors are
determined in a similar way, as indicated by the other curved arrows. NORTH SECTOR
NORTH EAST SECTOR
EAST SECTOR
SOUTH SECTORSOUTH WEST SECTORWEST SECTORNORTH WEST SECTORNNE ( 22.5°)
SOUTH EAST SECTOR True North ( 0°)
ENE ( 67.5°)
ESE ( 1
12.5°)
SSE ( 157
.5°)
SSW ( 202.5°)WSW ( 247.5°)WNW ( 292
.5°)NNW ( 3
37.5°)13.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 384 Figure 13.3.2b: Method of measuring P and H
Figur
e Notes
An external shading device that complies with 13.3.4(b) is considered to achieve a P/H value of 2.00. (1)
Where G exceeds 500 mm, the value of P
must be halved. (2)P
(lower storey glazing ) Shading projection
or device
G
(lower storey glazing )
H
(lower storey
glazing ) H
(upper storey
glazing ) G
(upper storey glazing ) Shading projection
or device P
(upper storey
glazing ) 13.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 385Explanatory Information
There is little or no need for heating at any time of the year in climate zone 1. Therefore, this clause does not apply •
in climate zone 1.
For the bedroom conductance factor (BC), the conductance heat loss from windows in bedrooms and unconditioned •
areas has less impact on the heating loads of a dwelling than conductance heat loss from windows in a living area
due to the dif
ferent time of day that the rooms are occupied. Bedrooms are typically not occupied during the day
when outdoor temperatures and solar heat gains are higher
.
For the orientation sector conductance factor (OC) in a room which has higher solar heat gain through the glazing , •
the average temperature in the room will be higher than an orientation which has lower solar heat gain through the
glazing .
13.3.3 External glazing — summer
[New for 2022]
(1) In climate zones 1 to 7, the aggregate solar heat gain of the glazing in each storey of a building, including any
mezzanine , must—
not exceed the allowance resulting from multiplying the floor area of each storey , measured within the enclosing (a)
walls, by the constant CSHGC obtained from Table 13.3.3a ; and
be calculated in accordance with the following formula: (b)
(2) In the formula at (1)(b)—
= the area of each glazing element; and (a)
= the Total System SHGC for each glazing element not exceeding 0.7; and (b)
= the summer exposure factor for each glazing element obtained from Table 13.3.3b , 13.3.3c , 13.3.3d , (c)
13.3.3e , 13.3.3f , 13.3.3g , 13.3.3h , 13.3.3i , 13.3.3j , 13.3.3k , 13.3.3l , 13.3.3m , 13.3.3n , 13.3.3o , 13.3.3p or 13.3.3q ;
and
= the factor in Table 13.3.3r , 13.3.3s , 13.3.3t , 13.3.3u , 13.3.3v , 13.3.3w , 13.3.3x or 13.3.3y for each (d)
glazing element located in a bedroom or room which is not a conditioned space ; and
= the factor in Table 13.3.3r , 13.3.3s , 13.3.3t , 13.3.3u , 13.3.3v , 13.3.3w , 13.3.3x or 13.3.3y for each (e)
glazing element located on a floor level above the lowest floor; and
= the frame factor in Table 13.3.3r , 13.3.3s , 13.3.3t , 13.3.3u , 13.3.3v , 13.3.3w , 13.3.3x or 13.3.3y for (f)
each glazing element; and
= the floor factor in Table 13.3.3r , 13.3.3s , 13.3.3t , 13.3.3u , 13.3.3v , 13.3.3w , 13.3.3x or 13.3.3y for (g)
each glazing element.
(3) For the purposes of this clause—
orientation sectors must be determined in accordance with Figure 13.3.2a ; and (a)
P/H must be measured in accordance with Figure 13.3.2b . (b)A1SHGC1ES1RS1LS1FS1HS1A2SHGC2ES2RS2LS2FS2HS2
A12etc
SHGC12etc
ES1S2etc
RS1S2etc
LS1S2etc
FS2S2etc
HS1S2etc13.3.2
(1 May 2023)
Table 13.3.3a: Constant for solar heat gain coefficient (CSHGC): climate zones 1 to 7
Table Notes
The ventilation opening area is the total area of each ventilation opening divided by the floor area of the storey, including any mezzanine . (1)
No window may have a design ventilation opening greater than 90% because the window frame will always obstruct some of the area of the opening. (2)
Where the ventilation opening area is more than 20%, the CSHGC value corresponding to 20% ventilation opening area is to be used. (3)
Where the floor construction of a storey, including any mezzanine , is partly in direct contact with the ground and partly suspended, the constant is to be— (4)
interpolated between the constants in proportion to the floor area of each floor type; or (a)
the constant for a suspended floor.(b)
If the ventilation opening area is between the values shown in this Table, the constant may be interpolated. (5)Floor type Ventilation
opening areaClimate zone
1 2 3 4 5 (lightweight wall) 5 (concrete or brick wall) 6 7
Floor in direct contact with the ground5% 0.0672 0.0595 0.0945 0.0604 0.0484 0.0657 0.0786 0.0762
10% 0.0718 0.0640 0.0985 0.0626 0.0538 0.0695 0.0817 0.082115% 0.0770 0.0682 0.1001 0.0641 0.0569 0.0714 0.0832 0.087120% 0.0827 0.0719 0.1007 0.0650 0.0587 0.0723 0.0840 0.0912
Suspended floor 5% 0.0431 0.0324 0.0768 0.0651 0.0334 0.0630 0.0963 0.0750
10% 0.0497 0.0404 0.0783 0.0697 0.0426 0.0683 0.0989 0.077815% 0.0541 0.0458 0.0792 0.0721 0.0477 0.0710 0.1001 0.078920% 0.0570 0.0494 0.0796 0.0734 0.0505 0.0723 0.1007 0.0793Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 (1 May 20 23) Page 386
Page 387 Table 13.3.3b : Orientation sector summer exposure factor (ES) — floor in direct contact with the
ground: climate zone 1
Table Not
es
For P/H between those in this Table, either use the next lowest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.3c: Orientation sector summer exposure factor (ES) — suspended floor: climate zone 1
T
able Notes
For P/H between those in this Table, either use the next lowest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.3d : Orientation sector summer exposure factor (ES) — floor in direct contact with the
ground: climate zone 2
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.59 1.08 1.50 0.93 0.40 1.05 1.78 1.19
0.05 0.49 0.94 1.35 0.82 0.33 0.95 1.64 1.06
0.10 0.45 0.87 1.28 0.77 0.31 0.88 1.52 0.97
0.20 0.39 0.76 1.13 0.68 0.28 0.79 1.33 0.84P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.35 1.64 1.69 1.62 1.13 1.65 1.72 1.66
0.05 1.14 1.45 1.56 1.47 0.98 1.52 1.60 1.46
0.10 1.07 1.33 1.45 1.40 0.88 1.42 1.50 1.35
0.20 0.96 1.15 1.32 1.23 0.72 1.22 1.30 1.17
0.40 0.78 0.88 1.03 0.90 0.55 0.98 1.08 0.92
0.60 0.65 0.72 0.86 0.77 0.44 0.78 0.86 0.74
0.80 0.57 0.61 0.69 0.61 0.39 0.68 0.75 0.62
1.00 0.49 0.51 0.59 0.54 0.33 0.56 0.62 0.55
1.20 0.47 0.45 0.48 0.43 0.29 0.51 0.55 0.51
1.40 0.44 0.41 0.42 0.39 0.29 0.42 0.48 0.43
1.60 0.39 0.35 0.37 0.34 0.23 0.38 0.44 0.41
1.80 0.34 0.35 0.35 0.29 0.22 0.36 0.39 0.35
2.00 0.31 0.33 0.30 0.27 0.21 0.31 0.36 0.33
P/H North North east East South East South South west West North west
0.00 0.61 0.96 1.43 1.19 0.70 1.15 1.32 0.92
0.05 0.51 0.84 1.32 1.08 0.61 1.06 1.23 0.81
0.10 0.48 0.78 1.23 1.03 0.55 0.99 1.15 0.75
0.20 0.43 0.67 1.12 0.90 0.45 0.85 1.00 0.65
0.40 0.35 0.51 0.88 0.66 0.34 0.68 0.83 0.51
0.60 0.29 0.42 0.73 0.57 0.28 0.54 0.66 0.41
0.80 0.26 0.35 0.59 0.45 0.24 0.47 0.58 0.35
1.00 0.22 0.30 0.50 0.39 0.20 0.39 0.48 0.30
1.20 0.21 0.26 0.41 0.32 0.18 0.35 0.42 0.28
1.40 0.20 0.24 0.36 0.29 0.18 0.29 0.37 0.24
1.60 0.18 0.21 0.31 0.25 0.15 0.26 0.34 0.23
1.80 0.15 0.21 0.30 0.21 0.14 0.25 0.30 0.20
2.00 0.14 0.19 0.26 0.20 0.13 0.22 0.28 0.18
(1 May 2023)
Page 388Table Notes
For P/H between those in this
Table, either use the next lowest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.3e : Orientation sector summer exposure factor (ES) — suspended floor: climate zone 2
T
able Notes
For P/H between those in this Table, either use the next lowest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.3f : Orientation sector summer exposure factor (ES) — floor in direct contact with the
ground: climate zone 3 P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.40 0.32 0.57 0.90 0.54 0.22 0.63 1.10 0.65
0.60 0.27 0.45 0.74 0.44 0.18 0.52 0.89 0.48
0.80 0.24 0.38 0.62 0.36 0.16 0.43 0.77 0.42
1.00 0.21 0.31 0.53 0.31 0.13 0.38 0.63 0.34
1.20 0.19 0.28 0.43 0.27 0.12 0.32 0.55 0.30
1.40 0.17 0.25 0.39 0.25 0.12 0.28 0.48 0.26
1.60 0.16 0.24 0.34 0.22 0.10 0.25 0.41 0.24
1.80 0.14 0.21 0.30 0.20 0.09 0.24 0.37 0.22
2.00 0.14 0.19 0.27 0.19 0.09 0.21 0.36 0.20
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.43 0.81 1.16 0.75 0.36 1.06 1.88 1.11
0.05 0.36 0.71 1.05 0.67 0.30 0.96 1.72 0.99
0.10 0.33 0.66 0.99 0.62 0.29 0.89 1.60 0.90
0.20 0.28 0.57 0.87 0.55 0.25 0.80 1.40 0.78
0.40 0.23 0.43 0.69 0.44 0.20 0.64 1.16 0.60
0.60 0.20 0.34 0.57 0.36 0.17 0.52 0.94 0.45
0.80 0.17 0.29 0.48 0.30 0.15 0.44 0.81 0.39
1.00 0.16 0.23 0.41 0.25 0.12 0.38 0.66 0.32
1.20 0.14 0.21 0.33 0.22 0.11 0.32 0.57 0.28
1.40 0.13 0.19 0.30 0.20 0.11 0.29 0.50 0.24
1.60 0.11 0.18 0.27 0.18 0.10 0.26 0.43 0.22
1.80 0.10 0.16 0.23 0.16 0.09 0.25 0.39 0.20
2.00 0.10 0.15 0.21 0.15 0.08 0.21 0.38 0.19
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.95 1.51 1.70 1.53 0.92 1.45 1.50 1.41
0.05 0.80 1.36 1.58 1.40 0.80 1.31 1.39 1.26
0.10 0.75 1.23 1.50 1.33 0.76 1.24 1.31 1.16
0.20 0.65 1.06 1.32 1.17 0.64 1.09 1.17 1.02
0.40 0.54 0.81 1.06 0.92 0.53 0.90 0.92 0.78
0.60 0.48 0.62 0.89 0.75 0.43 0.71 0.78 0.62
0.80 0.41 0.51 0.71 0.61 0.38 0.63 0.66 0.49
1.00 0.34 0.42 0.60 0.52 0.34 0.54 0.58 0.41
1.20 0.32 0.38 0.50 0.44 0.29 0.46 0.47 0.36
1.40 0.29 0.32 0.42 0.40 0.28 0.40 0.45 0.32
(1 May 2023)
Page 389Table Notes
For P/H between those in this
Table, either use the next lowest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.3g : Orientation sector summer exposure factor (ES) — suspended floor: climate zone 3
T
able Notes
For P/H between those in this Table, either use the next lowest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.3h : Orientation sector summer exposure factor (ES) — floor in direct contact with the
ground: climate zone 4
Table Not
es
For P/H between those in this Table, either use the next lowest P/H or interpolate. P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
1.60 0.29 0.29 0.40 0.35 0.22 0.39 0.39 0.29
1.80 0.26 0.28 0.36 0.31 0.22 0.35 0.36 0.27
2.00 0.26 0.26 0.30 0.31 0.21 0.30 0.30 0.24
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.78 1.30 1.56 1.36 0.79 1.16 1.09 1.11
0.05 0.66 1.18 1.45 1.24 0.68 1.05 1.01 0.99
0.10 0.62 1.06 1.38 1.17 0.65 0.99 0.95 0.91
0.20 0.53 0.91 1.21 1.04 0.55 0.87 0.85 0.80
0.40 0.45 0.70 0.97 0.82 0.46 0.72 0.67 0.62
0.60 0.39 0.54 0.81 0.67 0.37 0.57 0.57 0.48
0.80 0.34 0.44 0.65 0.54 0.32 0.50 0.48 0.39
1.00 0.28 0.36 0.55 0.46 0.29 0.43 0.42 0.32
1.20 0.27 0.33 0.46 0.39 0.25 0.37 0.34 0.29
1.40 0.24 0.28 0.39 0.36 0.24 0.32 0.33 0.25
1.60 0.24 0.25 0.36 0.31 0.19 0.31 0.28 0.23
1.80 0.21 0.24 0.33 0.28 0.19 0.28 0.26 0.21
2.00 0.21 0.23 0.28 0.28 0.18 0.24 0.22 0.19
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.83 1.13 1.05 0.68 0.31 0.99 1.90 1.46
0.05 0.70 1.05 0.98 0.63 0.27 0.91 1.77 1.33
0.10 0.64 0.95 0.93 0.59 0.25 0.85 1.70 1.22
0.20 0.49 0.83 0.84 0.53 0.23 0.76 1.52 1.05
0.40 0.35 0.63 0.69 0.44 0.19 0.62 1.23 0.81
0.60 0.31 0.48 0.56 0.36 0.16 0.53 1.04 0.59
0.80 0.28 0.36 0.47 0.32 0.14 0.45 0.86 0.47
1.00 0.23 0.29 0.41 0.27 0.12 0.39 0.74 0.39
1.20 0.22 0.25 0.35 0.24 0.11 0.35 0.65 0.33
1.40 0.18 0.22 0.29 0.22 0.09 0.33 0.55 0.27
1.60 0.18 0.19 0.29 0.20 0.09 0.29 0.48 0.26
1.80 0.16 0.17 0.24 0.18 0.08 0.25 0.46 0.22
2.00 0.15 0.16 0.21 0.15 0.08 0.24 0.38 0.21
(1 May 2023)
Page 390 Table 13.3.3i : Orientation sector summer exposure factor (ES) — suspended floor: climate zone 4
T
able Notes
For P/H between those in this Table, either use the next lowest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.3j : Orientation sector summer exposure factor (ES) — floor in direct contact with the
ground: climate zone 5 ( lightweight or masonry veneer wall)
T
able Notes
For P/H between those in this Table, either use the next lowest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.3k : Orientation sector summer exposure factor (ES) — floor in direct contact with the
ground: climate zone 5 (concr ete or masonry wall)
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.98 1.14 1.07 0.60 0.24 0.78 1.50 1.36
0.05 0.83 1.01 0.96 0.53 0.20 0.69 1.37 1.22
0.10 0.76 0.92 0.91 0.49 0.19 0.65 1.28 1.10
0.20 0.61 0.80 0.80 0.44 0.17 0.57 1.14 0.98P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.79 1.13 1.12 0.68 0.29 0.64 1.05 1.06
0.05 0.66 1.05 1.05 0.63 0.25 0.59 0.98 0.97
0.10 0.61 0.95 0.99 0.59 0.23 0.55 0.94 0.89
0.20 0.52 0.83 0.90 0.53 0.21 0.49 0.84 0.77
0.40 0.43 0.63 0.74 0.44 0.17 0.40 0.68 0.59
0.60 0.36 0.48 0.59 0.36 0.15 0.34 0.58 0.43
0.80 0.32 0.36 0.50 0.32 0.13 0.29 0.47 0.34
1.00 0.29 0.29 0.44 0.27 0.11 0.25 0.41 0.29
1.20 0.25 0.25 0.37 0.24 0.10 0.23 0.36 0.24
1.40 0.23 0.22 0.31 0.22 0.09 0.21 0.30 0.20
1.60 0.21 0.19 0.30 0.20 0.08 0.19 0.26 0.19
1.80 0.19 0.17 0.26 0.18 0.07 0.16 0.26 0.16
2.00 0.19 0.16 0.22 0.15 0.07 0.16 0.21 0.15
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.62 0.79 0.83 0.67 0.48 1.04 1.69 1.19
0.05 0.52 0.70 0.75 0.60 0.40 0.92 1.55 1.07
0.10 0.47 0.64 0.71 0.55 0.38 0.86 1.44 0.96
0.20 0.38 0.55 0.62 0.49 0.34 0.76 1.29 0.85
0.40 0.29 0.42 0.50 0.40 0.27 0.62 1.05 0.64
0.60 0.26 0.33 0.41 0.33 0.23 0.51 0.85 0.49
0.80 0.23 0.27 0.35 0.28 0.20 0.43 0.68 0.41
1.00 0.20 0.22 0.29 0.24 0.18 0.37 0.60 0.32
1.20 0.18 0.19 0.25 0.21 0.15 0.33 0.52 0.28
1.40 0.16 0.17 0.22 0.19 0.14 0.29 0.44 0.25
1.60 0.15 0.16 0.20 0.16 0.13 0.27 0.39 0.22
1.80 0.14 0.15 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.23 0.35 0.21
2.00 0.13 0.12 0.17 0.15 0.11 0.21 0.33 0.19
(1 May 2023)
Page 391Table Notes
For P/H between those in this
Table, either use the next lowest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.3l : Orientation sector summer exposure factor (ES) — suspended floor: climate zone 5
(lightweight or masonry veneer wall)
Table Not es
For P/H between those in this
Table, either use the next lowest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.3m : Orientation sector summer exposure factor (ES) — suspended floor: climate zone 5 ( con-
crete or masonry wall)
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.82 1.04 1.07 0.72 0.41 0.78 1.17 1.10
0.05 0.69 0.91 0.96 0.64 0.34 0.69 1.07 0.99
0.10 0.63 0.84 0.91 0.59 0.32 0.65 1.00 0.89
0.20 0.51 0.72 0.80 0.53 0.29 0.57 0.89 0.79
0.40 0.39 0.55 0.64 0.43 0.23 0.47 0.73 0.59
0.60 0.35 0.44 0.52 0.35 0.20 0.38 0.59 0.46
0.80 0.30 0.35 0.45 0.30 0.17 0.32 0.47 0.38
1.00 0.26 0.29 0.38 0.26 0.15 0.28 0.41 0.29
1.20 0.24 0.25 0.32 0.23 0.13 0.25 0.36 0.26P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.40 0.47 0.61 0.64 0.36 0.13 0.47 0.93 0.73
0.60 0.42 0.48 0.52 0.29 0.12 0.38 0.75 0.56
0.80 0.36 0.39 0.45 0.25 0.10 0.32 0.60 0.47
1.00 0.31 0.33 0.38 0.21 0.09 0.28 0.53 0.36
1.20 0.29 0.27 0.32 0.19 0.08 0.25 0.46 0.32
1.40 0.25 0.24 0.29 0.17 0.07 0.22 0.39 0.28
1.60 0.24 0.23 0.26 0.14 0.06 0.20 0.35 0.25
1.80 0.22 0.21 0.23 0.13 0.06 0.17 0.31 0.24
2.00 0.20 0.18 0.22 0.13 0.06 0.16 0.29 0.22
P/H North North east East South East South South west West North west
0.00 0.67 0.93 1.05 0.61 0.27 0.67 1.16 0.99
0.05 0.57 0.82 0.94 0.54 0.23 0.59 1.06 0.89
0.10 0.52 0.75 0.89 0.51 0.22 0.55 0.99 0.80
0.20 0.42 0.65 0.78 0.45 0.19 0.49 0.88 0.71
0.40 0.32 0.49 0.62 0.36 0.15 0.40 0.72 0.53
0.60 0.29 0.39 0.51 0.30 0.13 0.33 0.58 0.41
0.80 0.25 0.31 0.44 0.26 0.11 0.28 0.46 0.34
1.00 0.21 0.26 0.37 0.22 0.10 0.24 0.41 0.27
1.20 0.20 0.22 0.32 0.19 0.09 0.21 0.36 0.23
1.40 0.17 0.20 0.28 0.17 0.08 0.19 0.30 0.21
1.60 0.16 0.19 0.26 0.15 0.07 0.17 0.27 0.18
1.80 0.15 0.17 0.22 0.13 0.07 0.15 0.24 0.17
2.00 0.14 0.14 0.21 0.13 0.06 0.14 0.22 0.16
(1 May 2023)
Page 392
Table Notes
For P/H between those in this Table, either use the next lowest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.3n : Orientation sector summer exposure factor (ES) — floor in direct contact with the
ground: climate z one 6
T
able Notes
For P/H between those in this Table, either use the next lowest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.3o : Orientation sector summer exposure factor (ES) — suspended floor: climate zone 6
Table Notes
For P/H between those in this Table, either use the next lowest P/H or interpolate. P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
1.40 0.21 0.22 0.29 0.20 0.12 0.22 0.31 0.23
1.60 0.20 0.21 0.26 0.17 0.11 0.20 0.27 0.20
1.80 0.18 0.19 0.23 0.16 0.10 0.17 0.24 0.19
2.00 0.17 0.16 0.22 0.16 0.10 0.16 0.23 0.18
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.01 1.19 1.15 0.78 0.49 1.10 1.82 1.55
0.05 0.85 1.07 1.05 0.70 0.42 1.01 1.69 1.41
0.10 0.78 0.99 0.99 0.67 0.39 0.96 1.63 1.30
0.20 0.62 0.85 0.88 0.59 0.35 0.86 1.46 1.14
0.40 0.43 0.64 0.71 0.49 0.29 0.70 1.17 0.86
0.60 0.36 0.47 0.61 0.41 0.25 0.61 0.99 0.64
0.80 0.31 0.39 0.50 0.34 0.21 0.53 0.86 0.50
1.00 0.26 0.32 0.42 0.29 0.18 0.44 0.73 0.45
1.20 0.24 0.26 0.37 0.26 0.18 0.41 0.62 0.36
1.40 0.22 0.24 0.32 0.23 0.15 0.36 0.55 0.33
1.60 0.19 0.21 0.28 0.22 0.14 0.33 0.49 0.26
1.80 0.18 0.20 0.26 0.20 0.14 0.29 0.44 0.25
2.00 0.17 0.19 0.24 0.19 0.14 0.27 0.40 0.21
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 0.88 1.05 1.04 0.57 0.24 0.96 2.00 1.54
0.05 0.75 0.95 0.95 0.51 0.21 0.88 1.86 1.40
0.10 0.68 0.88 0.89 0.48 0.20 0.83 1.79 1.29
0.20 0.55 0.75 0.79 0.42 0.18 0.75 1.60 1.13
0.40 0.38 0.57 0.64 0.35 0.14 0.61 1.29 0.86
0.60 0.32 0.42 0.55 0.29 0.12 0.53 1.09 0.63
0.80 0.27 0.34 0.45 0.25 0.10 0.46 0.94 0.50
1.00 0.23 0.28 0.38 0.21 0.09 0.38 0.80 0.45
1.20 0.21 0.23 0.33 0.19 0.09 0.36 0.69 0.36
1.40 0.19 0.21 0.29 0.17 0.08 0.31 0.60 0.32
1.60 0.17 0.19 0.25 0.16 0.07 0.28 0.54 0.26
1.80 0.16 0.18 0.23 0.14 0.07 0.26 0.49 0.25
2.00 0.15 0.17 0.22 0.14 0.07 0.24 0.44 0.21
(1 May 2023)
Page 393 Table 13.3.3p : Orientation sector summer exposure factor (ES) — floor in direct contact with the
ground: climate z one 7
T
able Notes
For P/H between those in this Table, either use the next lowest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.3q : Orientation sector summer exposure factor (ES) — suspended floor: climate zone 7
Table Notes
For P/H between those in this Table, either use the next lowest P/H or interpolate.
Table 13.3.3r : Summer solar heat gain factors : climat e zone 1 P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.06 1.30 1.36 1.09 0.77 1.11 1.49 1.39
0.05 0.91 1.17 1.23 0.96 0.65 0.99 1.36 1.26
0.10 0.84 1.08 1.16 0.93 0.61 0.93 1.29 1.15
0.20 0.68 0.94 1.04 0.81 0.54 0.83 1.14 1.01
0.40 0.44 0.72 0.85 0.67 0.46 0.67 0.93 0.75
0.60 0.35 0.57 0.73 0.58 0.40 0.58 0.79 0.60
0.80 0.31 0.44 0.60 0.51 0.34 0.50 0.66 0.47
1.00 0.28 0.37 0.54 0.43 0.30 0.43 0.55 0.38
1.20 0.24 0.31 0.46 0.39 0.28 0.38 0.48 0.32
1.40 0.21 0.26 0.40 0.35 0.25 0.34 0.41 0.28
1.60 0.20 0.23 0.37 0.31 0.24 0.32 0.39 0.25
1.80 0.19 0.22 0.31 0.28 0.22 0.29 0.34 0.22
2.00 0.18 0.21 0.30 0.27 0.22 0.26 0.31 0.21
P/H North North east East South east South South west West North west
0.00 1.15 1.17 0.97 0.75 0.51 0.77 1.07 1.24
0.05 1.00 1.05 0.88 0.66 0.43 0.69 0.98 1.12
0.10 0.91 0.97 0.83 0.64 0.41 0.65 0.93 1.03
0.20 0.74 0.85 0.74 0.56 0.36 0.58 0.82 0.90
0.40 0.48 0.65 0.61 0.46 0.30 0.47 0.67 0.67
0.60 0.38 0.51 0.52 0.40 0.26 0.40 0.57 0.54
0.80 0.34 0.40 0.43 0.35 0.22 0.35 0.48 0.42
1.00 0.30 0.33 0.38 0.30 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.34
1.20 0.26 0.28 0.33 0.27 0.18 0.26 0.34 0.28
1.40 0.23 0.23 0.29 0.24 0.17 0.24 0.30 0.25
1.60 0.22 0.21 0.26 0.22 0.16 0.22 0.28 0.22
1.80 0.20 0.20 0.22 0.19 0.14 0.20 0.24 0.20
2.00 0.19 0.19 0.22 0.18 0.14 0.18 0.23 0.19
Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Room factor (RS) for a bedroom and a
room which is not a conditioned
space0.60 0.57
Level factor (LS) for all other floor
levels1.20 1.35
(1 May 2023)
Page 394
Table Notes
Where a factor is listed as ‘Not applicable’, the value of the factor must be taken 1.0.
Table 13.3.3s : Summer solar heat gain factors : climat e zone 2
T
able Notes
Where a factor is listed as ‘Not applicable’, the value of the factor must be taken as 1.0.
Table 13.3.3t : Summer solar heat gain factors : climat e zone 3
Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≤ 0.400.91 0.87
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of > 0.40 to < 0.681.00 1.00
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≥ 0.681.15 1.21
Floor factor (for tiled or vinyl covered
floor) (HS)0.75 Not applicable
Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Room factor (RS) for a bedroom and a
room which is not a conditioned
space0.60 0.40
Level factor (LS) for all other floor
levels1.20 1.10
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≤ 0.400.91 0.68
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of > 0.40 to < 0.681.00 0.90
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≥ 0.681.19 1.00
Floor factor (for tiled or vinyl covered
floor) (HS)0.75 Not applicable
Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Room factor (RS) for a bedroom and a
room which is not a conditioned
space0.90 0.70
Level factor (LS) for all other floor
levels1.70 1.90
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≤ 0.400.88 0.88
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of < 0.40 to < 0.681.00 1.00
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≥ 0.681.21 1.21
Floor factor (for tiled or vinyl covered
floor (HS)0.89 Not applicable
(1 May 2023)
Page 395Table Notes
Where a factor is listed as ‘Not applicable’, the value of the factor must be taken as 1.0.
Table 13.3.3u : Summer solar heat gain factors : climat e zone 4
Table Not
es
Where a factor is listed as ‘Not applicable’, the value of the factor must be taken as 1.0.
Table 13.3.3v : Summer solar heat gain factors : climat e zone 5 ( lightweight or masonry veneer wall)
T
able Notes
Where a factor is listed as ‘Not applicable’, the value of the factor must be taken as 1.0.
Table 13.3.3w : Summer solar heat gain factors : climat e zone 5 (concr ete or masonry wall) Type factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Room factor (RS) for a bedroom and a
room which is not a conditioned
space0.35 0.80
Level factor (LS) for all other floor
levels1.10 1.20
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≤ 0.400.88 0.88
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of > 0.40 to < 0.681.00 0.91
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≥ 0.681.19 1.00
Floor factor (for tiled or vinyl covered
floor) (HS)0.91 Not applicable
Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Room factor (RS) for a bedroom and a
room which is not a conditioned
space0.45 0.52
Level factor (LS) for all other floor
levels1.20 1.45
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≤ 0.400.88 0.73
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of > 0.40 to < 0.681.00 0.78
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≥ 0.681.20 1.00
Floor factor (for tiled or vinyl covered
floor) (HS)0.65 Not applicable
Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Room factor (RS) for a bedroom and a
room which is not a conditioned
space0.50 0.35
Level factor (LS) for all other floor
levels1.40 1.30
(1 May 2023)
Page 396
Table Notes
This Table only applies to dwellings with both high mass external and internal walls, for example masonry cavity (1)
external and internal walls.
Where a factor is listed as ‘Not applicable’, the value of the factor must be taken as 1.0. (2)
Table 13.3.3x : Summer solar heat gain factors : climate z one 6
T
able Notes
Where a factor is listed as ‘Not applicable’, the value of the factor must be taken as 1.0.
Table 13.3.3y : Summer solar heat gain factors : climat e zone 7 Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≤ 0.400.89 0.90
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of > 0.40 to < 0.681.00 0.95
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≥ 681.18 1.00
Floor factor (for tiled or vinyl covered
floor) (HS)0.60 Not applicable
Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for suspended floor
Room factor (RS) for a bedroom and a
room which is not a conditioned
space0.60 0.80
Level factor (LS) for all other floor
levels1.40 1.60
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≤ 0.400.84 0.83
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of > 0.40 to < 0.680.90 0.96
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≥ 0.681.00 1.00
Floor factor (for tiled or vinyl covered
floor) (HS)0.80 Not applicable
Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Room factor (RS) for a bedroom and a
room which is not a conditioned
space0.40 0.40
Level factor (LS) for all other floor
levels1.40 1.30
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≤ 0.400.91 0.85
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of > 0.40 to < 0.681.00 1.00
Frame factor (FS) for frames with a
solar absorptance of ≥ 0.681.00 1.00
(1 May 2023)
Page 397Table Notes
Where a factor is listed as ‘Not applicable’, the value of the factor must be taken as 1.0.
Explanatory Information
There is little or no need for cooling at any time of the year in climate zone 8. Therefore, this clause does not apply •
in climate zone 8.
By referring to ‘ glazing elements’, 13.3.3 require Total System U-Values and Total System SHGCs to be assessed •
for the combined effect of glass and frames. The measurement of these Total System U-Values and Total System
SHGCs is specified in the Technical Protocols and Procedures Manual for Energy Rating of Fenestration by the
Australian Fenestration Rating Council (AFRC) for glazing elements of representative size and arrangements.
V
arious assessors using AFRC procedures might refer to their published performance values by slightly different •
terms including ‘U Factor’ or ‘Uw’ for Total System U-Value or ‘SHGC’ for Total System SHGC . Such values can be
used under 13.3.3 provided they measure the combined glass and frame performance according to
AFRC
requirements.
For the room factor
, the solar heat gains to bedrooms and unconditioned areas have less impact on the cooling •
loads of dwellings than solar heat gains to a living area due to the different time of day that the rooms are occupied.
Bedrooms are typically not occupied during the day when outdoor temperatures and solar heat gains are higher
.
For the frame factor
, the darker the window frame, the greater the solar heat gain through the frame. Radiation •
gains from windows are multiplied by this factor.
For the floor factor
, this is only applied for dwellings with a floor in contact with the ground. If a room has a tiled •
surface or is a polished slab, radiation gains in this room are multiplied by this factor.
13.3.4 Shading
[2019: 3.12.2.2]
Where shading is required to comply with 13.3.2 or 13.3.3 , it must—
be provided by an external permanent projection, such as a verandah, balcony, fixed canopy, eaves, shading (a)
hood or carport, which—
extends horizontally on both sides of the glazing for a distance greater than or equal to the projection (i)
distance P
in Figure 13.3.2b ; or
provide the equivalent shading to (i) with a reveal or the like; or (ii)
be provided by an external shading device, such as a shutter
, blind, vertical or horizontal building screen with (b)
blades, battens or slats, which—
is capable of restricting at least 80% of the summer solar radiation; and (i)
if adjustable, is readily operated either manually
, mechanically or electronically by the building occupants. (ii)
Explanatory Information
Shading devices can include fixed louvres, shading screens and other types of perforated or fixed angle slatted•
shades. However, such devices need to be designed for the climate and latitude to ensure that summer sun
penetration is restricted, while winter sun access is achieved. Winter access refers to the availability of winter solar
gains to of
fset conducted heat losses.
The impact of shading is assessed with respect to the solar heat gain of the glazing . The requirements of 13.3.2 •
and 13.3.3 consider solar heat gain to be either beneficial or detrimental to the energy efficiency of a building based
on seasonal variation (winter/summer), climate zone , orientation and P/H. Higher P/H values are more beneficial
in minimising summer solar heat gain where as lower P/H values are more beneficial in allowing winter access.
Gutters can only be considered as providing shading if attached to a shading projection such as a verandah, fixed•Type of factor Factor for a floor in direct contact with
the groundFactor for a suspended floor
Floor factor (for tiled or vinyl covered
floor) (HS)0.85 Not applicable13.3.4
(1 May 2023)
Page 398canopy, eaves, shading hood, balcony or the like.
Shading devices can be either attached or located adjacent to the building. For example, a free-standing lattice •
screen may be considered to provide shading to glazing if it complies with 13.3.4(b).
An adjustable shading device in 13.3.4(b)(ii) should be readily operated from a safe location or platform that does •
not require ladders, rigging, harnessing, or the like. 13.3.4
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 399NT Part 13.4
T
AS Part 13.4
NSW 13.4.1
13.4.1 Application of Part 13.4
[2019: 3.12.3]
(1) This Part applies to—
a Class 1 building; and (a)
a Class 10a building with a conditioned space . (b)
(2) The provisions of (1) do not apply to the following:
A
building in climate zones 1, 2, 3 and 5 where the only means of air-conditioning is by using an evaporative (a)
cooler
.
A
permanent building ventilation opening that is necessary for the safe operation of a gas appliance. (b)
(3) Part 13.4 must be applied as directed in H6D2(1)(a) or (b).
Explanatory Information
An evaporatively cooled building in climate zones 4 and 6 must be sealed because of the likelihood of the building •
being heated during colder periods.
Appropriate ventilation requirements for gas appliances can be obtained from relevant legislation, referenced•
standards and product installation manuals.
13.4.2 Chimneys and flues
[2019: 3.12.3.1]
The chimney or flue of an open solid-fuel burning appliance must be provided with a damper or flap that can be closed to
seal the chimney or flue.
Explanatory Information
The requirements of this Part are to be read in conjunction with the fire safety requirements in Part 12.4 of the •
ABCB Housing Provisions.
A
solid-fuel burning appliance is a heater that burns materials such as timber, coal and the like. This clause does •
not apply to gas and liquid fuel burning appliances.
13.4.3 Roof lights
[2019: 3.12.3.2]
(1) A roof light must be sealed, or capable of being sealed, when serving—
a conditioned space ; or (a)
a habitable room in climate zones 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. (b)
(2) A roof light required by (1) to be sealed, or capable of being sealed, must be constructed with—
an imperforate ceiling dif
fuser or the like installed at the ceiling or internal lining level; or (a)
a weatherproof seal; or (b)Part 13.4 Building sealing
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 400a shutter system readily operated either manually, mechanically or electronically by the occupant. (c)
Explanatory Information
A roof light should be sealed regardless of which room it serves in climate zones 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. For example, a roof
light located in a hallway should be sealed to stop the transfer of cold air into adjoining conditioned spaces . This principle
also applies to external doors and windows , exhaust fans, wall and floor junctions and evaporative coolers.
13.4.4 External windows and doors
[2019: 3.12.3.3]
(1) An external door, internal door between a Class 1 building and an unconditioned Class 10a building, openable window
and other such opening must be sealed when serving—
a conditioned space ; or (a)
a habitable room in climate zones 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. (b)
(2) A seal to restrict air infiltration—
for the bottom edge of a door, must be a draft protection device; and (a)
for the other edges of a door or the edges of an openable window or other such opening, may be a foam or (b)
rubber compressible strip, fibrous seal or the like.
(3) A window complying with the maximum air infiltration rates specified in AS 2047 need not comply with (2)(b).
13.4.5 Exhaust fans
[2019: 3.12.3.4]
An exhaust fan must be fitted with a sealing device such as a self-closing damper, filter or the like when serving—
a conditioned space ; or (a)
a habitable room in climate zones 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. (b)
Explanatory Information
An exhaust fan is considered to be adequately sealed if it is fitted with a filter such as the type commonly used in kitchen
range hoods.
13.4.6 Construction of ceilings, walls and floors
[2019: 3.12.3.5]
(1) Ceilings, walls, floors and any opening such as a window frame, door frame, roof light frame or the like must be
constructed to minimise air leakage in accordance with (2) when forming part of the external fabric of—
a conditioned space ; or (a)
a habitable room in climate zones 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. (b)
(2) Construction required by (1) must be—
enclosed by internal lining systems that are close fitting at ceiling, wall and floor junctions; or (a)
sealed at junctions and penetrations with— (b)
close-fitting architrave, skirting or cornice; or (i)
expanding foam, rubber compressive strip, caulking or the like. (ii)
Explanatory Information
A close fitting internal lining system is considered suitable to include an allowance for minimum lining movement •13.4.3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 401gaps at wall, floor and ceiling junctions.
Caulking includes sealant, mastic or other gap filling material. •
In 13.4.6(2)(b), penetrations include windows , doors, roof lights , flues, exhaust fans, heating and cooling ductwork •
and the like.
13.4.7 Evaporative coolers
[2019: 3.12.3.6]
An evaporative cooler must be fitted with a self-closing damper or the like when serving—
a heated space; or (a)
a habitable room in climate zones 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8. (b)
Explanatory Information
The self-closing damper should create an effective seal against air infiltration. 13.4.6
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 402
NSW Part 13.5
NT Part 13.5
TAS Part 13.5
13.5.1 Application of Part 13.5
[2019: 3.12.4]
(1) This Part applies to a habitable room in a Class 1 building.
(2) Part 13.5 must be applied as directed in H6D2(1)(b).
13.5.2 Ceiling fans
[2019: 3.12.4.3]
Ceiling fans must be installed in accordance with Table 13.5.2 in—
climate zones 1, 2 and 3; and (a)
climate zone 5 in New South Wales and Queensland. (b)
Table 13.5.2: Minimum ceiling fan requirements in climate zones 1, 2, 3 and 5 Part 13.5 Ceiling fans
Size of room (m²) Minimum number and diameter (mm) of
ceiling fans required in a bedroom in
climate zones 1, 2 and 3Minimum number and diameter (mm) of ceiling
fans required in a habitable room other than a
bedroom in climate zones 1, 2, 3 and 5 (NSW
and Qld)
<15 1 x 900 1 x 900
≥15<20 1 x 1200 1 x 1200
≥20<25 1 x 1200 1 x 1400
≥25<30 1 x 1400 2 x 1200
≥30<45 1 x 1400 2 x 1400
≥45<50 2 x 1400 3 x 1200
≥50 2 x 1400 3 x 1400
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 403
NSW Part 13.6
NT Part 13.6
TAS Part 13.6
13.6.1 Application of Part 13.6
[New for 2022]
(1) This Part applies to—
a Class 1 building; and (a)
a Class 10a building with a conditioned space . (b)
(2) Part 13.6 must be applied as directed in H6D2(2).
13.6.2 Net equivalent energy usage
[New for 2022]
(1) The net equivalent energy usage of a building, calculated in accordance with (a), must not exceed the allowance
calculated in accordance with (b)—
, where— (a)
= the floor area factor obtained by multiplying the total floor area of the building by the adjustment factor (i)
in Table 13.6.2a ; and
= the main space conditioning and main water heater efficiency factor obtained from the ABCB Standard (ii)
for Whole-of-Home Efficiency Factors; and
= the swimming pool pump energy usage in (2); and (iii)
= the spa pump energy usage in (3); and (iv)
= the installed capacity of on-site photovoltaics (kW); and (v)
, where— (b)
= the floor area factor obtained from multiplying the total floor area of the building by the adjustment factor (i)
in Table 13.6.2a ; and
= the energy factor obtained from in Table 13.6.2b . (ii)
(2) The swimming pool pump energy usage (EP) must be determined in accordance with the following formula:
, where—
= the swimming pool pump energy usage; and (a)
= the volume of the swimming pool to the nearest 1000 litres; and (b)
= the swimming pool pump factor as per Table 13.6.2c . (c)
(3) The spa pump energy usage (ES) must be determined in accordance with the following formula: ,
where—
= the spa pump energy usage; and (a)
= the volume of the spa to the nearest 100 litres; and (b) VFPVAPart 13.6 Whole -of-home energy usage
AEEEPESER
A
EE
EP
ES
ER
AEF
EF
EPVFP1000
EP
ESVFS100
ES
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 404 = the spa pump factor as per Table 13.6.2d . (c)
Table 13.6.2a: Floor area adjustment factor
Table Notes
The total floor area is measured within the inside face of the external walls of the Class 1 building and includes (a)
any conditioned, attached Class 10a building.
Where values fall between ranges given, the floor area must be rounded up to the nearest whole square metres (b)
of floor area.
Table 13.6.2b : Energy factor (EF)
Table 13.6.2c : Swimming pool pump factor (FP) (kW/1000 litres.annum)
Pool pump
GEMS star
ratingACT NSW NT Qld SA Tas Vic WA
1 or
unrated0.056 0.060 0.028 0.046 0.068 0.061 0.049 0.063
1.5 0.048 0.050 0.023 0.039 0.057 0.052 0.041 0.053
2 0.041 0.044 0.020 0.034 0.050 0.045 0.036 0.046
2.5 0.037 0.039 0.018 0.030 0.044 0.040 0.032 0.041
3 0.033 0.035 0.016 0.027 0.039 0.035 0.028 0.036
3.5 0.029 0.031 0.014 0.024 0.035 0.032 0.025 0.033FS
Total floor
area m2Floor area
factorTotal floor area m
2Floor area
factorTotal floor area m
2Floor area
factorTotal floor area m
2Floor area
factor
<50 0.0123 160–169 0.0097 280–289 0.0087 400–409 0.0080
50–59 0.0119 170–179 0.0096 290–299 0.0086 410–419 0.0079
60–69 0.0116 180–189 0.0095 300–309 0.0085 420–429 0.0079
70–79 0.0113 190–199 0.0094 310–319 0.0085 430–439 0.0078
80–89 0.0111 200–209 0.0093 320–329 0.0084 440–449 0.0078
90–99 0.0108 210–219 0.0092 330–339 0.0083 450–459 0.0077
100–109 0.0106 220–229 0.0091 340–349 0.0083 460–469 0.0077
110–119 0.0105 230–239 0.0090 350–359 0.0082 470–479 0.0077
120–129 0.0103 240–249 0.0090 360–369 0.0082 480–489 0.0076
130–139 0.0101 250–259 0.0089 370–379 0.0081 490–499 0.0076
140–149 0.0100 260–269 0.0088 380–389 0.0081 500 0.0075
150–159 0.0099 270–279 0.0087 390–399 0.0080 — —
Climate
zoneACT NSW NT Qld SA Tas Vic WA
1 — — 1.91 2.77 — — — 3.25
2 — 1.32 — 1.78 — — — —
3 — — 1.23 2.46 — — — 2.87
4 — 1.80 — — 1.86 — 1.25 2.34
5 — 1.75 — 2.28 1.79 — — 2.35
6 — 2.40 — — 2.51 — 1.63 3.20
7 2.56 2.33 — — — 3.08 1.62 —
8 — 3.99 — — — 3.92 2.82 —13.6.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 405
Table 13.6.2d : Spa pump factor (FS) (kW/100 litres.annum)
Explanatory Information
The ABCB Standard for Whole-of-Home Efficiency Factors can be accessed at www.abcb.gov.au . Pool pump
GEMS star
ratingACT NSW NT Qld SA Tas Vic WA
4 0.026 0.028 0.013 0.021 0.032 0.029 0.023 0.029
4.5 0.024 0.025 0.012 0.019 0.029 0.026 0.021 0.027
5 0.022 0.023 0.011 0.018 0.026 0.023 0.019 0.024
5.5 0.020 0.021 0.010 0.016 0.023 0.021 0.017 0.022
6 0.018 0.019 0.009 0.014 0.021 0.019 0.015 0.020
6.5 0.016 0.017 0.008 0.013 0.019 0.017 0.014 0.018
7 0.014 0.015 0.007 0.012 0.017 0.016 0.012 0.016
7.5 0.013 0.013 0.006 0.010 0.015 0.014 0.011 0.014
8 0.011 0.012 0.006 0.009 0.014 0.012 0.010 0.013
8.5 0.010 0.011 0.005 0.008 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.011
9 0.009 0.009 0.004 0.007 0.011 0.010 0.008 0.010
9.5 0.008 0.008 0.004 0.006 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.009
10 0.007 0.007 0.003 0.005 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.007
Spa pump
GEMS star
ratingACT NSW NT Qld SA Tas Vic WA
All types 0.067 0.071 0.033 0.055 0.081 0.073 0.058 0.07513.6.2
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 406
NT Part 13.7
TAS Part 13.7
NSW 13.7.1
13.7 .1 Application of Part 13.7
[2019: 3.12.5]
(1) This Part applies to—
a Class 1 building; and (a)
a Class 10a building; and (b)
a Class 10b swimming pool associated with a Class 1 or 10a building. (c)
(2) Part 13.7 must be applied as directed in H6D2(2).
13.7 .2 Insulation of services
[2019: 3.12.5.1]
Thermal insulation for central heating water piping and heating and cooling ductwork must—
be protected against the effects of weather and sunlight; and (a)
be able to withstand the temperatures within the piping or ductwork; and (b)
use thermal insulation material in accordance with AS/NZS 4859.1. (c)
Explanatory Information
The central heating water piping provisions apply to systems designed to heat the building via water, such as a hydronic
heating system.
13.7 .3 Central heating water piping
[2019: 3.12.5.2]
(1) Central heating water piping that is not within a conditioned space must be thermally insulated to achieve the minimum
material R-Values as set out in (2) to (6).
(2) Internal piping including—
flow and return piping that is— (a)
within an unventilated wall space; or (i)
within an internal floor between storeys; or (ii)
between ceiling insulation and a ceiling; and (iii)
heated water piping encased within a concrete floor slab (except that which is part of a floor heating system), (b)
must, in all climate zones , have a minimum material R-Value of 0.4.
(3) Piping located within a ventilated wall space, an enclosed building subfloor or a roof space, including—
flow and return piping ; and (a)
cold water supply piping within 500 mm of the connection to the central water heating system; and (b)
relief valve piping within 500 mm of the connection to the central water heating system, (c)
must have a minimum material R-Value in accordance with (5). Part 13.7 Services
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 407(4) Piping located outside the building or in an unenclosed building subfloor or roof space, including—
flow and return piping ; and (a)
cold water supply piping within 500 mm of the connection to the central water heating system; and (b)
relief valve piping within 500 mm of the connection to the central water heating system, (c)
must have a minimum material R-Value in accordance with (6).
(5) Piping referred to in (3) must have a minimum material R-Value of—
in climate zones 1, 2, 3 and 5 — 0.6; and (a)
in climate zones 4, 6 and 7 — 0.9; and (b)
in climate zone 8 — 1.3. (c)
(6) Piping referred to in (4) must have a minimum material R-Value of—
in climate zones 1, 2, 3 and 5 — 0.6; and (a)
in climate zones 4, 6 and 7 — 1.3; and (b)
in climate zone 8 — 1.3. (c)
Explanatory Information
The insulation levels in Explanatory Table 13.7.3 are typical examples of materials that can be used to insulate •
central heating water piping calculated in accordance with AS/NZS 4859.1.
The R-Value is that of the insulation and not the Total R-Value of the pipe, air film and insulation. Where piping has •
a significant inherent R-Value it may be subtracted from the material R-Value required . However, the inherent R-
Value of most piping is not sufficient to satisfy the requirements of 13.7.3.
Piping within a timber member, such as that passing through a wall stud, is considered to have sufficient insulation •
for the purposes of 13.7.3.
Explanatory Table 13.7.3 provides examples for the R-Value of the insulation used for smaller diameter piping . •
Table 13.7 .3 ( explanatory) :R-Value of insulation used for smaller diameter piping
13.7 .4 Heating and cooling ductwork
[2019: 3.12.5.3]
(1) Heating and cooling ductwork and fittings must—
achieve the material R-Value in (4); and (a)
be sealed against air loss— (b)
by closing all openings in the surface, joints and seams of ductwork with adhesives, mastics, sealants or (i)
gaskets in accordance with
AS 4254.1 and AS 4254.2 for a Class C seal; or
for flexible ductwork, with a draw band in conjunction with a sealant or adhesive tape. (ii)
(2) Duct insulation must—
abut adjoining duct insulation to form a continuous barrier; and (a)
be installed so that it maintains its position and thickness, other than at flanges and supports; and (b)
where located outside the building, under a suspended floor
, in an attached Class 10a building or in a roof (c)Insulation R-Value
9 mm of closed cell polymer 0.4
13 mm of closed cell polymer 0.6
19 mm of closed cell polymer 0.9
25 mm of closed cell polymer 1.3
25 mm of glasswool 1.313.7 .3
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 408space—
be protected by an outer sleeve of protective sheeting to prevent the insulation becoming damp; and (i)
have the outer protective sleeve sealed with adhesive tape not less than 48 mm wide creating an airtight (ii)
and waterproof seal.
(3) The requirements of (1) do not apply to heating and cooling ductwork and fittings located within the insulated building
envelope including a service riser within the conditioned space , internal floors between storeys and the like.
(4) The material R-Value required by (1)(a) must be determined in accordance with the following:
In a heating-only system or cooling-only system including an evaporative cooling system— (a)
ductwork must have a minimum material R-Value of— (i)
in climate zones 1 to 7 — 1.0; and (A)
in climate zone 8 — 1.5; and (B)
fittings must have a minimum material R-Value of 0.4. (ii)
In a combined heating and refrigerated cooling system— (b)
ductwork must have a minimum material R-Value of— (i)
in climate zones 1, 3, 4, 6 and 7 — 1.5; and (A)
in climate zones 2 and 5 — 1.0; and (B)
in climate zone 8 — 1.5; and (C)
fittings must have a minimum material R-Value of 0.4. (ii)
For the purposes of (b)(i), the minimum material R-Value required for ductwork may be reduced by 0.5 for (c)
combined heating and refrigerated cooling systems in climate zones 1, 3, 4, 6 and 7 if the ducts are—
under a suspended floor with an enclosed perimeter; or (i)
in a roof space that has an insulation of greater than or equal to R0.5 directly beneath the roofing. (ii)
Explanatory Information
Ductwork within a fully insulated building may still benefit from insulation particularly when the system is only •
operating for short periods.
In some climate zones condensation may create problems with uninsulated ductwork, in which case insulation •
should still be considered.
An enclosed perimeter treatment means that the airspace under the floor is enclosed between ground and floor •
level by walls which have only the required subfloor vents.
Insulation for refrigerated cooling ductwork should have a vapour barrier to prevent possible damage by •
condensation.
The insulation levels in the Explanatory Tables 13.7.4a , 13.7.4b and 13.7.4c are typical examples of materials that •
can be used to insulate ductwork and the R-Values they contribute. Other methods are available for meeting the
minimum material R-Value required by 13.7.4(4). These values do not take into account all issues that may reduce
the effectiveness of insulation. AS/NZS 4859.1 should be used to confirm in-situ values.
For fittings, 11 mm polyurethane typically provides an R-Value of 0.4. •
Any flexible ductwork used for the transfer of products, initiating from a heat source that contains a flame, must •
also have the fire hazard properties required by H3D2(2).
Table 13.7 .4a ( explanat or y):R-Values for typical ductwork insulation materials – flexible ductwork
Insulating material and thickness R-Value
45 mm glasswool (11 kg/m3) 1.0
70 mm polyester (6.4 kg/m3) 1.0
63 mm glasswool (11 kg/m3) 1.5
90 mm polyester (8.9 kg/m3) 1.5
85 mm glasswool (11 kg/m3) 2.013.7 .4
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 409 Table 13.7 .4b ( explanatory) :R-Value for typical ductwork insulation materials – sheetmetal ductwork – ex -
ternal insulation
Table 13.7 .4c ( explanat or y):R-Values for typical ductwork insulation materials – sheetmetal ductwork – in -
ternal insulation
NSW 13.7.5
13.7 .5 Electric resistance space heating
[2019: 3.12.5.4]
An electric resistance space heating system that serves more than one room must have—
separate isolating switches for each room; and (a)
a separate temperature controller and time switch for each group of rooms with common heating needs; and (b)
power loads of not more than 110 W/m2 for living areas, and 150 W/m2 for bathrooms. (c)
NSW 13.7.6
13.7 .6 Artificial lighting
[2019: 3.12.5.5]
(1) The lamp power density or illumination power density of artificial lighting, excluding heaters that emit light, must not
exceed the allowance of—
5 W/m2 in a Class 1 building; and (a)
4 W/m2 on a verandah, balcony or the like attached to a Class 1 building; and (b)
3 W/m2 in a Class 10a building associated with a Class 1 building. (c)
(2) The illumination power density allowance in (1) may be increased by dividing it by the relevant illumination power
density adjustment factor for a control device in (6) as applicable.
(3) When designing the lamp power density or illumination power density , the power of the proposed installation must
be used rather than nominal allowances for exposed batten holders or luminaires.
(4) If halogen lamps are installed, they must be separately switched from fluorescent lamps.
(5) Artificial lighting around the perimeter of a building must—
be controlled by a daylight sensor; or (a)
have an average light source efficacy of not less than 40 Lumens/W. (b)
(6) The following illumination power density adjustment factors apply to control devices for artificial lighting:
Lighting timer for corridor lighting: 0.7. (a)
Motion detector — (b)Insulating material and thickness R-Value
38 mm glasswool (22 kg/m3) 1.0
50 mm polyester (20 kg/m3) 1.1
50 mm glasswool (22 kg/m3) 1.5
75 mm polyester (20 kg/m3) 1.7
Insulating material and thickness R-Value
38 mm glasswool (32 kg/m3) 1.0
50 mm polyester (32 kg/m3) 1.3
50 mm glasswool (32 kg/m3) 1.513.7 .4
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 4100.9, where — (i)
at least 75% of the area of a space is controlled by one or more motion detectors; or (A)
an area of less than 200 m2 is switched as a block by one or more motion detectors; and (B)
0.7, where up to 6 lights are switched as a block by one or more detectors; and (i)
0.55, where up to 2 lights are switched as a block by one or more detectors. (ii)Manual dimming system where not less than 75% of the area of a space is controlled by manually operated
(c)
dimmers: 0.85.
Programmable dimming system where not less than 75% of the area of a space is controlled by programmable (d)
dimmers: 0.85.
Dynamic dimming system, with automatic compensation for lumen depreciation, the design lumen depreciation (e)
factor is not less than —
0.9 for fluorescent lights; or (i)
0.8 for high pressure discharge lights. (ii)Fixed dimming where at least 75% of the area is controlled by fixed dimmers that reduce the overall lighting
(f)
level and the power consumption of the lighting — equal to the % of full power to which the dimmer is set divided
by 0.95.
Daylight sensor and dynamic lighting control device, with dimmed or stepped switching of lights adjacent to (g)
windows :
Lights within the space adjacent to windows other than roof lights for a distance from the window equal to (i)
the depth of the floor at window head height: 0.5.
Lights within the space adjacent to roof lights : 0.6. (ii)
(7) For the purposes of (6)(c), manual dimming is where lights are controlled by a knob, slider or other mechanism or
where there are pre-selected scenes that are manually selected.
(8) For the purposes of (6)(d), programmed dimming is where pre-selected scenes or levels are automatically selected
by the time of day
, photoelectric cell or occupancy sensor.
(9) For the purposes of (6)(e), dynamic dimming is where the lighting level is varied automatically by a photoelectric cell
to either proportionately compensate for the availability of daylight or the lumen depreciation of the lamps.
(10) For the purposes of (6)(f), fixed dimming is where lights are controlled to a level and that level cannot be adjusted by
the user
.
(1
1)For the purposes of (6)(g)(i) and (ii), the illumination power density adjustment factor is only applied to lights controlled
by that item — this adjustment factor does not apply to tungsten halogen or other incandescent sources.
Explanatory Information
There are two approaches available for achieving compliance with (1) in Class 1 and associated Class 10a buildings.•
These are through the determination of the lamp power density or the illumination power density .
The first step in achieving compliance is to determine the relevant lamp power density or illumination power density •
allowance. Generally, the lamp power density or illumination power density is the relevant value in (1)(a), (b) or (c),
however the illumination power density allowance can be increased in accordance with (2) if a control device is
used.
When illumination power density and one or more control devices are used, the adjustment factor is only applied •
to the space(s) served by the control device. The adjusted allowance for this space is then combined with the
allowances for the remaining spaces using an area weighted average, which subsequently increases the allowance
provided in (1)(a), (b) or (c).
Where no control device is used the adjustment factor is equal to 1.•
The second step in achieving compliance is to assess the overall lamp power density or overall illumination power •
density of the building.
The overall lamp power density is calculated by adding the maximum power ratings of all of the permanently wired •
lamps in a space and dividing this sum by the area of the space.
The overall illumination power density is calculated by adding the illumination power load for each space and dividing •
this sum by the area of the space.13.7 .6
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 411Control device factors in (2) are only applied to the illumination power density , not the overall illumination power •
density .
To comply with (1), the overall lamp power density or overall illumination power density must be less than or equal •
to the allowance.
Trading of allowances between (1)(a), (b) and (c) is not permitted. •
(1)(b) includes outdoor living spaces such as verandahs, balconies, patios, alfresco spaces or the like that are •
attached to a Class 1 building.
The artificial lighting requirements in 13.7.6 are to be read in conjunction with the artificial lighting requirements in •
10.5.2 .
The artificial lighting around the perimeter of a building does not need to comply to a maximum power density as •
neither the lighting required or the area of the space can be easily defined. Instead, external lights are required to
be controlled by daylight sensors or to be efficient.
In (4), separate switching is required for halogen lamps to facilitate less frequent usage. This is because they are •
significantly less energy efficient that fluorescent lamps.
NSW 13.7.7
13.7.7 Water heater in a heated water supply system
[2019: 3.12.5.6]
A water heater in a heated water supply system must be designed and installed in accordance with Part B2 of NCC Volume
Three — Plumbing Code of Australia.
NSW 13.7.8
13.7 .8 Swimming pool heating and pumping
[2019: 3.12.5.7]
(1) Heating for a swimming pool must be by—
a solar heater not boosted by electric resistance heating; or (a)
a heater using reclaimed energy; or (b)
a gas heater; or (c)
a heat pump; or (d)
a combination of (a) to (d). (e)
(2) Where some or all of the heating required by (1) is by a gas heater or a heat pump, the swimming pool must have—
a cover with a minimum R-Value of 0.05, unless located in a conditioned space ; and (a)
a time switch to control the operation of the heater. (b)
(3) A time switch must be provided to control the operation of a circulation pump for a swimming pool .
(4) For the purposes of 13.7.8, a swimming pool does not include a spa pool.
NSW 13.7.9
13.7 .9 Spa pool heating and pumping
[2019: 3.12.5.8]
(1) Heating for a spa pool that shares a water recirculation system with a swimming pool must be by—
a solar heater; or (a)
a heater using reclaimed energy; or (b)
a gas heater; or (c)13.7 .6
(1 May 2023)
Energy efficiency
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 412a heat pump; or (d)
a combination of (a) to (d). (e)
(2) Where some or all of the heating required by (1) is by a gas heater or a heat pump, the spa pool must have—
a cover; and (a)
a push button and a time switch to control the operation of the heater
. (b)
(3) A
time switch must be provided to control the operation of a circulation pump for a spa pool having a capacity of 680
L
or more.13.7 .9
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 413Schedule 1 Definitions
Abbreviations
Symbols
Glossary
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 414
Abbreviation Definitions
ABCB Australian Building Codes Board
AC Alternating Current
ACC Acrylic conformal coating
ACL Acrylic latex
ACP Aluminium Composite Panel
AIRAH Australian Institute of Refrigeration, Air conditioning and Heating
ANSI American National Standards Institute
AS Australian Standard
ASET Available Safe Egress Time
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
BAL Bushfire Attack Level
BCA Building Code of Australia
BE Fire blocks evacuation route
CAN National Standard of Canada
CCT Correlated Colour Temperature
CF Challenging fire
CHF Critical Heat Flux
CIBSE Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers
CRF Critical Radiant Flux
CRI Colour Rendering Index
CS Fire starts in a concealed space
CSHGCConstant for solar heat gain
CSIRO Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation
CUConstant for conductance
DC Direct Current
FED Fractional Effective Dose
FI Fire brigade intervention
FRL Fire Resistance Level
FZ Flame Zone
GEMS Greenhouse and Energy Minimum Standards
GRP Glass fibre reinforced polyester
HDG Hot dip galvanising
HRR Heat Release Rate
HS Horizontal fire spread
IS Rapid fire spread involving internal surface linings
ISO International Organisation for Standardisation
IZS Inorganic zinc silicate
LED Light-Emitting Diode
MEPS Minimum Energy Performance StandardsAbbreviations
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 415Abbreviation Definitions
NABERS National Australian Built Environment Rating System
NASH National Association of Steel-Framed Housing
NATA National Association of Testing Authorities Australia
NatHERS Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme
NCC National Construction Code
NSF National Sanitation Foundation
PBDB Performance-based design brief
PCA Plumbing Code of Australia
PMV Predicted Mean Vote
ppm parts per million
PUR Polyurethane
PVC Polyvinyl chloride
RC Robustness check
RSET Required Safe Egress Time
RWWeighted sound reduction index
SF Smouldering fire
SHGC Solar Heat Gain Coefficient
SL Square mesh
SS Structural stability and other property
STC Sound Transmission Class
TM Trench mesh
UF Unexpected catastrophic failure
UPVC Unplasticized polyvinyl chloride
UT Fire in normally unoccupied room threatening occupants of other rooms
U-Value Thermal transmittance
VS Vertical fire spread involving external cladding or external openings
WC Water closet
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 416
Symbols Definitions
° degree(s)
°C degree(s) Celsius
°CDB degree(s) Celsius Dry Bulb
°CWB degree(s) Celsius Wet Bulb
-e/MJ equivalent per Megajoule(s)
μm micrometre
µg/N.s Micrograms per newton-second
dB(A) decibels “A” scale weighting network
f’c Characteristic compressive strength of concrete at 28 days
f’y Yield stress used in design
G Permanent load
J Joule(s)
J/kg.K Joules per kilogram degree Kelvin
J/s.m2Joules per second square metre
K Kelvin(s)
kg kilogram(s)
kg/m kilogram(s) per metre
kg/m2kilogram(s) per square metre
kg/m3kilogram(s) per cubic metre
kJ/m2.hour kilojoules per square metre hour
km kilometre(s)
kPa kilopascal(s)
kW/m2kilowatt(s) per square metre
kWheatingkilowatt(s) of heating
kWr kilowatt(s) of refrigeration
L litre(s)
L/min litre(s) per minute
L/s litre(s) per second
L/s.m2litre(s) per second square metre
Lumens/W Lumens per Watt
lx lux
m metre(s)
m/s metre(s) per second
m2square metre(s)
m2.K/W square metre Kelvin(s) per Watt
m3cubic metre(s)
m3/hour cubic metre(s) per hour
m3/s cubic metre(s) per second
mcd/m2millicandelas per square metre
min minute(s)Symbols
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 417Symbols Definitions
MJ/hour Megajoules per hour
MJ/m2.annum Megajoules per square metre annum
mm millimetre(s)
mm2square millimetre(s)
MW megawatt(s)
N newton(s)
N/m Newton(s) per metre
Pa pascal(s)
Pa/m pascal(s) per metre
Q Imposed load
s second(s)
ULS Ultimate limit state
V Volt(s)
W Watt(s)
Winput powerWatts of input power
Wr/Winput powerWatts of thermal refrigeration per watt of input power
W/kWrejWatts per kilowatt of heat rejected
Wm-1K-1Watts per metre degree Kelvin
W/m2Watts per square metre
°south degree south
% percent
> greater than
< less than
≤ less than or equal to
≥ equal to or more than
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 418
Above ground rainwater tank: A rainwater tank that is not in any way set into the ground.
Accessible: Having features to enable use by people with a disability.
Accessway: A continuous accessible path of travel (as defined in AS 1428.1) to, into or within a building.
Accredited Testing Laboratory: One of the following:
An organisation accredited by the National Association of Testing Authorities Australia (NATA) to undertake the (a)
relevant tests.
An organisation outside Australia accredited to undertake the relevant tests by an authority recognised by NATA (b)
through a mutual recognition agreement.
An organisation recognised as being an Accredited Testing Laboratory under legislation at the time the test was (c)
undertaken.
Activity support level: The degree to which occupants can undertake activities with respect to the likely activity traits
and occupant traits .
Explanatory Information
This term is used to articulate whether the height of a room or space is sufficient and by what degree. This is achieved
by having regard to the room or space’s intended use by occupants, through consideration of the defined terms ‘ activity
traits ’ and ‘ occupant traits ’.
Activity traits: For the purposes of—
Volume One, the features of the activities that will be undertaken in a habitable room or space; or (a)
Volume Two, the features of the activities that will be undertaken in a room or space. (b)
Explanatory Information
This term is used to describe the characteristics of the activities that will be undertaken in a room or space.
For example, the activities likely to be undertaken in a bedroom, and the associated features are—
sleeping — a person laying horizontally; and •
resting — a person laying horizontally or sitting upright on the bed; and •
leisure activities, such as reading a book — a person sitting upright on the bed, with enough space to stretch •
their arms vertically; and
dressing/changing clothes — a person standing with enough space to stretch their arms vertically. •
Administering body: The body responsible for administering the WaterMark Certification Scheme .
Aged care building: A Class 9c building for residential accommodation of aged persons who, due to varying degrees of
incapacity associated with the ageing process, are provided with personal care services and 24 hour staff assistance
to evacuate the building during an emergency.
NSW Aisle
SA Agriculture
Air-conditioning: For the purposes of Section J of Volume One, a service that actively cools or heats the air within a
space, but does not include a service that directly—
cools or heats cold or hot rooms; or (a)
maintains specialised conditions for equipment or processes, where this is the main purpose of the service . (b)
Alarm zone: For the purposes of Specification 23, an area of a building protected by one or more smoke alarms connected
to one alarm circuit.
Alpine area: An area given in Figure 1 and in Table 1 for specific locations, and is—
likely to be subject to significant snowfalls; and (a)Glossary
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 419in New South Wales, the ACT or Victoria more than 1200 m above the Australian Height Datum; and (b)
in Tasmania more than 900 m above the Australian Height Datum. (c)
Table 1: Alpine areas where snow loads are significant
Location Map identifier
Kiandra (NSW) 1
Mount Kosciuszko (NSW) 2
Perisher Valley (NSW) 3
Thredbo (NSW) 4
Cabramurra (NSW) 5
Charlotte Pass Village (NSW) 6
Diggers Creek (NSW) 7
Guthega Village (NSW) 8
Mount Blue Cow (NSW) 9
Mount Selwyn (NSW) 10
Perisher Range (NSW) 11
Rules Point (NSW) 12
Sawpit Creek (NSW) 13
Smiggin Holes (NSW) 14
Smiggin Range (NSW) 15
Three Mile Dam (NSW) 16
Wilsons Valley (NSW) 17
Falls Creek (Vic.), including Summit Area, Sun Valley and
Village Bowl18
Mount Baw Baw (Vic.) 19
Mount Buffalo (Vic.), including Chalet, Dingo Dell and
Tatra20
Mount Buller (Vic.), including Baldy and Village 21
Mount Hotham (Vic.), including Davenport and Village
Centre22
Dinner Plain (Vic.) 23
Lake Mountain (Vic.) 24
Mount Stirling (Vic.) 25
Ben Lomond Ski Field (Tas.) 26
Cradle Valley (Tas.) 27
Great Lake Area (Tas.) 28
Mount Field Ski Field (Tas.) 29
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 420 Figure 1: Alpine areas
Figure Notes
This map is approximate only and altitude above Australian Height Datum must be used to determine whether the building
falls into an alpine area region.
Explanatory Information
Alpine areas are located in New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania.
Alpine areas are areas 1200 m or more above Australian Height Datum (AHD) for New South Wales, Australian Capital
Territory and Victoria, and 900 m or more above AHD for Tasmania, as shown in Figure 1.
Alpine areas are considered to receive significant snowfalls (snowfalls that result in an average snow accumulation on Northern Tableland
Central Tableland
Sydney32º
34º
36º
38º150º 148º148º144º
142º40º
42ºMelbourne21
24
1925222023185161
6
210
12
89
41711 151413Southern Tableland73
Alpine >1200 m (NSW, ACT
and Vic), >900 m (Tas)
2728
26
29
HobartLEGEND:
Alpine
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 421the ground of 175 mm or greater). Regions in New South Wales, the Australian Capital Territory and Victoria between
600 – 1200 m AHD are considered to be sub-alpine areas and may receive significant snowfalls, however unlike alpine
areas the snow is unlikely to accumulate.
It is recommended that the appropriate authority be consulted to determine whether the building is located in an alpine
area. AS/NZS 1170.3 also contains further detail in the identification of alpine areas and the altitude of the alpine regions
of Australia.
In the Australian Capital Territory, Canberra is not designated as an alpine area as snow loads are not considered
significant.
Alteration: In relation to a building, includes an addition or extension to a building.
Aluminium Composite Panel (ACP): Flat or profiled aluminium sheet material in composite with any type of materials.
Amenity: An attribute which contributes to the health, physical independence, comfort and well-being of people.
Ancillary element: An element that is secondary to and not an integral part of another element to which it is attached.
Annual exceedance probability: The probability that a given rainfall total accumulated over a given duration will be
exceeded in any one year.
Annual greenhouse gas emissions: The theoretical amount of greenhouse gas emissions attributable to the energy
used annually by a building’s services , excluding kitchen exhaust and the like.
Appropriate authority: For the purposes of the Fire Safety Verification Method, means the relevant authority with the
statutory responsibility to determine the particular matter satisfies the relevant Performance Requirement .
Explanatory Information
The Appropriate Authority is typically the building surveyor or building certifier charged with the statutory responsibility
to determine building compliance and issue the building permit / approval and occupancy certificate / approval.
NSW Appropriate authority
Appropriate authority: The relevant authority with the statutory responsibility to determine the particular matter.
Appropriately qualified person: A person recognised by the appropriate authority as having qualifications and/or
experience in the relevant discipline in question.
Approved disposal system: A system for the disposal of sewage, sullage or stormwater approved by an authority having
jurisdiction.
Articulated masonry: Masonry construction in which special provisions have been made for movement by articulation.
NSW Assembly building
SA Assembly building
Assembly building: A building where people may assemble for—
civic, theatrical, social, political or religious purposes including a library, theatre, public hall or place of worship; (a)
or
educational purposes in a school , early childhood centre , preschool, or the like; or (b)
entertainment, recreational or sporting purposes including— (c)
a discotheque, nightclub or a bar area of a hotel or motel providing live entertainment or containing a dance (i)
floor; or
a cinema; or (ii)
a sports stadium, sporting or other club; or (iii)transit purposes including a bus station, railway station, airport or ferry terminal. (d)
Assessment Method: A method that can be used for determining that a
Performance Solution or Deemed-to-Satisfy
Solution complies with the Performance Requirements .
Assumed cooling thermostat set point: The cooling thermostat set point used to calculate cooling degree hours , and
equal to , where is the mean January outdoor air temperature measured in degrees Celsius.
Atrium: A space within a building that connects 2 or more storeys and— 178031Tm Tm
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 422is enclosed at the top by a floor or roof (including a glazed roof structure); and (a)
includes any adjacent part of the building not separated by an appropriate barrier to fire; but (b)
does not include a stairwell, rampwell or the space within a shaft ; and (c)
for the purposes of (a) a space is considered enclosed if the area of the enclosing floor or roof is greater than (d)
50% of the area of the space, measured in plan, of any of the storeys connected by the space.
Atrium well: A space in an atrium bounded by the perimeter of the openings in the floors or by the perimeter of the floors
and the external walls .
NSW Auditorium
Automatic: Designed to operate when activated by a heat, smoke or fire sensing device.
Available safe egress time (ASET)
The time between ignition of a fire and the onset of untenable conditions in a specific part of a building. (1)
The time referred to in (1) is the calculated interval between the time of ignition of a fire and the time at which (2)
conditions become such that the occupant is unable to take effective action to escape to a place of safety.
Average daylight factor: The ratio of the illumination level within a room provided by daylight to the level of daylight
outside the building during overcast conditions.
Average specific extinction area: The average specific extinction area for smoke as determined by AS 5637.1.
Backflow prevention device: An air gap, break tank or mechanical device that is designed to prevent the unplanned
reversal of flow of water or contaminants into the water service or a Network Utility Operator’s water supply.
Backpressure: A reversal of water flow caused by the downstream pressure becoming greater than the supply pressure.
Backsiphonage: A reversal of flow of water caused by negative pressure in the distributing pipes of a water service or
supply.
Backstage: A space associated with, and adjacent to, a stage in a Class 9b building for scenery, props, equipment,
dressing rooms, or the like.
Battery system: One or more chemical cells connected in series, parallel or a combination of the two for the purpose of
electrical energy storage.
Blockage: An obstruction within a water service or sanitary plumbing or drainage system.
Boiler: A vessel or an arrangement of vessels and interconnecting parts, wherein steam or other vapour is generated, or
water or other liquid is heated at a pressure above that of the atmosphere, by the application of fire, the products of
combustion, electrical power, or similar high temperature means, and—
includes superheaters, reheaters, economisers, boiler piping, supports, mountings, valves, gauges, fittings, (a)
controls, the boiler settings and directly associated equipment; but
excludes a fully flooded or pressurised system where water or other liquid is heated to a temperature lower than (b)
the normal atmospheric boiling temperature of the liquid.
Bond breaker: A material used as part of a waterproofing system that prevents the membrane bonding to the substrate,
bedding or lining.
Breaking surf: Any area of salt water in which waves break on an average of at least 4 days per week but does not
include white caps or choppy water.
Explanatory Information
Breaking surf normally occurs in areas exposed to the open sea. Breaking surf does not normally occur in sheltered
areas, such as that which occurs around Port Phillip Bay, Sydney Harbour, Swan River, Derwent River and similar
locations.
Building complexity criteria: Are used to determine the building complexity level of all or part of a building in accordance
with Table 2 , where building complexity criteria are as follows:
Attributes — the building is designed or constructed with any of the following sub-criteria: (a)
An effective height of more than 25 m. (i)
One or more Performance Solutions are used to demonstrate compliance with the Performance (ii)
Requirements relating to material and systems for structural safety.
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 423One or more Performance Solutions are used to demonstrate compliance with the Performance (iii)
Requirements relating to material and systems for fire safety.
Is located in an area prone to natural disaster or adverse environmental conditions. (iv)
Class 2 — all or part of the building is Class 2 of three or more storeys . (b)
Occupant numbers — the building is to be occupied by more than 100 people determined in accordance with (c)
D2D18.
Occupant characteristics — the building is to be occupied by more than 10 people who will require assistance (d)
to evacuate the building in an emergency.
Importance Level — the building is determined to be Importance Level 4 or 5. (e)
Notes
The NCC currently does not include corresponding technical requirements relating to the defined term ‘building
complexity criteria’ and the various building complexity levels. It is intended that these terms will be integrated into future
editions of the NCC.
Table 2: Building complexity level
Buried rainwater tank: A rainwater tank that is set into and completely covered by earth.
Burnout: Exposure to fire for a time that includes fire growth , full development, and decay in the absence of intervention
or automatic suppression, beyond which the fire is no longer a threat to building elements intended to perform
loadbearing or fire separation functions, or both.
SA Brush fence
SA Bulk grain storage facility
Carpark: A building that is used for the parking of motor vehicles but is neither a private garage nor used for the servicing
of vehicles, other than washing, cleaning or polishing.
Cavity: A void between 2 leaves of masonry, or in masonry veneer construction, a void between a leaf of masonry and
the supporting frame.
Cavity wall: For the purposes of F3V1 and H2V1, a wall that incorporates a drained cavity.
SA Cell type silo
TAS Centre-based care class 4 facility
TAS Centre-based care class 5 facility
Certificate of Accreditation: A certificate issued by a State or Territory accreditation authority stating that the properties
and performance of a building material or method of construction or design fulfil specific requirements of the NCC.
Certificate of Conformity: A certificate issued under the ABCB scheme for products and systems certification stating
that the properties and performance of a building material or method of construction or design fulfil specific
requirements of the NCC.
Certification body: A person or organisation operating in the field of material, product, form of construction or design Building complexity level Criteria
Low The building meets only one of the following building
complexity criteria : (a) (Attributes), (b) (Class 2), (c)
(Occupant numbers) or (d) (Occupant characteristics)
Medium The building meets two of the following building
complexity criteria : (a) (Attributes), (b) (Class 2), (c)
(Occupant numbers) or (d) (Occupant characteristics)
High The building meets three of the following building
complexity criteria : (a) (Attributes), (b) (Class 2), (c)
(Occupant numbers) or (d) (Occupant characteristics)
Very high The building meets all of the following building complexity
criteria : (a) (Attributes), (b) (Class 2), (c) (Occupant
numbers) and (d) (Occupant characteristics); or (e)
(Building Importance Level 4 or 5)
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 424certification that has been accredited by the Joint Accreditation System of Australia and New Zealand (JAS-ANZ),
and is accredited for a purpose other than as part of the CodeMark Australia Certification Scheme or WaterMark
Certification Scheme .
Characteristic: The occupant data to be used in the modelling of access solutions which define how an occupant interacts
with a building, i.e. occupant movement speeds, turning ability, reach capability, perception of luminance contrast
and hearing threshold.
VIC Children’s service
Clad frame: Timber or metal frame construction with exterior timber or sheet wall cladding that is not sensitive to minor
movement and includes substructure masonry walls up to 1.5 m high.
Climate zone: An area defined in Figure 2 and in Table 3 for specific locations, having energy efficiency provisions based
on a range of similar climatic characteristics.
Table 3: Climate zones for thermal design
State Location Climate zone
ACT Canberra 7
NSW Albury 4
NSW Armidale 7
NSW Batemans Bay 6
NSW Bathurst 7
NSW Bega 6
NSW Bellingen Shire - Dorrigo Plateau 7
NSW Bellingen Shire - Valley & seaboard 2
NSW Bourke 4
NSW Broken Hill 4
NSW Byron Bay 2
NSW Cobar 4
NSW Coffs Harbour 2
NSW Dubbo 4
NSW Goulburn 7
NSW Grafton 2
NSW Griffith 4
NSW Ivanhoe 4
NSW Lismore 2
NSW Lord Howe Island 2
NSW Moree 4
NSW Newcastle 5
NSW Nowra 6
NSW Orange 7
NSW Perisher - Smiggins 8
NSW Port Macquarie 5
NSW Sydney East 5
NSW Sydney West 6
NSW Tamworth 4
NSW Thredbo 8
NSW Wagga Wagga 4
NSW Williamtown 5
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 425State Location Climate zone
NSW Wollongong 5
NSW Yass 6
NT Alice Springs 3
NT Darwin 1
NT Elliot 3
NT Katherine 1
NT Renner Springs 3
NT Tennant Creek 3
QLD Birdsville 3
QLD Brisbane 2
QLD Bundaberg 2
QLD Cairns 1
QLD Cooktown 1
QLD Cunnamulla 3
QLD Gladstone 2
QLD Hervey Bay 2
QLD Hughenden 3
QLD Longreach 3
QLD Mackay 2
QLD Mount Isa 3
QLD Normanton 1
QLD Rockhampton 2
QLD Roma 3
QLD Southport 2
QLD Toowoomba 5
QLD Townsville 1
QLD Warwick 5
QLD Weipa 1
SA Adelaide 5
SA Bordertown 6
SA Ceduna 5
SA Cook 4
SA Elliston 5
SA Kingscote 6
SA Leigh Creek 5
SA Lobethal 6
SA Loxton 5
SA Naracoorte 6
SA Marree 4
SA Mount Gambier 6
SA Murray Bridge 6
SA Oodnadatta 4
SA Port Augusta 4
SA Port Lincoln 5
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 426State Location Climate zone
SA Renmark 5
SA Tarcoola 4
SA Victor Harbour 6
SA Whyalla 4
TAS Burnie 7
TAS Bicheno 7
TAS Deloraine 7
TAS Devonport 7
TAS Flinders Island 7
TAS Hobart 7
TAS Huonville 7
TAS King Island 7
TAS Launceston 7
TAS New Norfolk 7
TAS Oatlands 7
TAS Orford 7
TAS Rossarden 7
TAS Smithton 7
TAS St Marys 7
TAS Zeehan 7
VIC Anglesea 6
VIC Ararat 7
VIC Bairnsdale 6
VIC Ballarat 7
VIC Benalla 6
VIC Bendigo 6
VIC Bright 7
VIC Colac 6
VIC Dandenong 6
VIC Echuca 4
VIC Geelong 6
VIC Hamilton 7
VIC Horsham 6
VIC Melbourne 6
VIC Mildura 4
VIC Portland 6
VIC Sale 6
VIC Shepparton 4
VIC Swan Hill 4
VIC Traralgon 6
VIC Wangaratta 7
VIC Warrnambool 6
VIC Wodonga 6
WA Albany 6
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 427
Figure 2: Climate zones for thermal design
Figure Notes
This map can be viewed in enlargeable form on the ABCB website at abcb.gov.au . (1)
A Zone 4 area in South Australia, other than a council area, at an altitude greater than 300 m above the (2)State Location Climate zone
WA Balladonia 4
WA Broome 1
WA Bunbury 5
WA Carnarvon 3
WA Christmas Island 1
WA Cocos Island 1
WA Derby 1
WA Esperance 5
WA Exmouth 1
WA Geraldton 5
WA Halls Creek 3
WA Kalgoorlie-Boulder 4
WA Karratha 1
WA Meekatharra 4
WA Northam 4
WA Pemberton 6
WA Perth 5
WA Port Hedland 1
WA Wagin 4
WA Wyndham 1
Lord Howe Island
SydneyBrisbaneDarwin
Perth
Adelaide
Canberra
HobartMelbourneWollongongNewcastle
Launceston
Swansea
SouthportDevonport
StrahanAlice Springs
Whyalla
Burra
Renmark
Mount GambierBunbury
Margaret RiverYalgoo
Merredin
NewdegateEuclaW arbur ton
Wiluna
Kalgoorlie–BoulderGeraldton
Mildura
Horsham
Lakes EntranceBallaratBroken Hill
Albury–Wodonga
SheppartonPort Macquarie
DubboMount IsaTownsville
Mackay
Rockhampton
Maryborough
Bourke
Ivanhoe
GriffithBathurstCoffs HarbourCoober Pedy
Leigh Creek
NullarborWyndham
BroomeDerby
NewmanTelfer
NorsemanPort Hedland
CarnarvonExmouthDampier
Gascoyne
Junction
Esperance
AlbanyCeduna
Port Lincoln
Kingscote
Kingston SEKatherine
Tennant CreekCairnsCooktown
GoondiwindiTaroomLongreach
CharlevilleBirdsvilleBurketown
Thargomindah
TibooburraTimber Creek
Borroloola
Elliot
Yulara
Amata
Oodnadatta
InnaminckaKulgeraOenpelliNhulunbuy
Zone 1
Zone 2
Zone 3
Zone 4Zone 5
Zone 6
Zone 7
Zone 8
Local Government Area boundary
Developed from a map produced
by the Bureau of Meteorology
VC00031.340°
145°145°
140°140°
135°135°
130°130°
125°125°
120°120°
115°115°
110°110°
105° 150°150°
155°155°
160°160°
165°40°35°35°30°30°25°25°20°20°15°15°10°10°
Last amended: August 2015Halls Creek
Climate Zones
www.abcb.gov.auTamworthWeipa
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 428Australian Height Datum is to be considered as Zone 5.
The areas referred to in (2) have been defined in an enlarged format on the following maps produced by the (3)
Department of Planning, Transport and Infrastructure (these maps can be viewed on the Government of South
Australia website at www.sa.gov.au ):
Adelaide Hills Climate Zone Map. (a)
Barossa Council Climate Zone Map. (b)
Regional Council of Goyder Climate Zone Map. (c)
Locations in climate zone 8 are in alpine areas . (4)
Combustible: Applied to—
a material — means combustible as determined by AS 1530.1; and (a)
construction or part of a building — means constructed wholly or in part of combustible materials. (b)
VIC Combustible cladding product
Common wall: For the purposes of—
Volume One, a wall that is common to adjoining buildings. (a)
Volume Two and the ABCB Housing Provisions, a wall that is common to adjoining buildings other than Class 1 (b)
buildings.
Condensation: The formation of moisture on the surface of a building element or material as a result of moist air coming
into contact with a surface which is at a lower temperature.
Conditioned space: For the purposes of—
Volume One, a space within a building, including a ceiling or under-floor supply air plenum or return air plenum, (a)
where the environment is likely, by the intended use of the space, to have its temperature controlled by air-
conditioning ; or
Volume Two, a space within a building that is heated or cooled by the building’s domestic services , excluding a (b)
non-habitable room in which a heater with a capacity of not more than 1.2 kW or 4.3 MJ/hour is installed.
Construction activity actions: Actions due to stacking of building materials or the use of equipment, including cranes
and trucks, during construction or actions which may be induced by floor to floor propping.
Containment protection: The installation of a backflow prevention device at the point of connection of a Network Utility
Operator’s water supply to a site.
Contaminant: Any substance (including gases, liquids, solids or micro-organisms), energy (excluding noise) or heat, that
either by itself or in combination with the same, similar or other substances, energy or heat, changes or is likely to
change the physical, chemical or biological condition of water.
NSW Continental seating
Controlled fill: Material that has been placed and compacted in layers with compaction equipment (such as a vibrating
plate) within a defined moisture range to a defined density requirement.
Cooling degree hours: For any one hour when the mean outdoor air temperature is above the assumed cooling
thermostat set point , the degree Celsius air temperature difference between the mean outdoor air temperature and
the assumed cooling thermostat set point .
Cooling load: The calculated amount of energy removed from the cooled spaces of the building annually by artificial
means to maintain the desired temperatures in those spaces.
Critical radiant flux (CRF): The critical heat flux at extinguishment (CHF in kW/m2) as determined by AS ISO 9239.1.
Cross-connection: Any actual or potential connection between a water supply and any contaminant .
NSW Cross-over
Curtain wall: A non- loadbearing external wall that is not a panel wall .
Daily outdoor temperature range: The difference between the maximum and minimum temperatures that occur in a
day.
Damp-proof course (DPC): A continuous layer of impervious material placed in a masonry wall or pier, or between a wall
or pier and a floor, to prevent the upward or downward migration of water.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions: Provisions which are deemed to satisfy the Performance Requirements .
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 429Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution: A method of satisfying the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions .
Defined flood event (DFE): The flood event selected for the management of flood hazard for the location of specific
development as determined by the appropriate authority .
Defined flood level (DFL): The flood level associated with a defined flood event relative to a specified datum (see Figure
3).
Figure 3: Identification of defined flood level, flood hazard level and freeboard
Dehumidification gram hours: For any one hour when the mean humidity is more than 15.7g/kg, the grams per kilogram
of absolute humidity difference between the mean outdoor absolute humidity and 15.7g/kg.
NSW Designated bushfire prone area
Designated bushfire prone area: Land which has been designated under a power of legislation as being subject, or
likely to be subject, to bushfires.
Design bushfire: The characteristics of a bushfire, its initiation, spread and development, which arises from weather
conditions, topography and fuel (vegetation) in a given setting, used to determine fire actions .
Design fire: The quantitative description of a representation of a fire within the design scenario .
Design scenario: The specific scenario of which the sequence of events is quantified and a fire safety engineering analysis
is conducted against.
WA Design wind speed
Design wind speed: The design gust wind speed for the area where the building is located, calculated in accordance
with AS/NZS 1170.2 or AS 4055 (see Table 4 for wind classes). Habitable floor area
Non-habitable floor areaHabitable floor level
Non-habitable floor levelFlood
hazard level
Definedflood levelFreeboard
Not more
than 1.0 m
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 430 Table 4: Wind classes
Table Notes
Wind classification map identifying wind regions is contained in ABCB Housing Provisions Part 2.2 (see Figure (1)
2.2.3 ).
Information on wind classes for particular areas may be available from the appropriate authority . (2)
“N” = non-cyclonic winds and “C” = cyclonic winds. (3)
Detention centre: A building in which persons are securely detained by means of the built structure including a prison,
remand centre, juvenile detention centre, holding cells or psychiatric detention centre.
NSW Development consent
Direct fix cladding wall: For the purposes of F3V1 and H2V1, means a wall with cladding attached directly to the wall
framing without the use of a drained cavity.
Discontinuous construction: Means—
a wall having a minimum 20 mm cavity between 2 separate leaves, and— (a)
for masonry, where wall ties are used to connect leaves, the ties are of the resilient type; and (i)
for other than masonry, there is no mechanical linkage between the leaves, except at the periphery; and (ii)
a staggered stud wall is not deemed to be discontinuous construction. (b)
Display glazing: Glazing used to display retail goods in a shop or showroom directly adjacent to a walkway or footpath,
but not including that used in a café or restaurant.
Domestic services: The basic engineering systems that use energy or control the use of energy; and—
includes— (a)
heating, air-conditioning , mechanical ventilation and artificial lighting; and (i)
pumps and heaters for swimming pools and spa pools; and (ii)
heated water systems; and (iii)
on-site renewable energy equipment; but (iv)
excludes cooking facilities and portable appliances. (b)
Drainage: Any part of—
a sanitary drainage system, including any liquid trade waste drainage; or (a)
a stormwater drainage system. (b)
Drainage flange: A flange connected to a waste pipe, at the point at which it passes through the floor substrate, to prevent
leakage and which enables tile bed drainage into the waste pipe.
Drainage riser: A waste pipe between the floor waste and the drainage system.
Drinking water: Water intended primarily for human consumption but which has other domestic uses.
Explanatory Information
See also the Australian Drinking Water Guidelines produced by the National Health and Medical Research Council.
TAS Early childhood centre
VIC Early childhood centre
Early childhood centre: Any premises or part thereof providing or intending to provide a centre-based education and
care service within the meaning of the Education and Care Services National Law Act 2010 (Vic), the Education and
Care Services National Regulations and centre-based services that are licensed or approved under State and Territory
children’s services law, but excludes education and care primarily provided to school aged children in outside school Non-cyclonic Region A and B Cyclonic Region C and D
N1, N2, N3 C1
N4, N5, N6 (these wind classes are covered in the ABCB
Housing Provisions Part 2.2 ).C2, C3, C4 (these wind classes are covered in the ABCB
Housing Provisions Part 2.2 ).
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 431hours settings.
Effective height: The vertical distance between the floor of the lowest storey included in the calculation of rise in storeys
and the floor of the topmost storey (excluding the topmost storey if it contains only heating, ventilating, lift or other
equipment, water tanks or similar service units).
Efficacy: The degree to which a system achieves a design objective given that it performs to a level consistent with the
system specification during the relevant fire scenario.
Electricity network substation: A building in which high voltage supply is converted or transformed and which is
controlled by a licensed network service provider designated under a power of legislation.
Electric passenger lift: A power-operated lift for raising or lowering people in a car in which the motion of the car is
obtained from an electric motor mechanically coupled to the hoisting mechanism.
Electrohydraulic passenger lift: A power-operated lift for raising or lowering people in a car in which the motion of the
car is obtained from the action of liquid under pressure acting on a piston or ram, the pressure being generated by a
pump driven by an individual electric motor.
Energy value: The net cost to society including, but not limited to, costs to the building user, the environment and energy
networks.
Engaged pier: A pier bonded to a masonry wall by course bonding of masonry units or by masonry ties.
NSW Entertainment venue
Envelope: For the purposes of—
Section J in NCC Volume One, the parts of a building’s fabric that separate a conditioned space or habitable (a)
room from—
the exterior of the building; or (i)
a non- conditioned space including— (ii)
the floor of a rooftop plant room, lift-machine room or the like; and (A)
the floor above a carpark or warehouse; and (B)
the common wall with a carpark , warehouse or the like; or (C)
Part H6 in NCC Volume Two and
Section 13
of the ABCB Housing Provisions, the parts of a building’s fabric (b)that separate artificially heated or cooled spaces from—
the exterior of the building; or (i)
other spaces that are not artificially heated or cooled. (ii)
Equivalent: Equivalent to the level of health, safety and amenity provided by the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions .
Evacuation route: The continuous path of travel (including exits, public corridors and the like) from any part of a building,
including within a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part, to a safe place .
Evacuation time: The time calculated from when the emergency starts for the occupants of the building to evacuate to a
safe place .
Exit: Means—
Any, or any combination of the following if they provide egress to a road or open space : (a)
An internal or external stairway. (i)
A ramp. (ii)
A fire-isolated passageway . (iii)
A doorway opening to a road or open space ; or (iv)
A horizontal exit or a fire-isolated passageway leading to a horizontal exit . (b)
TAS Expert judgement
Expert judgement: The judgement of an expert who has the qualifications and experience to determine whether a
Performance Solution or Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution complies with the Performance Requirements .
Explanatory Information
Contemporary and relevant qualifications and/or experience are necessary to determine whether a Performance
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 432Solution complies with the Performance Requirements . The level of qualification and/or experience may differ depending
on the complexity of the proposal and the requirements of the regulatory authority. Practitioners should seek advice
from the authority having jurisdiction or appropriate authority for clarification as to what will be accepted.
External wall: For the purposes of—
Volume One, an outer wall of a building which is not a common wall ; or (a)
Volume Two, an outer wall of a building which is not a separating wall . (b)
Extra-low voltage: A voltage not exceeding 50 V AC or 120 V ripple-free DC.
Fabric: The basic building structural elements and components of a building including the roof, ceilings, walls, glazing
and floors.
SA Farm building
Farm building: A Class 7 or 8 building located on land primarily used for farming —
that is— (a)
used in connection with farming ; or (i)
used primarily to store one or more farm vehicles ; or (ii)
a combination of (i) and (ii); and (iii)
in which the total number of persons accommodated at any time does not exceed one person per 200 m² of (b)
floor area or part thereof, up to a maximum of 8 persons; and
with a total floor area of not more than 3500 m². (c)
Farming: Includes—
cultivating, propagating and harvesting plants or fungi or their products or parts, including seeds, spores, bulbs (a)
or the like, but does not include forestry; or
maintaining animals in any physical environment for the purposes of— (b)
breeding them; or (i)
selling them; or (ii)
acquiring and selling their bodily produce such as milk, wool, eggs or the like; or (iii)
a combination of (a) and (b), (c)
but does not include forestry or maintaining animals for sport or recreational purposes.
Farm shed: A single storey Class 7 or 8 building located on land primarily used for farming —
that is— (a)
used in connection with farming ; or (i)
used primarily to store one or more farm vehicles ; or (ii)
a combination of (i) and (ii); and (iii)
occupied neither frequently nor for extended periods by people; and (b)
in which the total number of persons accommodated at any time does not exceed 2; and (c)
with a total floor area of more than 500 m² but not more than 2000 m². (d)
Farm vehicle: A vehicle used in connection with farming .
NSW Film
Finished ground level: The ground level adjacent to footing systems at the completion of construction and landscaping.
Fire actions: Each of the following:
airborne embers; and (a)
burning debris and/or accumulated embers adjacent to building elements; and (b)
heat transfer from combustible materials within the site; and (c)
radiant heat from a bushfire front; and (d)
flame contact from a bushfire front; and (e)
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 433the period of time post fire front subject to collapsing vegetation due to persistent combustion. (f)
Fire brigade: A statutory authority constituted under an Act of Parliament having as one of its functions, the protection of
life and property from fire and other emergencies.
Fire brigade station: For the purposes of E1D2(1)(b) and I3D9, means a state or territory government operated premises
which is a station for a fire brigade .
Fire compartment: Either—
the total space of a building; or (a)
when referred to in— (b)
the Performance Requirements — any part of a building separated from the remainder by barriers to fire (i)
such as walls and/or floors having an appropriate resistance to the spread of fire with any openings
adequately protected; or
the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions — any part of a building separated from the remainder by walls and/or (ii)
floors each having an FRL not less than that required for a fire wall for that type of construction and where
all openings in the separating construction are protected in accordance with the Deemed-to-Satisfy
Provisions of the relevant Part.
Fire growth: The stage of fire development during which the heat release rate and the temperature of the fire are generally
increasing.
Fire hazard: The danger in terms of potential harm and degree of exposure arising from the start and spread of fire and
the smoke and gases that are thereby generated.
Fire hazard properties: The following properties of a material or assembly that indicate how they behave under specific
fire test conditions:
Average specific extinction area , critical radiant flux and Flammability Index , determined as defined in Schedule (a)
1.
Smoke-Developed Index , smoke development rate and Spread-of-Flame Index , determined in accordance with (b)
Specification 3 .
Group number and smoke growth rate index (SMOGRARC), determined in accordance with Specification 7. (c)
Fire intensity: The rate of release of calorific energy in watts, determined either theoretically or empirically, as applicable.
Fire-isolated passageway: A corridor, hallway or the like, of fire-resisting construction , which provides egress to or from
a fire-isolated stairway or fire-isolated ramp or to a road or open space .
Fire-isolated ramp: A ramp within a fire-resisting enclosure which provides egress from a storey .
Fire-isolated stairway: A stairway within a fire-resisting shaft and includes the floor and roof or top enclosing structure.
Fire load: The sum of the net calorific values of the combustible contents which can reasonably be expected to burn
within a fire compartment , including furnishings, built-in and removable materials, and building elements.
Notes
The calorific values must be determined at the ambient moisture content or humidity (the unit of measurement is MJ).
Fire-protected timber: Fire-resisting timber building elements that comply with Specification 10.
Fire-protective covering: Any one or more of the following:
13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard. (a)
12 mm cellulose cement flat sheeting complying with AS/NZS 2908.2 or ISO 8336. (b)
12 mm fibrous plaster reinforced with 13 mm x 13 mm x 0.7 mm galvanised steel wire mesh located not more (c)
than 6 mm from the exposed face.
Other material not less fire-protective than 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard, fixed in accordance with (d)
the normal trade practice for a fire-protective covering.
Fire-resistance level (FRL): The grading periods in minutes determined in accordance with Specifications 1 and 2, for
the following criteria—
structural adequacy ; and (a)
integrity ; and (b)
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 434insulation , (c)
and expressed in that order.
Notes
A dash means there is no requirement for that criterion. For example, 90/–/– means there is no requirement for an FRL
for integrity and insulation , and –/–/– means there is no requirement for an FRL.
Fire-resisting construction: For the purposes of Volume One, means one of the Types of construction referred to in Part
C2 of Volume One.
Fire-resisting: For the purposes of—
Volume One, applied to a building element, having an FRL appropriate for that element; or (a)
Volume Two, applied to a structural member or other part of a building, having the FRL required for that structural (b)
member or other part.
Fire safety engineering: Application of engineering principles, rules and expert judgement based on a scientific
appreciation of the fire phenomenon, often using specific design scenario , of the effects of fire and of the reaction
and behaviour of people in order to—
save life, protect property and preserve the environment and heritage from destructive fire; and (a)
quantify the hazards and risk of fire and its effects; and (b)
mitigate fire damage by proper design, construction, arrangement and use of buildings, materials, structures, (c)
industrial processes and transportation systems; and
evaluate analytically the optimum protective and preventive measures, including design, installation and (d)
maintenance of active and passive fire and life safety systems, necessary to limit, within prescribed levels, the
consequences of fire.
Fire safety system: One or any combination of the methods used in a building to—
warn people of an emergency; or (a)
provide for safe evacuation; or (b)
restrict the spread of fire; or (c)
extinguish a fire, (d)
and includes both active and passive systems.
Fire-source feature: Any one or more of the following:
The far boundary of a road, river, lake or the like adjoining the allotment. (a)
A side or rear boundary of the allotment. (b)
An external wall of another building on the allotment which is not a Class 10 building. (c)
Fire wall: A wall with an appropriate resistance to the spread of fire that divides a storey or building into fire compartments .
Fixed wired: For the purposes of Specification 23, a system of electrical wiring (either AC or DC), in which cables are
fixed or supported in position.
Flammability Index: The index number as determined by AS 1530.2.
VIC Flashing
Flashing: A strip or sleeve of impervious material dressed, fitted or built-in to provide a barrier to water movement, or to
divert the travel of water, or to cover a joint where water would otherwise penetrate to the interior of a building, and
includes the following:
Perimeter flashing: a flashing used at the floor-wall junction. (a)
Vertical flashing: a flashing used at wall junctions within shower areas . (b)
Flashover: In relation to fire hazard properties , means a heat release rate of 1 MW.
Flight: That part of a stair that has a continuous series of risers , including risers of winders , not interrupted by a landing
or floor.
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 435Explanatory Information
A flight is the part of a stair that has a continuous slope created by the nosing line of treads. The length of a flight is
limited to restrict the distance a person could fall down a stair.
Quarter landings , as shown in Explanatory Figure 1 , are considered sufficient to halt a person’s fall and therefore are
considered for the purposes of NCC Volume Two and the ABCB Housing Provisions not to be part of the flight .
Figure 1 ( explanat or y): Identification of stair flights — Plan view
VIC Flood hazard area
Flood hazard area: The site (whether or not mapped) encompassing land lower than the flood hazard level which has
been determined by the appropriate authority .
Flood hazard level (FHL): The flood level used to determine the height of floors in a building and represents the defined
flood level plus the freeboard (see Figure 3 ).
Floor area: For the purposes of—
Volume One— (1)
in relation to a building — the total area of all storeys ; and (a)
in relation to a storey — the area of all floors of that storey measured over the enclosing walls, and includes— (b)
the area of a mezzanine within the storey , measured within the finished surfaces of any external walls ; (i)
and
the area occupied by any internal wall or partitions, any cupboard, or other built-in furniture, fixture or (ii)
fitting; and
if there is no enclosing wall, an area which has a use that contributes to the fire load or impacts on the (iii)
safety, health or amenity of the occupants in relation to the provisions of the BCA; and
in relation to a room — the area of the room measured within the internal finished surfaces of the walls, and (c)
includes the area occupied by any cupboard or other built-in furniture, fixture or fitting; and
in relation to a fire compartment — the total area of all floors within the fire compartment measured within (d)
the finished internal surfaces of the bounding construction, and if there is no bounding construction, includes
an area which has a use which contributes to the fire load ; and
in relation to an atrium — the total area of all floors within the atrium measured within the finished surfaces (e)(a) Quarter landing stairway – 2 flights (b) Continuous stairway – 1 flight
(90º change in direction)
(c) Half landing stairway – 2 flights (d) Continuous stairway – 1 flight (180º change in direction)Quarter
Landing
Flight number 2
Flight number 1Max. 3 winders
Flight
number 1
Half LandingFlight
number 2
Max. 6winders30°30°30°
12345612 34 5
1234567 89 1 0 11 12 13 14 6
30°30°30°
12345678
30°30°30°
16151413121110 9
17123456
654321winders
windersFlight
Flight FlightFlightFlight
LandingLanding
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 436of the bounding construction and if no bounding construction, within the external walls .
Volume Two and the ABCB Housing Provisions, in relation to a room, the area of the room measured within the (2)
finished surfaces of the walls, and includes the area occupied by any cupboard or other built-in furniture, fixture
or fitting (see Figure 4 ).
Figure 4: Identification of floor area of a room
Floor waste: A grated inlet within a graded floor intended to drain the floor surface.
NSW Flying scenery
Foundation: The ground which supports the building (see Figure 5 ).
Figure 5: Identification of foundation
Fractional effective dose (FED): The fraction of the dose (of thermal effects) that would render a person of average
susceptibility incapable of escape.
Explanatory Information
The definition for FED has been modified from the ISO definition to be made specific for the Fire Safety Verification
Method . The use of CO or CO2 as part of FED is not part of that Verification Method . This is because the ability to
measure CO in a repeatable test varies by two orders of magnitude for common cellosic fuel.
VIC Freeboard
Freeboard: The height above the defined flood level as determined by the appropriate authority , used to compensate for
effects such as wave action and localised hydraulic behaviour.
Fully developed fire: The state of total involvement of the majority of available combustible materials in a fire.
NSW Garage top dwelling
Glazing: For the purposes of—
Section J of Volume One, except for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building— (a)
a transparent or translucent element and its supporting frame located in the envelope ; and (i)
includes a window other than a roof light ; or (ii)
Section J of NCC Volume One, for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building— (b)Built in wardrobe
Measured from the
inner surface of thewallsBuilt in desk
Floor area tobe measured
Footing
Foundation
Section
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 437a translucent element and its supporting frame located in the external fabric of the building; and (i)
includes a window other than a roof light ; or (ii)
Part H6 of NCC V
olume Two and
Section 13
of the ABCB Housing Provisions— (c)a transparent or translucent element and its supporting frame located in the external fabric of the building; (i)
and
includes a window other than a roof light . (ii)
Going: The horizontal dimension from the front to the back of a tread less any overhang from the next tread or landing
above (see Figure 11.2.2f in the ABCB Housing Provisions).
Green Star: The building sustainability rating scheme managed by the Green Building Council of Australia.
NSW Grid
Group number: The number of one of 4 groups of materials used in the regulation of fire hazard properties and applied
to materials used as a finish, surface, lining, or attachment to a wall or ceiling.
Habitable room: A room used for normal domestic activities, and—
includes a bedroom, living room, lounge room, music room, television room, kitchen, dining room, sewing room, (a)
study
, playroom, family room, home theatre and sunroom; but
excludes a bathroom, laundry
, water closet, pantry, walk-in wardrobe, corridor, hallway, lobby, photographic (b)
darkroom, clothes-drying room, and other spaces of a specialised nature occupied neither frequently nor for
extended periods.
Hazard Rating:
A level of potential toxicity that may cause contamination in a drinking water system, having a rating of
Low Hazard , Medium Hazard or High Hazard , determined in accordance with NCC Volume Three.
Health-care building: A
building whose occupants or patients undergoing medical treatment generally need physical
assistance to evacuate the building during an emergency and includes—
a public or private hospital; or (a)
a nursing home or similar facility for sick or disabled persons needing full-time care; or (b)
a clinic, day surgery or procedure unit where the ef
fects of the predominant treatment administered involve (c)
patients becoming non-ambulatory and requiring supervised medical care on the premises for some time after
the treatment.
Heated water:
Water that has been intentionally heated; normally referred to as hot water or warm water.
Heating degree hours: For any one hour when the mean outdoor air temperature is less than 15°C, the degrees Celsius
temperature difference between the mean outdoor air temperature and 15°C.
Heating load:
The calculated amount of energy delivered to the heated spaces of the building annually by artificial means
to maintain the desired temperatures in those spaces.
Heat release: The thermal energy produced by combustion (measured in kJ).
Heat release rate (HRR): The rate of thermal energy production generated by combustion, measured in kW (preferred)
or MW.
High Hazard: Any condition, device or practice which, in connection with a water supply, has the potential to cause death.
High wind area: A region that is subject to design wind speed more than N3 or C1 (see Table 4 ).
Hob: The upstand at the perimeter of a shower area .
Horizontal exit: A required doorway between 2 parts of a building separated from each other by a fire wall .
VIC Hotel offering shared accommodation
Hours of operation: The number of hours when the occupancy of the building is greater than 20% of the peak occupancy.
House energy rating software: For the purposes of—
Volume One, software accredited under the Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS); or (a)
V
olume Two— (b)
applied to H6V2—software accredited or previously accredited under the Nationwide House Energy Rating (i)
Scheme (NatHERS) and the additional functionality provided in non-regulatory mode; and
applied to Specification 42—software accredited under the Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (ii)
(NatHERS).
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 438
Explanatory Information
The Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) refers to the Australian Governments’ scheme that facilitates
consistent energy ratings from software tools which are used to assess the potential thermal efficiency of dwelling
envelopes.
Illuminance: The luminous flux falling onto a unit area of surface.
Illumination power density: The total of the power that will be consumed by the lights in a space, including any lamps,
ballasts, current regulators and control devices other than those that are plugged into socket outlets for intermittent
use such as floor standing lamps, desk lamps or work station lamps, divided by the area of the space, and expressed
in W/m2.
Explanatory Information
Illumination power density relates to the power consumed by the lighting system and includes the light source or
luminaire and any control device. The power for the lighting system is the illumination power load. This approach is
more complicated than the lamp power density approach but provides more flexibility for a dwelling with sophisticated
control systems.
The area of the space refers to the area the lights serve. This could be considered a single room, open plan space,
verandah, balcony or the like, or the total area of all these spaces.
Inclined lift: A power-operated device for raising or lowering people within a carriage that has one or more rigid guides
on an inclined plane.
Individual protection: The installation of a backflow prevention device at the point where a water service connects to a
single fixture or appliance.
NSW Information and education facility
Insulation: In relation to an FRL, the ability to maintain a temperature on the surface not exposed to the furnace below
the limits specified in AS 1530.4.
Integrity: In relation to an FRL, the ability to resist the passage of flames and hot gases specified in AS 1530.4.
Internal wall: For the purposes of—
Volume One, excludes a common wall or a party wall; or (a)
Volume Two, excludes a separating wall , common wall or party wall. (b)
Interstitial condensation: The condensation of moisture on surfaces between material layers inside the building
component.
Irrigation system: An irrigation system of the following types:
Type A— all permanently open outlets and piping more than 150 mm above finished surface level, not subject (a)
to ponding or backpressure and not involving injection systems.
Type B— irrigation systems in domestic or residential buildings with piping or outlets installed less than 150 mm (b)
above finished surface level and not involving injection systems.
Type C— irrigation systems in other than domestic or residential buildings with piping outlets less than 150 mm (c)
above finished surface level and not involving injection systems.
Type D— irrigation systems where fertilizers, herbicides, nematicides or the like are injected or siphoned into (d)
the system.
JAS-ANZ: The Joint Accreditation System of Australia and New Zealand.
Lamp power density: The total of the maximum power rating of the lamps in a space, other than those that are plugged
into socket outlets for intermittent use such as floor standing lamps, desk lamps or work station lamps, divided by the
area of the space, and expressed in W/m2.
Explanatory Information
Lamp power density is a simple means of setting energy consumption at an efficient level for Class 1 and associated
Class 10a buildings.
Lamp refers to the globe or globes that are to be installed in a permanently wired light fitting. The maximum power of
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 439a lamp is usually marked on the fitting as the maximum allowable wattage.
The area of the space refers to the area the lights serve. This could be considered a single room, open plan space,
verandah, balcony or the like, or the total area of all these spaces.
Landing: An area at the top or bottom of a flight or between two flights .
Latent heat gain: The heat gained by the vapourising of liquid without change of temperature.
Lateral support: A support (including a footing, buttress, cross wall, beam, floor or braced roof structure) that effectively
restrains a wall or pier at right angles to the face of the wall or pier.
Lead free: Where a plumbing product or material in contact with drinking water has a weighted average lead content of
not more than 0.25%.
NSW Licensed premises
WA Licensed premises
Lightweight construction: Construction which incorporates or comprises—
sheet or board material, plaster, render, sprayed application, or other material similarly susceptible to damage (a)
by impact, pressure or abrasion; or
concrete and concrete products containing pumice, perlite, vermiculite, or other soft material similarly susceptible (b)
to damage by impact, pressure or abrasion; or
masonry having a width of less than 70 mm. (c)
Loadbearing: Intended to resist vertical forces additional to those due to its own weight.
Loadbearing wall: For the purposes of H1D4 and H2D3 of NCC Volume Two and
Section 4
of the ABCB HousingProvisions, means any wall imposing on the footing a load greater than 10 kN/m.
Loss: Physical damage, financial loss or loss of amenity .
Low Hazard: Any condition, device or practice which, in connection with a water supply, would constitute a nuisance by
colour, odour or taste but does not have the potential to injure or endanger health.
Low rainfall intensity area: An area with a 5 minute rainfall intensity for an annual exceedance probability of 5% of not
more than 125 mm/hour.
Explanatory Information
Rainfall intensity figures can be obtained from Table 7.4.3d in the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Low-rise, low-speed constant pressure lift: A power-operated low-rise, low-speed device for raising or lowering people
with limited mobility on a carriage that is controlled by the application of constant pressure to a control.
Low-rise platform lift: A power-operated device for raising or lowering people with limited mobility on a platform, that is
controlled automatically or by the application of constant pressure to a control.
Low voltage: A voltage exceeding extra-low voltage , but not exceeding 1000 V AC or 1500 V DC.
Luminance contrast: The light reflected from one surface or component, compared to the light reflected from another
surface or component.
Main water heater: The domestic hot water unit in a dwelling that is connected to at least one shower and the largest
number of hot water outlets.
Main space conditioning: Either—
the heating or cooling equipment that serves at least 70% of the conditioned space of a dwelling; or (a)
if no one heating or cooling equipment serves at least 70% of the conditioned space of the dwelling, the (b)
equipment that results in the highest net equivalent energy usage when calculated in accordance with
J3D14(1)(a) of NCC Volume One or 13.6.2(1)(a) of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Notes
If a multi-split air-conditioning unit is installed, it is considered to be a single heating or cooling service . (1)
A series of separate heaters or coolers of the one type can be considered a single heater or cooler type with a (2)
performance level of that of the unit with the lowest efficiency.
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 440Explanatory Information
The purpose of defining for main space conditioning is to provide criteria upon which the heating or cooling equipment
should be selected when showing compliance with J3D14(1)(a) of NCC Volume One and 13.6.2(1)(a) of the ABCB
Housing Provisions when more than one type and efficiency of equipment is present. In J3D14(1)(a) the formula that
determines ER allows the selection of only one heating or cooling system. This definition requires that if any one system
serves at least 70% of the floor area that is heated or cooled it should be used as the basis of determining ER. If,
however, no one system serves at least 70% of the floor area , then the appliance that results in the highest net equivalent
energy usage, when calculated in accordance with J3D14(1)(a)/ 13.6.2(1)(a) , should be selected.
Massive timber: An element not less than 75 mm thick as measured in each direction formed from solid and laminated
timber.
Maximum retained water level: The point where surface water will start to overflow out of the shower area .
Medium Hazard: Any condition, device or practice which, in connection with a water supply, has the potential to injure or
endanger health.
Membrane: A barrier impervious to moisture.
Explanatory Information
A barrier may be a single or multi-part system.
Mezzanine: An intermediate floor within a room.
Minimum Energy Performance Standards (MEPS): The Minimum Energy Performance Standards for equipment and
appliances established through the Greenhouse and Energy Minimum Standards Act 2012.
NSW Minimum lateral clearance
Mixed construction: A building consisting of more than one form of construction, particularly in double-storey buildings.
Mould: A fungal growth that can be produced from conditions such as dampness, darkness, or poor ventilation.
NABERS Energy: The National Australian Built Environment Rating Systems for energy efficiency, which is managed by
the New South Wales Government.
Network Utility Operator: A person who—
undertakes the piped distribution of drinking water or non-drinking water for supply; or (a)
is the operator of a sewerage system or a stormwater drainage system. (b)
Explanatory Information
A Network Utility Operator in most States and Territories is the water and sewerage authority licensed to supply water
and receive sewage and/or stormwater. The authority operates or proposes to operate a network that undertakes the
distribution of water for supply and undertakes to receive sewage and/or stormwater drainage. This authority may be a
licensed utility, local government body or council.
Non-combustible: Applied to—
a material — means not deemed combustible as determined by AS 1530.1 — Combustibility Tests for Materials; (a)
or
construction or part of a building — means constructed wholly of materials that are not deemed combustible . (b)
Non-drinking water: Water which is not intended primarily for human consumption.
Occupant traits: For the purposes of—
Volume One, the features, needs and profile of the occupants in a habitable room or space; or (a)
Volume Two, the features, needs and profile of the occupants in a room or space. (b)
Explanatory Information
For the purpose of Volume Two, this term is used to describe the characteristics of the occupants and their associated
requirements in relation to a room or space.
For example, in relation to a bedroom, the following occupant characteristics and associated requirements should be
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 441considered:
Characteristics: height, mobility and how often the space will be used. •
Requirements: a sleeping space and a space to undertake leisure activities. •
Occupiable outdoor area: A space on a roof, balcony or similar part of a building—
that is open to the sky; and (a)
to which access is provided, other than access only for maintenance; and (b)
that is not open space or directly connected with open space . (c)
VIC On-site wastewater management system
On-site wastewater management system: A system that receives and/or treats wastewater generated and discharges
the resulting effluent to an approved disposal system or re-use system.
Open-deck carpark: A carpark in which all parts of the parking storeys are cross-ventilated by permanent unobstructed
openings in not fewer than 2 opposite or approximately opposite sides, and—
each side that provides ventilation is not less than 1/6 of the area of any other side; and (a)
the openings are not less than ½ of the wall area of the side concerned. (b)
Open space: A space on the allotment, or a roof or similar part of a building adequately protected from fire, open to the
sky and connected directly with a public road.
Open spectator stand: A tiered stand substantially open at the front.
Other property: All or any of the following—
any building on the same or an adjoining allotment; and (a)
any adjoining allotment; and (b)
a road. (c)
Outdoor air: Air outside the building.
Outdoor air economy cycle: A mode of operation of an air-conditioning system that, when the outdoor air thermodynamic
properties are favourable, increases the quantity of outdoor air used to condition the space.
Outfall: That part of the disposal system receiving surface water from the drainage system and may include a natural
water course, kerb and channel, or soakage system.
Overflow device: A device that provides relief to a water service, sanitary plumbing and drainage system, rainwater
service or stormwater system to avoid the likelihood of uncontrolled discharge .
Panel wall: A non- loadbearing external wall , in frame or similar construction, that is wholly supported at each storey .
Partially buried rainwater tank: A rainwater tank that is not completely covered by earth but is partially set into the
ground.
Patient care area: A part of a health-care building normally used for the treatment, care, accommodation, recreation,
dining and holding of patients including a ward area and treatment area .
Performance-based design brief (PBDB): The report that defines the scope of work for the performance-based analysis,
the technical basis for analysis, and the criteria for acceptance of any relevant Performance Solution as agreed by
stakeholders.
Performance Requirement: A requirement which states the level of performance which a Performance Solution or
Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution must meet.
Performance Solution: A method of complying with the Performance Requirements other than by a Deemed-to-Satisfy
Solution .
Perimeter of building: For the purposes of
Section 8
of the Housing Provisions, means the external envelope of a building.TAS Permit Authority
Personal care services: Any of the following:
The provision of nursing care. (a)
Assistance or supervision in— (b)
bathing, showering or personal hygiene; or (i)
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 442toileting or continence management; or (ii)
dressing or undressing; or (iii)
consuming food. (iv)
The provision of direct physical assistance to a person with mobility problems. (c)
The management of medication. (d)
The provision of substantial rehabilitative or development assistance. (e)
Piping: For the purposes of Section J in Volume One or Part H6 in Volume Two, and
Section 13
of the Housing Provisions,means an assembly of pipes, with or without valves or other fittings, connected together for the conveyance of liquids
and gases.
NSW Planning for Bush Fire Protection
Pliable building membrane: A water barrier as classified by AS 4200.1.
VIC Plumbing
Plumbing: Any water service plumbing or sanitary plumbing system.
Plumbing or Drainage Solution: A solution which complies with the Performance Requirement and is a—
Performance Solution ; or (a)
Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution ; or (b)
combination of (a) and (b). (c)
Point of connection: Any of the following:
For a cold water service, means the point where the cold water service connects to— (a)
the Network Utility Operator’s water supply system; or (i)
the point of isolation to an alternative water source where there is no Network Utility Operator’s water supply (ii)
available or is not utilised.
For a heated water service, means the point where the water heater connects to the cold water service (b)
downstream of the isolation valve.
For sanitary drainage , means the point where the on-site sanitary drainage system connects to— (c)
the Network Utility Operator’s sewerage system; or (i)
an on-site wastewater management system . (ii)
For sanitary plumbing , means the point where the sanitary plumbing system connects to the sanitary drainage (d)
system.
For a rainwater service , means the point where the rainwater service — (e)
connects to the point of isolation for the rainwater storage ; or (i)
draws water from the rainwater storage . (ii)
For stormwater disposal, means the point where the on-site stormwater drainage system connects to— (f)
the Network Utility Operator’s stormwater system; or (i)
an approved on-site disposal system. (ii)
For a fire-fighting water service, means the point where the service connects to— (g)
a cold water service, downstream of a backflow prevention device ; or (i)
the Network Utility Operator’s water supply system; or (ii)
the point of isolation to an alternative water source. (iii)
Notes
A domestic fire sprinkler service conforming to FPAA101D is considered part of the cold water service.
Explanatory Information
The point of connection is usually determined by the Network Utility Operator according to the water and sewerage
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 443Acts, Regulations and codes that apply within the Network Utility Operator’s licensed area and/or jurisdiction.
WA Potable water
Predicted Mean Vote (PMV): The Predicted Mean Vote of the thermal perception of building occupants determined in
accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 55.
Preformed shower base: A preformed, prefinished vessel installed as the finished floor of a shower compartment, and
which is provided with a connection point to a sanitary drainage system.
Explanatory Information
Preformed shower bases are commonly made of plastics, composite materials, vitreous enamelled pressed steel, or
stainless steel.
Pressure vessel: A vessel subject to internal or external pressure, including interconnected parts and components, valves,
gauges and other fittings up to the first point of connection to connecting piping, and—
includes fire heaters and gas cylinders; but (a)
excludes— (b)
any vessel that falls within the definition of a boiler ; and (i)
storage tanks and equipment tanks intended for storing liquids where the pressure at the top of the tank is (ii)
not exceeding 1.4 kPa above or 0.06 kPa below atmospheric pressure; and
domestic-type hot water supply heaters and tanks; and (iii)
pressure vessels installed for the purposes of fire suppression or which serve a fire suppression system. (iv)
QLD Primary building element
Primary building element: For the purposes of—
Volume One, a member of a building designed specifically to take part of the loads specified in B1D3 and includes (a)
roof, ceiling, floor, stairway or ramp and wall framing members including bracing members designed for the
specific purpose of acting as a brace to those members; or
Part 3.4 of the ABCB Housing Provisions, a member of a building designed specifically to take part of the building (b)
loads and includes roof, ceiling, floor, stairway or ramp and wall framing members including bracing members
designed for the specific purpose of acting as a brace to those members.
Explanatory Information
The loads to which a building may be subjected are dead, live, wind, snow and earthquake loads. Further information
on building loads can be found in the AS 1170 series of Standards.
Primary insulation layer: The most interior insulation layer of a wall or roof construction.
Private bushfire shelter: A structure associated with, but not attached to, or part of a Class 1a dwelling that may, as a
last resort, provide shelter for occupants from immediate life threatening effects of a bushfire.
Private garage: For the purposes of—
Volume One— (a)
any garage associated with a Class 1 building; or (i)
any single storey of a building of another Class containing not more than 3 vehicle spaces, if there is only (ii)
one such storey in the building; or
any separate single storey garage associated with another building where such garage contains not more (iii)
than 3 vehicle spaces; or
Volume Two— (b)
any garage associated with a Class 1 building; or (i)
any separate single storey garage associated with another building where such garage contains not more (ii)
than 3 vehicle spaces.
Product: Plumbing and drainage items within the scope of Volume Three including but not limited to—
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 444materials, fixtures and components used in a plumbing or drainage installation; and (a)
appliances and equipment connected to a plumbing or drainage system. (b)
Product Technical Statement: A form of documentary evidence stating that the properties and performance of a building
material, product or form of construction fulfil specific requirements of the NCC, and describes—
the application and intended use of the building material, product or form of construction; and (a)
how the use of the building material, product or form of construction complies with the requirements of the NCC (b)
Volume One and Volume Two; and
any limitations and conditions of the use of the building material, product or form of construction relevant to (b). (c)
Professional engineer: A person who is—
if legislation is applicable — a registered professional engineer in the relevant discipline who has appropriate (a)
experience and competence in the relevant field; or
if legislation is not applicable— (b)
registered in the relevant discipline on the National Engineering Register (NER) of the Institution of (i)
Engineers Australia (which trades as ‘Engineers Australia’); or
eligible to become registered on the Institution of Engineers Australia’s NER and has appropriate experience (ii)
and competence in the relevant field.
NSW Projection suite
TAS Public
WA Public building
Public corridor: An enclosed corridor, hallway or the like which—
serves as a means of egress from 2 or more sole-occupancy units to a required exit from the storey concerned; (a)
or
is required to be provided as a means of egress from any part of a storey to a required exit. (b)
Rainwater service: A water service which distributes water from the isolation valve of the rainwater storage to the rainwater
points of discharge for purposes such as for clothes washing, urinal and water closet flushing and external hose
cocks.
Rainwater storage: Any storage of rainwater collected from a roof catchment area which is used to supply water for the
primary purposes of drinking, personal hygiene or other uses.
Explanatory Information
Generally this applies to alternative water sources not supplied by a Network Utility Operator . This does not include
rainwater storage for non-drinking purposes.
SA Rainwater tank
Rapid roller door: A door that opens and closes at a speed of not less than 0.5 m/s.
Recognised expert: A person with qualifications and experience in the area of plumbing or drainage in question
recognised by the authority having jurisdiction.
Explanatory Information
A recognised expert is a person recognised by the authority having jurisdiction as qualified to provide evidence under
A5G4(5) . Generally, this means a hydraulic consultant or engineer, however the specific requirements are determined
by the authority having jurisdiction.
Under A5G4(5) , a report from a recognised expert may be used as evidence of suitability that a product listed on the
WaterMark Schedule of Excluded Products , or a plumbing or drainage system, complies with a Performance
Requirement or Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions .
Reference building: For the purposes of—
Volume One, a hypothetical building that is used to calculate the maximum allowable— (a)
annual greenhouse gas emissions for the common area of a Class 2 building or a Class 3 to 9 building; or (i)
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 445heating load , cooling load and energy value for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 (ii)
part of a building; or
Volume Two, a hypothetical building that is used to determine the maximum allowable heating load and cooling (b)
load for the proposed building.
Reflective insulation: A building membrane with a reflective surface such as a reflective foil laminate, reflective barrier,
foil batt or the like capable of reducing radiant heat flow.
Explanatory Information
For Volume Two:
Typical R-Values achieved by adding reflective insulation are given in the explanatory information accompanying •
Section 13
of the ABCB Housing Provisions. Information on specific products may be obtained from reflectiveinsulation manufacturers.
The surface of reflective insulation may be described in terms of its emittance (or infra-red emittance) or in terms •
of its reflectance (or solar reflectance). Generally, for the surface of a particular reflective insulation : emittance
+ reflectance = 1.
Some types of reflective insulation may also serve the purposes of waterproofing or vapour proofing. •
Regulated energy: The energy consumed by a building’s services minus the amount of renewable energy generated
and used on site.
Reinforced masonry: Masonry reinforced with steel reinforcement that is placed in a bed joint or grouted into a core to
strengthen the masonry.
Reliability: The probability that a system performs to a level consistent with the system specification.
Renewable energy: Energy that is derived from sources that are regenerated, replenished, or for all practical purposes
cannot be depleted and the energy sources include, but are not limited to, solar, wind, hydroelectric, wave action and
geothermal.
Required: Required to satisfy a Performance Requirement or a Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision of the NCC as appropriate.
Required safe egress time (RSET): The time required for safe evacuation of occupants to a place of safety prior to the
onset of untenable conditions.
Residential aged care building: A Class 3 or 9a building whose residents, due to their incapacity associated with the
ageing process, are provided with physical assistance in conducting their daily activities and to evacuate the building
during an emergency.
Residential care building: A Class 3, 9a or 9c building which is a place of residence where 10% or more of persons who
reside there need physical assistance in conducting their daily activities and to evacuate the building during an
emergency (including any aged care building or residential aged care building ) but does not include a hospital.
VIC Residential care building (Vic)
Resident use area: Part of a Class 9c building normally used by residents, and—
includes sole-occupancy units , lounges, dining areas, activity rooms and the like; but (a)
excludes offices, storage areas, commercial kitchens, commercial laundries and other spaces not for the use of (b)
residents.
Resistance to the incipient spread of fire: In relation to a ceiling membrane, means the ability of the membrane to
insulate the space between the ceiling and roof, or ceiling and floor above, so as to limit the temperature rise of
materials in this space to a level which will not permit the rapid and general spread of fire throughout the space.
Explanatory Information
Resistance to the incipient spread of fire refers to the ability of a ceiling to prevent the spread of fire and thermally
insulate the space between the ceiling and the roof or floor above. “Resistance to the incipient spread of fire” is superior
to “fire-resistance” because it requires a higher standard of heat insulation.
The definition is used in Volume Two for separating floors/ceilings for a Class 1a dwelling located above a non-
appurtenant private garage .
Rise in storeys: The greatest number of storeys calculated in accordance with C2D3 of Volume One.
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 446Riser: The height between consecutive treads and between each landing and continuous tread.
VIC Restricted children’s service
Rolled fill: Material placed in layers and compacted by repeated rolling by an excavator.
SA Roof catchment area
Roof light: For the purposes of Section J and Part F6 in NCC Volume One, Part H6 in NCC Volume Two, and Part 10.5
and
Section 13
of the ABCB Housing Provisions, a skylight, window or the like installed in a roof—to permit natural light to enter the room below; and (a)
at an angle between 0 and 70 degrees measured from the horizontal plane. (b)
NSW Row
R-Value: The thermal resistance of a component calculated by dividing its thickness by its thermal conductivity, expressed
in m2.K/W.
Safe place: Either—
a place of safety within a building— (a)
which is not under threat from a fire; and (i)
from which people must be able to safely disperse after escaping the ef
fects of an emergency to a road or (ii)
open space ; or
a road or open space . (b)
Sanitary compartment:
A room or space containing a closet pan or urinal (see Figures 6a and 6b).
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 447 Figure 6a: Identification of a sanitary compartment (diagram a)
Sanitary
compartment
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 448 Figure 6b: Identification of a sanitary compartment (diagram b)
Sarking-type material:
A material such as a reflective insulation or other flexible membrane of a type normally used for
a purpose such as waterproofing, vapour management or thermal reflectance.
School: Includes a primary or secondary school, college, university or similar educational establishment.
TAS School age care facility
Screed: A layer of material (usually cement based) which sets in situ between a structural base and the finished floor
material.
Self-closing: For the purposes of—
Volume One, applied to a door, means equipped with a device which returns the door to the fully closed position (a)
immediately after each opening; or
V
olume Two, applied to a door or window , means equipped with a device which returns the door or window to (b)
the fully closed and latched position immediately after each manual opening.
Sensible heat gain: The heat gained which causes a change in temperature.
Separating element:
A barrier that exhibits fire integrity , structural adequacy , insulation , or a combination of these for a
period of time under specified conditions (often in accordance with AS 1530.4).
Separating wall: A wall that is common to adjoining Class 1 buildings (see Figure 7 ). NOT a
sanitary
compartment
Sanitary
compartment
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 449 Figure 7: Separating wall
Figur
e Notes
In Volume Two a separating wall may also be known as a party wall and typically is required to be fire-resisting
construction (see ABCB Housing Provisions Parts 9.2 and 9.3).
Service: For the purposes of Section J in Volume One, means a mechanical or electrical system that uses energy to
provide air-conditioning , mechanical ventilation, heated water supply, artificial lighting, vertical transport and the like
within a building, but which does not include—
systems used solely for emergency purposes; and (a)
cooking facilities; and (b)
portable appliances. (c)
Service station: A
garage which is not a private garage and is for the servicing of vehicles, other than only washing,
cleaning or polishing.
Shaft: The walls and other parts of a building bounding—
a well, other than an atrium well ; or (a)
a vertical chute, duct or similar passage, but not a chimney or flue. (b)
VIC Shared accommodation building
Shower area: The area affected by water from a shower, including a shower over a bath and for a shower area that is—
Enclosed – the area enclosed by walls or screens including hinged or sliding doors that contain the spread of (a)
water to within that space; or
Unenclosed – the area where, under normal use, water from the shower rose is not contained within the shower (b)
area.
Shower screen:
The panels, doors or windows enclosing or partially enclosing a shower area .
Single leaf masonry: Outer walls constructed with a single thickness of masonry unit.
Site: The part of the allotment of land on which a building stands or is to be erected.
Sitework: Work on or around a site, including earthworks, preparatory to or associated with the construction, alteration ,
demolition or removal of a building.
NSW Small live music or arts venue
SA Small arts venue
Small-scale Technology Certificate: A certificate issued under the Commonwealth Government’s Small-scale Renewable
Energy Scheme.
Small-sized, low-speed automatic lift: A restricted use power-operated device for the infrequent raising or lowering of
people with limited mobility on a platform that is controlled automatically but has the capability of being electrically
isolated by a key-lockable control.
Smoke-and-heat vent: A vent, located in or near the roof for smoke and hot gases to escape if there is a fire in the
building.
Smoke-Developed Index: The index number for smoke as determined by AS/NZS 1530.3. Separating walls
ElevationClass 1 building Class 1 building Class 1 building
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 450Smoke development rate: The development rate for smoke as determined by testing flooring materials in accordance
with AS ISO 9239.1.
Smoke growth rate index (SMOGRARC): The index number for smoke used in the regulation of fire hazard properties
and applied to materials used as a finish, surface, lining or attachment to a wall or ceiling.
Solar admittance: The fraction of incident irradiance on a wall-glazing construction that adds heat to a building’s space.
Sole-occupancy unit: A room or other part of a building for occupation by one or joint owner, lessee, tenant, or other
occupier to the exclusion of any other owner, lessee, tenant, or other occupier and includes—
a dwelling; or (a)
a room or suite of rooms in a Class 3 building which includes sleeping facilities; or (b)
a room or suite of associated rooms in a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building; or (c)
a room or suite of associated rooms in a Class 9c building, which includes sleeping facilities and any area for (d)
the exclusive use of a resident.
NSW Spa pool
Spandrel panel: For the purposes of Section J, means the opaque part of a façade in curtain wall construction which is
commonly adjacent to, and integrated with, glazing .
NSW Special fire protection purpose
Spiral stairway: A stairway with a circular plan, winding around a central post with steps that radiate from a common
centre or several radii (see Figures 11.2.2d and 11.2.2e in the ABCB Housing Provisions).
Spread-of-Flame Index: The index number for spread of flame as determined by AS/NZS 1530.3.
Sprinkler alarm switch: For the purposes of Specification 23, a device capable of sending an electrical signal to activate
an alarm when a residential sprinkler head is activated (e.g. a flow switch).
Stack bonded pier: A pier where the overlap of a masonry unit is not more than 25% of the length of the masonry unit
below.
Stage: A floor or platform in a Class 9b building on which performances are presented before an audience.
Stairway platform lift: A power-operated device for raising or lowering people with limited mobility on a platform (with or
without a chair) in the direction of a stairway.
Standard Fire Test: The Fire-resistance Tests of Elements of Building Construction as described in AS 1530.4.
SA Storage shed
Storey: A space within a building which is situated between one floor level and the floor level next above, or if there is no
floor above, the ceiling or roof above, but not—
a space that contains only— (a)
a lift shaft , stairway or meter room; or (i)
a bathroom, shower room, laundry, water closet, or other sanitary compartment ; or (ii)
accommodation intended for not more than 3 vehicles; or (iii)
a combination of the above; or (iv)
a mezzanine . (b)
Structural adequacy: In relation to an FRL, means the ability to maintain stability and adequate loadbearing capacity as
determined by AS 1530.4.
Structural member: A component or part of an assembly which provides vertical or lateral support to a building or
structure.
Surface water: All naturally occurring water, other than sub-surface water, which results from rainfall on or around the
site or water flowing onto the site.
Swimming pool: Any excavation or structure containing water and principally used, or that is designed, manufactured or
adapted to be principally used for swimming, wading, paddling, or the like, including a bathing or wading pool, or spa.
Tapered tread: A stair tread with a walking area that grows smaller towards one end.
NSW Temporary structure
TAS Temporary structure
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 451Thermal comfort level: The level of thermal comfort in a building expressed as a PMV sensation scale.
Thermal energy load: The sum of the heating load and the cooling load .
Total R-Value: The sum of the R-Values of the individual component layers in a composite element including any building
material, insulating material, airspace, thermal bridging and associated surface resistances, expressed in m2.K/W.
Total System Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC): For the purposes of—
Volume One, the fraction of incident irradiance on a wall-glazing construction or a roof light that adds heat to a (a)
building’
s space; or
V
olume Two, the fraction of incident irradiance on glazing or a roof light that adds heat to a building’s space. (b)
T
otal System U-Value: The thermal transmittance of the composite element allowing for the effect of any airspaces,
thermal bridging and associated surface resistances, expressed in Wm-2K-1.
Treatment area: An area within a patient care area such as an operating theatre and rooms used for recovery, minor
procedures, resuscitation, intensive care and coronary care from which a patient may not be readily moved.
Uncontrolled discharge: Any unintentional release of fluid from a plumbing and drainage system and includes leakage
and seepage.
Unique wall: For the purposes of F3V1 in Volume One and H2V1 in Volume Two, a wall which is neither a cavity wall nor
a direct fix cladding wall .
Unobstructed opening: For the purposes of
Section 8
of the ABCB Housing Provisions, a glazed area that a personcould mistake for an open doorway or clearway and walk into the glazed panel.
Unprotected water service: Unprotected water service means that the water service may be contaminated from a
surrounding hazard.
Unreinforced masonry: Masonry that is not reinforced.
Vapour permeance: The degree that water vapour is able to diffuse through a material, measured in µg/N.s and tested
in accordance with the ASTM-E96 Procedure B – Water Method at 23°C 50% relative humidity.
Vapour pressure: The pressure at which water vapour is in thermodynamic equilibrium with its condensed state.
Ventilation opening: An opening in the external wall , floor or roof of a building designed to allow air movement into or
out of the building by natural means including a permanent opening, an openable part of a window , a door or other
device which can be held open.
Verification Method: A test, inspection, calculation or other method that determines whether a Performance Solution
complies with the relevant Performance Requirements .
Vessel: For the purposes of Volume One and Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions, an open, pre-formed, pre-finished
concave receptacle capable of holding water, usually for the purpose of washing, including a basin, sink, bath, laundry
tub and the like.
Visibility: The maximum distance at which an object of defined size, brightness and contrast can be seen and recognised.
Voltage: A difference of potential, measured in Volts (V) and includes extra-low voltage and low voltage .
Volume: In relation to—
a building — the volume of the total space of the building measured above the lowest floor (including, for a (a)
suspended floor
, any subfloor space), over the enclosing walls, and to the underside of the roof covering; or
a fire compartment — the volume of the total space of the fire compartment measured within the inner finished (b)
surfaces of the enclosing fire-resisting walls and/or floors, and—
if there is no fire-resisting floor at the base of the fire compartment , measured above the finished surface (i)
of the lowest floor in the fire compartment ; and
if there is no fire-resisting floor at the top of the fire compartment , measured to the underside of the roof (ii)
covering of the fire compartment ; and
if there is no fire-resisting wall, measured over the enclosing wall and if there is no enclosing wall, includes (iii)
any space within the fire compartment that has a use which contributes to the fire load ; or
an atrium — the volume of the total space of the atrium measured within the finished surfaces of the bounding (c)
construction and if there is no bounding construction, within the external walls .
W
affle raft: A stiffened raft with closely spaced ribs constructed on the ground and with slab panels supported between
ribs.
(1 May 2023)
Definitions
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 452Wall-glazing construction: For the purposes of Section J in Volume One, the combination of wall and glazing components
comprising the envelope of a building, excluding—
display glazing ; and (a)
opaque non-glazed openings such as doors, vents, penetrations and shutters. (b)
Ward area: That part of a patient care area for resident patients and may contain areas for accommodation, sleeping,
associated living and nursing facilities.
Water control layer: A pliable building membrane or the exterior cladding when no pliable building membrane is present.
WaterMark Certification Scheme: The ABCB scheme for certifying and authorising plumbing and drainage products .
WaterMark Conformity Assessment Body (WMCAB): A conformity assessment body registered with and accredited
by the JAS-ANZ to conduct evaluations leading to product certification and contracted with the administering body to
issue the WaterMark Licence .
WaterMark Licence: A licence issued by a WaterMark Conformity Assessment Body .
WaterMark Schedule of Excluded Products: The list maintained by the administering body of products excluded from
the WaterMark Certification Scheme .
WaterMark Schedule of Products: The list maintained by the administering body of products included in the WaterMark
Certification Scheme , and the specifications to which the products can be certified.
Explanatory Information
The WaterMark Schedule of Products and the WaterMark Schedule of Excluded Products can be viewed on the ABCB
website at www.abcb.gov.au .
Waterproof: The property of a material that does not allow water to penetrate through it.
Waterproofing system: A combination of elements that are required to achieve a waterproof barrier as required by H4D2
and H4D3 including substrate, membrane , bond breakers, sealants, finishes and the like.
Water resistant: The property of a system or material that restricts water movement and will not degrade under conditions
of water.
Water sensitive materials: Materials that have an inherent capacity to absorb water vapour and include timber,
plasterboard, plywood, oriented strand board and the like.
Waterstop: A vertical extension of the waterproofing system forming a barrier to prevent the passage of water in a floor
or other horizontal surfaces.
Watertight: Will not allow water to pass from the inside to the outside of the component or joint and vice versa.
Weighted average: Is calculated across the wetted surface area of a pipe, pipe fitting or plumbing fixture.
WA WELS
Wet area: An area within a building supplied with water from a water supply system, which includes bathrooms, showers,
laundries and sanitary compartments and excludes kitchens, bar areas, kitchenettes or domestic food and beverage
preparation areas.
Wetted surface area: Is calculated by the total sum of diameter (D) in contact with drinking water .
Winders: Treads within a straight flight that are used to change direction of the stair (see Explanatory Figure 1 ).
Window: Includes a roof light , glass panel, glass block or brick, glass louvre, glazed sash, glazed door, or other device
which transmits natural light directly from outside a building to the room concerned when in the closed position.
Yield: The mass of a combustion product generated during combustion divided by the mass loss of the test specimen as
specified in the design fire .
Zone protection: The installation of a backflow prevention device at the point where a water service is connected to
multiple fixtures or appliances, with no backflow prevention device installed as individual protection downstream of
this point.
(1 May 2023)
Referenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 453
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
Referenced documents
(1 May 2023)
Referenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 454The Standards and other documents listed in this Schedule are referenced in the NCC.Referenced documents
(1 May 2023)
Table 1: Schedule of referenced documents
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS/NZS ISO 717
Part 12004 Acoustics — Rating of sound insulation in
buildings and of building elements — Airborne sound insulation. (See Note 1)F7V1, F7V2, F7V3, F7V4, F7D3H4V4
10.7.2 N/A
AS ISO 717 Part 2 2004 Acoustics — Rating of sound insulation in
buildings and of building elements — Impact sound insulationF7V1, F7V3, F7D4N/A N/A N/A
AS 1056 Part 1 1991 Storage water heaters — General
requirements (incorporating amendments 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5)N/A N/A N/A B2D2
AS/NZS 1170 Part 02002 Structural design actions — General
principles (incorporating amendments 1, 3 and 4)B1V1, B1D2, Spec 4H1V1, H1D7
2.2.2 N/A
AS/NZS 1170 Part 12002 Structural design actions — Permanent,
imposed and other actions (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)B1D3 N/A
2.2.3 , 2.2.4 , 8.3.1 ,
11.2.2 , 11.2.3 , 11.3.4N/A
AS/NZS 1170 Part 22021 Structural design actions — Wind actions B1D3, B1D4,
Spec 4, F3V1, Schedule 1 H1D7, H2V1, Schedule 1
2.2.3 , Schedule 1 Schedule 1
AS/NZS 1170 Part 32003 Structural design actions — Snow and ice
actions (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)B1D3 N/A
2.2.3
AS 1170 Part 4 2007 Structural design actions — Earthquake
actions in Australia (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)B1D3 H1D4, H1D5,
H1D6, H1D9 2.2.3 N/A
AS 1191 2002 Acoustics — Method for laboratory
measurement of airborne sound transmission insulation of building elementsSpec 29 N/A N/A N/A
AS 1273 1991 Unplasticized PVC (UPVC) downpipe and
fittings for rainwaterN/A N/A
7.4.2 N/A
AS 1288 2021 Glass in buildings — Selection and
installation B1D4, Spec 11, Spec 12H1D8
8.3.1 N/A
AS 1289.6.3.3 1997 Methods of testing soils for engineering
purposes — Method 6.3.3: Soil strength and consolidation tests — Determination of the penetration resistance of a soil — Perth sand penetrometer test (incorporating amendment 1)N/A N/A
4.2.4 N/AReferenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 455
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS 1397 2021 Continuous hot-dip metallic coated steel
sheet and strip — Coatings of zinc and zinc
alloyed with aluminium and magnesium (See Note 10)N/A N/A
7.2.2 N/A
AS 1428 Part 1 2009 Design for access and mobility — General
requirements for access — New building work (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)D3D11, D3D16, D3D22, D4D2, D4D3, D4D4, D4D7, D4D10, D4D11, D4D13, Spec 16, E3D10, F4D5, G4D5, Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1,
E1D2
AS 1428 Part 1 2001 Design for access and mobility — General
requirements for access — New building workI2D7, I2D8, I2D10, I2D15N/A N/A E1D2
AS 1428 Part 1 (Supplement 1)1993 Design for access and mobility — General requirements for access — Buildings — CommentaryI2D2 N/A N/A N/A
AS 1428 Part 2 1992 Design for access and mobility — Enhanced
and additional requirements — Buildings and facilitiesI2D2, I2D3, I2D4, I2D5, I2D7, I2D10, I2D11, I2D12, I2D13, I2D14N/A N/A E1D2
AS 1428 Part 4 1992 Design for access and mobility — Tactile
ground surface indicators for the orientation of people with vision impairmentI2D11 N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1428 Part 4.12009 Design for access and mobility — Means to assist the orientation of people with vision impairment — Tactile ground surface indicators (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)D4D9 N/A N/A N/A
AS 1530 Part 1 1994 Methods for fire tests on building materials,
components and structures — Combustibility test for materialsSchedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1
AS 1530 Part 2 1993 Methods for fire tests on building materials,
components and structures — Test for flammability of materials (incorporating amendment 1)Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1Referenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 456
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS/NZS 1530 Part
31999 Methods for fire tests on building materials,
components and structures — Simultaneous determination of ignitability, flame propagation, heat release and smoke releaseSchedule 1, Spec 3Schedule 1, Spec 3Schedule 1 Schedule 1,
Spec 3
AS 1530 Part 4 2014 Methods for fire tests on building materials,
components and structures — Fire resistance tests for elements of constructionC4D15, C4D16, Spec 9, Spec 10, Spec 13, Spec 14, Schedule 1, Spec 3
9.3.2 , Schedule
1, Spec 3Schedule 1 Schedule 1,
Spec 3
AS 1530 Part 8.1 2018 Methods for fire tests on building materials,
components and structures — Tests on elements of construction for buildings exposed to simulated bushfire attack — Radiant heat and small flaming sourcesSpec 43 N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1546 Part 12008 On-site domestic wastewater treatment units - Septic tanksN/A N/A N/A C3D2
AS/NZS 1546 Part 22008 On-site domestic wastewater treatment units - Waterless composting toiletsN/A N/A N/A C3D3
AS 1546 Part 3 2017 On-site domestic wastewater treatment units
- Secondary treatment systems(incorporating amendment 1)N/A N/A N/A C3D4
AS 1546 Part 4 2016 On-site domestic wastewater treatment units
- Domestic greywater treatment systemsN/A N/A N/A C3D5
AS/NZS 1547 2012 On-site domestic wastewater management N/A N/A N/A C3D6
AS 1562 Part 1 2018 Design and installation of sheet roof and wall
cladding — Metal (See Note 2)B1D4, F3D2, F3D5H1D7 N/A N/A
AS1562 Part 3 2006 Design and installation of sheet roof and wall
cladding — PlasticB1D4, F3D2 H1D7 N/A N/A
AS 1657 2018 Fixed platforms, walkways, stairways and
ladders — Design, construction and installationD2D21, D2D22, D3D23, I1D6, I3D5N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1664 Part 11997 Aluminium structures — Limit state design (incorporating amendment 1)B1D4 N/A
2.2.4 N/A
AS/NZS 1664 Part 21997 Aluminium structures — Allowable stress
design (incorporating amendment 1)B1D4 N/A
2.2.4 N/AReferenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 457
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS 1668 Part 1 2015 The use of ventilation and air conditioning in
buildings — Fire and smoke control in buildings (incorporating amendment 1)C3D13, C4D15, Spec 11, D2D12, Spec 19, E2D3, E2D4, E2D6, E2D7, E2D8, E2D9, E2D11, E2D12, E2D13, E2D16, E2D17, E2D19, F6D12, Spec 21, Spec 31N/A N/A N/A
AS 1668 Part 2 2012 The use of ventilation and air conditioning in buildings — Mechanical ventilation in buildings (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)E2D12, F6V1, F6D6, F6D11, F6D12, F8D4, J6D4H4V3, H4D7
10.8.2 N/A
AS 1668 Part 4 2012 The use of ventilation and air conditioning in
buildings — Natural ventilation of buildingsF6D11 N/A N/A N/A
AS 1670 Part 1 2018 Fire detection, warning, control and intercom
systems — System design, installation and commissioning — Fire (incorporating amendment 1) (See Note 3)C4D6, C4D7, C4D8, C4D9, C4D12, D3D26, E2D3, E2D10, G4D7, Spec 12, Spec 20, Spec 23, Spec 31N/A
9.5.1 N/A
AS 1670 Part 3 2018 Fire detection, warning, control and intercom
systems — System design, installation and commissioning — Fire alarm monitoring (incorporating amendment 1) (See Note 3)Spec 20, Spec 23N/A N/A N/A
AS 1670 Part 4 2018 Fire detection, warning, control and intercom
systems — System design, installation and commissioning — Emergency warning and intercom systems (incorporating amendment 1) (See Note 3)E3V2, E4D9, Spec 31N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1680 Part 02009 Interior lighting — Safe movement F6D5 N/A
10.5.2 N/A
AS 1684 Part 2 2021 Residential timber-framed construction —
Non-cyclonic areas B1D4, B1D5, F1D8H1D6
2.2.5 , 4.2.13 , 5.6.6 ,
6.2.1 , 6.3.6 , 7.5.2 ,
7.5.3 , 7.5.4 , 10.2.19 ,
10.2.20N/AReferenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 458
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS 1684 Part 3 2021 Residential timber-framed construction —
Cyclonic areas B1D4, B1D5, F1D8H1D6
2.2.5 , 4.2.13 , 5.6.6 ,
6.2.1 , 6.3.6 , 7.5.2 ,
7.5.3 , 7.5.4 , 10.2.19 ,
10.2.20N/A
AS 1684 Part 4 2010 Residential timber-framed construction —
Simplified — Non-cyclonic areas (incorporating amendment 1)B1D4, B1D5, F1D8H1D6
2.2.5 , 4.2.13 , 5.6.6 ,
6.2.1 , 7.5.2 , 7.5.3 ,
7.5.4 , 10.2.19 , 10.2.20N/A
AS 1720 Part 1 2010 Timber structures — Design methods
(incorporating amendments 1, 2 and 3)B1V1, B1D4 H1V1, H1D6 4.2.13 , 5.3.3 N/A
AS/NZS 1720 Part 42019 Timber structures — Fire resistance of
timber elementsSpec 1 Spec 1 N/A Spec 1
AS 1720 Part 5 2015 Timber structures — Nailplated timber roof
trusses (incorporating amendment 1)B1D4 H1D6 N/A N/A
AS 1735 Part 11 1986 Lifts, escalators and moving walks — Fire
rated landing doorsC4D11 N/A N/A N/A
AS 1735 Part 12 1999 Lifts, escalators and moving walks —
Facilities for persons with disabilities (incorporating amendment 1)E3D8, I2D6 N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1859 Part 42018 Reconstituted wood based panels —
Specifications — Wet process fibreboardN/A N/A
7.5.3 , 7.5.4 N/A
AS 1860 Part 2 2006 Particleboard flooring — Installation
(incorporating amendment 1)B1D4 H1D6 N/A N/A
AS 1905 Part 1 2015 Components for the protection of openings
in fire-resistant walls — Fire-resistant doorsets (incorporating amendment 1)C4D7, Spec 12 N/A N/A N/A
AS 1905 Part 2 2005 Components for the protection of openings
in fire-resistant walls — Fire-resistant roller shuttersSpec 12 N/A N/A N/A
AS 1926 Part 1 2012 Swimming pool safety — Safety barriers for
swimming poolsG1D2, G1D4 H7D2 N/A N/A
AS 1926 Part 2 2007 Swimming pool safety — Location of safety
barriers for swimming pools (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)G1D2 H7D2 N/A N/A
AS 1926 Part 3 2010 Swimming pool safety — Water recirculation
systems (incorporating amendment 1)G1D2 H7D2 N/A N/AReferenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 459
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS 2047 2014 Windows and external glazed doors in
buildings (incorporating amendments 1 and
2) (See Note 4)B1D4, F3V1, F3D4, J5D5H1D8, H2V1
13.4.4 N/A
AS 2049 2002 Roof tiles (incorporating amendment 1) F3D2 H1D7 N/A N/A
AS 2050 2018 Installation of roof tiles B1D4, F3D2 H1D7 7.3.2 N/A
AS 2118 Part 1 2017 Automatic fire sprinkler systems — General
systems (incorporating amendments 1 and
2)C1V3, Spec 17, Spec 18N/A N/A N/A
AS 2118 Part 4 2012 Automatic fire sprinkler systems — Sprinkler
protection for accommodation buildings not exceeding four storeys in heightSpec 17, Spec 18N/A N/A B4D3
AS 2118 Part 5 2008 (R 2020) Automatic fire sprinkler systems - Home fire
sprinkler systemsN/A N/A N/A B4D3
AS 2118 Part 6 2012 Automatic fire sprinkler systems —
Combined sprinkler and hydrant systems in multistorey buildingsSpec 17 N/A N/A B4D3
AS 2159 2009 Piling — Design and installation
(incorporating amendment 1)B1D4 H1D12 N/A N/A
AS/NZS 2179 Part 12014 Specifications for rainwater goods,
accessories and fasteners — Metal shape or sheet rainwater goods, and metal accessories and fastenersN/A N/A
7.4.2 N/A
AS/NZS 2269 Part 02012 Plywood — Structural — Specifications (incorporating amendment 1)N/A N/A
7.5.4 N/A
AS/NZS 2293 Part 12018 Emergency lighting and exit signs for
buildings — System design, installation and operation (incorporating amendment 1)E4D4, E4D8, Spec 25, I3D15N/A N/A N/A
AS 2312 Part 1 2014 Guide to the protection of structural steel
against atmospheric corrosion by the use of protective coatings — Paint coatingsN/A N/A
6.3.9 N/A
AS/NZS 2312 Part 22014 Guide to the protection of structural steel
against atmospheric corrosion by the use of protective coatings — Hot dip galvanizingN/A N/A
6.3.9 N/A
AS/NZS 2327 2017 Composite structures — Composite steel-
concrete construction in buildings (incorporating amendment 1)B1D4, Spec 1 Spec 1
2.2.4 Spec 1Referenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 460
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS 2419 Part 1 2021 Fire hydrant installations — System design,
installation and commissioning C3D13, E1D2, Spec 18, I3D9 N/A N/A B4D4
AS 2441 2005 Installation of fire hose reels (incorporating
amendment 1)E1D3 N/A N/A B4D5
AS 2444 2001 Portable fire extinguishers and fire blankets
— Selection and locationE1D14, I3D11 N/A N/A N/A
AS 2665 2001 Smoke/heat venting systems — Design,
installation and commissioningSpec 22, Spec 31N/A N/A N/A
AS 2699 Part 1 2020 Built-in components for masonry construction — Wall ties (See Note 9)C2D10 N/A
5.6.5 N/A
AS 2699 Part 3 2020 Built-in components for masonry
construction — Lintels and shelf angles (durability requirements) (See Note 9)C2D10 N/A
5.6.7 N/A
AS 2870 2011 Residential slabs and footings F1D7 H1D4, H1D5 3.4.2 , 4.2.2 , 4.2.6 ,
4.2.8 , 4.2.11 , 4.2.14 ,
4.2.15 , 10.2.9N/A
AS/NZS 2890 Part 62009 Parking facilities — Offstreet parking for
people with disabilitiesD4D6 N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 2904 1995 Damp-proof courses and flashings
(incorporating amendments 1 and 2)F1D6 N/A
5.7.3 , 7.5.6 , 12.3.3 N/A
AS/NZS 2908 Part 12000 Cellulose-cement products — Corrugated
sheetsB1D4 N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 2908 Part 22000 Cellulose-cement products — Flat sheets Schedule 1 Schedule 1
7.5.3 , 7.5.4 , 7.5.5 ,
10.2.9 ,10.2.10 ,
Schedule 1Schedule 1
AS/NZS 2918 2018 Domestic solid fuel burning appliances —
Installation (See Note 8)G2D2 H7D5 12.4.4 , 12.4.5 N/A
AS/NZS 3013 2005 Electrical installations — Classification of the
fire and mechanical performance of wiring system elementsC3D14 N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 3500 Part 02021 Plumbing and drainage — Glossary of terms
A1G4 A1G4 N/A A1G4
AS/NZS 3500 Part 12018 Plumbing and drainage — Water services N/A N/A N/A B5D6Referenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 461
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS/NZS 3500 Part
12021 Plumbing and drainage — Water services N/A N/A N/A B1D3, B1D5,
B1D6, B3D3, B5V1, B5D2, B5D3, B5D4, Spec 41, B6D2, B6D3, B6D5, B7D3,
AS/NZS 3500 Part 22021 Plumbing and drainage — Sanitary plumbing
and drainage (incorporating amendment 1)N/A N/A N/A C1D3, C1V1,
C1V2, C1V3, C1V4, C1V5, C2V2, C2D3, C2D4, C3D7
AS/NZS 3500 Part 32021 Plumbing and drainage — Stormwater
drainage (See Note 11)F1D3 H2D2,
H2D6 7.4.3 N/A
AS/NZS 3500 Part 42021 Plumbing and drainage — Heated water
services (incorporating amendment 1)N/A N/A N/A B2D2, B2D6,
B2D7, B2D8, B2D9, B2D11
AS 3600 2018 Concrete structures (incorporating
amendments 1 and 2)B1V1, B1D4, Spec 1H1V1, H1D4, Spec 1
3.4.2 , 4.2.6 , 4.2.10 ,
4.2.13 , 5.3.3 , 10.2.9Spec 1
AS 3660 Part 1 2014 Termite management — New building work
(incorporating amendment 1)B1D4, F1D6 N/A 3.4.1 , 3.4.2 N/A
AS 3660 Part 3 2014 Termite management — Assessment criteria
for termite management systemsN/A N/A 3.4.2 N/A
AS/NZS 3666 Part 12011 Air-handling and water systems of buildings
— Microbial control — Design, installation and commissioningF4D10, F6D6 N/A N/A N/A
AS 3700 2018 Masonry structures B1D4, F3D5,
Spec 1, Spec 2H1D5, H2D4, Spec 1, Spec 2
5.3.3 , 5.4.2 , 5.6.3 ,
6.3.6 , 10.2.9 , 10.2.19 ,
10.2.20 , 12.4.3Spec 1, Spec 2
AS 3740 2021 Waterproofing of domestic wet areas F2D2 H4D2, H4D3 10.2.20 N/A
AS 3786 2014 Smoke alarms using scattered light,
transmitted light or ionization (incorporating amendment 1 and 2) (See Note 5)Spec 20 N/A
9.5.1 N/A
AS/NZS 3823 Part 1.22012 Performance of electrical appliances — Air
conditioners and heat pumps — Ducted air conditioners and air-to-air heat pumps — Testing and rating for performanceSpec 33, J6D12 N/A N/A N/AReferenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 462
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS 3959 2018 Construction of buildings in bushfire-prone
areas (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)C2D14, F8D5,
G5D2, G5D3, Spec 43H7D4
10.8.3 B1D4, B2D10, B3D4, C1D4, C2D5
AS/NZS 4020 2018 Testing of products for use in contact with
drinking water (See Note 6)
A5G4 A5G4 N/A A5G4
AS 4055 2021 Wind loads for housing Schedule 1 H1D6, H1D8,
Schedule 12.2.3 , Schedule 1 Schedule 1
AS 4072 Part 1 2005 Components for the protection of openings
in fire-resistant separating elements — Service penetrations and control joints (incorporating amendment 1)C4D15, C4D16 N/A
9.3.2 N/A
AS 4100 2020 Steel structures B1D4, Spec 1 H1D6, Spec 1 4.2.13 , 5.6.7 Spec 1
AS 4200 Part 1 2017 Pliable building membranes and underlays
— Materials (incorporating amendment 1)F3D3, F8D3, Spec 36, Schedule 1Schedule 1
7.3.4 , 7.5.2 , 7.5.8 ,
10.8.1 , Schedule 1Schedule 1
AS 4200 Part 2 2017 Pliable building membranes and underlays
— Installation requirements (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)F3D3, F8D3 N/A
10.8.1 N/A
AS/NZS 4234 2021 Heated water systems — Calculation of
energy consumption Spec 45 N/A N/A B2D2
AS 4254 Part 1 2021 Ductwork for air-handling systems in
buildings — Flexible ductSpec 7, J6D7 H3D2 13.7.4 N/A
AS 4254 Part 2 2012 Ductwork for air-handling systems in
buildings — Rigid ductSpec 7, J6D5, J6D7N/A
13.7.4 N/A
AS/NZS 4284 2008 Testing of building facades F3V1 H2V1 N/A N/A
AS/NZS 4505 2012 Garage doors and other large access doors
(incorporating amendment 1)B1D4 N/A 2.2.4 N/A
AS 4552 2005 Gas fired water heaters for hot water supply
and/or central heatingN/A N/A N/A B2D2
AS 4586 2013 Slip resistance classification of new
pedestrian surface materials (incorporating
amendment 1) (See Note 7)D3D11, D3D14, D3D15. Spec 27N/A
11.2.4 N/A
AS 4597 1999 Installation of roof slates and shingles (Non-
interlocking type)B1D4, F3D2 H1D7 N/A N/A
AS/NZS 4600 2018 Cold-formed steel structures B1D4, Spec 1 H1D6, Spec 1 5.3.3 , 6.3.6 Spec 1Referenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 463
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AS 4654 Part 1 2012 Waterproofing membranes for external
above-ground use — MaterialsF1D5 H2D8 N/A N/A
AS 4654 Part 2 2012 Waterproofing membranes for external above-ground use — Design and installationC2D14, F1D4, F1D5H2D8 N/A N/A
AS 4678 2002 Earth-retaining structures N/A H1D3 N/A N/A
AS 4773 Part 1 2015 Masonry in small buildings — Design
(incorporating amendment 1)N/A H1D5, H2D4
5.6.3 , 12.4.3 N/A
AS 4773 Part 2 2015 Masonry in small buildings — Construction
(incorporating amendment 1)N/A H1D5, H2D4 5.6.3 , 12.4.3 N/A
AS/NZS 4859 Part 12018 Thermal insulation materials for buildings —
General criteria and technical provisionsJ4D3, J6D6, J6D9N/A
13.2.2 , 13.7.2 , 13.7.4 N/A
AS/NZS 4859 Part 22018 Thermal insulation materials for buildings —
DesignJ3D8, J4D3, Spec 36, Spec 37N/A
13.2.5 , 13.2.6 N/A
AS/NZS 4858 2004 Wet area membranes N/A N/A 10.2.8 N/A
AS 5113 2016 Classification of external walls of buildings
based on reaction-to-fire performance (incorporating amendment 1)C1V3 N/A N/A N/A
AS 5146 Part 1 2015 Reinforced autoclaved aerated concrete —
Structures (incorporating amendment 1)B1D4 H1D7 N/A N/A
AS 5146 Part 3 2018 Reinforced autoclaved aerated concrete —
Construction B1D4, F3D5 N/A N/A N/A
AS 5216 2021 Design of post-installed and cast-in
fastenings in concreteB1D4 N/A
2.2.4 N/A
AS/NZS 5601 Part 1 2013 Gas installations — General installations J1V4 H6V3 N/A N/A
AS 5637 Part 1 2015 Determination of fire hazard properties —
Wall and ceiling liningsSpec 7, Schedule 1Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1
AS ISO 9239 Part 1 2003 Reaction to fire tests for floorings —
Determination of the burning behaviour using a radiant heat sourceSchedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1
AS/NZS ISO 9972 2015 Thermal performance of buildings —
Determination of air permeability of buildings — Fan pressurization methodJ1V4 H6V3 N/A N/A
AIRAH-DA07 2021 Criteria for moisture control design analysis
in buildingsF8V1 H4V5 N/A N/AReferenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 464
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
AIRAH-DA09 1998 Air conditioning load estimation Spec 35 N/A N/A N/A
AIRAH-DA28 2011 Building management and control systems Spec 34 N/A N/A N/A
ANSI/ASHRAE
Standard 552013 Thermal environmental conditions for human
occupancySchedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 1402007 Standard method of test for the evaluation of
building energy analysis computer programsJ1V1, J1V2, J1V3, J1V5H6V2 N/A N/A
ASTM E2073-10 2010 Standard Test Method for Photopic
Luminance of Photoluminescent (Phosphorescent) MarkingsSpec 25 N/A N/A N/A
ASTM E72-15 2015 Standard Test Methods of Conducting
Strength Tests of Panels for Building ConstructionSpec 6 N/A N/A N/A
ASTM E695-03 2003 Standard Test Method of Measuring Relative
Resistance of Wall, Floor and Roof Construction to Impact LoadingSpec 6 N/A N/A N/A
ASTM E96 2016 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor
Transmission of MaterialsSchedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1
AHRI 460 2005 Performance rating of remote mechanical-
draft air-cooled refrigerant condensersJ6D13 N/A N/A N/A
AHRI 551/591 2015 Performance rating of water-chilling and heat
pump water-heating packages using the vapor compression cycle.Spec 33, J6D11 N/A N/A N/A
ABCB 2022 Fire Safety Verification Method
C1V4 N/A N/A N/A
ABCB 2022 Housing Provisions Standard N/A Throughout Throughout N/A
ABCB 2022 Livable Housing Design G7D2 H4D3 , H8D2 3.3.3 , 11.2.3 N/A
ABCB 2011 Protocol for Structural Software, Version
2011.2B1D5 H1D6 2.2.5 N/A
ABCB 2012 Standard for Construction of Buildings in
Flood Hazard Areas, Version 2012.3B1D6 H1D10 N/A N/A
ABCB 2022 Standard for NatHERS Heating and Cooling
Load Limits, Version 2022.1J3D3 Spec 42 N/A N/A
ABCB 2022 Standard for Whole-of-Home Efficiency
FactorsJ3D14 N/A 13.6.2 N/A
CIBSE Guide A 2015 Environmental design Spec 34, Spec
35, J4D3, J4D7N/A N/A N/AReferenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 465
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
N/A 2002 Disability Standards for Accessible Public
TransportF4D12, I2D1 N/A N/A N/A
N/A 2010 Education and Care Services National Law
Act (Vic)Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1 Schedule 1
European Union
Commission Regulation 547/20122012 Eco-design requirements for water pumps J6D8 N/A N/A N/A
European Union Commission Regulation 622/Annexx II, point 22012 Eco-design requirements for glandless
standalone circulators and glandless circulators integrated in productsJ6D8 N/A N/A N/A
FPAA101D 2021 Automatic Fire Sprinkler System Design and
Installation — Drinking Water SupplyC1V3, C2D6, C2D13, C3D2, C3D7, C3D8, C4D6, C4D7, C4D8, C4D9, C4D12, Spec 5, Spec 7, D2D4, D2D17, D3D26, D3D30, E2D8, E2D9, E2D13, E2D14, E2D15, E2D16, E2D17, E2D19, E2D20, Spec 17, Spec 18, Spec 20, G3D1, G3D6, Spec 31, I1D2, Schedule 1Schedule 1 Schedule 1 B4D3, Schedule
1,
B1D5Referenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 466
(1 May 2023)
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
FPAA101H 2018 Automatic Fire Sprinkler System Design and
Installation — Hydrant Water Supply
(incorporating amendment 1)C1V3, C2D6, C2D13, C3D2, C3D7, C3D8, Spec 5, Spec 7, Spec 17, Spec 18, E2D8, E2D9, E2D13, E2D14, E2D15, E2D16, E2D17, E2D19, E2D20, Spec 20, G3D1, G3D6, Spec 31, I1D2N/A N/A B4D3
ISO 140 Part 6 1998E Acoustics — Measurement of sound
insulation in buildings and of building elements — Laboratory measurements of impact sound insulation of floorsSpec 29 N/A N/A N/A
ISO 540 2008 Hard coal and coke — Determination of ash
fusibilitySpec 13 N/A N/A N/A
ISO 8336 1993E Fibre-cement flat sheets Schedule 1 Schedule 1
7.5.3 , 7.5.4 , 7.5.5 ,
Schedule 1Schedule 1
ISO 25745 Part 2 2015 Energy performance of lifts, escalators and
moving walks: Energy calculation and classification for lifts (elevators)J7D8 N/A N/A N/A
NASH Standard 2021 Steel Framed Construction in Bushfire Areas N/A H7D4 N/A N/A
NASH Standard
Part 12005 Residential and Low Rise Steel Framing —
Design Criteria (incorporating amendments A, B and C)B1D4 H1D6 N/A N/A
NASH Standard Part 22014 Residential and Low Rise Steel Framing —
Design Solutions (incorporating amendment A) B1D4, B1D5, F1D8H1D6
2.2.5 , 6.2.1 , 6.3.6 ,
7.5.2 , 7.5.3 , 7.5.4 ,
10.2.19 , 10.2.20N/A
NSF/ ANSI/ CAN 3722020 Drinking Water System Components - Lead
Content A5G4 A5G4 N/A A5G4
N/A N/A Northern Territory Deemed to Comply Standards ManualN/A N/A
2.2.4 N/A
SA TS 5344 2019 Permanent labelling for Aluminium
Composite Panel (ACP) productsA5G8 A5G8 N/A A5G8
TN 61 N/A Cement Concrete and Aggregates Australia — Technical note — Articulated wallingN/A H1D4 N/A N/AReferenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 467
(1 May 2023)
T
able Notes
For AS/NZS ISO 717.1:(1)
Test reports based on AS 1276—1979 and issued prior to AS/NZS 1276.1—1999 being referenced in the NCC remain valid.(a)
The STC values in reports based on AS 1276—1979 must be considered to be equivalent to Rw values.(b)
Test reports based on AS/NZS 1276.1 prepared after the NCC reference date for AS/NZS 1276.1—1999 must be based on that version.(c)
Test reports based on ISO 717-1—1996 and issued prior to AS/NZS ISO 717.1—2004 being referenced in the NCC remain valid.(d)
Reports based on AS/NZS ISO 717.1 relating to tests carried out after the NCC reference date for AS/NZS ISO 717.1—2004 must relate to the amended(e)
Standard.
For AS 1562.1, tests carried out based on AS 1562.1—1992 and issued prior to AS 1562.1—2018 being referenced in the NCC remain valid. Reports relating to(2)
tests carried out after the NCC reference date for AS 1562.1 must relate to the revised Standard.
For AS 1670.1, AS 1670.3 and AS1670.4, notwithstanding A4G1(5) , until the adoption of NCC 2025 the editions of the documents listed in Table 1.8 of AS 1670.1, (3)
AS 1670.3 and AS 1670.4 may be used to meet the requirements of AS 1670.1, AS 1670.3 and AS 1670.4 as applicable.
For AS 2047:(4)
Tests carried out under earlier editions of AS 2047 remain valid.(a)
Reports based on AS 2047 relating to tests carried out after the NCC reference date for AS 2047—2014 Amendment 2 must relate to the amended Standard.(b)
For AS 3786:(5)
Tests carried out under AS 3786—2014 Amendment 1 remain valid.(a)
Reports based on AS 3786 relating to tests carried out after the NCC reference date for AS 3786—2014 Amendment 2 must relate to the amended Standard.(b)
Test reports based on the 2005 edition of AS/NZS 4020 will continue to be accepted until 1 May 2024. Test reports prepared afte r the NCC reference date for the (6)
2018 edition of AS/NZS 4020 must be based on the 2018 edition.
For AS 4586:(7)
Test reports based on the 2004 edition of AS/NZS 4586 and issued prior to the 2013 edition of AS 4586 being referenced in the NCC remain valid.(a)
Test reports prepared after the NCC reference date of the 2013 edition of AS 4586 must be based on that version.(b)
For the purposes of assessing compliance, the slip-resistance classifications of V, W and X in reports based on the 2004 edition of AS/NZS 4586 may be(c)
considered to be equivalent to slip-resistance classifications of P5, P4 and P3 respectively in the 2013 edition of AS 4586.
Test reports based on Appendix D of AS 4586—2013 and issued prior to the NCC reference date for AS 4586—2013 (incorporating Ame ndment 1) remain (d)
valid.
Test reports based on Appendix D of AS 4586—2013 and prepared after the NCC reference date for AS 4586—2013 (incorporating Amendment 1) must be(e)
based on that version.No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing Provisions Volume Three
WMK NOD
2021/4.22021 WaterMark Notice of Direction 2021/4.2
Certification transition arrangements for lead free plumbing productsA5G4 A5G4 N/A A5G4Referenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 468
(1 May 2023)
Tests carried out based on AS/NZS 2918—2001 and issued prior to AS/NZS 2918—2018 being referenced in the NCC remain valid. Repo rts relating to tests (8)
carried out after the NCC reference date for AS/NZS 2918 must relate to the revised Standard.
For AS 2699 Parts 1 and 3:(9)
For AS 2699.1, the 2000 edition has been retained for a transitional period ending on 30 April 2025.(a)
For AS 2699.3, the 2002 edition has been retained for a transitional period ending on 30 April 2025.(b)
For AS 1397, the 2011 edition has been retained for a transitional period ending on 31 August 2023. (10)
For AS/NZS 3500.3, the 2018 edition has been retained for a transitional period ending on 31 August 2023. (11)Referenced documents
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 469
(1 May 2023)
Page 470NSW Table 1
NT Table 1
QLD Table 1 SA Table 1 TAS Table 1 VIC Table 1 WA Table 1
(1 May 2023)
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022
Commonwealth of Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 471Schedule 3 Commonwealth of Australia
(1 May 2023)
Australian Capital Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 472Schedule 4 Australian Capital Territory
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 473
Schedule 5 New South Wales
3 Site preparation
Part 3.1 Scope and application of
Section 3
NSW 3.1.2 Application
4 Footings and slabs
Part 4.2 Footings, slabs and associated elements
NSW 4.2.3 Excavation for footings
NSW 4.2.8 Damp-proofing membrane
9 Fire safety
Part 9.5 Smoke alarms and evacuation lighting
NSW 9.5.1 Smoke and heat alarm requirements
NSW Part 9.4 Fire protection of garage top dwellings
NSW 9.4.1 Fire separation
NSW 9.4.2 Construction of floors
NSW 9.4.3 Construction of walls
13 Energy efficiency
Part 13.2 Building fabric
NSW 13.2.1 Application of Part 13.2
NSW 13.2.3 Roofs and ceilings
NSW 13.2.4 Roof lights
NSW 13.2.5 External walls
NSW 13.2.6 Floors and subfloor walls
NSW 13.2.7 Attached Class 10a buildings
NSW Part 13.3 External glazing
Part 13.4 Building sealing
NSW 13.4.1 Application of Part 13.4
NSW Part 13.5 Ceiling fans
NSW Part 13.6 Whole-of-home energy usage
Part 13.7 Services
NSW 13.7.1 Application of Part 13.7
NSW 13.7.5 Electric resistance space heating
NSW 13.7.6 Artificial lighting
NSW 13.7.7 Water heater in a heated water supply system
NSW 13.7.8 Swimming pool heating and pumping
NSW 13.7.9 Spa pool heating and pumping
NSW Part 13.1 Scope and application of
Section 13
NSW 13.1.1 Scope
NSW 13.1.2 Application
Schedule 1 Definitions
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 474
Part 3.1 Scope and application of
Section 3
Delete 3.1.2 and insert NSW 3.1.2 as follows:
NSW 3.1.2 Application
[2019: NSW Part 3.1.1]
(1) The application of this Section is subject to the following:
The Governing Requirements of NCC 2022 Volume Two. (a)
Any conditions set out within the following Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of NCC Volume Two: (b)
H1D3(1), for earthworks. (i)
H2D4(1)(b), for drainage. (ii)
The State and Territory variations, additions and deletions contained in the Schedules to the ABCB Housing (c)
Provisions and NCC Volume Two.
(2) Except for Table 3.2.1 as referenced by Figure 3.3.2 and except for H1D3(1) for determination of a normal site as
referenced by H1D4, Part 3.2 does not apply in New South Wales.
Notes
In New South Wales requirements for shoring and adequacy of excavation works are a prescribed condition of
development consent . In addition, consent authorities can place specific controls on siteworks associated with the
construction of a building, by imposing further conditions on the development consent .
Explanatory Information
In NCC 2019, the content of
Section 3
of the ABCB Housing Provisions (other than content added in NCC 2022 or later)was contained in the acceptable construction practices for Parts 3.1.1, 3.1.3 and 3.1.4 of NCC 2019 Volume Two.
NCC 2019 Volume Two did not include an acceptable construction practice for Part 3.1.2. 3 Site preparation
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 475
Part 4.2 Footings, slabs and associated elements
Delete 4.2.3 and insert NSW 4.2.3 as follows:
NSW 4.2.3 Excavation for footings
[2019: 3.2.2.1, NSW 3.3.3.1(e) ]
(1) Excavation for footings, including thickenings for slabs and pads must be clean cut with vertical sides, wherever
possible.
(2) The base of the excavation must be—
for flat sites, generally level but may slope not more than 1:40 to allow excavations to drain; and (a)
for sloping sites at an angle of not more than 1:10; and (b)
for stepped footings in accordance with 4.2.7 . (c)
(3) Footing excavations must be free of loose earth, tree roots, mud or debris.
(4) Topsoil containing grass roots must be removed from the site of the foundation .
(5) On loose sand sites or sites subject to wind or water erosion, the depth below finished ground level to the bottom of
footings must be not less than 300 mm.
(6) The height of a finished slab-on-ground must be in accordance with 3.3.3(b) .
Notes
In New South Wales requirements for shoring and adequacy of excavation works are a prescribed condition of
development consent . In addition consent authorities can place specific controls on siteworks associated with the
construction of a building, by imposing further conditions of development consent .
Delete 4.2.8 and insert NSW 4.2.8 as follows:
NSW 4.2.8 Damp-proofing membrane
[2019: NSW 3.2.2.6]
(1) A damp-proofing membrane must be installed under slab-on-ground construction for a Class 1 building and for a
Class 10 building where the slab is continuous with the slab of a Class 1 building in accordance with (2), (3), (4) and
(5).
(2) Materials: A damp-proofing membrane must be—
0.2 mm nominal thickness polyethylene film; and (a)
high impact resistant, (b)
determined in accordance with criteria specified in clause 5.3.3.3 of AS 2870.
(3) A damp-proofing membrane must be branded continuously “AS 2870 Concrete underlay, 0.2 mm High impact
resistance”.
(4) Installation: A damp-proofing membrane must be installed as follows—
Lap not less than 200 mm at all joints. (a)
Tape or seal with a close-fitting sleeve around all service penetrations. (b)
Fully seal where punctured (unless for service penetrations) with additional polyethylene film and tape. (c)
(5) The damp-proofing membrane must be placed beneath the slab so that the bottom surface of the slab is entirely
underlaid and must extend under internal and edge beams to finish at ground level in accordance with Figure 4.2.8 .
4 Footings and slabs
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 476Notes
A range of polyethylene films can be used, including black film and orange film, provided they satisfy the requirements
for high impact resistance in accordance with the criteria specified in clause 5.3.3.3 of AS 2870. NSW 4.2.8
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 477
Part 9.5 Smoke alarms and evacuation lighting
Delete 9.5.1 and insert NSW 9.5.1 as follows:
NSW 9.5.1 Smoke and heat alarm requirements
[2019: NSW 3.7.5.2 and NSW 1.1.4]
(1) Smoke alarms must—
be located in— (a)
Class 1a buildings excluding any non-associated Class 10a private garages , subject to (2), in accordance (i)
with 9.5.2 and 9.5.4 ; and
Class 1b buildings in accordance with 9.5.3 and 9.5.4 ; and (ii)
comply with AS 3786, except that in a Class 10a private garage where the use of the area is likely to result in (b)
smoke alarms causing spurious signals, any other alarm deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 may
be installed provided that smoke alarms complying AS 3786 are installed elsewhere in the Class 1 building; and
be powered from the consumer mains source where a consumer mains source is supplied to the building; and (c)
be interconnected where there is more than one alarm. (d)
(2) Heat alarms must—
be installed in a Class 10a private garage that is located beneath a garage top dwelling and not associated with (a)
that dwelling; and
be located on or near the ceiling; and (b)
comply with AS 1603.3; and (c)
be powered from the consumer mains source supplying the garage top dwelling where a consumer mains source (d)
is supplied to the building; and
be interconnected to the garage top dwelling smoke alarms required by 9.5.2 . (e)
(3) Where heat alarms required by (2) are installed, durable notices must be permanently fixed to the garage top dwelling
and non-associated Class 10a private garage in prominent locations, indicating that—
a heat alarm is installed in the non-associated Class 10a private garage ; and (a)
the heat alarm is interconnected to the garage top dwelling smoke alarms. (b)
Explanatory Information
A smoke alarm can give spurious alarms if the atmosphere contains particles which obscure vision, such as could occur
in a Class 10a private garage part of a building. NSW 9.5.1(1)(b) therefore allows the use of a more suitable alarm,
such as a heat alarm, in these locations.
NSW 9.5.1(1)(d) requires alarms to be interconnected where there is more than one alarm. This only applies within a
single dwelling. Therefore alarms in a Class 1a dwelling need not be interconnected with alarms in another dwelling.
Where a Class 10a private garage is located beneath a garage top dwelling and is not associated with that dwelling,
NSW 9.5.1(2)(a) requires a heat alarm to be provided in the non-associated Class 10a private garage . NSW 9.5.1(2)(b)
to (e) contains requirements for installing heat alarms. NSW 9.5.1(3) contains requirements for the provision of durable
notices. 9 Fire safety
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 478 NSW 9.4.1 Fire separation
[2019: NSW 1.1.1]
(1) A garage top dwelling must be separated from a non-associated private garage by a floor complying with NSW 9.4.2 .
(2) Where a garage top dwelling is served by an internal stair, the garage top dwelling must be separated from a non-
associated private garage by a wall complying with NSW 9.4.3 .
(3) Where a garage top dwelling is located above both associated and non-associated private garages —
in addition to a floor required by (1), the private garages must be separated with a wall complying with NSW (a)
9.4.3 ; or
where a garage top dwelling is not served by an internal stair, the garage top dwelling may be separated from (b)
the private garages by a floor complying with NSW 9.4.2 .
NSW 9.4.2 Construction of floors
[2019: NSW 1.1.2]
(1) A floor required by NSW 9.4.1(1) or NSW 9.4.1(3)(b) must—
have an FRL
of not less than 30/30/30 when tested from the underside; or (a)
have a fire-protective covering on the underside of the floor, including beams incorporated in it; or (b)
be a floor/ceiling system incorporating a ceiling which has a resistance to the incipient spread of fire to the space (c)
above itself of not less than 60 minutes.
(2) Where a floor subject to (1)(a) depends on direct vertical or lateral support from another part to maintain its FRL, that
supporting part must have an FRL
of not less than 30/-/-.
(3) Where a service passes through a floor referred to in (1), the penetration must not reduce the performance of the
floor or covering.
NSW 9.4.3 Construction of walls
[2019: NSW 1.1.3]
(1) A wall required by NSW 9.4.1(2) or NSW 9.4.1(3)(a) must—
have an FRL
of not less than 30/30/30 when tested from the non-associated private garage side; or (a)
be of masonry construction not less than 90 mm thick. (b)
(2) A
wall subject to (1) must—
commence at the footings or ground slab; and (a)
extend to the underside of a floor complying with NSW 9.4.2 . (b)
(3) A
wall referred to in (1)(a), if of lightweight construction must be tested in accordance with Specification 6 of Volume
One.
(4) Where a service passes through a wall referred to in (1), the penetration must not reduce the performance of the
wall.
(5) A
wall required by NSW 9.4.1(2) or NSW 9.4.1(3)(a) need not comply with 9.3.1 .NSW Part 9.4 Fire protection of garage top dwellings
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 479 Part 13.2 Building fabric
Delete 13.2.1 and insert NSW 13.2.1 as follows:
NSW 13.2.1 Application of Part 13.2
[2019: NSW 3.12.1]
(1) The provisions of 13.2.2 , NSW 13.2.3 , NSW 13.2.5 and NSW 13.2.6 apply to a Class 1 or 10 building where a
development consent specifies that the insulation is to be provided as part of the development.
(2) NSW 13.2.3 and NSW 13.2.5 apply to all Class 1 buildings and Class 10a buildings with a conditioned space .
Delete 13.2.3 and insert NSW 13.2.3 as follows:
NSW 13.2.3 Roofs and ceilings
[2019: NSW 3.12.1.1]
(1) A roof that—
has metal sheet roofing directly fixed to metal purlins, metal rafters or metal battens; and (a)
does not have a ceiling lining or has a ceiling lining fixed directly to those metal purlins, metal rafters or metal (b)
battens,
must have a thermal break, consisting of a material with an R-Value of greater than or equal to 0.2, installed between
the metal sheet roofing and its supporting metal purlins, metal rafters or metal battens.
(2) (1) does not apply to roofs constructed using insulated sandwich panels.
Delete 13.2.4 and insert NSW 13.2.4 as follows:
NSW 13.2.4 Roof lights
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
13.2.4 does not apply in NSW.
Delete 13.2.5 and insert NSW 13.2.5 as follows:
NSW 13.2.5 External walls
[2019: NSW 3.12.1.1]
(1) A metal-framed wall that forms part of the building envelope must have a thermal break, consisting of a material with
an R-Value of not less than R0.2, installed at all points of contact between the external cladding and the metal frame
if the wall—
does not have a wall lining or has a wall lining that is fixed directly to the metal frame; and (a)
is clad with weatherboards, fibre-cement or the like, or metal sheeting fixed to the metal frame. (b)
(2) The requirements of (1) do not apply to walls constructed using insulated sandwich panels.
Explanatory Information
A lightweight wall has no high thermal mass cladding on the outside or lining on the inside. Typically, this would•
represent a framed wall, clad externally with timber weatherboards, fibre-cement sheet, metal or autoclaved aerated
concrete.
Because of the high thermal conductance of metal, a thermal break is needed when a metal framing member directly•
connects the external cladding to the internal lining or the internal environment. For the purposes of NSW
13.2.5(1)(b), expanded polystyrene strips greater than or equal to 12 mm thickness and timber greater than or13 Energy efficiency
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 480equal to 20 mm thickness are deemed to achieve an R-Value greater than or equal to 0.2.
Continuous insulation placed outside the primary insulation layer , including reflective insulation , may also be subject •
to vapour permeance requirements of 10.8.1(2) . Many continuous insulation products and foils have a low vapour
permeance. Some reflective insulation products have perforations to increase their vapour permeance . Many
perforated reflective insulation products are not classified as a water barrier by AS 4200.1. Accordingly, these
products are not suitable for use as a water control layer .
Many reflective insulation products that use perforations to increase their vapour permeance are not suitable for •
use behind vertical or diagonally orientated timber cladding boards, where required by clause 7.5.2 of the ABCB
Housing Provisions, or behind open jointed or unsealed cladding systems.
Delete 13.2.6 and insert NSW 13.2.6 as follows:
NSW 13.2.6 Floors and subfloor walls
[2019: NSW 3.12.1.1]
(1) A concrete slab-on-ground with an in-slab or in-screed heating or cooling system, must have insulation with an R-
Value greater than or equal to 1.0, installed around the vertical edge of its perimeter.
(2) Insulation required by (1) must—
be water resistant ; and (a)
be continuous from the adjacent finished ground level— (b)
to a depth of greater than or equal to 300 mm; or (i)
for at least the full depth of the vertical edge of the concrete slab-on-ground (see Figure 13.2.6 ). (ii)
(3) The requirements of (1) do not apply to an in-screed heating or cooling system used solely in a bathroom, amenity
area or the like.
Explanatory Information
NSW 13.2.6(3) provides an exemption for an in-screed heating or cooling system used solely in bathrooms, amenity•
areas and the like, as these are typically small areas.
Care should be taken to ensure that the type of termite management system selected is compatible with the slab•
edge insulation.
Insert Figure 13.2.6 as follows:
Figure 13.2.6: Insulation of slab edge
Concrete slab-on-ground
with in-slab heating systemExternal wall
Slab edge insulationNSW 13.2.5
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 481Delete 13.2.7 and insert NSW 13.2.7 as follows:
NSW 13.2.7 Attached Class 10a buildings
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
13.2.7 does not apply in NSW.
NSW Part 13.3 External glazing
This Part has been deliberately left blank. Part 13.3 does not apply in NSW.
Part 13.4 Building sealing
Delete 13.4.1 and insert NSW 13.4.1 as follows:
NSW 13.4.1 Application of Part 13.4
[2019: NSW 3.12.3]
(1) This Part applies to—
a Class 1 building; and (a)
a Class 10a building with a conditioned space . (b)
(2) The provisions of (1) do not apply to the following:
Existing buildings being relocated. (a)
Parts of buildings that cannot be fully enclosed. (b)
A building in climate zones 2 and 5 where the only means of air-conditioning is by using an evaporative cooler. (c)
A permanent building ventilation opening that is necessary for the safe operation of a gas appliance. (d)
Explanatory Information
The term “cannot be fully enclosed” means parts of buildings with permanent openings such as balconies, shade •
rooms, rooms with fixed louvres, mesh or other material that allows air flow. Adjustable louvres are considered to
provide full enclosure to the opening they accommodate. Such rooms are unlikely to be conditioned given the high
air flow rates; therefore application of the Performance Requirement to these parts of buildings would not result in
reduction in energy use.
Appropriate ventilation for gas appliances can be obtained from relevant legislation, referenced standards and •
product installation manuals.
NSW Part 13.5 Ceiling fans
This Part has been deliberately left blank. Part 13.5 does not apply in NSW.
NSW Part 13.6 Whole -of-home energy usage
This Part has been deliberately left blank. Part 13.6 does not apply in NSW.
Part 13.7 Services
Delete 13.7.1 and insert NSW 13.7.1 as follows:
NSW 13.7 .1 Application of Part 13.7
[2019: NSW 3.12.5]
(1) This Part applies to—
a Class 1 building; and (a)NSW 13.2.6
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 482a Class 10a building. (b)
(2) The provisions of (1) do not apply to existing services associated with existing buildings being relocated.
Delete 13.7.5 and insert NSW 13.7.5 as follows:
NSW 13.7 .5 Electric resistance space heating
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
13.7.5 does not apply in NSW.
Delete 13.7.6 and insert NSW 13.7.6 as follows:
NSW 13.7 .6 Artificial lighting
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
13.7.6 does not apply in NSW.
Delete 13.7.7 and insert NSW 13.7.7 as follows:
NSW 13.7 .7 Water heater in a heated water supply system
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
13.7.7 does not apply in NSW.
Delete 13.7.8 and insert NSW 13.7.8 as follows:
NSW 13.7 .8 Swimming pool heating and pumping
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
13.7.8 does not apply in NSW.
Delete 13.7.9 and insert NSW 13.7.9 as follows:
NSW 13.7 .9 Spa pool heating and pumping
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
13.7.9 does not apply in NSW.NSW 13.7 .1
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 483 NSW 13.1.1 Scope
[New for 2022]
This Section sets out the following Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for energy efficiency:
Building fabric (see Part 13.2 ). (a)
Building sealing (see Part 13.4 ). (b)
Services (see Part 13.7 ). (c)
Explanatory Information
Compliance is not required with Part 13.3 , Part 13.5 and Part 13.6 as those matters are regulated under BASIX.
NSW 13.1.2 Application
[New for 2022]
The application of this Section is subject to the following:
The Governing Requirements of NCC Volume Two. (a)
The State and
Territory variations, additions and deletions contained in the Schedules to the ABCB Housing (b)
Provisions and NCC V
olume Two.
Explanatory Information
In NCC 2019, the content of
Section 13
of the ABCB Housing Provisions (other than content added in NCC 2022 orlater) was contained in the acceptable construction practices for Part 3.12 of NCC 2019 Volume Two. NSW Part 13.1 Scope and application of
Section 13
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 484
Aisle: A walkway at the end of rows of seating, not being continental seating , leading to a cross-over or to an egress
doorway.
Appropriate authority
The relevant authority with the responsibility to determine the particular matter.
Assembly building
A building where people may assemble for—
civic, theatrical, social, political or religious purposes including a library, theatre, public hall or place of worship; (a)
or
educational purposes in a school , early childhood centre , preschool, or the like; or (b)
entertainment, recreational or sporting purposes including— (c)
a cinema; or (i)
a sports stadium, sporting or other club; or (ii)
transit purposes including a bus station, railway station, airport or ferry terminal. (d)
Auditorium: A part of an entertainment venue used or intended to be used for the purposes of accommodating an
audience to an entertainment.
Continental seating: Rows of seating in which the rows extend the full width of an auditorium without intervening aisles .
Cross-over: In relation to an entertainment venue or temporary structure , means a walkway between aisles or between
an aisle and an egress doorway.
Designated bushfire prone area
Land that:
has been designated under legislation; or (a)
has been identified under an environmental planning instrument, development control plan or in the course of (b)
processing and determining a development application,
as land that can support a bushfire or is likely to be subject to bushfire attack.
Development consent: Is as defined in the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979.
Entertainment venue: Is as defined in the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2021.
Film: A cinematograph film of a size of 35 mm or greater.
Flying scenery: Scenery of a kind that is lifted above the stage floor by means of lines run from a grid.
Garage top dwelling: A Class 1a dwelling located above a Class 10a private garage which is not associated with that
Class 1a dwelling and includes any internal entry stair serving the garage top dwelling.
Grid: A framework from which lines are run for the purpose of lifting flying scenery above the stage floor.
Information and education facility: Is as defined in the Standard Instrument—Principal Local Environment Plan.
Licensed premises: Is as defined in the Liquor Act 2007.
Minimum lateral clearance: A permanently unobstructed space having a height above floor level of not less than 2000
mm and a width of not less than the specified measurement.
Planning for Bush Fire Protection: Is as prescribed by the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2021.
Projection suite: Such part of an entertainment venue as is designed to accommodate apparatus used for projecting
films.
Row: A row of seating—
between a wall or other barrier and an aisle; or (a)
between 2 aisles . (b)
Small live music or arts venue: The whole or part of a building— Schedule 1 Definitions
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 485in which cultural activities including live music, visual arts’ displays, dancing, poetry and spoken word (a)
performances are provided to the public; and
that has a floor area of not more than 300 square metres; and (b)
that has a rise in storeys of not more than 2; and (c)
that occupies not more than 2 storeys including the ground floor storey ; and (d)
where pyrotechnics or theatrical smoke (smoke machines, hazers or the like) are not used. (e)
Spa pool: Is as defined in the Swimming Pools
Act 1992.
Special fire protection purpose: (As per
Section 100
B(6) of the Rural Fires Act 1997) means any of the followingpurposes:
a school, (a)
a child care centre, (b)
a hospital (including a hospital for the mentally ill or mentally disordered), (c)
a hotel, motel or other tourist accommodation, (d)
a building wholly or principally used as a home or other establishment for mentally incapacitated persons, (e)
seniors housing within the meaning of State Environmental Planning Policy (Housing for Seniors or People with (f)
a Disability) 2004 (now SEPP
(Housing) 2021),
a group home within the meaning of State Environmental Planning Policy No 9 - Group Homes (now SEPP (g)
(Housing) 2021),
a retirement village, (h)
any other purpose prescribed by the regulations (Rural Fires Regulation 2022). (i)
Notes
For application of this definition in the BCA, the term “school” does not include a college, university or similar tertiary
educational establishment.
Temporary structure: Either—
a booth, tent or other temporary enclosure, whether or not a part of the booth, tent or enclosure is permanent; (a)
or
a mobile structure. (b)
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 486
Insert NSW Table 1 as follows:
NSW Table 1: Schedule of referenced documents Schedule 2 Referenced documents
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
Provisions
AS/NZS 1596 2014 The Storage and
Handling of LP
GasNSW I4D61 N/A N/A
AS 1603 2018 Automatic fire
detection and
alarm systems — Heat alarms (See
Note 1)N/A N/A NSW 9.5.1
AS 2001 Part 5.4 2005 Methods of test
for textiles: Dimensional
washing and
drying procedures
for textile textingNSW S7C7 N/A N/A
AS/NZS 3000 2018 Electrical
installations
(known as the
Australian/New
Zealand Wiring
Rules)NSW I5D14 N/A N/A
AS/NZS 3002 2008 Electrical
installations —
Shows and
carnivalsNSW I5D14 N/A N/A
SSL N/A Appraisal
Specification
FAS102NSW I4D46 N/A N/A
NSW Legislation 1979 Environmental
Planning and
Assessment ActNSW G5D3, NSW
Schedule 1NSW H7D4, NSW Schedule 1 NSW Schedule 1
NSW Legislation 2021 Environmental
Planning and
Assessment RegulationNSW I4D1, NSW I4D46, NSW Schedule 1 NSW Schedule 1 NSW Schedule 1
NSW Legislation 2007 Liquor Act NSW Schedule 1 NSW Schedule 1 NSW Schedule 1
NSW Legislation 1997 Rural Fires Act NSW G5D3, NSW G5D4, NSW Schedule 1 NSW Schedule 1,
NSW H7D4NSW Schedule 1
NSW Legislation N/A Standard
Instrument—
Principal Local
Environmental
PlanNSW Schedule 1 NSW Schedule 1 NSW Schedule 1
NSW Legislation 1992 Swimming Pools
ActNSW G1P2, NSW G1D2, NSW Schedule 1 NSW H7P1, NSW H7D2, NSW Schedule 1 NSW Schedule 1
(1 May 2023)
New South Wales
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 487Table Notes
Heat alarms complying with
AS 1603.3 must be a class type A1 or A2. (1)No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
Provisions
NSW Legislation 2018 Swimming Pools
RegulationNSW G1P2, NSW
G1D2NSW H7P1, NSW H7D2 N/A
NSW Legislation 2011 Work Health and
Safety ActNSW G1D5 N/A N/A
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 488
Schedule 6 Northern Territory
3 Site preparation
Part 3.4 Termite risk management
3.4.1 Requirements for termite management systems
NT 3.4.2 Termite management systems
10 Health and amenity
NT Part 10.7 Sound insulation
NT 10.7.1 Sound insulation requirements
NT 10.7.2 General installation requirements for walls
NT 10.7.3 Soil and waste pipes
13 Energy efficiency
NT Part 13.6 Whole-of-home energy usage
NT Part 13.1 Scope and application of
Section 13
NT 13.1.1 Scope
NT 13.1.2 Application
NT Part 13.2 Building fabric
NT 13.2.1 Application of Part 13.2
NT 13.2.2 Building fabric thermal insulation
NT 13.2.3 Roofs
NT 13.2.4 Roof lights
NT 13.2.5 External walls
NT 13.2.6 Attached Class 10a buildings
NT Part 13.3 External glazing
NT 13.3.1 Application of Part 13.3
NT 13.3.2 External glazing
NT 13.3.3 Shading
NT Part 13.4 Building sealing
NT 13.4.1 Application of Part 13.4
NT 13.4.2 Chimneys and flues
NT 13.4.3 Roof lights
NT 13.4.4 External windows and doors
NT 13.4.5 Exhaust fans
NT 13.4.6 Construction of ceilings, walls and floors
NT 13.4.7 Evaporative coolers
NT Part 13.5 Air movement
NT 13.5.1 Application of Part 13.5
NT 13.5.2 Air movement
NT 13.5.3 Ventilation openings
NT Part 13.7 Services
NT 13.7.1 Application of Part 13.7
NT 13.7.2 Insulation of services
NT 13.7.3 Central heating water piping
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 489NT 13.7.4 Heating and cooling ductwork
NT 13.7.5 Water heater in a heated water supply system
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 490
Part 3.4 Termite risk management
3.4.1 R equirements for termite management systems
[2019: 3.1.4.2]
Delete 3.4.1(2) and insert NT 3.4.1(2) as follows:
(2) For the purposes of (1), a primary building element consisting entirely of, or a combination of, any of the following
materials is considered not subject to termite attack:
Steel, aluminium or other metals. (a)
Concrete. (b)
Masonry. (c)
Fibre-reinforced cement. (d)
Timber — naturally termite resistant in accordance with Appendix C of AS 3660.1 in areas where Mastotermes (e)
darwiniensis are not prevalent.
Timber — preservative treated in accordance with Appendix D of AS 3660.1. (f)
Delete 3.4.2 and insert NT 3.4.2 as follows:
NT 3.4.2 Termite management systems
[2019: NT 3.1.4.3(d) and (e) ]
Where a termite management system is required it must—
be selected appropriate to Table 3.4.2 ; and (a)
comply with— (b)
AS 3660.1; or (i)
have been tested and passed the tests required by
Section 5
of AS 3660.3; and (ii)have a durable notice installed in accordance with 3.4.3 ; and (c)
include additional termite risk management measures in areas where Mastotermes darwiniensis are prevalent; (d)
and
where a chemical termite management system is used— (e)
the chemical must be included on the appropriate authority’s pesticides register; and (i)
when used as an external perimeter termite management system for Mastotermes darwiniensis, it is— (ii)
installed by excavating trenches, treating the exposed trench and backfilling the trench with treated (A)
material; and
covered by a concrete strip not less than 50 mm thick and 300 mm wide measured from the external (B)
wall of the building.
Explanatory Information
3.4.2(b)(i) provides the option of having a chemical termite management system tested to AS 3660.3. In order for the
test results to remain valid, the system would then have to be installed as tested. 3 Site preparation
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 491
10 Health and amenity
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 492
NT 10.7 .1 Sound insulation requirements
[2019: NT 3.8.6.2]
(1) A separating wall between two or more Class 1 buildings must—
achieve the weighted sound reduction index (RW) and impact sound resistance required by Table NT 10.7.1 ; (a)
and
be installed in accordance with the appropriate requirements of NT 10.7.2 and NT 10.7.3 . (b)
(2) For the purposes of this Part, the RW may be determined in accordance with AS/NZS ISO 717.1.
Explanatory Information
The wall configurations shown in Figures NT 10.7.1b , 10.7.1c , 10.7.1d , 10.7.1e , 10.7.1f , 10.7.1g , 10.7.1h , 10.7.1i ,
10.7.1j , 10.7.1k , 10.7.1l , 10.7.1m , 10.7.1n , 10.7.1o , 10.7.1p , 10.7.1q , 10.7.1r , 10.7.1s and 10.7.1t are typical examples.
Other proprietary methods are available for meeting the RW and sound impact levels required by NT 10.7.1.
Insert Table 10.7.1 as follows:
Table 10.7 .1: Required RW and sound impact levels for separating walls
NT Part 10.7 Sound insulation
Separating wall — location and
penetrationsImpact sound resistance (as per
Figures NT 10.7.1b to 10.7.1h)RW (as per Figures NT 10.7.1i to
10.7.1u)
Type A: between a bathroom, sanitary
compartment , laundry or kitchen and
a habitable room (other than a
kitchen) in an adjoining Class 1
building (dwelling) (see Figure NT
10.7.1a )Yes 50
Type B: in all other cases to those
listed as Type A (see Figure NT
10.7.1a )No 45
A soil and waste pipe or other
penetration that serves or passes
through a separating wall between
houses — if the adjacent room is a
habitable room (other than a kitchen)No 45
A soil and waste pipe or other
penetration that serves or passes
through a separating wall — if the
room is a kitchen or any other roomNo 30
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 493Insert NT Figure 10.7.1a as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1a : Required RW — plan view
Insert NT Figure 10.7.1b as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1b: Construction of walls to reduce impact sound and achieve a 50 RW: cavity brickwork
Figure Notes
2 leaves of 90 mm brick masonry with—
all joints filled solid with mortar; and (a)
an air space not less than 40 mm between the leaves; and (b)
the leaves connected by ties in accordance with AS 3700, except ‘(for piers—isolated and engaged)’ is removed (c)
from Clause 8.5.1(d) and where Clause 8.5.1 requires design for unreinforced masonry in accordance with Section
7, the member must also be designed as unreinforced masonry in accordance with Tables 10.3 and 4.1(a)(i)(C) of
AS 3700; and
wall tie spacing as set out in Part 5.6 . (d)Rw 50
Rw 45Bedroom – dwelling 1
Bedroom – dwelling 1
Bedroom – dwelling 2Waste pipe – must be separated from the adjoining
dwelling by a wall with Rw 45, this may be reducedto a Rw 30 if the adjoining room is a kitchenBathroom –dwelling 2 NT 10.7 .1
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 494Insert NT Figure 10.7.1c as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1c: Construction of walls to reduce impact sound and achieve a 50 RW: single leaf brickwork
Figure Notes
80 mm thick brick masonry with—
each face rendered 13 mm thick; and (a)
50 mm x 12 mm thick timber battens at not more than 610 mm centres fixed to each face but not recessed into the (b)
render; and
one layer of 12 mm thick softboard nailed to the battens; and (c)
6 mm thick medium density hardboard adhesive-fixed into the softboard. (d)
Insert NT Figure 10.7.1d as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1d: Construction of walls to reduce impact sound and achieve a 50 RW: concrete blockwork
Figure Notes
190 mm thick concrete block masonry with—
each face of the blocks fitted with 50 mm x 50 mm timber battens, spaced at not more than 610 mm centres, (a)
screw-fixed into resilient plugs with rubber inserts; and
the space between the battens completely filled with mineral or glass wool blanket or batts not less than 50 mm (b)
thick; and
the outer face of the battens finished with plasterboard not less than 10 mm thick. (c)NT 10.7 .1
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 495Insert NT Figure 10.7.1e as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1e : Construction of walls to reduce impact sound and achieve a 50 RW: timber -framed
walling (method 1 )
Figure Notes
70 mm x 45 mm F5 staggered timber studs at 600 mm centres both side on 120 mm x 35 mm F5 timber plates with—
one layer of 16 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard on both faces; and (a)
50 mm glass fibre batts. (b)
Insert NT Figure 10.7.1f as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1f: Construction of walls to reduce impact sound and achieve a 50 RW: timber -framed
walling (method 2 )
Figure Notes
70 mm x 45 mm F5 timber double studs at 450 mm - 600 mm centres with an air space not less than 20 mm between
studs with two layers of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard on both faces.
Insert NT Figure 10.7.1g as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1g: Construction of walls to reduce impact sound and achieve a 50 RW: steel stud walling
(method 1)
600 mm
600 mmNT 10.7 .1
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 496Figure Notes
64 mm staggered metal studs (0.75 mm base metal thickness) at 600 mm centres both sides, clipped in 92 mm metal
tracks with—
two layers of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard to each side; and (a)
50 mm glass wool cavity batts. (b)
Insert NT Figure 10.7.1h as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1h: Construction of walls to reduce impact sound and achieve a 50 RW: steel stud walling
(method 2)
Figur e Not
es
64 mm double metal studs (0.75 mm base meta thickness) at 600 mm centres with an air space not less than 20 mm
between studs, in separate frames with no mechanical links, with—
two layers of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard to each side; and (a)
50 mm glass wool cavity batts. (b)
Insert NT Figure 10.7.1i as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1i : Clay brickwork to achieve RW of 45 (method 1)
Figure Notes
Clay brickwork 110 mm thick in one or more leaves and with a mass per unit area of not less than 290 kg/m2.
Insert NT Figure 10.7.1j as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1j : Clay brickwork to achieve RW of 45 (method 2)
Figure Notes
Clay brickwork 80 mm thick, pressed brick and rendered 13 mm on one side, the mass per unit area of the unrendered
wall being not less than 215 kg/m2. NT 10.7 .1
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 497Insert NT Figure 10.7.1k as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1k: Calcium silicate brickwork to achieve RW of 45 (method 1)
Figure Notes
Calcium silicate brickwork 90 mm thick with one layer of 10 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard on each side.
Insert NT Figure 10.7.1l as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1l : Calcium silicate brickwork to achieve RW of 45 (method 2)
Figure Notes
Calcium silicate brickwork 90 mm thick with one layer of 10 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard on metal furring
channels.
Insert NT Figure 10.7.1m as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1m :Concrete blockwork to achieve RW of 45 (method 1)
Figure Notes
Concrete blockwork with—
190 mm solid units (or thicker); and (a)
material density 2200 kg/m3. (b)
Insert NT Figure 10.7.1n as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1n : Concrete blockwork to achieve RW of 45 (method 2)
Figure Notes
Concrete blockwork with—
110 mm solid units (or thicker); and (a)NT 10.7 .1
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 498material density 2200 kg/m3; and (b)
material thickness — 83 mm minimum; and (c)
10 mm plasterboard or 12 mm render on each face. (d)
Insert NT Figure 10.7.1o as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1o: Concrete wall to achieve RW of 45
Figure Notes
In-situ concrete — 125 mm thick with a density not less than 2200 kg/m3.
Insert NT Figure 10.7.1p as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1p : Steel stud walling to achieve RW of 45
Figure Notes
Steel stud walling with—
2 layers of 16 mm thick fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to each face; or (a)
2 layers of 13 mm thick plasterboard on both sides of 75 mm studs. (b)
Insert NT Figure 10.7.1q as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1q : Timber stud walling to achieve RW of 49
Figure Notes
70 mmx 45 mm timber studs at 450 mm - 600 mm centres with—
one layer of 16 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard on one face; and (a)
50 mm glass fibre batts; and (b)
one layer of 16 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard on metal resilient channel. (c)NT 10.7 .1
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 499Insert NT Figure 10.7.1r as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1r : Timber stud walling to achieve RW of 46
Figure Notes
Timber stud walling with 70 mm x 45 mm timber studs at 450 mm - 600 mm centres with two layers of 16 mm fire-
protective grade plasterboard on both sides.
Insert NT Figure 10.7.1s as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1s: Ducts or other construction separating soil and waste pipes from units — masonry to
achieve RW of 30
Figure Notes
Masonry not less than 90 mm thick.
Insert NT Figure 10.7.1t as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1t: Ducts or other construction separating soil and waste pipes from units — plasterboard to
achieve RW of 30 (method 1)
Figure Notes
2 layers of plasterboard each 10 mm thick, fixed to timber studs not less than 75 mm x 50 mm and spaced at not more
than 400 mm centres.
Insert NT Figure 10.7.1u as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .1u: Ducts or other construction separating soil and waste pipes from units — plasterboard to
achieve RW of 30 (method 2)
Figure Notes
2 layers of plasterboard each 13 mm thick, one on each side of steel studs not less than 50 mm deep and spaced at
not more than 400 mm centres. NT 10.7 .1
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 500 NT 10.7 .2 General installation requirements for walls
[2019: NT 3.8.6.3]
(1) To achieve an appropriate RW and impact sound resistance, walls must—
be installed in accordance with the appropriate requirements contained in (2) to (6); and (a)
at the junction of sound insulated walls with perimeter walls and roof cladding, be sealed in accordance with any (b)
details in Figure NT 10.7.2a .
(2) Masonry units must—
be laid with all joints filled solid, including those between the masonry and any adjoining construction; and (a)
not be chased for services. (b)
(3) Joints between concrete slabs and any adjoining construction must be filed solid.
(4) Plasterboard must be installed as follows:
If one layer is required under this Part, joints must be staggered with the joints in sheets on the opposite face of (a)
the wall.
If 2 layers are required , the first layer must be fixed according to (a) and the second layer must be fixed to the (b)
first layer with nails, screws or adhesive so that the joints do not coincide with those of the first layer (see Figure
NT
10.7.2b ).
Joints between sheets or between sheets and any adjoining construction must be taped and filled solid. (c)
Fire-protective grade plasterboard (where nominated) must be the grade manufactured for use in fire-resisting (d)
construction.
(5) Steel studs and perimeter members must be installed as follows:
The section of steel must be not less than 0.6 mm thick. (a)
Studs must be not less than 63 mm in depth unless another depth is specified in NT 10.7.1 . (b)
Studs must be fixed to steel top and bottom plates of suf
ficient depth to permit secure fixing of the plasterboard. (c)
All steel members at the perimeter of the wall must be securely fixed to the adjoining structure and be bedded (d)
in resilient compound or the joints must be caulked so that there are no voids between the steel members and
the wall.
(6) T
imber studs and permitter members must be installed as follows:
Studs must be fixed to top and bottom plates of suf
ficient depth to permit secure fixing of the plasterboard. (a)
Noggings and like members must not bridge between studs supporting dif
ferent wall leaves. (b)
All timber members at the perimeter of the wall must be securely fixed to the adjoining structure and bedded in (c)
resilient compound or the joints must be caulked so that there are no voids between the timber members and
the wall.NT 10.7 .2
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 501Insert NT Figure 10.7.2a as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .2a: Sound insulation between units — double stud wall configuration
Steel or timber studs
staggered at 300 mm centres
Fire resistant lining.
One or two sheets as nominated in Table 3.8.6.2Broken line denotes
staggered studSeparating wall frame
above ceiling line to be
at 600 mm centresRoofing material Battens pass over separating
wall. Allow for truss settlement
of 1 mm per metre
of roof span.
(a) Elevation (b) Section
(c) Plan detailDamp-proofing
50 mm min. fibreglass batt / blanket insulation located in wall cavityFireproof insulation or fireseal mastic or solid timberNT 10.7 .2
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 502Insert NT Figure 10.7.2b as follows:
NT Figure 10.7 .2b :Typical installation of plaster sheets for sound insulation
NT 10.7 .3 Soil and waste pipes
[2019: NT 3.8.6.4]
If a soil or waste pipe passes through a separating wall—
a door or panel providing access to the pipe must not open into any habitable room , other than a kitchen; and (a)
an access door or panel in any other part must be firmly fixed so as to overlap the frame or rebate of the frame (b)
by not less than 10 mm, be fitted with a sealing gasket along all edges and constructed of—
wood, plasterboard or blockboard not less than 38 mm thick; or (i)
compressed fibre reinforced cement sheeting not less than 9 mm thick; or (ii)Tape and
set joints
Stagger fixings
Stagger sheet joints 200 mm
200 mm300 mm300 mmNT 10.7 .2
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 503other suitable material with a mass per unit area not less than 24.4. kg/m2. (iii)NT 10.7 .3
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 504 NT Part 13.6 Whole -of-home energy usage
This Part is deleted from the BCA in Northern Territory.13 Energy efficiency
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 505
NT 13.1.1 Scope
[New for 2022]
This Section sets out the following Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for energy efficiency:
Building fabric (see NT Part 13.2 ). (a)
External glazing (see NT Part 13.3 ). (b)
Building sealing (see NT Part 13.4 ). (c)
Air movement (see NT Part 13.5 ). (d)
Services (see NT Part 13.7 ). (e)
NT 13.1.2 Application
[New for 2022]
The application of this Section is subject to the following:
The Governing Requirements of NCC Volume Two. (a)
The Northern Territory variations, additions and deletions contained in the Schedule 6 to NCC Volume Two. (b)NT Part 13.1 Scope and application of
Section 13
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 506
NT 13.2.1 Application of Part 13.2
[New for 2022]
(1) The provisions of NT 13.2.2 to NT 13.2.6 apply to—
a Class 1 building; and (a)
a Class 10a building with a conditioned space . (b)
(2) The provisions of NT 13.2.6 apply to a Class 1 building with an attached Class 10a building.
(3) NT Part 13.2 must be applied as directed in NT H6D2(1)(a) or (b).
NT 13.2.2 Building fabric thermal insulation
[New for 2022]
(1) Where required , insulation must comply with AS/NZS 4859.1 and be installed so that it—
abuts or overlaps adjoining insulation other than at supporting members such as studs, noggings, joists and the (a)
like where the insulation must butt against the member; and
forms a continuous barrier with ceilings, walls, bulkheads, floors or the like that inherently contribute to the (b)
thermal barrier; and
does not affect the safe or effective operation of a domestic service or fitting. (c)
(2) Where required , reflective insulation must be installed with—
the necessary airspace, to achieve the required R-Value between a reflective side of the reflective insulation (a)
and a building lining or cladding; and
the reflective insulation closely fitted against any penetration, door or window opening; and (b)
the reflective insulation adequately supported by framing members; and (c)
each adjoining sheet of roll membrane being— (d)
overlapped not less than 150 mm; or (i)
taped together. (ii)
(3) Where required , bulk insulation must be installed so that—
it maintains its position and thickness, other than where it crosses roof battens, water pipes, electrical cabling (a)
or the like; and
in a ceiling, where there is no bulk insulation or reflective insulation in the external wall beneath, it overlaps the (b)
external wall by not less than 50 mm.
NT 13.2.3 Roofs
[New for 2022]
(1) A roof must achieve the Total R-Value of 2.7 for the downwards direction of heat flow in climate zone 1 and downwards
and upwards in climate zone 3.
(2) The Total R-Value is reduced to 2.2 for each of the following:
The roof upper surface has a solar absorptance value of not more than 0.55. (a)
The roof space is ventilated by— (b)
gable vents, ridge vents, eave vents, roof vents or the like that— (i)
are evenly distributed to allow an unobstructed flow of air; and (A)
are located to ensure, where practicable, there are no dead airspaces; and (B)
have an aggregate fixed open area of not less than 1.0% of the ceiling area; or (C)NT Part 13.2 Building fabric
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 507not less than 2 wind-driven roof ventilators having an aggregate opening area of not less than 0.14 m2 in (ii)
conjunction with gable vents, ridge vents, eave vents, roof vents or the like having an aggregate fixed open
area of not less than 0.2% of the ceiling area; or
a tiled roof without sarking-type material at roof level. (iii)
(3) A roof that—
is required to achieve a minimum Total R-Value ; and (a)
has metal sheet roofing fixed to metal purlins, metal rafters or metal battens; and (b)
does not have a ceiling lining or has a ceiling lining fixed directly to those metal purlins, metal rafters or metal (c)
battens,
must have a thermal break, consisting of a material with an R-Value of not less than 0.2, installed between the metal
sheet roofing and its supporting member.
(4) A roof, or roof and associated ceiling, is deemed to have the Total R-Value required by Tables NT 13.2.3a , NT 13.2.3b
and NT 13.2.3c .
(5) Where, for operational or safety reasons, ceiling insulation cannot be installed at or around exhaust fans or recessed
downlights, a reduction of insulation of 1% or more of the ceiling area must be compensated for by proportionately
increasing the R-Value of insulation in the remainder of the ceiling in accordance with Table NT 13.2.3d .
Insert NT Table 13.2.3a as follows:
NT Table 13.2.3a : Typical insulation options for typical roof and ceiling construction : Unventilated roof
spaces
Insert NT Table 13.2.3b as follows:
NT Table 13.2.3b: Typical insulation options for typical roof and ceiling construction : Pitched roof with flat
ceiling – ventilated roof space
Climate zone 1 Climate zone 3
Tiled roof (clay or concrete) Total R-Value of roof and
ceiling materials0.43 0.37
Minimum value of added R-
Value of insulation2.27 2.33
Metal roof Total R-Value of roof and
ceiling materials0.41 0.35
Minimum value of added R-
Value of insulation2.29 2.35
Minimum required Total R-Value 2.70 2.70
Climate zone 1 Climate zone 3
Tiled roof (clay or concrete) Total R-Value of roof and
ceiling materials0.73 0.22
Minimum value of added R-
Value of insulation1.97 2.48
Metal roof Total R-Value of roof and
ceiling materials0.71 0.20
Minimum value of added R-
Value of insulation1.99 2.50
Minimum required Total R-Value 2.70 2.70NT 13.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 508Insert NT Table 13.2.3c as follows:
NT Table 13.2.3c: Typical insulation options for typical roof and ceiling construction : Pitched roof with flat
ceiling – unventilated roof space
Insert NT Table 13.2.3d as follows:
NT Table 13.2.3d: Adjusted minimum R-Value of ceiling insulation required to compensate for loss of ceil -
ing insulation area
Explanatory Information : 13.2.3(2 )
The roof space ventilation option applies to a pitched roof with a flat ceiling to ensure that efficient cross ventilation •
is achieved in the roof space to remove hot air. Roof space ventilation is generally not suitable for most flat, skillion,
cathedral ceiling and similar roof types because of the lack of space between the ceiling and roof.
Care should be taken to ensure that the roof ventilation openings do not allow rain penetration and that they comply •
with appropriate bushfire provisions.
Gaps between roof tiles with sarking (or reflective insulation at rafter level) and metal sheet roofing are not •
acceptable methods of providing roof space ventilation.
Compliance with the ventilation provisions may result in the ingress of wind driven rain or fine dust, or stimulate the •
growth of mould or fungus in the roof enclosure. Consideration should therefore be given to the surrounding
environmental features prior to adopting this as an alternative to the roof insulation provisions.
A light coloured roof reduces the flow of heat from solar radiation better than a dark colour roof. A roof with a solar •
absorptance value of less than 0.55 means the roof is of a light colour such as white, off-white, cream or dull zinc
aluminium.
Climate zone 1 Climate zone 3
Tiled roof (clay or concrete) Total R-Value of roof and
ceiling materials0.55 0.40
Minimum value of added R-
Value of insulation2.15 2.30
Metal roof Total R-Value of roof and
ceiling materials0.53 0.38
Minimum value of added R-
Value of insulation2.17 2.32
Minimum required Total R-Value 2.70 2.70
Percentage of
ceiling area
uninsulatedMinimum R-Value of ceiling insulation required to satisfy 13.2.3(1)
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
0.5% to less
than 1.0%1.0 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.4 4.0 4.7 5.4 6.2 6.9
1.0% to less
than 1.5%1.1 1.7 2.3 2.9 3.6 4.4 5.2 6.1 7.0 X
1.5% to less than 2.0% 1.1 1.7 2.4 3.1 3.9 4.8 5.8 6.8 X X
2.0% to less than 2.5% 1.1 1.8 2.5 3.3 4.2 5.3 6.5 X X X
2.5% to less than 3.0% 1.2 1.9 2.6 3.6 4.6 5.9 X X X X
3.0% to less than 4.0% 1.2 2.0 3.0 4.2 5.7 X X X X X
4.0% to less than 5.0% 1.3 2.2 3.4 5.0 X X X X X XNT 13.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 509Explanatory Information : Tables NT 13.2.3a, NT 13.2.3b and NT 13.2.3c
Typical construction: The tables above provide examples of various roofs and ceiling, walls and floors. The Total R- •
Value required is achieved by adding the Total R-Value of the basic element, i.e. roof and ceiling, walls or floors,
and the R-Value of any additional insulation incorporated in that element The Total R-Value of the basic roof and
ceiling has been determined by adding together the R-Values of the outdoor air film, roof cladding, roof airspace,
ceiling sheet lining and internal film.
The Total R-Value of the roof and ceiling materials may need to be adjusted if other building elements such as •
sarking are also installed. For example, sarking or sheet insulation under tiles may change a roof space from
“ventilated” to “unventilated”.
Thermal bridging: Irrespective of the framing material used, the minimum added R-Value specified is deemed to •
include the effect of thermal bridging created by framing members in situations other than described in the following
point.
Thermal break: Because of the high thermal conductance of metal, a thermal break is to be provided where the•
ceiling lining of a house is fixed directly to the underside of the metal purlins or metal battens of a metal deck roof
or where there is no ceiling lining.
The purpose of the thermal break is to ensure that the thermal performance of
this form of roof construction is comparable to that of a similar roof with timber purlins or timber battens.
A thermal
break may be provided by materials such as timber
, expanded polystyrene strips, plywood or compressed bulk
insulation.
The material used as a thermal break must separate the metal purlins or metal battens from the metal
deck roofing and achieve the specified R-Value . Reflective insulation alone is not suitable for use as a thermal
break because it requires an adjoining airspace to achieve the specified R-Value (see last point).
Location of insulation:
The thermal performance of the roof may vary depending on the position of the insulation, •
the climatic conditions, the design of the house and the way in which it is operated. For example, insulation installed
under the roof, rather than on the ceiling, of a conditioned house with a large roof space is less ef
fective because
of the additional volume of roof air space that would need to be heated or cooled. Conversely
, for an unconditioned
house, the use of reflective insulation is more effective when placed directly under the roof.
Choice of insulation:
There are a number of different insulation products that may be used to achieve the minimum •
added R-Value . However, care should be taken to ensure that the choice made is appropriate for the construction
and climatic conditions as the location and relationship other building elements may not be suitable in all
circumstances for both practical and technical reasons. For instance, in some climate zones , insulation should be
installed with due consideration of condensation and associated interaction with adjoining building materials.
Reflective insulation and its adjoining airspace is considered to achieve the following R-Values when used in
conjunction with the Total R-Value of a pitched roof and flat ceiling construction. To achieve these values, the
reflective insulation must be laid directly under the roof cladding and have a minimum airspace of 15 mm between
a reflective side of the reflective insulation and the adjoining lining or roof cladding. The actual R-Value added by
reflective insulation and its adjoining airspace should be determined for each product which takes into consideration
factors such as the number of adjacent airspaces dimensions of the adjacent airspace, whether the space is
ventilated and the presence of an anti-glare coating. When reflective insulation has an anti-glare coating on one
side, the emittance value of that side will be greater than the value of the uncoated side.
Also, where another
emittance value for reflective insulation is used (other than the value used in NT Table 13.2.3d ), care should be
taken to ensure that the number of airspaces allowed for is consistent with the form of construction and whether
the airspace is reflective, partially reflective or non-reflective. Where bulk insulation fills the airspace, the Total R-
Value should be reduced to take account of the loss of airspace.
Explanatory Information : 13.2.3(5 ) and Table NT 13.2.3d
When considering the reduction of insulation because of exhaust fans and recessed downlights, 1% of the ceiling area
for a 200 m2 sized house would permit 2 bathroom heater-light assemblies, a laundry exhaust fan, a kitchen exhaust
fan and either approximately 25 recessed downlights with 100 mm clearance to the insulation or approximately 10
recessed downlights with 200 mm clearance to the insulation.
NT 13.2.4 Roof lights
[New for 2022]
Roof lights serving a habitable room or an interconnecting space such as a corridor, hallway, stairway or the like—
if the total area of the roof lights is more than 1.5% but not more than 10% of the floor area of the room or space, (a)
must comply with Table NT 13.2.4 ; or
if the total area of the roof lights is more than 10% of the floor area of the room or space they serve, may only (b)NT 13.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 510be used where—
compliance with the natural lighting requirements can only be achieved by a roof light ; and (i)
the transparent and translucent elements of the roof lights , imperforate ceiling diffuser, achieve— including (ii)
any
an SHGC of not more than 0.25; and (A)
a Total U-Value of not more than 1.3; and (B)
The aggregate area of roof lights serving a building must not exceed 3% of the total area of the floor of the storey (c)
served.
Insert NT Table 13.2.4 as follows:
NT Table 13.2.4: Roof lights – thermal performance of transparent and translucent elements
Table Notes
The roof light shaft index is determined by measuring the distance from the centre of the shaft at the roof to the (1)
centre of the shaft at the ceiling level and dividing it by the average internal dimension of the shaft opening at the
ceiling level (or the diameter for a circular shaft) in the same units of measurement.
The total area of roof lights is the combined area for all roof lights serving the room or space. (2)
The area of a roof light is the area of the roof opening that allows light to enter the building. (3)
The thermal performance of an imperforate ceiling diffuser may be included in the Total U-Value of the roof light . (4)
NT 13.2.5 External walls
[New for 2022]
(1) Each part of an external wall must satisfy (2) or (3), except for—
an external wall facing the south orientation sector, as described in NT Figure 13.2.5a ; and (a)
opaque non-glazed openings such as doors (including garage doors), vents, penetrations, shutters and the like; (b)
and
glazing ; and (c)
a storey of a building complying with (4). (d)
(2) For climate zone 1, each part of the external wall must satisfy one of the following:
Achieve a minimum Total R-Value of 1.9. (a)
Achieve a minimum Total R-Value of 1.4 and be constructed on a flooring system that is in direct contact with (b)
the ground, such as a concrete slab-on-ground or the like.
For masonry external wall with a surface density of not less than 220kg/m2, shade the external wall of the storey (c)
with a verandah, balcony, eaves, carport or the like, which—
for an external wall facing the north and south orientation factors as described in NT Figure 13.2.5a , projects (i)
at a minimum angle of 15 degrees; and
for an external wall facing north east, east, south east, south west, west, north west orientation factors as (ii)
described in NT Figure 13.2.5a , projects at a minimum angle of 45 degrees, in accordance with NT Figure
13.2.5b . Roof light shaft index Total area of roof lights serving the room or space as a percentage of the floor
area of the room or space
Up to 5% of the floor area of the room
or spaceMore than 5% and up to 10%
Less than 0.5 SHGC of not more than 0.5 and a
Total U-Value of not more than 5.0SHGC of not more than 0.25 and a
Total U-Value of not more than 2.5
1.0 to 2.5 Total U-Value of not more than 5.0 SHGC of not more than 0.25 and a
Total U-Value of not more than 2.5
2.5 and above Total U-Value of not more than 5.0 SHGC of not more than 0.25 and a
Total U-Value of not more than 2.5NT 13.2.4
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 511For a weatherboard, sheet clad or masonry veneer external wall — (d)
incorporate reflective insulation with an emittance of not more than 0.05 inwards; and (i)
be constructed on a flooring system that is in direct contact with ground, such as a concrete slab-on-ground (ii)
or the like; and
shade the external wall of the storey with a verandah, balcony, eaves, carport of the like which projects at (iii)
a minimum angle of 15 degrees in accordance with NT Figure 13.2.5b .
(3) For climate zone 3, each part of the external wall must satisfy one of the following:
Achieve a minimum Total R-Value of 1.9. (a)
Achieve a minimum Total R-Value of 1.4 and be constructed on a flooring system that is in direct contact with (b)
the ground such as a concrete slab-on-ground or the like.
(4) The requirements of (1) do not apply to the storey of a building provided—
the external walls achieve a surface density of not less than 220 kg/m2; and (a)
the external surface of the external walls achieves a solar absorptance of not more than 0.45; and (b)
the external glazing achieves a pass when determined with the ABCB 2009 Glazing calculator; and (c)
the external walls are shaded with a verandah, balcony, eaves, carport or the like which projects at a minimum (d)
angle of 15 degrees in accordance with NT Figure 13.2.5b ; and
the habitable rooms contain ceiling fans. (e)
Insert NT Figure 13.2.5a as follows:
NT Figure 13.2.5a: Orientation sectors
Figure Notes
The direction that a wall or glazing element faces is the direction of a perpendicular line from the wall or glazing (1)
element.
This Figure is based on True North and all angles are measured clockwise from True North. Survey angles on site (2)NORTH SECTOR
NORTH EAST SECTOR
EAST SECTOR
SOUTH SECTORSOUTH WEST SECTORWEST SECTORNORTH WEST SECTORNNE ( 22.5°)
SOUTH EAST SECTOR True North ( 0°)
ENE ( 67.5°)
ESE ( 1
12.5°)
SSE ( 157
.5°)
SSW ( 202.5°)WSW ( 247.5°)WNW ( 292
.5°)NNW ( 3
37.5°)NT 13.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 512plans are usually marked in angles from True North. These angles can be used to establish True North for a
particular site.
Magnetic North, found by a magnetic compass, varies from True North over time and by different amounts in(3)
dif
ferent locations. Magnetic North is not an acceptable approximation of True North.
The eight orientation sectors shown in this Figure do not overlap at their boundaries. North sector
, for example, (4)
begins just clockwise after the NNW line and ends exactly on the NNE line.
The start and end of other sectors are
determined in a similar way, as indicated by the outer curved arrows.
Insert NT Figure 13.2.5b as follows:
NT Figure 13.2.5b :Measurement of a projection for wall shading
Figur
e Notes
Guttering can be considered as providing shading if attached to a shading projection.
Explanatory Information
Walls with a surface density of 220 kg/m2 or more are deemed to achieve acceptable levels of thermal performance
due to their ability to store heat and therefore slow the heat transfer through the building fabric . These walls are defined
by surface density (kg/m2), which is the mass of one vertical square metre of wall, in order to reduce the complexity
when measuring the mass of walls with voids.
The following are examples of some typical wall constructions that achieve a surface density of 220 kg/m2:
T
wo leaves each of 90 mm thick or greater clay or concrete masonry. •
140 mm thick or greater dense-weight hollow concrete or clay blocks with—•
10 mm plasterboard or render; and◾
at least one concrete grouted horizontal bond beam; and◾
vertical cores filled with concrete grout at centres not exceeding 1000 mm.◾
140 mm thick or greater concrete wall panels and dense-weight hollow concrete or clay blocks with all vertical cores•
filled with concrete grout.
190 mm thick or greater dense-weight hollow concrete or clay blocks with—•
at least one concrete grouted horizontal bond beam; and◾
vertical cores filled with concrete grout at centres not exceeding 1800 mm.◾
Earth-wall construction with a minimum wall thickness of 200 mm.•Shading
projection
Internal floor Min. 15
degrees Shading projection
Internal floorMin. 45 degreesNT 13.2.5
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 513 NT 13.2.6 Attached Class 10a buildings
[New for 2022]
A Class 10a building attached to a Class 1 building must—
have an external fabric that achieves the required level of thermal performance for a Class 1 building; or (a)
be separated from the Class 1 building with construction having the required level of thermal performance for (b)
the Class 1 building.
Explanatory Information
The attachment of a Class 10a building, such as a garage, glasshouse, solarium, pool enclosure or the like should not
compromise the thermal performance of the Class 1 building. In addition, the Class 10a building may be insulated and
so assist the Class 1 building achieve the required thermal performance. Explanatory Figure NT 13.2.6 below depicts
examples of a Class 1 building with an attached Class 10a garage.
Insert NT Figure 13.2.6 (explanatory) as follows:
NT Figure 13.2.6 ( explanatory) : Attached Class 10a building examples
Figure Notes
In (a), the thermal performance required for the Class 1 building may be achieved by the outside walls and floor of the
Class 10a garage.
In (b), the thermal performance required for the Class 1 building may be achieved by the walls and floor of the Class 1
building as if the Class 10a garage is an under floor space with an enclosed perimeter. OPTION (a) – Elevation OPTION (b) – ElevationClass 1
Class 1
ground floorClass 10a
garageClass 1
Class 1
ground floorClass 10a
garageNT 13.2.6
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 514 NT 13.3.1 Application of Part 13.3
[New for 2022]
This Part applies to—
a Class 1 building; and (a)
a Class 10a building with a conditioned space . (b)
NT 13.3.2 External glazing
[New for 2022]
Compliance with this part is demonstrated with a “passed” result produced with the ABCB Glazing calculator certificate for
the glazing in the building.
NT 13.3.3 Shading
[New for 2022]
Where shading is required to comply with NT 13.3.2 , it must—
be provided by an external permanent projection, such as a verandah, balcony, fixed canopy, eaves, shading (a)
hood or carport, which—
extends horizontally on both sides of the glazing for a distance not less than the projection distance P in (i)
NT Figure 13.3.3 ; or
provide the equivalent shading to (i) with a reveal or the like; or (ii)
be provided by an external shading device, such as a shutter
, blind, vertical or horizontal building screen with (b)
blades, battens or slats, which—
is capable of restricting at least 80% of the summer solar radiation; and (i)
if adjustable, is readily operated either manually
, mechanically or electronically by the building occupants. (ii)NT Part 13.3 External glazing
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 515Insert NT Figure 13.3.3 as follows:
NT Figure 13.3.3: Method of measuring P and H
Figur
e Notes
An external shading device that complies with NT 13.3.3(b) is considered to achieve a P/H value of 2.00. (1)P
(lower storey glazing ) Shading projection
or device
G
(lower storey glazing )
H
(lower storey
glazing ) H
(upper storey
glazing ) G
(upper storey glazing ) Shading projection
or device P
(upper storey
glazing ) NT 13.3.3
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 516Where G exceeds 500 mm, the value of P must be halved. (2)
Explanatory Information
Shading devices can include fixed louvres, shading screens and other types of perforated or fixed angle slatted •
shades. However, such devices need to be designed for the climate and latitude to ensure that summer sun
penetration is restricted, while winter sun access is achieved.
Gutters can only be considered as providing shading if attached to a shading projection such as a verandah, fixed •
canopy, eaves, shading hood, balcony or the like.
Shading devices can be either attached or located adjacent to the building. For example, a free-standing lattice •
screen may be considered to provide shading to glazing if it complies with NT 13.3.3(b)(ii).
An adjustable shading device should be readily operated from a safe location or platform that does not require •
ladders, rigging, harnessing or the like. NT 13.3.3
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 517 NT 13.4.1 Application of Part 13.4
[New for 2022]
This Part applies to—
a Class 1 building; and (a)
a Class 10a building with a conditioned space . (b)
Applications
This Part does not apply to:
A building where the only means of air-conditioning is by using an evaporative cooler. (a)
A
permanent building ventilation opening that is necessary for the safe operation of a gas appliance. (b)
A
Class 10a building used for the accommodation of vehicles. (c)
NT 13.4.2 Chimneys and flues
[New for 2022]
The chimney or flue of an open solid-fuel burning appliance must be provided with a damper or flap that can be closed to
seal the chimney or flue.
NT 13.4.3 Roof lights
[New for 2022]
(1) A roof light must be sealed, or capable of being sealed, when serving a conditioned space .
(2) A roof light required by (1) must be constructed with—
an imperforate ceiling diffuser or the like installed at the ceiling or internal lining level; or (a)
a weatherproof seal if it is a roof window; or (b)
a shutter system readily operated either manually
, mechanically or electronically by the occupant. (c)
NT 13.4.4 External windows and doors
[New for 2022]
(1) A seal to restrict air infiltration must be fitted to each edge of an external door, openable window and other such
opening when serving a conditioned space .
(2) The following need not comply with (1):
An external louvre door, louvre window or other such opening. (a)
A window complying with the maximum air infiltration rates specified in AS 2047. (b)
(3) A
seal required by (1) may be a foam or rubber compressible strip, fibrous seal or the like.
NT 13.4.5 Exhaust fans
[New for 2022]
An exhaust fan must be fitted with a sealing device such as a self-closing damper, filter or the like when serving a
conditioned space . NT Part 13.4 Building sealing
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 518Explanatory Information
An exhaust fan is considered to be adequately sealed if it is fitted with a filter such as the type commonly used in kitchen
range hoods.
NT 13.4.6 Construction of ceilings, walls and floors
[New for 2022]
(1) Ceilings, walls, floors and any opening such as a window frame, door frame, roof light frame or the like must be
constructed to minimise air leakage in accordance with (2) when forming part of the external fabric a conditioned
space .
(2) Construction required by (1) must be—
enclosed by internal lining systems that are close fitting at ceiling, wall and floor junctions; or (a)
sealed at junctions and penetrations with— (b)
by close-fitting skirting, architraves, cornices; or (i)
expanding foam, rubber compressive strip, or caulking, or the like. (ii)
NT 13.4.7 Evaporative coolers
[New for 2022]
An evaporative cooler must be fitted with a self-closing damper or the like when serving a heated space.
Explanatory Information
The self-closing damper should create an effective seal against air infiltration. NT 13.4.5
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 519 NT 13.5.1 Application of Part 13.5
[New for 2022]
This Part applies to a habitable room in a Class 1 building.
NT 13.5.2 Air movement
[New for 2022]
(1) Air movement must be provided to habitable rooms in accordance with Table NT 13.5.2 .
(2) Air movement required by (1) may be provided through an opening from an adjoining room (including an enclosed
verandah) if—
the adjoining room is not a sanitary compartment ; and (a)
the opening between the adjoining room and the habitable room complies with Table NT 13.5.2 as if it were a (b)
ventilation opening to the habitable room or a proportion there of if some ventilation is provided from another
source; and
the ventilation opening to the adjoining room complies with Table NT 13.5.2 for the total area of the floor of the (c)
adjoining room and the proportion of the habitable room that is ventilated from the adjoining room.
Insert NT Table 13.5.2 as follows:
NT Table 13.5.2: Minimum total ventilation opening area as a percentage of the floor area for each habit -
able room
NT 13.5.3 Ventilation openings
[New for 2022]
(1) The total ventilation opening area required by Table NT 13.5.2 to a habitable room must—
be connected by a breeze path complying with (b) to another ventilation opening in another room or space; or (a)
be provided by a minimum of two ventilation openings located within the same habitable room , with each (b)
ventilation opening having an area of not less than 25% of the area required by Table NT 13.5.2 .
(2) A
breeze path required by (1)(a) must—
pass through not more than two openings in the internal walls with each opening having an area of not less than (a)
1.5 m2; and
have a distance along the breeze path between ventilation opening of not more than 20 m. (b)
Explanatory Information
Ventilation openings should be designed to allow the interior of the building to take full advantage of any natural •
breeze. Careful consideration should be given to the type and location of openings to ensure optimum effect is
achieved and that internal “dead air pockets” are avoided.
An opening may serve more than one breeze path.•
Two openings are stated in NT 13.5.3(2)(a) as the limit of the number of openings permitted in a breeze path. These•NT Part 13.5 Air movement
Climate zone Minimum total ventilation opening area per habitable room (percentage of the area of
the floor of the habitable room )
Without a ceiling fan or
evaporative coolerWith a ceiling fan With an evaporative cooler
1 15% 12.5% 15%
3 12.5% 7.5% 7.5%
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 520are typically doorways. Larger openings, such as those between adjoining lounge and dining areas in the same
space are unlikely to restrict air movement significantly. NT 13.5.3
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 521 NT 13.7 .1 Application of Part 13.7
[New for 2022]
This Part applies to—
a Class 1 building; and (a)
a Class 10a building. (b)
NT 13.7 .2 Insulation of services
[New for 2022]
Thermal insulation for central heating water piping and heating and cooling ductwork must be—
protected against the effects of weather and sunlight; and (a)
able to withstand the temperatures within the piping or ductwork. (b)
Explanatory Information
The central heating water piping provisions apply to systems designed to heat the building via water, such as a hydronic
heating system.
NT 13.7 .3 Central heating water piping
[New for 2022]
(1) Central heating water piping that is not within a conditioned space must be thermally insulated to achieve the minimum
Total R-Value of 0.6.
(2) Internal piping including—
flow and return piping that is— (a)
within an unventilated wall space; or (i)
within an internal floor between storeys; or (ii)
between ceiling insulation and a ceiling; and (iii)
heated water piping encased in a concrete floor slab (except that which is part of a floor heating system), must (b)
in all climate zones , have a minimum material R-Value of 0.4.
(3) All piping located outside a building, or within a ventilated wall space, subfloor or roof space must have a minimum
material R-Value of 0.6.
Explanatory Information
The insulation levels in NT Explanatory Table 13.7.3 are typical examples of materials that can be used to insulate •
central heating water R-Value . Other methods are available for meeting the Total R-Values required .
Piping within a timber member, such as that passing through a wall stud, is considered to have sufficient insulation. •
Insert NT Table 13.7.3 (explanatory) as follows:
NT Table 13.7 .3 (explanatory) :R-Value of the insulation used for smaller diameter piping
Insulation R-Value
9 mm of closed cell polymer 0.4
13 mm of closed cell polymer 0.6
19 mm of closed cell polymer 0.9NT Part 13.7 Services
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 522
NT 13.7 .4 Heating and cooling ductwork
[New for 2022]
(1) Heating and cooling ductwork and fittings must—
achieve the minimum Total R-Value in accordance with NT Table 13.7.4 ; and (a)
use thermal insulation material in accordance with AS/NZS 4859.1; and (b)
be sealed against air loss— (c)
by closing all openings in the surface, joints and seams of ductwork with adhesives, mastics, sealants or (i)
gaskets in accordance with AS 4254 for a Class C seal; or
for flexible ductwork, with a draw band in conjunction with a sealant or adhesive tape. (ii)
(2) Duct insulation located under a suspended floor, in an attached Class 10a building and in a roof space must—
be protected by an outer sleeve of protective sheeting to prevent the insulation becoming damp; and (a)
have the outer protective sleeve sealed with adhesive tape not less than 48 mm wide creating an airtight and (b)
waterproof seal.
(3) The requirements of (1) do not apply to heating and cooling ductwork and fittings located within the insulated building
envelope including a service riser within the conditioned space , internal floors between storeys and the like.
Insert NT Table 13.7.4 as follows:
NT Table 13.7 .4: Heating and cooling ductwork and fittings – minimum total R-Value
Table Notes
The minimum material R-Value required for ductwork may be reduced by 0.5 for combined heating and refrigerated
cooling systems if the ducts are—
under a suspended floor with an enclosed perimeter; or (a)
in a roof space that has an insulation of greater than or equal to R0.5 directly beneath the roofing. (b)
Explanatory Information
Insulation for refrigerated cooling ductwork should have a vapour barrier to prevent possible damage by •
condensation.
The insulation levels in NT Explanatory Tables 13.7.4a , 13.7.4b and 13.7.4c are typical examples of materials that •
can be used to insulate ductwork and fittings and the R-Values they contribute.
For fittings, 11mm polyurethane typically provides an R-Value of 0.4. •
NT Explanatory Tables 13.7.4a , 13.7.4b and provides R-Values for typical ductwork insulation materials: •
Insert NT Table 13.7.4a (explanatory) as follows: Insulation R-Value
25 mm of closed cell polymer 1.3
25 mm of glasswool 1.3
Element Minimum R-Value for ductwork and fittings
Evaporative cooling system Heating-only system or
refrigerated cooling-only
systemCombined heat and
refrigerated cooling system
Ductwork 0.6 1.0 1.5
Fittings 0.4NT 13.7 .3
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 523NT Table 13.7 .4a (explanatory) :Flexible ductwork
Insert NT Table 13.7.4b (explanatory) as follows:
NT Table 13.7 .4b ( explanatory) :Sheetwork ductwork – external insulation
Insert NT Table 13.7.4c (explanatory) as follows:
NT Table 13.7 .4c ( explanatory) :Sheetmetal ductwork – internal insulation
NT 13.7 .5 Water heater in a heated water supply system
[New for 2022]
A water heater in a heated water supply system must be designed and installed in accordance with Part B2 of NCC Volume
Three – Plumbing Code of Australia. Insulating material and thickness R-Value
45 mm glasswool (11 kg/m3) 1.0
70 mm polyester (6.4 kg/m3) 1.0
63 mm glasswool (11 kg/m3) 1.5
90 mm polyester (8.9 kg/m3) 1.5
85 mm glasswool (11 kg/m3) 2.0
Insulating material and thickness R-Value
38 mm glasswool (22 kg/m3) 1.0
50 mm polyester (20 kg/m3) 1.1
50 mm glasswool (22 kg/m3) 1.5
75 mm polyester (20 kg/m3) 1.7
Insulting material and thickness R-Value
38 mm glasswool (32 kg/m3) 1.0
50 mm polyester (32 kg/m3) 1.3
50 mm glasswool (32 kg/m3) 1.5NT 13.7 .4
(1 May 2023)
Northern Territory
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 524
Insert NT Table 1 as follows:
NT Table 1: Schedule of referenced documents
Table Notes
For AS 2047:
Tests carried out under earlier editions of AS 2047 remain valid. (a)
Reports based on AS 2047 relating to tests carried out after the NCC reference date for AS 2047—2014 (b)
Amendment 2 must relate to the amended Standard.Schedule 2 Referenced documents
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
Provisions
AS/NZS 1170
Part 22011 Structural design
actions: Wind
actions Amdt 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5NT S4C3 N/A N/A
AS 2047 2014 Windows and
external glazed
doors in buildings
(incorporating
amendments 1
and 2) See NoteB1D4, F3V1, F3D4 H1D8, H2V1 NT 13.4.4
AS 3660 Part 1 2014 Termite
management:
New building workNT B1D4 N/A NT 3.4.1(2) , NT
3.4.2
AS 4254 Part 1 2012 Ductwork for air
handling systems
in buildings —
Flexible ductN/A N/A NT 13.7.4
AS 4254 Part 2 2012 Ductwork for air
handling systems
in buildings —
Rigid ductSpec 7 N/A NT 13.7.4
AS/NZS 4859.1 2018 Thermal
insulation
materials for buildings —
General criteria
and technical
provisionsN/A N/A NT 13.2.2 , NT
13.7.4
BCA 2009 May 2009 Building Code of
AustraliaNT Section J N/A N/A
BCA 2019 May 2009 Building Code of
AustraliaNT Section J N/A N/A
(1 May 2023)
Queensland
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 525
Schedule 7 Queensland
3 Site preparation
Part 3.4 Termite risk management
3.4.1 Requirements for termite management systems
QLD 3.4.2 Termite management systems
Schedule 1 Definitions
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
(1 May 2023)
Queensland
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 526
Part 3.4 Termite risk management
3.4.1 R equirements for termite management systems
[2019: 3.1.4.2]
Insert subclause QLD 3.4.1(3) in clause 3.4.1 as follows:
(3) A termite management system installed in a Class 1 or 10 building minimise the risk of termite attack to primary
building elements shall be in accordance with clause 3.4.2 .
Insert subclause QLD 3.4.1(4) in clause 3.4.1 as follows:
(4) The termite management system required by (3) must have—
for a non-temporary Class 1 building, a design life of at least 50 years; or (a)
for other than a non-temporary Class 1 building, a design life of at least 50 years or the specified design life of (b)
the building, whichever is the lesser.
Insert subclause QLD 3.4.1(5) in clause 3.4.1 as follows:
(5) A termite management system need not comply with (4) if it is easily and readily accessible for replenishment or
replacement and is capable of being replenished or replaced.
Insert subclause QLD 3.4.1(6) in clause 3.4.1 as follows:
(6) Where a chemical is used as an external perimeter termite management system, it must be—
installed by excavating trenches, treating the exposed trench and backfilling the trench with treated material; (a)
and
covered by a concrete cover strip not less than 50 mm thick and 300 mm wide measured from the external wall (b)
of the building.
Delete 3.4.2 and insert QLD 3.4.2 as follows:
QLD 3.4.2 Termite management systems
[2019: QLD 3.1.4.3]
Where a termite management system is required it must—
be selected appropriate to QLD Table 3.4.2 ; and (a)
comply with— (b)
AS 3660.1 subject to clauses QLD 3.4.1(4) , (5) and (6); or (i)
have been tested and passed the tests required by
Section 5
of AS 3660.3; and (ii)have a durable notice installed in accordance with 3.4.3 ; and (c)
where a chemical termite management system is used, the chemical must be included on the appropriate (d)
authority’s pesticides register.
Insert QLD Table 3.4.2 as follows:
QLD Table 3.4.2: Acceptable termite management systems and components (per AS 3660.1 ) 3 Site preparation
Footing system Slab edge
exposureTermite shielding Stainless steel
meshGraded stone Chemicals
Concrete slab on
ground complying
with AS 2870:
Penetrations and
control jointsNot suitable Not suitable Component; or
full system subject to
3.4.1(4)Component; or
full system
subject to 3.4.1(4)Full system
beneath slab
subject to 3.4.1(4)
and (5)
(1 May 2023)
Queensland
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 527Footing system Slab edge
exposureTermite shielding Stainless steel
meshGraded stone Chemicals
Concrete slab on
ground complying
with AS 2870:
Slab perimeterSuitable subject
to 3.4.1(4)Not suitable Component; or
full system
subject to 3.4.1(4)Component; or
full system
subject to 3.4.1(4)Perimeter system
subject to 3.4.1(4)
and (6)
Concrete slab on
ground not
complying with
AS 2870:
Beneath slab
(includes
penetrations and
control joints)Not suitable Not suitable Full system subject to
3.4.1(4)Full system
subject to 3.4.1(4)Full system
beneath slab
subject to 3.4.1(4)
and (5)
Concrete slab on
ground not
complying with
AS 2870: Slab
perimeterSuitable subject
to 3.4.1(4)Not suitable Full system
subject to 3.4.1(4)Full system
subject to 3.4.1(4)Perimeter system
subject to 3.4.1(4)
and (6)
Suspended floors Not applicable Suitable subject
to 3.4.1(4)Suitable subject
to 3.4.1(4)Component; or
full system
subject to 3.4.1(4)Full system
subject to 3.4.1(4)QLD 3.4.2
(1 May 2023)
Queensland
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 528
Primary building element
For the purposes of—
Volume One, a member of a building designed specifically to take part of the loads specified in B1D3 and includes (1)
roof, ceiling, floor
, stairway or ramp and wall framing members including bracing members designed for the
specific purpose of acting as a brace to those members; or
V
olume Two— (2)
A
member of a building specifically designed to take part of the building loads and includes roof, ceiling, (a)
floor
, stairway or ramp and wall framing members including bracing members designed for the specific
purpose of acting as a brace to those members; and
door jambs, window frames and reveals, architraves and skirtings.(b)
Explanatory Information
The loads to which a building may be subjected are dead, live, wind, snow and earthquake loads. Further information
on building loads can be found in the AS 1170 series of Standards. Schedule 1 Definitions
(1 May 2023)
Queensland
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 529
Insert QLD Table 1 as follows:
QLD Table 1: Schedule of referenced documents Schedule 2 Referenced documents
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
Provisions
BCA 2009 May 2009 Building Code of
AustraliaQLD Section J N/A N/A
N/A December 2017 Queensland
Government,
Department of Agriculture,
Fisheries and
Forestry – Construction
timbers in Queensland:
Book 1 and Book
2: Properties and
specifications for
satisfactory performance of
construction
timbers in Queensland –
Class 1 and 10
buildings
(Houses, carports, garages,
greenhouses and
sheds)QLD B1D4 QLD H1D6 N/A
N/A N/A Building Act 1975 N/A QLD H7P1, QLD H7D2 N/A
Queensland
Development
Code MP 4.1 – Sustainable
buildingsSection J Part H6
Section 13
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 530
Schedule 8 South Australia
4 Footings and slabs
Part 4.2 Footings, slabs and associated elements
SA 4.2.8 Damp-proofing membrane
SA 4.2.10 Concrete
9 Fire safety
Part 9.2 Fire separation of external walls
SA 9.2.1 External walls of Class 1 buildings
9.2.2 Measurement of distances
9.2.4 Class 10a buildings
SA 9.2.8 Open carports
SA 9.2.9 Allowable encroachments
10 Health and amenity
Part 10.2 Wet area waterproofing
SA 10.2.1 Wet areas
SA 10.2.33 Provision of floor wastes
13 Energy efficiency
Part 13.1 Scope and application of
Section 13
SA 13.1.2 Application
Schedule 1 Definitions
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 531 Part 4.2 Footings, slabs and associated elements
Delete 4.2.8 and insert SA 4.2.8 as follows:
SA 4.2.8 Damp-proofing membrane
[2019: SA 3.2.2.6]
A continuous damp-proofing membrane must be installed under slab-on-ground construction for all Class 1 buildings and
for Class 10 buildings where the slab is continuous with the slab of a Class 1 building as follows—
Materials: A damp-proofing membrane must be— (a)
0.2 mm nominal thickness polyethylene film; and (i)
high impact resistant with resistance to puncturing and moisture penetration, determined in accordance (ii)
with criteria specified in clause 5.3.3.3 of
AS 2870; and
branded continuously “AS 2870 Concrete underlay
, 0.2 mm High impact resistance” together with the (iii)
manufacturer
’s or distributor’s name, trade mark or code.
Installation:
A damp-proofing membrane must be installed as follows— (b)
lap not less than 200 mm at all joints; and (i)
tape or seal with a close fitting sleeve around all service penetrations; and (ii)
fully seal where punctured (unless for service penetrations) with additional polyethylene film and tape. (iii)
The damp-proofing membrane must be placed beneath the slab so that the bottom surface of the slab is entirely (c)
underlaid and extends under edge beams to finish at ground level in accordance with Figure 4.2.8 .
Delete 4.2.10 and insert SA 4.2.10 as follows:
SA 4.2.10 Concrete
[2019: SA 3.2.3.1(d) to (g) ]
Concrete must comply with the following:
Concrete must be manufactured to comply with AS 3600; and— (a)
have a strength at 28 days of not less than 20 MPa (denoted as N20 grade); and (i)
have a 20 mm maximum nominal aggregate size; and (ii)
have a nominal 100 mm slump. (iii)
W
ater must not be added to the mix to increase the slump to a value in excess of that specified. (b)
Concrete must be placed, compacted and cured in accordance with good building practice. (c)
Concrete in slabs must be adequately compacted, and slab surfaces, including edges, moist cured for 7 days. (d)
After vertical surfaces are stripped of formwork, slab edges must be finished prior to curing. (e)
Loading of concrete slabs with stacked materials or building plant must not occur for a minimum of 7 days after (f)
pouring although construction of wall frames and setting out brickwork may be undertaken during this period.
Concrete must not be poured if the air temperature on site exceeds 32ºC unless written instructions from a (g)
Professional Engineer are followed.
Explanatory Information
Complete discharge of the concrete from the truck should be made within one and a half hours of initial mixing with•
water unless a suitable retarder has been specified.
Compacting concrete by vibration removes air pockets and works the concrete thoroughly around reinforcement,•
service penetrations etc. and into corners of formwork to increase durability and resistance to termite infestation
and salt damp attack. Care should be taken not to over-vibrate.
The finishing and curing of slab edges provides an
improved edge finish which is resistant to edge dampness.4 Footings and slabs
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 532Care should be taken when using chemical curing methods, because some products may not be compatible with •
adhesives used to fix surface finishes to the slab. SA 4.2.10
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 533
Part 9.2 Fire separation of external walls
Delete 9.2.1 and insert SA 9.2.1 as follows:
SA 9.2.1 External walls of Class 1 buildings
[2019: SA 3.7.2.2(b) and (c) ]
An external wall of a Class 1 building, and any openings in that wall, must comply with 9.2.3 if the wall is less than—
900 mm from an allotment boundary other than the boundary adjoining a road alignment or other public space; (a)
or
1.8 m from another building on the same allotment other than an appurtenant Class 10 building associated with (b)
the Class 1 building or a detached part of the same Class 1 building; or
3 m from a brush fence . (c)
9.2.2 Measurement of distances
[2019: 3.7.2.3]
Insert subclause SA 9.2.2(4) in clause 9.2.2 as follows:
(4) The distance from any point on an external wall of a building to a brush fence is measured in any direction from the
external wall .
9.2.4 Class 10a buildings
[2019: 3.7.2.5]
Insert subclause SA 9.2.4(3) in clause 9.2.4 as follows:
(3) A carport or verandah may have timber posts and timber roof support beams regardless of their distance from the
boundary.
Insert subclause SA 9.2.4(4) in clause 9.2.4 as follows:
(4) A Class 10b brush fence must not be constructed within 3 m of a Class 1 building unless any part of the building
within 3 m of the brush fence complies with the fire-resisting requirements of 9.2.1 , 9.2.2 , 9.2.3 and 9.2.9 .
Delete 9.2.8 and insert SA 9.2.8 as follows:
SA 9.2.8 Open carports
[2019: SA 3.7.2.6(a) ]
A Class 10a carport is exempt from complying with 9.2.4(1) if—
it has— (a)
two or more sides open and not less than one third of its perimeter open and, for the purpose of this clause, (i)
a side is considered to be open if the roof covering adjacent to that side is not less than 500 mm from
another building or allotment boundary; or
any part of the external wall of the Class 1 building located less than 2 m from the allotment boundary or (ii)
less than 4 m from another Class 1 building on the same allotment is fire-resisting to the underside of a
non-combustible roof covering or to the underside of a non-combustible ceiling lining (see SA Figure 9.2.8a ,
SA Figure 9.2.8b and SA Figure 9.2.8c ); and
it has polycarbonate or non-combustible roof covering and any ceiling lining and wall cladding, including gables, (b)
is also non-combustible (see Figure 9.2.8a ); and
it does not provide direct vertical support to any part of the Class 1 building; and (c)
in the case where it has a common roof structure with the Class 1 building and the carport or verandah does not (d)
have a ceiling (see Figure 9.2.8b ), the opening between the top of the wall of the Class 1 building and the 9 Fire safety
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 534underside of the roof covering is infilled with—
non-combustible material; or (i)
construction with non-combustible material on the carport or verandah side; and (ii)
in the case where two carports or verandahs have a common roof structure with two dif
ferent Class 1 buildings (e)
and the carports or verandahs have a ceiling, the roof space or ceiling space between the top of the ceiling and
the underside of the roof covering is infilled as follows—
vertically between the two Class 1 buildings and between the two appurtenant carports of verandahs in (i)
accordance with (d) (see SA Figure 9.2.8d ); or
vertically between the two Class 1 buildings and between the two appurtenant carports or verandahs in (ii)
accordance with (d), except that the construction must be clad with non-combustible materials on both sides
and must not be crossed by timber or other combustible building elements except for roof battens with
dimensions of 75 × 50 mm or less, roof sarking-type material or a timber gutter board not less than 20 mm
thick.
Insert SA Figure 9.2.8a as follows:
SA Figure 9.2.8a: Fire-resisting requirements for carports or verandahs without a ceiling
Insert SA Figure 9.2.8b as follows:
SA Figure 9.2.8b : Fire-resisting requirements for carports or verandahs with a non -combustible ceiling Allotment boundary2000 mm 2000 mm
Class 10a Class 1No ceilingRoof space
separationFire-resisting
walls up to
underside of
non-combustible
roof cladding
Class 1 Class 10aFire-resisting
walls up to
underside of
non-combustible
roof claddingRoof space
separation
2000 mm 2000 mm
900 mmFire-resisting
walls up to
underside of
non-combustible
ceiling
Non-combustible
ceilingFire-resisting
walls up to
underside of
non-combustible
ceilingNon-combustible
roof cladding
Class 10a Class 1 Class 1 Class 10aSA 9.2.8
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 535Insert SA Figure 9.2.8c as follows:
SA Figure 9.2.8c : Fire-resisting requirements for external walls in carports and verandahs that share a
common roof space
Insert SA Figure 9.2.8d as follows:
SA Figure 9.2.8d : Fire-resisting requirements for roof space openings in carports and verandahs with a
ceiling that share a common roof space
Class 1 Class 1
Class 10a
Carport /
verandah withnon-combustibleceiling Class 10a2 m 2 mProvide non-combustibleseparation in eaves
Fire-resisting walls up to
underside ofnon-combustible ceilingFire-resisting walls up to
underside of the roof coveringbetween Class 1 buildings
Fire-resisting walls up to
underside of
non-combustible ceiling
Carport /verandah withnon-combustibleceiling
Class 1 Class 1Provide non-combustible
separation in eaves
Class 10a Class 10a
Carport /
verandah withnon-combustible ceiling1Roof space separation to be clad with non-combustiblematerial on both sides
If under main roof, provide roof separationat 1 from ceiling to underside of non-combustible roof claddingCarport / verandah withnon-combustible ceiling
NOTE:SA 9.2.8
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 536Delete 9.2.9 and insert SA 9.2.9 as follows:
SA 9.2.9 Allowable encroachments
[2019: SA 3.7.2.7]
(1) An encroachment is any construction between—
the external wall of the building and the allotment boundary other than a boundary adjoining a road or other (a)
public space; or
the external walls of two buildings on the same allotment; or (b)
the external wall of the building and a brush fence . (c)
(2) For the purposes of (1), an encroachment related to any external wall of—
a Class 10a building required to comply with 9.2.4 ; or (a)
a Class 1 building. (b)
(3) The encroachments allowed within 900 mm of an allotment boundary or within 1.8 m of another building on the same
allotment or within 3 m of a brush fence are—
non-combustible fascias, gutters and downpipes; and (a)
light fittings, electricity or gas meters, aerials or antennas; and (b)
pergolas, sun blinds or water tanks; and (c)
unroofed terraces, landings, steps and ramps, not more than 1 m in height. (d)
(4) Except as permitted by (5) or not permitted by (6), encroachments allowed up to but not closer than 450 mm from an
allotment boundary or up to but not closer than 900 mm from another building on the same allotment or associated
encroachments of another building on the same allotment are—
combustible fascias, gutters and downpipes (see Figures 9.2.9a , 9.2.9b and 9.2.9c ); and (a)
eaves with non-combustible roof cladding and non-combustible lining; and (b)
flues, chimneys, pipes, domestic fuel tanks, cooling or heating appliances or other services. (c)
(5) Eaves with non-combustible roof cladding and non-combustible soffit or lining may encroach within 450 mm of the
allotment boundary where the external walls of a building are located not less than 900 mm from the allotment
boundary and the walls are positioned at an angle of not less than 20 degrees and not more than 70 degrees to the
allotment boundary or other building and the eaves only encroach at the corner of the roof (see SA Figure 9.2.9 ).
(6) Fascias listed in (4)(a) must not be built within 3 m of a brush fence .SA 9.2.8
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 537Insert SA Figure 9.2.9 as follows:
SA Figure 9.2.9: Concession for encroachment of eaves
Allowable encroachmentWall alignment
Eaves
Allotment Boundary900 mm
450 mmSA 9.2.9
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 538 Part 10.2 Wet area waterproofing
Delete 10.2.1 and insert SA 10.2.1 as follows:
SA 10.2.1 Wet areas
[2019: SA 3.8.1.2]
Building elements in wet areas within a building must—
be waterproof or water resistant in accordance with 10.2.2 to 10.2.6 , except that— (a)
in any room containing a washing machine, the wall area from finished floor level to a minimum of 75 mm (i)
above and 75 mm each side of the washing machine tap outlets must be water resistant ; and
where a vessel is inset into a bench top in a kitchen, bar area, kitchenette or domestic food and beverage (ii)
preparation area—
wall junctions and joints within 150 mm above the vessel must be water resistant for the extent of the (A)
vessel ; and
the perimeter edges of the vessel must be water resistant for the extent of the vessel (see SA Figures (B)
10.2.1a , 10.2.1b and 10.2.1c ); and
penetrations in horizontal surfaces for tap and spout outlets in kitchens, bar areas, kitchenettes or (C)
domestic food and beverage preparation areas, must be waterproof ; and
comply with
AS 3740; and (b)
have floor wastes provided in accordance with SA 10.2.33 ; and (c)
where floor wastes are provided for drainage of floors in bathrooms and laundries, the floors, floor/wall junction (d)
and penetration must be waterproof .
Insert SA Figure 10.2.1a as follows:
SA Figure 10.2.1a: Typical water resistant junctions and joints for bench tops with inset vessels and vessels
abutting walls 10 Health and amenity
Water resistant wall
3 mm min. sealant filled joint12 mm min.
flange
Vessel
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 539Insert SA Figure 10.2.1b as follows:
SA Figure 10.2.1b :Typical water resistant junctions and joints for bench tops with inset vessels and vessels
abutting walls
Insert SA Figure 10.2.1c as follows:
SA Figure 10.2.1c : Typical water resistant junctions and joints for bench tops with inset vessels and vessels
abutting walls
Insert SA 10.2.33 as follows:
SA 10.2.33 Provision of floor wastes
[2019: SA 3.2.2]
(1) The floor of a wet area containing a vessel must be graded to a floor waste to permit drainage of water.
(2) A
floor need not be graded to the floor waste as required by (1) if—
all vessels are provided with in-built overflow protection or have a permanent open trapped connection to the (a)
plumbing and drainage system (such as a WC pan); or
the floor waste is provided solely for the connection of plumbing fixtures and all vessels in the wet area are (b)Water resistant wall
3 mm min. sealant filled joint
Seal joint between
fixture and bench top to prevent moisture penetration
Inset vessel3 mm min.
Window
3 mm min. sealant between
benchtop and window sill
Seal joint between fixture and bench top to prevent moisture penetration
Inset vesselSA 10.2.1
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 540provided with in-built overflow protection or have permanent open trapped connection to the plumbing and
drainage system (such as a WC pan).
(3) A floor of a wet area that is graded without ponding to a floor waste within the shower area will satisfy (1).
(4) The fall of the floor surface graded to the floor waste in accordance with (1) or (3) must be in accordance with 10.2.12 .SA 10.2.33
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 541
Part 13.1 Scope and application of
Section 13
Delete 13.1.2 and insert SA 13.1.2 as follows:
SA 13.1.2 Application
[2019: SA Note to Part 3.12]
(1) The application of this Section is subject to the following:
The Governing Requirements of NCC Volume Two. (a)
The State and Territory variations, additions and deletions contained in the Schedules to the ABCB Housing (b)
Provisions and NCC Volume Two.
(2) In South Australia, for the purposes of
Section 13
, a sunroom or the like is deemed to be a Class 10a building andmust comply with 13.2.7 .
Explanatory Information
In NCC 2019, the content of
Section 13
of the ABCB Housing Provisions (other than content added in NCC 2022 orlater) was contained in the acceptable construction practices for Part 3.12 of NCC 2019 Volume Two. 13 Energy efficiency
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 542
Agriculture: Cropping, grazing, animal husbandry, intensive animal keeping, horticulture, aquaculture, wool shearing or
dairy, but not viticulture or forestry.
Assembly building
A building where people may assemble for—
civic, theatrical, social, political or religious purposes including a library, theatre, public hall or place of worship; (a)
or
educational purposes in a school , early childhood centre , preschool, or the like; or (b)
entertainment, recreational or sporting purposes including— (c)
a discotheque or nightclub; or (i)
a cinema; or (ii)
a sports stadium, sporting or other club; or (iii)
transit purposes including a bus station, railway station, airport or ferry terminal. (d)
Brush fence: A fence or gate that is primarily constructed of Broombrush (Melalueca Uncinata).
Bulk grain storage facility: A building or structure used for the commercial bulk handling or storage of granular materials
such as grain, ore, or the like, where only a small number of occupants are present at one time and includes cell type
silos and storage sheds .
Cell type silo: A type of bulk grain storage facility similar to that illustrated in diagram (a) of Figure SA 1 .
Insert SA Figure 1 as follows:
SA Figure 1: Two types of bulk grain storage facilities
Farm building
A single storey Class 7 or 8 building that is—
primarily associated with agriculture and located on land used primarily for agriculture ; and (a)Schedule 1 Definitions
C 1 conveyorC 4 conveyorC 6 escape hatch
reclaim tunnel
feedshoes and valves
elevator boot pitC 1 escape
hatchroad hoppershelter
tunnelgridsE 2 elevatortoweroutloader chutesdistributorelevatordischarge hoodcell chutes C 3 conveyor
oversilo gallery
cell top level
main cells
(a) Cell type silo (b) Storage shed
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 543the total number of people accommodated in the building does not exceed one person per 200 m2 of total floor (b)
area, or six people, whichever is greater; and
the floor area of each building does not exceed the maximum floor area and volume specified in Table SA 1 for (c)
the type of farm building ; and
the building does not contain occupancies of excessive fire hazard as listed in E1D5 to E1D13; and (d)
if the building is used for the storage of hay, an open space complying with C3D5(1) is provided around the (e)
perimeter of each building.
Insert SA Table SA 1 as follows:
SA Table SA 1: Farm building categories and maximum floor area
Rainwater tank: A vessel for the storage of surface water collected from the roof catchment area of the building.
Roof catchment area: The area of the roof (expressed in square metres), measured on the horizontal (no allowance for
slope or vertical surfaces) and includes the plan area of the gutters.
Small arts venue: The whole or the only part of a building that has a rise in storeys of not more than 2—
in which cultural activities including live music, visual arts displays, dancing, poetry and spoken word (a)
performances are provided to the public; and
the floor area used as a small arts venue does not exceed 300 m2; and (b)
no pyrotechnics or theatrical smoke (smoke machines, hazers or the like) are used. (c)
Storage shed: A type of bulk grain storage facility similar to that illustrated in diagram (b) of Figure SA 1 .Building group Type of farm building Maximum floor area Maximum volume
Group A Buildings used for keeping,
growing and/or harvesting
of animals and/or plants,
and includes greenhouses
with rigid covering material
and large implement/vehicle
storage sheds.5,000 m230,000 m3
Group B Buildings used for packing,
sorting and/or storage of
produce and may include
workshops.2,000 m212,000 m3
Group C Greenhouses with non-rigid,
plastic or fabric covering
material.5,000 m230,000 m3
(1 May 2023)
South Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 544
Insert SA Table 1 as follows:
SA Table 1: Schedule of referenced documents
Table Notes
The Planning and Design Code is the version current at the time of project documentation approval, unless noted (1)
otherwise.Schedule 2 Referenced documents
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
ProvisionsVolume Three
AS/NZS 1260 2017 PVC-U pipes
and fittings for
drain, waste
and vent applications
Amdt 1N/A N/A N/A C1D3
AS 1428 Part 1 2001 Design for
access and
mobility –
General
requirements
for access – New building
workN/A SA H10D4 N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1891 Part 4 2000 Industrial fall-arrest systems and devices:
Selection, use
and maintenanceSA G8D3 N/A N/A N/A
enHealth
Council,
Department of Health and
Ageing2004 Guidance on
the use of rainwater tanksN/A SA H9D5 N/A N/A
— See Note 1 Planning and
Design CodeSA G5D5 SA H7D4(3) N/A N/A
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 545Schedule 9 Tasmania
10 Health and amenity
Part 10.4 Facilities
TAS 10.4.3 Installation of closet fixtures
13 Energy efficiency
TAS Part 13.1 Scope and application of
Section 13
TAS Part 13.2 Building fabric
TAS Part 13.3 External glazing
TAS Part 13.4 Building sealing
TAS Part 13.5 Ceiling fans
TAS Part 13.6 Whole-of-home energy usage
TAS Part 13.7 Services
Schedule 1 Definitions
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 546
Part 10.4 Facilities
Insert TAS 10.4.3 as follows:
TAS 10.4.3 Installation of closet fixtures
[2019: TAS 3.8.3.4]
(1) If a sufficient sewerage system is not available, an authorised alternative means of disposal of sewage may be
installed.
(2) If sanitary facilities are not water-flushed, the following provisions apply:
A pit latrine, an incinerating toilet, a chemical toilet, a removable pan or a non-flushing urinal must not be within (a)
2 m of a building containing habitable rooms .
The floor on which a removable pan is placed must be impervious. (b)
A room containing a composting toilet must be separated from habitable rooms by way of a permanently (c)
ventilated air lock (which may be a circulation space).
The minimum ventilation required under (c) shall be the greater of— (d)
8000 mm2; or (i)
1/500th of the floor area of the circulation space. (ii)
Access for maintenance or removal of waste from a composting toilet must be by way of an access door which (e)
opens directly to the outside of the building.10 Health and amenity
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 547 TAS Part 13.1 Scope and application of
Section 13
In Tasmania,
Section 13
is replaced with BCA 2019 Part 3.12.TAS Part 13.2 Building fabric
In Tasmania,
Section 13
is replaced with BCA 2019 Part 3.12.TAS Part 13.3 External glazing
In Tasmania,
Section 13
is replaced with BCA 2019 Part 3.12.TAS Part 13.4 Building sealing
In Tasmania,
Section 13
is replaced with BCA 2019 Part 3.12.TAS Part 13.5 Ceiling fans
In Tasmania,
Section 13
is replaced with BCA 2019 Part 3.12.TAS Part 13.6 Whole -of-home energy usage
In Tasmania,
Section 13
is replaced with BCA 2019 Part 3.12.TAS Part 13.7 Services
In Tasmania,
Section 13
is replaced with BCA 2019 Part 3.12.13 Energy efficiency(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 548
Centre-based care class 4 facility: A facility as defined in Centre Based Care Class 4 Standards.
Centre-based care class 5 facility: A facility as defined in Centre Based Care Class 5 Standards.
Early childhood centre
Any premises or part thereof providing or intending to provide a centre-based education and care service within the
meaning of the Education and Care Services National Law Act 2010 (Vic), the Education and Care Services National
Regulations and centre-based services that are licensed or approved under State and Territory children’s services
law, but excludes—
education and care primarily provided to school aged children in outside school hours settings; and (a)
services licensed as centre-based care class 4 under the Child Care Act 2001. (b)
Expert judgement
For Volume Three, the judgement of a person who has the qualifications and expertise to determine whether a Plumbing
or Drainage Solution complies with the Performance Requirements .
Explanatory Information
The level of qualification and/or experience required to determine whether a Plumbing or Drainage Solution complies
with the Performance Requirements may differ depending on the degree of complexity and the requirements of the
Tasmanian Building Act. Practitioners should seek advice from the Permit Authority .
Permit Authority: A permit authority as defined in the Building Act 2016.
Public: Includes any person working in an enclosed public place.
School age care facility: Is a facility providing care for children (primarily) 5 years or older in an outside of school hours
setting, either approved or licenced under Education and Care Services National Law (Application) Act 2011 or the
Child Care Act 2001.
Temporary structure: Includes any–
booth, tent or other temporary enclosure, whether or not part of the booth, tent or enclosure is permanent; or (a)
temporary seating structure; or (b)
other structure prescribed under the Building Act 2016. (c)Schedule 1 Definitions
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 549Insert TAS Table 1 as follows:
TAS Table 1: Schedule of referenced documents Schedule 2 Referenced documents
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
Provisions
AS 1657 2018 Fixed platforms,
walkways,
stairways and
ladders – Design,
construction and
installationTAS I10D3 N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1668 Part 1 2015 The use of ventilation and
air-conditioning in
buildings: Fire
and smoke
control in multi-compartment buildingsTAS I4D7 N/A N/A
AS 1668 Part 2 2012 The use of ventilation and
air-conditioning in
buildings:
Mechanical
ventilation in
buildingsTAS I4D7, TAS
I16D5N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1680 Part 1 2006 Interior lighting:
General principles
and recommendationsTAS I4D8, TAS
I7D2, TAS I7D3, TAS I16D4N/A N/A
AS/NZS1680 Part 2.1 2008 Interior lighting:
Circulation
spaces and other
general areasTAS I7D2, TAS
I7D3, TAS I16D4N/A N/A
AS/NZS1680 Part 2.2 2008 Interior lighting:
Office and screen based tasksTAS I7D2, TAS
I7D3, TAS I16D4N/A N/A
AS/NZS1680 Part 2.3 2008 Interior lighting:
Education and
training facilitiesTAS I7D2, TAS
I7D3, TAS I16D4N/A N/A
AS/NZS1680 Part 2.4 2017 Interior lighting:
Industrial tasks and processesTAS I4D8, TAS
I7D2, TAS I7D3N/A N/A
AS/NZS1680 Part 2.5 2018 Interior lighting:
Hospitals and
medical tasksTAS I7D2, TAS
I7D3N/A N/A
AS 2658 2008 LP Gas – Portable and
mobile appliancesTAS I16D7 N/A N/A
AS 2746 2008 Working areas for
gas fuelled
vehiclesTAS I17D2 N/A N/A
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 550No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
Provisions
AS/NZS 3000 2018 Electrical
installations
(known as the
Australian/New
Zealand Wiring
Rules)TAS I16D6 N/A N/A
AS 4464 2007 Hygienic
production of
game meat for
human
consumptionTAS I6D2 N/A N/A
AS 4465 2006 Construction of
premises and
hygienic
production of
poultry meat for human
consumptionTAS I6D2 N/A N/A
AS 4466 1998 Hygienic
production of
rabbit meat for human
consumptionTAS I6D2 N/A N/A
AS 4674 2004 Design,
construction and
fit-out of food premises
(Clauses 4.2 and
4.3)TAS I4D9, TAS
I4D13N/A N/A
AS 4696 2007 Hygienic
production and
transportation of
meat and meat products for human
consumptionTAS I6D2 N/A N/A
AS 5008 2007 Hygienic
rendering of
animal productsTAS I6D2 N/A N/A
AS 5010 2001 Hygienic
production of
ratite (emu/ostrich) meat for human consumptionTAS I6D2 N/A N/A
AS 5011 2001 Hygienic
production of
natural casings
for human consumptionTAS I6D2 N/A N/A
ABCB — Temporary Structures Standard TAS I16D2 N/A N/A
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 551No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
Provisions
Australasian
Health Facility
Guidelines— N/A TAS I9D2 N/A N/A
BCA 2019
Amendment 12019 Building Code of
AustraliaTAS Section J TAS Part H6 TAS
Section 13
Centre Based
Care Class 4
StandardsN/A Tasmanian
Licencing
Standards for Centre Based
Child Care Class
4TAS Schedule 1 TAS Schedule 1 TAS Schedule 1
Centre Based
Care Class 5
StandardsN/A Tasmanian
Licencing
Standards for Centre Based
Child Care Class
5 (0-12 years)TAS Schedule 1 TAS Schedule 1 TAS Schedule 1
Child Care Act 2001 N/A TAS I16P1, TAS
I16P2, TAS I16P3, TAS I16D1, TAS Schedule 1TAS Schedule 1 TAS Schedule 1
Condensation in
Buildings
Tasmanian
Designers Guide— N/A TAS F8P1 TAS H4D9 N/A
Dairy Industry Act 1994 N/A TAS I4P1, TAS
I4D1, TAS I7D1N/A N/A
Disability (Access
to Premises – Buildings)
Standards2010 N/A TAS D4D14 N/A N/A
Disability
Discrimination Act
(Cth)1992 N/A TAS D1P10 N/A N/A
Early Childhood
Centre and
School Age Care
Facilities CodeN/A N/A TAS I5D2 N/A N/A
Education and
Care Services
National Law
(Application) Act2011 N/A TAS I16P1, TAS
I16P2, TAS I16P3,TAS I16D1, TAS Schedule 1TAS Schedule 1 N/A
Export Control
(Milk and Diary)
OrdersN/A N/A TAS I4D17 N/A N/A
Health Service
Establishments
Act2006 N/A TAS I9D1 N/A N/A
Hygienic
Production of Pet MeatN/A Technical Report
88TAS I6D2 N/A N/A
(1 May 2023)
Tasmania
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 552Table Notes
All legislation referenced in this Schedule is
Tasmanian State Legislation unless noted otherwise. (1)
All referenced documents including legislation, codes,
Australian Standards, guidelines and codes of practice are (2)
the version at the time of the project documentation approval, unless noted otherwise.No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
Provisions
Liquor Licensing
Act1990 N/A TAS I4P1, TAS
I4D1, TAS I5D1N/A N/A
Primary Produce
Safety Act2011 N/A TAS I4P1, TAS
I4D1, TAS I4D16N/A N/A
Water and
Sewerage
Industry Act2008 N/A TAS I4D3 N/A N/A
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 553Schedule 10 Victoria
Schedule 1 Definitions
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 554
Children’s service: Has the same meaning as it has under the Children’s Services Act 1996, but excludes a service
where education and care is primarily provided to school aged children.
Combustible cladding product: Means—
aluminium composite panels (ACPs) with a core of less than 93 per cent inert mineral filler (inert content) by (a)
mass in external cladding as part of a wall system; and
expanded polystyrene (EPS) products used in an external insulation and finish (rendered) wall system. (b)
Early childhood centre
Includes—
any premises, or part thereof, providing or intending to provide a centre-based education and care service within (a)
the meaning of the Education and Care Services National Law Act 2010, and the Education and Care Services
National Regulations, excluding a service where education and care is primarily provided to school aged children;
and
a children’s service . (b)
Flashing
A strip or sleeve of impervious material dressed, fitted or built-in to provide a barrier to water movement, or to divert the
travel of water, or to cover a joint where water would otherwise penetrate to the interior of a building, and includes
the following:
Perimeter flashing: a flashing used at the floor-wall junction. (a)
Vertical flashing: a flashing used at wall junctions within shower areas . (b)
Roof flashing: a rigid or flexible material, usually metal, fixed over, against or built into an abutment to form a (c)
weathertight joint.
Flood hazard area
The site (whether or not mapped) encompassing land in an area liable to flooding within the meaning of Regulation 153
of the Building Regulations 2018.
Freeboard
The minimum height of the lowest floor of the building above the defined flood level , regulated by the relevant planning
scheme, or specified or otherwise determined by the relevant council under Regulation 153 of the Building Regulations
2018 (see Figure 3 ).
Hotel offering shared accommodation: A hotel which has any sole-occupancy units that can be shared by unrelated
persons.
On-site wastewater management system
A system that receives and/or treats wastewater generated and discharges the resulting effluent to—
an approved disposal system ; or (a)
re-use system; or (b)
land application system. (c)
Plumbing
Any water service plumbing, roof plumbing, sanitary plumbing system or heating, ventilation and air-conditioning plumbing.
Residential care building (Vic): A building which is a place of residence where 10% or more of persons who reside there
need physical assistance in conducting their daily activities and to evacuate the building during an emergency
(including any residential care service, State funded residential care service or supported residential service as defined
in the Supported Residential Services (Private Proprietors) Act 2010 and an aged care building ) but does not include—
a hospital; or (a)
a dwelling in which 2 or more members of the same family and not more than 2 other persons would ordinarily (b)
be resident; or
a place of residence where only one resident needs physical assistance in conducting their daily activities and (c)Schedule 1 Definitions
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 555to evacuate the building during an emergency.
Restricted children’s service: A children’s service that is—
any one of the following as defined in the Children’s Services Regulations 2020— (a)
a limited hours
Type 1 service; or (i)
a limited hours
Type 2 service; or (ii)
a short term
Type 1 service; or (iii)
a short term
Type 2 service; or (iv)
an associated children’
s service within the meaning of the Children’s Services Act 1996 approved to be operated (b)
by an approved provider at the same place as an approved education and care service that is required to meet
the conditions of a limited hours
Type 1 service, a limited hours Type 2 service, a short term Type 1 service, or
a short term
Type 2 service.
Shared accommodation building: A
Class 3 building that is a boarding-house, chalet, guest house, lodging-house,
backpacker accommodation or the like, or a residential part of a hotel offering shared accommodation (but is not a
residential care building (Vic) , a motel or a residential part of school , health-care building or detention centre) having—
more than one sole-occupancy unit of which any sole-occupancy unit has sleeping facilities capable of (a)
accommodating 3 or more unrelated persons; or
sleeping facilities capable of accommodating 13 or more unrelated persons. (b)
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 556
Insert VIC Table 1 as follows:
VIC Table 1: Schedule of referenced documents
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
ProvisionsVolume Three
AS/NZS ISO 817 2016 Refrigerants -
Designation and
safety classificationN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 1200 2015 Pressure Equipment N/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 1271 2003 Safety valves, other
valves, liquid level
gauges and other
fittings for boilers
and unfired pressure
vesselsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 1324.1 2001 Air filters for use in
general ventilation
and air conditioningN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 1345 1995 Identification of the
contents of pipes, conduits and ductsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 1358 2004 Bursting discs and
bursting disc devices
- Application,
selection and
installationN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 1428.1 2009 Design for access
and mobility, Part 1:
General
requirements for
access – New
building work
(incorporating
amendments 1 and
2)VIC I4D5 N/A N/A N/A
AS/NZS 1571 2020 Copper - seamless
tubes for air conditioning and
refrigerationN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 1530.3 1999 Methods for fire
tests on building
materials, components and
structuresN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS/NZS 1668.1 2015 The use of
ventilation and air
conditioning in
buildings: Fire and
smoke control in
buildingsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2Schedule 2 Referenced documents
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 557No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
ProvisionsVolume Three
AS 1668.2 2012 The use of
ventilation and air
conditioning in
buildings:
Mechanical
ventilation in
buildingsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 1851 2012 Routine service of
fire protection
systems and
equipmentN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 1926.1 2012 Swimming pool
safety, Part 1: Safety
barriers for
swimming poolsVIC G1D2 N/A N/A N/A
AS 1926.2 2007 Swimming pool
safety, Part 2:
Location of safety barriers for swimming pools
(incorporating
amendments 1 and
2)VIC G1D2 N/A N/A N/A
AS 2118.1 2017 Automatic fire sprinkler systems, Part 1: General systems (incorporating
amendment 1)VIC S17C2, VIC S18C3 N/A N/A VIC B1D5 , VIC
B4D2
AS 2118.2 2021 Automatic fire
sprinkler systems: Wall wetting
sprinkler systemsN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 2118.3 2010 Automatic fire
sprinkler systems: Deluge systemsN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 2118.4 2012 Automatic fire
sprinkler systems, Part 4: Sprinkler protection for accommodation
buildings not
exceeding four
storeys in heightVIC S17C2, VIC S18C3 N/A N/A VIC B1D5 , VIC
B4D2
AS 2118.5 2008 Automatic fire
sprinkler systemsN/A N/A N/A VIC B1D5 , VIC
B4D2
AS 2118.6 2012 Automatic fire
sprinkler systems, Part 6: Combined
sprinkler and
hydrant systems in multistorey buildingsVIC S17C2 N/A N/A N/A
AS2118.8 1997 Automatic fire sprinkler systems: Minor modifications N/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 558No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
ProvisionsVolume Three
AS 2118.10 1995 Automatic fire
sprinkler systems: Approval
documentationN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 2473.3 2007 Valves for
compressed gas
cylindersN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 2568 2019 Purity of medical air
produced from on-
site compressor
systemsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 2896 2021 Medical gas systems
- Installation and
testing of non-
flammable medical
gas pipeline systemsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 2902 2005 Medical gas systems
- Low pressure
flexible hose
assembliesN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 2918 2018 Domestic solid fuel
burning appliances -
InstallationN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 2941 2013 Fixed fire protection
installations -
Pumpset systemsN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS/NZS 3500.1 2021 Plumbing and
drainage: Water
servicesN/A N/A N/A VIC B1D3 , VIC
B1D5 , VIC
B3D3 , VIC
B4D2 , VIC
B6D2 , VIC
B7D3 , VIC
B7D4 , VIC
E2D2
AS/NZS 3500.2 2021 Plumbing and
drainage: Sanitary
plumbing and
drainageN/A N/A N/A VIC C1D3 , VIC
C2D4 , VIC
C4P1 , VIC
E2D2
AS/NZS 3500.3 2021 Plumbing and
drainage:
Stormwater drainageN/A N/A N/A VIC C5D2 , VIC
C6D2
AS/NZS 3500.4 2021 Plumbing and
drainage: Heated
water servicesN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2 , VIC
B2D6
AS/NZS 3666.1 2011 Air handling and
water systems of
buildings - Microbial
control: Design,
installation and
commissioningN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 559No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
ProvisionsVolume Three
AS/NZS 3666.2 2011 Air handling and
water systems of
buildings - Microbial
control: Operation
and maintenanceN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 4032.3 2022 Water supply -
Valves for the control of heated
water supply
temperaturesN/A N/A N/A VIC B2D6
AS 4041 2006 Pressure piping N/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 4118.1.1 1996 Fire sprinkler
systems:
Components -
Sprinklers and
sprayersN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 4118.1.2 1996 Fire sprinkler
systems:
Components - Alarm
valves (wet)N/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 4118.1.3 1995 Fire sprinkler
systems:
Components - Water motor alarmsN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 4118.1.4 1994 Fire sprinkler
systems:
Components - Valve
monitorsN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 4118.1.5 1996 Fire sprinkler
systems:
Components -
Deluge and pre-action valvesN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 4118.1.6 1995 Fire sprinkler
systems:
Components - Stop
valves and non-return valvesN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 4118.1.7 1996 Fire sprinkler
systems:
Components - Alarm
valves (dry)N/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 4118.1.8 1999 Fire sprinkler
systems:
Components -
Pressure reducing
valvesN/A N/A N/A VIC B4D2
AS 4254.1 2021 Ductwork for air-
handling systems in
buildings: Flexible
ductN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 4254.2 2012 Ductwork for air-
handling systems in
buildings: Rigid ductN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 560No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
ProvisionsVolume Three
AS 4426 1997 Thermal insulation of
pipework, ductwork
and equipment -
Selection,
installation and finishN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS 4508 1999 Thermal resistance
of insulation for
ductwork used in
building air-
conditioningN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 4859.1 2018 Thermal insulation
materials for
buildings: General
criteria and technical
provisionsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 5141 2018 Residential heating
and cooling systems
- Minimum
applications and
requirements for
energy ef
ficiency,
performance and
comfort criteriaN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 5149.1 2016 Refrigerating
systems and heat
pumps - Safety and environmental
requirements:
Definitions,
classification and
selection criteriaN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 5149.2 2016 Refrigerating
systems and heat
pumps - Safety and environmental
requirements:
Design,
construction, testing, marking and
documentation N/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 5149.3 2016 Refrigerating
systems and heat
pumps - Safety and environmental
requirements:
Installation siteN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 5149.4 2016 Refrigerating
systems and heat
pumps - Safety and environmental
requirements:
Operation, maintenance, repair
and recoveryN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
AS/NZS 5601.1 2022 Gas installations:
General installationsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
(1 May 2023)
Victoria
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 561No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
ProvisionsVolume Three
ABCB Standard
for Construction
of Buildings in
Flood Hazard
Areas, Version
2012.32012 Standard for Construction of
Buildings in Flood
Hazard AreasVIC B1D6 N/A N/A
— 2022 Motorsport Australia
Track Operators Guide For Motorsport Race
Venues – version 1VIC I5D4 N/A N/A
FPAA101D 2018 Automatic Fire Sprinkler System
Design and
Installation—Drinking Water
SupplyVIC S17C2, VIC S18C3 N/A N/A B1D5
FPAA101H 2018 Automatic Sprinkler
System Design—
Hydrant Water SupplyVIC S17C2, VIC S18C3 N/A N/A B4D3
Building Practice
Note FS-01— Victorian Building
Authority Practice
Note FS-01VIC S20C8 N/A N/A
SA HB 39 2015 Metal roof and wall
cladding installationN/A N/A N/A VIC E3D2
HB 276 2004 A guide to good
practice for energy
efficient installation
of residential
heating, cooling and
air conditioning plant
and equipmentN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
N/A 2007 Australian and New
Zealand refrigerant
handling code of
practice 2007 Part 1
- Self-contained low
charge systemsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
N/A 2007 Australian and New
Zealand refrigerant
handling code of
practice 2007 Part 2
- Systems other than
Self-contained low
charge systemsN/A N/A N/A VIC E2D2
N/A 1993 The Building Act
1993 (Victoria)N/A N/A N/A B6D2
N/A 2018 Plumbing
RegulationsN/A VIC H6V1 N/A B2P7
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 562
Schedule 11 Western Australia
Introduction
2 Structure
Part 2.2 Structural provisions
WA 2.2.3 Determination of individual actions
WA 2.2.4 Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of
construction
WA Part 2.3 Changes to AS/NZS 1170.2:2021 and AS 4055:2021
WA 2.3.1 Scope
WA 2.3.2 Regional wind speeds
WA 2.3.3 Internal pressure
WA 2.3.4 Openings
WA 2.3.5 Site wind classification
Schedule 1 Definitions
Schedule 2 Referenced documents
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 563This
Appendix contains variations to the ABCB Housing Provisions Standard which are considered necessary for the
effective application of the Standard in Western Australia.
In Western Australia state variations apply to wind Regions B and D.WA Introduction
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 564 Part 2.2 Structural provisions
Delete 2.2.3 and insert WA 2.2.3 as follows:
WA 2.2.3 Determination of individual actions
[2019: 3.0.3]
The magnitude of individual actions must be determined in accordance with the following:
Permanent actions: (a)
the design or known dimensions of the building or structure; and (i)
the unit weight of the construction; and (ii)
AS/NZS 1
170.1. (iii)
Imposed actions: (b)
the known loads that will be imposed during the occupation or use of the building or structure; and (i)
construction activity actions ; and (ii)
AS/NZS 1
170.1. (iii)
Wind, snow and earthquake actions: (c)
the applicable annual probability of design event for safety
, determined by— (i)
assigning the building or structure an Importance Level in accordance with Table 2.2.3a ; and (A)
determining the corresponding annual probability of exceedance for safety in accordance with WA (B)
Table 2.2.3b ; and
for wind actions,
AS/NZS 1170.2 or AS 4055, except where varied by WA Part 2.3 ; and (ii)
for snow and ice actions,
AS/NZS 1170.3; and (iii)
for earthquake actions,
AS 1170.4. (iv)
Actions not covered in (a), (b) and (c) above: (d)
the nature of the action; and (i)
the nature of the building or structure; and (ii)
the Importance Level of the building or structure determined in accordance with Table 2.2.3a ; and (iii)
AS/NZS 1
170.1. (iv)
For the purposes of (d) the actions include but are not limited to— (e)
liquid pressure action; and (i)
ground water action; and (ii)
rainwater action (including ponding action); and (iii)
earth pressure action; and (iv)
dif
ferential movement; and (v)
time dependent ef
fects (including creep and shrinkage); and (vi)
thermal ef
fects; and (vii)
ground movement caused by— (viii)
swelling, shrinkage or freezing of the subsoil; and (A)
landslip or subsidence; and (B)
siteworks associated with the building or structure; and (C)
construction activity actions . (ix)2 Structure
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 565Insert Table 2.2.3a as follows:
Table 2.2.3a: Importance Levels of buildings and structures
Insert WA Table 2.2.3b as follows:
WA Table 2.2.3b : Design events for safety – annual probability of exceedance
Insert Figure 2.2.3 as follows:
Figure 2.2.3: Wind regions
Explanatory Information : Permanent and imposed actions
Permanent actions include the dead loads of the building or structure. These include the load imposed by the building’s
components inclusive of the forces imposed by the floors, walls, roofs, suspended ceilings, etc.
Imposed actions include live loads on the building or structure. These include the load arising from construction activity
and the intended use or function of the building or structure.
Importance Level Building types
1 Buildings or structures presenting a low degree of hazard
to life and other property in the case of failure.
2 Buildings or structures not included in Importance Level 1.
Importance Level Non- cyclonic
windCyclonic wind
other than wind
Region D north of
the Tropic of
CapricornCyclonic wind in
wind Region D
north of the Tropic of CapricornSnow Earthquake
1 1:100 1:200 1:250 1:100 1:250
2 1:500 1:500 1:1000 1:150 1:500
AdelaidePerthGunyidiMorawaMullewa
Green
Head30°25°20°
CallytharraGascoyne JunctionMillstreamMarble BarOnslowCroydon
CarnarvonBroomePort Hedland
SydneyCorindiBrisbaneBundabergRockhamptonTownsvilleCairnsMareebaMoretonMcDonnel Creek
West MorelandDunbar
Atherton
Collinsville
Biloela
Toowoomba
East SaleCanberraAdelaide
RiverDarwin
IvanhoeWyndham (C)
Alice Springs
HobartKalgoorlie
Esperance27°
Region B
Region A1Region A4Region CRegion D
Region A535°
AlbanyKarratha150 km100 km50 kmChristmas Island
Region B
Cocos Islands
Region CRegion CRegion BRegion CRegion B
Region C
Region B
Region A2
Region A3KununurraBorroloola
Burketown
30°25°20°
35°
40°
45°142°
(Australian Territory only)
11°
Kyogle
BourkeNorfolk Islands
Region B
Lord Howe Island
Region AWoomera
A3
State border50 km200 km
70 km Mount Gambier
Geelong(within 70 km
of Melbourne G.P.O.)Regions are marked with the letters
A (A1 to A5), B, C and D.’
Coastal Region boundaries are smooth lines set in from a smoothed coastline by 50, 100, 150 and 200 km. Islands within 50 km of the coast are the same Region as the adjacent coast.WA 2.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 566Explanatory Information : Application of AS 1170.4
There are certain limitations on the application to domestic structures such as Class 1a and Class 1b buildings in
Appendix A of AS 1170.4. These limitations include building height, roof slope, etc. For additional information refer to
Appendix A of AS 1170.4.
Explanatory Information : Importance Levels (Table 2.2.3a)
Table 2.2.3a provides a generic description of building types to which Importance Levels have been assigned. The
“Importance Level” concept is applicable to building structural safety only. More specific examples are provided in the
following list. The examples are indicative and not exhaustive.
Importance Level 1: Isolated minor Class 10a buildings and Class 10b structures. •
Importance Level 2: Class 1 buildings; Class 10a buildings and Class 10b structures associated with Class 1 •
buildings.
Importance Levels must be assigned on a case by case basis and relate to the hazards to human life and other property
in the event of the structure’s failure. For example—
Importance Level 1 is for minor isolated structures that rarely contain people, are not required as part of normal (a)
infrastructure and present a low risk to life and other property .
Importance Level includes domestic housing and structures intended to contain reasonable numbers of people (b)
under normal operations.
Explanatory Information : Construction in cyclonic areas
The intent of building construction in cyclonic areas (see Figure 2.2.3 ) is to ensure the structure has sufficient strength
to transfer wind forces to the ground with an adequate safety margin to prevent collapse of the building and the building
being lifted, or slid off its foundations.
To resist these forces it is necessary to have—
an anchorage system, where the roof is connected by the walls to the footings by a chain of connections; and •
a bracing system to prevent horizontal collapse due to wind forces; and •
continuity of the system where each structural element is interlocked to its adjoining structural element throughout •
the building.
Explanatory Information : Anchorage
Anchorage of the system is achieved by using a variety of connectors. Each connector must be capable of carrying the
uplift force, because the ability of the building to resist the wind forces is directly related to its weakest link.
Explanatory Information
In Western Australia state variations apply to wind regions B and D, this includes wind region B2 as referenced in
AS/NZS 1170.2.
The state variation for wind region B or B2 will ensure that designers consider the combination of peak external
pressures and increased internal pressures in design of buildings and use a cyclonic (C) classification instead of non-
cyclonic (N) classification. The definition of design wind speed is varied in WA Schedule 1 to identify that wind Region
B is a C classification in Western Australia. Other changes have also been made to reflect this.
In addition to a variation to clause H1D7 of NCC Volume Two, and clauses 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 of the ABCB Housing
Provisions Standard - a variation is made to the application of AS/NZS 1170.2 and AS 4055 (when used as a primary
referenced document, secondary or subsequent referenced document). Refer to WA Schedule 2 and WA Part 2.3 .
The state variation for wind region D applies only to those parts of region D located north of the Tropic of Capricorn.
The 2021 edition of AS/NZS 1170.2 includes a reduction in design wind speeds for wind region D. The variation will
retain similar design wind speeds for wind region D as the 2011 edition of AS/NZS 1170.2 previously referenced in the
National Construction Code.
WA 2.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 567Delete 2.2.4 and insert WA 2.2.4 as follows:
WA 2.2.4 Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of
construction
[2019: 3.0.4]
The following requirements, or any combination of them, must be used to determine the structural resistance of materials
and forms of construction as appropriate:
Earthworks: H1D3(1). (a)
Earth retaining structures: H1D3(2). (b)
T
ermite risk management: H1D3(3) . (c)
Concrete construction (including slabs and footings, piled footings and reinforced and prestressed concrete (d)
structures): H1D4.
Piled footings: H1D12. (e)
Post-installed and cast-in fastenings in concrete:
AS 5216. (f)
Masonry (including masonry veneer
, unreinforced masonry and reinforced masonry ): H1D5. (g)
Steel construction (including steel framing and structural steel members): H1D6. (h)
T
imber construction (including design of timber structures, timber framing and design of nail-plated timber roof (i)
trusses): H1D6.
Composite steel and concrete:
AS/NZS 2327. (j)
Aluminium construction: (k)
AS/NZS 1664.1. (i)
AS/NZS 1664.2. (ii)
Roof construction (including plastic sheeting, roofing tiles, metal roofing and terracotta, fibre-cement and timber (l)
slates and shingles): H1D7.
W
all cladding: H1D7. (m)
Glazed assemblies: H1D8. (n)
Barriers and handrails (including stairway and ramp construction): (o)
H5D3; and (i)
AS/NZS 1
170.1 for the determination of loading forces on a barrier. (ii)Attachment of decks and balconies to
external walls of buildings: H1D11. (p)
Garage doors and other large access doors in openings not more than 3 m in height in external walls of buildings (q)
determined as being located in wind region B, C or D in accordance with Figure 2.2.3 : AS/NZS 4505.
For high wind areas : requirements listed in (a) to (q) as appropriate or the Northern Territory Deemed to Comply (r)
Standards Manual.
Explanatory Information
The weight of roof or ceiling insulation, particularly if additional ceiling insulation is used for compliance with the energy
efficiency provisions, needs to be considered in the selection of plasterboard, plasterboard fixings and building framing. WA 2.2.3
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 568
WA 2.3.1 Scope
[New for 2022]
This Part sets out the changes necessary for Western Australia to the application of AS/NZS 1170.2:2021 for wind Region
B2 and AS 4055:2021 for site wind classification.
WA 2.3.2 Regional wind speeds
[New for 2022]
Delete Table 3.1(A) of AS/NZS 1170.2:2021 and replace with WA Table 2.3.2 .
Insert WA Table 2.3.2 as follows:
WA Table 2.3.2: Table 3.1(A )—Regional wind speeds—Australia
Table Notes
The peak gust has an equivalent moving average time of approximately 0.2 s (Holmes and Ginger, 2012). (1)
Values for V1 have not been calculated by the formular for VR in the Australian regions. (2)
For ultimate or serviceability limit states, refer to the National Construction Code (Australia) or AS/NZS 1170.0 for (3)
information on values of importance level and annual probability of exceedance appropriate for the design of
structures. For buildings in townships in cyclonic regions, users should consider overall risk to a community when
selecting importance levels.
For Regions C and D, only the maximum values for the region are tabulated. Lower values of VR may apply in (4)
those regions, depending on the distance of the site from the smooth coastline. WA Part 2.3 Changes to AS/NZS 1170.2:2021 and AS 4055:2021
Regional wind
speed (m/s)Region
Non-cyclonic Cyclonic
A (0 to 5) B1 B2 C (maximum) D (maximum)
V130 26 23 23
V532 28 33 35
V1034 33 39 43
V2037 38 45 51
V2537 39 47 53
V5039 44 52 60
V10041 48 56 66
V20043 52 61 72
V25043 53 62 74
V50045 57 66 80
V100046 60 70 5
V200048 63 73 90
V250048 64 74 91
V500050 67 78 95
V1000051 69 81 99
VR (R ≥ 5 years) 67-41R-0.1106-92R-0.1122-104R-0.1156-142R-0.1
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 569 WA 2.3.3 Internal pressure
[New for 2022]
Delete 5.3.1 of AS/NZS 1170.2:2021 and replace with the following:
5.3.1 Internal pressure
5.3.1.1 General Internal pressure is a function of the external pressures, and the leakage and openings in the external surfaces of
the building or an isolated part of a larger building, and for some large buildings, the internal volume. The open area
of a surface shall be calculated by adding areas of opening to areas of permeability or leakage on that surface of the
building (e.g. vents and gaps in the building envelope).
The height at which the design wind speed is determined for calculation of internal pressures shall be the average
roof height (h), as defined in Figure 2.1. However, for the cases of windward wall leakage or openings on a building
greater than 25 m in height, the design wind speed at the height of the opening shall be used.
Pressure coefficients for internal pressure (Cp,i) shall be determined by either Clause 5.3.1.2 or 5.3.1.3.
NOTE 1 Damage inspections after wind storms, in Regions B2, C and D, have shown that large openings are very
likely to occur accidentally due to failure of elements under direct wind pressure, or in the lower levels of a building
envelope, by debris impact. Large openings can also occur in Regions A (0 to 5), B1 and NZ (1 to 4) under the same
circumstances, although openings produced by debris impact are less likely.
NOTE 2 The equivalent free area of a ventilator (e.g. ridge or under-eave ventilators) can be determined from the
product of discharge coefficient and throat area.
5.3.1.2 Internal pressure coefficients for all cases, except ultimate limit states for parts of buildings below 25
m in Regions B2, C and D
Clause 5.3.1.1 applies to buildings in all regions for serviceability limit states.
For ultimate limit states, it applies to all buildings in Regions A (0 to 5), B1 and NZ (1 to 4), and parts of buildings
higher than 25 m above ground level in Regions B2, C and D.
Pressure coefficients for internal pressure (Cp,i) shall be determined from Tables 5.1(A) or 5.1(B). Table 5.1(A) shall
be used for the design case where there are no potential openings in any surface with a combined area greater than
0.5 % of the total area of that surface, and the leakage in the walls lead to internal pressures. Table 5.1(B) shall be
used for the design case where there are openings in any surface greater than 0.5 % of the total area of that surface,
or they can be created accidentally.
5.3.1.3 Internal pressure coefficients for ultimate limit states for parts of buildings below 25 m in Regions
B2, C and D Pressure coefficients for internal pressure (Cp,i) for parts of a building in Regions B2, C and D below 25 m for ultimate
limit states, shall be determined from Table 5.1(B) only.
The ratio of the sum of opening areas on one surface to total open area of other walls and roof surfaces as defined
in Table 5.1(B) shall not be taken to be less than two unless —
(a)it can be demonstrated that an opening will not be created in the building envelope as a result of impact loading
from the windborne debris defined in Clause 2.5.8; or
(b)a permanently-open roof ventilator
, such as a ridge ventilator, has been installed with equivalent total area (see
Clause 5.3.1.1 Note 2) of at least that of the largest areas of any potential accidental openings in the walls, considering
the combined area of wall openings in each wall surface one at a time; or
(c)permanently-open, wall ventilators have been installed on at least two walls, with equivalent total area (see Clause
5.3.1.1 Note 2) of the ventilators on each wall at least that of the largest of any potential accidental openings in the
walls, considering the combined area of wall openings in each wall surface one at a time.
NOTE 1 Low-rise buildings in Regions B2, C and D should be designed for the high internal pressures resulting
from large openings, for ultimate limit states. Even in cases where the opening is small or there is no opening,
Table
5.1(A) is not intended to be used for low-rise buildings in Regions B2, C and D for ultimate limit states.
NOTE 2 To date, the majority of windborne debris in Regions B2, C and D in Australia has not often impacted at
heights on buildings above 25 m. This is not the case in other parts of the world and could change in the future with
increasing numbers of high-rise buildings. WA 2.3.3
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 570 WA 2.3.4 Openings
[New for 2022]
Delete 5.3.2 of AS/NZS 1170.2:2021 and replace with the following:
5.3.2 Openings
5.3.2.1 General
Openings shall be determined according to either Clause 5.3.2.2 (Regions A (0 to 5), B1 and NZ (1 to 4), and Regions
B2, C, D at heights of 25 m or above) or Clause 5.3.2.3 (Regions B2, C, D below 25 m).
Subject to Clauses 5.3.2.2 and 5.3.2.3, combinations of openings and open area shall be assumed to give internal
pressures, which, together with external pressures, give the most adverse wind actions.
NOTE Potential openings include doors or windows that are left open or may fail, vents that are normally
open and holes in cladding caused by impacts by windborne debris during a major wind event. Openings can be
doors (including balcony doors) or windows that are left open, open under pressure, or open due to the failure of
latches or hinges. When determining internal pressures, consideration should be given to scenarios in which large
openings may develop. Openings may also be generated by debris impacts, particularly in Regions B2, C and D (see
Clause 2.5.8).
5.3.2.2 Openings in buildings in Regions A (0 to 5), B1 and NZ (1 to 4), and parts of buildings at heights of 25
m or above in Regions B2, C and D
The full area of doors, including large access doors (e.g. roller doors), and windows that are normally closed, shall
be regarded as openings, unless they are demonstrated to be capable of resisting the applied wind pressures.
NOTE 1 When assessing internal pressures, designers should consider the principles of robustness, i.e. to avoid
situations where the failure of a single component such as a door or window could lead to consequent and
disproportionate failure of other elements, or even complete failure of the structure.
NOTE 2 The structural assessment of doors that are assumed to remain closed and intact should include elements
such as supports, frames, jambs, roller door guides, wind locks, latches and hinges, and fixings, where the resistance
of doors relies on those. This assessment of roller doors and their supporting structural elements should also account
for any structural resistance to any catenary actions developed by the door under wind load.
5.3.2.3 Openings in buildings for ultimate limit states for parts of buildings below 25 m in Regions B2, C and
D Doors (including large access doors) and windows that are normally closed, and cladding elements, shall be regarded
as openings with an area equal to the greater of—
(a)the full area of the element, where it has not been demonstrated that it can resist the applied wind pressures; or
(b)the area of opening that results from debris impact, where the debris impact loading criteria are defined in Clause
2.5.8.
WA 2.3.5 Site wind classification
[New for 2022]
Delete reference to ‘Table 2.2’ in clause 2.2 of AS 4055:2021 and insert WA Table 2.3.5 for determining site wind
classification.
Insert WA Table 2.3.5 as follows:WA 2.3.4
(1 May 2023)
WA Table 2.3.5 : Table 2.2—Site wind classification from site conditions
Wind Region TC Topographic classification
T0 T0 T0 T1 T1 T1 T2 T2 T2 T3 T3 T4 T5
FS PS NS FS PS NS FS PS NS PS NS NS NS
A3 N1 N1 N1 N1 N2 N2 N2 N2 N2 N3 N3 N3 N4
2.5 N1 N1 N2 N1 N2 N2 N2 N3 N3 N3 N3 N4 N4
2 N1 N2 N2 N2 N2 N3 N2 N3 N3 N3 N3 N4 N4
1 N2 N2 N3 N2 N3 N3 N3 N3 N3 N4 N4 N4 N5
B3 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C2 C1 C2 C2 C2 C2 C3 C3
2.5 C1 C1 C1 C1 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C3 C3 C3 C4
2 C1 C2 C2 C1 C2 C2 C2 C2 C3 C3 C3 C4 C4
1 C1 C2 C2 C2 C2 C3 C2 C3 C3 C3 C4 C4 NA
C3 C1 (0-
50)C2 (0-10)C2 (0-20)C2 (0-5)C2 (0-30)C2 (0-40) C2 (0-
25)C3 (0-5) C3 (0-
20)C3 (0-25) C3 (0-
30)C4 (0-10)C4 (0-35)
C1 (10-50)C1 (20-50)C1 (5-50)C1 (30-50)C1 (40-50) C1 (25-
50)C2 (5-50) C2 (20-
50)C2 (25-50) C2 (30-
50)C3 (10-50)C3 (35-50)
2.5 C1 (0-50)C2 (0-25)C2 (0-35)C2 (0-20)C2 (0-40)C3 (0-10) C2 (0-
35)C3 (0-20) C3 (0-
30)C3 (0-35) C4 (0-5) C4 (0-
25)NA (0-15)
C1 (25-50)C1 (35-50)C1 (20-50)C1 (40-50)C2 (10-50) C1 (35-
50)C2 (20-50)C2 (30-50)C2 (35-50) C3 (5-
50)C3 (25-50)C4 (15-50)
2 C2 (0-10)C2 (0-35)C2 (0-45)C2 (0-30)C3 (0-10)C3 (0-25) C3 (0-
10)C3 (0-30) C3 (0-
40)C4 (0-10) C4 (0-
20)NA
(0-
5)NA (0-25)
C1 (10-50)C1 (35-50)C1 (45-50)C1 (30-50)C2 (10-50)C2 (25-50) C2 (10-
50)C2 (30-50)C2 (40-50)C3 (10-50) C3 (20-
50)C4 (5-50)C4 (25-50)
1 C2 (0-30)C3 (0-10)C3 (0-25)C3 (0-10)C3 (0-30)C4 (0-5) C3 (0-
25)C4 (0-10) C4 (0-
20)C4 (0-30) NA (0-5) NA (0-
25)NA (0-45)
C1 (30-50)C2 (10-50)C2 (25-50)C2 (10-50)C2 (30-50)C3 (5-50) C2 (25-
50)C3 (10-50)C3 (20-50)C3 (30-50) C4 (5-
50)C4 (25-50)C4 (45-50)
D – south of the Tropic of Capricorn3 C2 (0-30)C3 (0-10)C3 (0-25)C3 (0-5)C3 (0-35)C3 (0-50) C3 (0-
30)C4 (0-5) C4 (0-
20)C4 (0-30) C4 (0-
40)NA (0-25)NA (0-50)
C1 (30-50)C2 (10-50)C2 (25-50)C2 (5-50)C2 (35-50)C2 (30-50)C3 (5-50) C3 (20-
50)C3 (30-50) C3 (40-
50)C4 (25-50)
2.5 C2 (0-50)C3 (0-25)C3 (0-40)C3 (0-25)C3 (0-50)C4 (0-15) C3 (0-
45)C4 (0-25)
C4 (0-
40)NA (0-5) NA (0-
20)NA (0-40)Western Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 (1 May 20 23) Page 571
T
able Notes
FS = Full shielding.(1)
PS = Partial shielding.(2)
NS = No shielding.(3)
For wind Region D, site wind classification is given according to the distance (km) from the smooth boundary (coastline or higher wind region).(4)
This Table includes revisions to wind classifications for wind Region D that take into account the Western Australia State Vari ation to NCC 2022 which changes (5)Wind Region TC Topographic classification
T0 T0 T0 T1 T1 T1 T2 T2 T2 T3 T3 T4 T5
FS PS NS FS PS NS FS PS NS PS NS NS NS
C2 (25-
50)C2 (40-50)C2 (25-50)C3 (15-50) C2 (45-
50)C3 (25-50)C3 (40-50)C4 (5-50) C4 (20-
50)C4 (40-50)
2 C3 (0-10)C3 (0-40)C4 (0-5)C3 (0-35)C4 (0-15)C4 (0-30) C4 (0-
10)C4 (0-40) NA (0-
15)NA (0-20) NA (0-
35)NA (0-50)
C2 (10-50)C2 (40-50)C3 (5-50)C2 (35-50)C3 (15-50)C3 (30-50) C3 (10-
50)C3 (40-50)C4 (15-50)C4 (20-50) C4 (35-
50)
1 C3 (0-35)C4 (0-15)C4 (0-30)C4 (0-10)C4 (0-40)NA (0-15) C4 (0-
35)NA (0-25) NA (0-
40)NA (0-45) NA (0-
50)NA (0-50)
C2 (35-50)C3 (15-50)C3 (30-50)C3 (10-50)C3 (40-50)C4 (15-50) C3 (35-
50)C4 (25-50)C4 (40-50)C4 (45-50)
D – north of the Tropic of Capricorn3 C2 (0-35)C3 (0-20)C3 (0-30)C3 (0-20)C3 (0-40)C4 (0-10) C3 (0-
35)C4 (0-20) C4 (0-
30)NA (0-5)
NA (0-
15)NA (0-35)NA (0-50)
C1 (35-50)C2 (20-50)C2 (30-50)C2 (20-50)C2 (40-50)C3 (10-50) C2 (35-
50)C3 (20-50)C3 (30-50)C4 (5-50) C4 (15-
50)C4 (35-50)NA (0-50)
2.5 C3 (0-10)C3 (0-35)C4 (0-5)C3 (0-30)C4 (0-15)C4 (0-25) C4 (0-
10)C4 (0-30) NA (0-
10)NA (0-20) NA (0-
30)NA (0-45)NA (0-50)
C2 (10-50)C2 (35-50)C3 (5-50)C2 (30-50)C3 (15-50)C3 (25-50) C3 (10-
50)C3 (30-50)C4 (10-50)C4 (20-50) C4 (30-
50)C4 (45-50)NA (0-50)
2 C3 (0-25)C4 (0-5)C4 (0-15)C4 (0-5)C4 (0-25)NA (0-5) C4 (0-
20)NA (0-15) NA (0-
25)NA (0-30) NA (0-
40)NA (0-50)NA (0-50)
C2 (25-50)C3 (5-50)C3 (15-50)C3 (5-50)C3 (25-50)C4 (5-50) C3 (20-
50)C4 (15-50)C4 (25-50)C4 (30-50) C4 (40-
50)NA (0-
50)NA
(0-
50)
1 C4 (0-5)C4 (0-25)NA (0-5)C4 (0-25)NA (0-15)NA (0-25) NA (0-
10)NA (0-30) NA (0-
40)NA (0-50) NA (0-
50)NA (0-50)NA (0-50)
C3 (5-50)C3 (25-50)C4 (5-50)C3 (25-50)C4 (15-50)C4 (25-50) C4 (10-
50)C4 (30-50)C4 (40-50)NA (0-50) NA (0-
50)NA (0-50)NA (0-50)Western Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 (1 May 20 23) Page 572
the ARI Importance Level 2 from 1:500 to 1:1000.Western Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 (1 May 20 23) Page 573
Western Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 574
Design wind speed
The design gust wind speed for the area where the building is located, calculated in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2 or
AS 4055 (see WA Table 4 for wind classes).
Insert WA Table 4 as follows:
WA Table 4: Wind classes
T
able Notes
Wind classification map identifying wind regions is contained in ABCB Housing Provisions Part 2.2 (see Figure (1)
2.2.3 ).
Information on wind classes for particular areas may be available from the appropriate authority
. (2)
“N” = non-cyclonic winds and “C” = cyclonic winds.(3)
Licensed premises:
Includes—
premises in respect of which a cabaret licence as defined by the Liquor Control Act 1988 has been granted (a)
under that
Act; or
premises in respect of which a tavern licence, a hotel restricted licence or any other kind of hotel licence as (b)
defined by the Liquor Control
Act 1988 has been granted under that Act; or
a cabaret, hotel or tavern— (c)
in respect of which a special facility licence as defined by the Liquor Control
Act 1988 has been granted (i)
under that
Act; and
in respect of which paragraph (a) or (b) does not apply
. (ii)
Potable water:
Water intended for human consumption supplied by a water services provider.
Public building: A Class 6 licensed premises or 9b building where persons may assemble for—
civic, theatrical, social, political or religious purposes; or (a)
educational purposes; or (b)
entertainment, recreational or sporting purposes; or (c)
business purposes. (d)
WELS:
Has the meaning given in the Water Efficiency Labelling and Standards Act 2005 of the Commonwealth.Schedule 1 Definitions
Non-cyclonic Region A Cyclonic Region B, C and D
N1, N2, N3 C1
N4, N5, N6 (these wind classes are covered in the ABCB
Housing Provisions Part 2.2 )C2, C3, C4 (these wind classes are covered in the ABCB
Housing Provisions Part 2.2 )
(1 May 2023)
Western Australia
ABCB Housing Provisions Standard 2022 Page 575Insert WA Table 1 as follows:
WA Table 1: Schedule of referenced documents
T
able Notes
For AS/NZS 1170 Part 2, incorporate the changes as set out in WA Part B2 of Volume One and WA Part 2.3 of the (1)
ABCB Housing Provisions.
For
AS 4055, incorporate the changes set out in WA Part 2.3 of the ABCB Housing Provisions. (2)Schedule 2 Referenced documents
No. Date Title Volume One Volume Two Housing
ProvisionsVolume Three
AS/NZS
1170.22021 Structural
design actions
– Wind actions
(See Note 1)WA B1D3, WA
B1D4, Spec 4, WA B2D1, WA
B2D2, WA
B2D3, F3V1, Schedule 1H1D7, H2V1,
Schedule 1WA 2.2.3 , WA
2.3.1 , WA
2.3.2 , WA
2.3.3 , WA
2.3.4 ,
Schedule 1Schedule 1
AS/NZS
3500.42021 Plumbing and
drainage –
Heated water
services, Amdt 1N/A WA H9D4 N/A N/A
AS 4055 2021 Wind loads for
housing (See
Note 2)Schedule 1 H1D6, H1D8,
Schedule 1WA 2.2.3 , WA
2.3.1 , WA
2.3.5 ,
Schedule 1Schedule 1
(1 May 2023)
abcb.gov.au© Australian Building Codes Board 2022
The National Construction Code can be accessedfree online at ncc.abcb.gov.au by registration